YASHASHVI RASAYAN PVT LTD. - Welcome to Environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · YASHASHVI RASAYAN PVT LTD. ... SEZ-II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Taluka: Vagra,

YASHASHVI RASAYAN PVT LTD.

Plot No: Z/96/E,

SEZ-II, Dahej Industrial Estate,

Taluka: Vagra,

Dist: Bharuch,

Gujarat

For Proposed proposed project for manufacturing of

Agro chemical and Organic intermediates at Dahej

Prepared By:

Eco Chem Sales & Services A-wing, Ashoka Pavilion,

Office floor, Opp. Kapadia Health Club,

New Civil Road,

Surat-001

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

YASHASHVI RASAYAN PVT LTD.

Plot No: Z/96/E,

SEZ-II, Dahej Industrial Estate,

Taluka: Vagra,

Dist: Bharuch,

Gujarat

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

For Proposed proposed project for manufacturing

of Agro chemical and Organic intermediates with

capacity 702 TPM at SEZ-II, Dahej

Prepared By:

ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES

(NABET ACCREDITED CONSULTANT)

A-Wing, Ashoka Pavilion,

Office Floor, Opp. Kapadia Health Club,

New Civil Road, Surat- 395001.

PPP RRR EEE FFF AAA CCC EEE

Environmental Impact Assessment is a multidisciplinary activity to be incorporated at the planning

phase of a project. EIA study integrates the environmental concerns of developmental activities into

the process of decision-making so as to satisfy the need of Sustainable Development. It identifies,

predicts and signifies the environmental impacts of the proposed project likely to appear at the

consequent stages of the development activity (Pre- commissioning, Commissioning and Post-

commissioning). These impacts can either be Positive or Negative, Detrimental or Incremental, Direct

or Indirect, etc.

EIA has emerged as one of the successful policy innovations of the 20th

Century in the process of

ensuring sustained development. The EIA process in India was made mandatory and was also

promoted a legislative status through a Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF) in January 1994.

The proposed project is an Agrochemical and Organic Intermediates project proposed by Yashashvi

Rasayan Pvt Ltd. (YRPL). The Patel group was established in 1990, with the initial production of Beta

Naphthol. YRPL proposes a diversified group of products like Paranitroaniline (PNA),

Parachloroaniline (PCA), Parachloroaniline Hydrochloride and 2,5 Dichloroaniline etc. Now,

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt Ltd (YRPL) is proposing a large scale greenfield manufacturing industry of

Agro Chemicals and Organic Intermediates in SEZ, Dahej. As a part of the proponent’s long term

environmental commitment, the company has initiated the study of Rapid Environment Impact

Assessment (REIA) within the proposed plant site and its neighboring area of 10 km radius. The

company has appointed Eco Chem Sales & Services, a registered Environmental Consultancies to

carry out the work of Environmental Impact Assessment Study.

The applicability of the SO 1533 for the proposed project was explored by considering different

possibilities & provisions made in the said EIA notification, SO 1533 amended on 14th September

2006. Considering the products the proposed project falls under Category 5 (b) -“A”. Thus, the

project is to be considered at the Central level i.e. MoEF&CC and requires EIA study as per TORs

awarded by MOEF&CC, New

Delhi. Public hearing is not applicable proposed project will be carried out in approved SEZ.

Thus the proponent has decided to undergo a systematic EIA study for proposed project to plan its

project activities in accordance with the application of sustainable development. MoEF has approved

the Terms of Reference (ToRs) proposed for the study against the submission of Form-I along with

Pre-Feasibility Report at the MoEF, New Delhi. With reference to the ToRs, the EIA study for the

proposed project was conducted during the period of March-2015 to May-2015. Eco Chem Sales &

Services has conducted a thorough REIA Study for the proposed project by following the guidelines

of MoEF sited in Notification SO 1533 & EIA Manual. This report is prepared to enlighten all the

aspects of the study with all the essential data & information. The report has been prepared with

utmost care to cover maximum details of the study and relevant facets of the project to comply with

the approved TORs. Any errors/ deviation detected in the report are due to oversight and are purely

unintentional. All efforts have been made to cover-up the shortcomings and remove the errors from

the reports.

At the moment of release of the REIA Report, we would like to express our gratitude to the

management & Staff of YRPL for their valuable support & co-operation. We are also thankful to

MoEF&CC, various Govt. Departments; members of EIA Team and all other associated persons as

well as organizations for their direct or indirect support, assistance & co-operation.

Date: 31/08/2015

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically)/ Rev. 33 (August 05, 2015) Page 30

*denotes Provisionally Accredited Consultants

S. No.

Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of MoEF Notification dated

September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendments

Sector Number

Name of Sector Category

34

Earthvision Enviro-Tech Pvt. Ltd, Lucknow* Address: CP-71, Galaxy Tower, Near Sahara Hospital,

Viraj Khand, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow, U.P.

Tel.- 9935701000

E-mail:[email protected]

1 Mining of minerals (Open cast only) B 1 (a) (i)

38

Building and large construction projects

including shopping malls, multiplexes,

commercial complexes, housing estates,

hospitals, institutions

B 8 (a)

39

Townships and Area development

Projects

B 8 (b)

35

Eco Chem Sales & Services* Address: Office Floor, Ashoka Pavillion-A, Opp. Kapadia

Health Club, New Civil Road, Surat – 395001

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel.: 0261 – 2231630, 2236223

09227934111

Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals including Open

cast/ Underground mining A 1 (a) (i)

4 Thermal power plants A 1 (d)

8

Metallurgical industries (ferrous &

non ferrous) – both primary and

secondary

A 3 (a)

9 Cement plants B 3 (b)

16 Chemical Fertilizers B 5 (a)

17

Pesticides industry and pesticide

specific intermediates (excluding

formulations)

A 5 (b)

19 Textile – cotton and manmade fibers A 5 (d)

21

Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk

drugs and intermediates

excludingdrug formulations;

A 5 (f)




S. No.





Sector Number


synthetic rubbers; basic organic

chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical

intermediates)

24

Pulp & paper industry excluding

manufacturing of paper from

wastepaper and manufacture of

paper from ready pulp without

bleaching

A 5 (i)

27

Oil & gas transportation pipeline

(crude and refinery/ petrochemical

products), passing through national

parks/ sanctuaries/ coral reefs/

ecologically sensitive Areas including

LNG terminal

A 6 (a)

33 Ports, harbours, jetties, marine

terminals, break waters and dredging B 7 (e)

34

Highways, Railways, transport

terminals, mass rapid transport

systems

A 7 (f)

36 Common Effluent Treatment Plants

(CETPs) B 7 (h)




S. No.





Sector Number


38

Building and large construction

projects including shopping malls,

multiplexes, commercial complexes,

housing estates, hospitals,

institutions

B 8 (a)

36

Eco Services India Private Limited * Address: 1/134, Dhanakotiraja Street, Sundar Nagar,

Ekkaduthangal, Guindy, Chennai – 600032

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel.: 044- 30683067/ 43102232

09383999109

Conditions apply

21

Synthetic organic chemicals industry

(dyes & dye intermediates; bulk

drugs and intermediates

excludingdrug formulations;

synthetic rubbers; basic organic

chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical

intermediates)

B 5 (f)

31

Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/

Areas, export processing

zones(EPZs), Special economic zones

(SEZs), Biotech parks, Leather

complexes

B 7 (c)

37 Common municipal solid waste

management facility (CMSWMF) B 7 (i)

38

Building and large construction

projects including shopping malls,

multiplexes, commercial complexes,

housing estates, hospitals,

institutions

B 8 (a)

PROJECT PERSONNEL

Project Co-Ordinator

Mr. Sunil Patel

Functional Area Experts & Team members:

Mrs. Rekha Shah Mr. Kirtan Patel

Mrs. Dipti Patel Mr. Nilesh Jogal

Mr. Sanjeev Sharma Mr. Sunil Patel

Mr. Nirzar Lakhia Dr. Ashwin Trivedi

Mr. Ghanshyam Patel Ms. Foram Desai

Mr. Dhaval Jhaveri Mr. Rajat Gondaliya

Mr. Praful S. Patel Mr. Hemlatta Patel

Mr. Sunilkumar Pandey Ms. Jinal Mistry

Mr. Dhaval Shah

Mr. Dipak Maru

TOR COMPLIANCE

No. ToRs Compliance

A. Specific ToR

1.

Commitment that no banned pesticides will be

manufactured.

We shall not use any banned pesticides in

our plant. We are also attaching

undertaking for the same as Annexure – 5.

2.

Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery and for emissions control.

Details on solvent to be used and solvent

recovery plan are mentioned in Section

8.3.2 of Chapter – 8, page no: 291

3.

Details of process emissions from the proposed unit

and its arrangement to control.

Details of process emissions and its control

measures are mentioned in Section 2.8.1 of

Section 2.8 of Chapter – 2, page no: 53

4.

Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other

process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCI*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc., (* - as applicable)

Complied

Refer chapter-3, Section 3.4.4, Page No:

71-76

5.

Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous

chemicals.

Agreed

The proponent shall carry out work zone

monitoring for the proposed project.

6.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Detailed ETP scheme along with

segregation of effluent for concentrated and

normal effluent is mentioned in Section

8.3.3 of Section 8.3 of Chapter – 8, page no:

295-300

7.

Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Not Applicable

However, general precautionary measures

for odour control measures shall be

adopted.

8.

A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed

with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they

co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Agreed

The proponent shall sign an MoU with

cement manufacturers for co-processing of

organic solid/hazardous waste after

commissioning of the project.

9.

Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid

effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF,

if any.

Complied

TSDF membership of SEPPL-Kutch has

been obtained for waste disposal. The same

is attached as Annexure – 4

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are

being used/will be used.

Complied

MSDS for all the chemicals to be handled

within the unit shall be attached as

Annexure - 7

11.

Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Complied

TSDF membership of SEPPL-Kutch has

been obtained for waste disposal. The same

is attached as Annexure -4

12.

Details of incinerator if to be installed. Complied

Details of incinerator are mentioned in

Section: 2.8, Sub section:2.8.1, Page No: 58

13.

Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety

system to be incorporated.

Complied

A detailed Risk Assessment Study for

storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents has been incorporated

in Section 6.7 of Chapter - 6

14.

Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of

workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. Complied

Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling of

toxic materials is mentioned in Section 6.13

of Chapter - 6

B. Additional TOR

1.

Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and

commitments made by the project proponent on the

same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the

form of tabular chart with financial budget for

complying with the commitments made.

Not Applicable

2.

Adequate wastewater treatment scheme to be provided Complied

Detailed ETP scheme along with

segregation of effluent for concentrated and

normal effluent is mentioned in Section

8.3.3 of Section 8.3 of Chapter – 8, page no:

300-305

3.

Plan to be submitted for reduction of fresh water For reduction of fresh water

consumption, the proponent has

proposed to recycle the RO permeate in

process.

Measures for rainwater harvesting shall

also be undertaken.

Low volume water sprinkling systems

shall be installed for gardening

purpose.

Details are mentioned in Section 8.4.1 of

Section 8.4 of Chapter – 8. Page no: 310-

311

4.

Green belt development and plantation plan to be

provided adequately as per guidelines of CPCB Complied

A detailed green belt development plan is

proposed following the guidelines of

CPCB, which are described in Section 8.5

of Chapter – 8, page no: 311-315

3.0

These 'TORs' should be considered for the preparation

of EIA / EMP for setting up of Agro Chemicals &

Organic intermediates (702 MTPM) at Plot. No.

Z/96/E, SEZ:II, Dahej Industrial estate, TahsilVagra,

District Bharuch, Gujarat by M/s Yashashvi Rasayan

Pvt. Limited in addition to all the relevant information

as per the 'General Structure of EIA' given in

Appendix III and IlIA in the EIA Notification, 2006.

It is noted that proposed site is located in Dahej

Industrial Estate, Dhaej as SEZII on which

Environmental clearance is yet to be obtained by State.

Agreed and Complied.

4.0

You are requested to kindly submit the final EIA/EMP

prepared as per TORs and incorporating all the issues

raised during Public Hearing / Public Consultation to

the Ministry for considering the proposal for

environmental clearance within 3 years as per the

MoEF O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 8th

October, 2014.

Agreed and Complied

PH – Not Applicable

(As it is located in SEZ-II, which has

obtained Environmental Clearance)

5.0

5.0 The consultants involved in the preparation of

EIAIEMP report after accreditation with Quality

Council of India / National Accreditation Board of

Education and Training (QCI/NABET) would need to

include a certificate in this regard in the EIAIEMP

reports prepared by them and data provided by other

Organization(s)/Laboratories including their status of

approvals etc.

Agreed and Complied

QCI/NABET Certificate of the consultant

is attached in EIA report.

GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR

1.

Executive summary (maximum 2-3 sheets in A4 size

paper) of the project covering project description,

description of the environment, anticipated

environmental impacts & its mitigation measures,

environmental management plan, environmental

monitoring programme, public consultation, project

benefits, Social impacts including R&R.

Complied

Executive Summary of the project is

described in Chapter – 9 of EIA report.

2. Site Details:

i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State on Indian map

of 1:1000,000 scale.

Complied

Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State on

Indian map is attached as Figure No: 2.2

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km

and site location sm 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on

an A3/A2 sheet.

Complied Toposheet is attached as Figure no. 3.6.1

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the

site. Complied

Co-ordinates of all four corners of the site

is mentioned in section 1.3.2 of Chapter-1

page no: 15

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project

site. Complied

Google map is attached as Figure No:2.1 in

Chapter-2

v. A map showing environmental sensitivity (land

use/land cover, water bodies, reserved forests,

wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve

etc.) and from critically/severely polluted

area(s) and Ecosensitive Areas within 10km

radius of the project site vis-a-vis shortest

(aerial) distance from the project. If the project

is located within 10km of CPAs/severely

Polluted Areas, confirm whether moratorium

has been imposed on-the area.

Complied

A map showing environmental sensitivity

(land use/land cover, water bodies, reserved

forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks,

tiger reserve etc.) is attached as Figure No:

3.6.1 in Chapter-3.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc. In addition, if

located within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area

and location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area.

Complied

Layout Map indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc attached as

Figure No: 2.3 in Chapter-2.

vii.

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, in addition to

site map, provide photographs of

plantation/greenbelt in the existing project. If

fresh EC application, photographs of plain site.

Complied

As proposed project is a greenfield project,

site photographs are attached in Chapter –

2, page no: 28

3.

Landuse break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired) - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be

included.

Complied

Total plot area for proposed project is

62,526 m2

Details of total land & its break up is given

in table - 2.2 in Section - 2.5.3 of Chapter –

2, page no 38-39.

4.

A copy of the mutual agreement for land acquisition

signed with land ousters. Complied

Land is in possession of the proponent.

Land document is attached as Annexure-2

5.

Proposal shall be submitted to the Ministry for

environment clearance only after acquiring at least

60% of the total land required for the project.

Necessary documents indicating acquisition of land

shall be included.

Complied

Land is is possession of Proponent.

6. Forest and wildlife related issue:

i.

Permission and approval for the use of forest

land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest

Department.

Not Applicable

As proposed project will be developed in

SEZ area.

ii.

Landuse map based on High resolution satellite

imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating

the forestland (in case of projects involving

forest land more than 40 ha).

Complied

Land use map of study region is prepared

by using data obtained from IRS-P6 LISS-

III from NRSA, by approved FAE. The

same is attached as figure no. 3.6.1 of

Section 3.6.1 in Chapter – 3, page no.107.

iii.

Status of Application submitted for obtaining

the stage I forestry clearance along with latest

status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable

As proposed project will be developed in

SEZ area.

iv.

The projects to be located within 10 km of the

National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals,

the project proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden

showing these features vis-a-vis the project

location and the recommendations or comments

of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not Applicable

The proposed project is in notified SEZ

area & no National Park/Wild life

sanctuary/Reserve forest is located within

10 km radius of the project site.

v.

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated

by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the study area

Not Applicable





vi.

Copy of application submitted for clearance

under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National Board for

Wildlife

Not Applicable





7. Expansion/modernization proposals: Not Applicable

i.

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for the

project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as

an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the

Ministry of Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of

compliance of conditions stipulated in all the

existing environmental clearances including

Amendments should be provided. In addition,

status of compliance of Consent to Operate for

the ongoing/ existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP

report.

ii.

In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking

EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification

1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be

provided Copies of Consent to Establish/ No

Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate -

(in case of units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-

2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be

submitted. Further, compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.

Details of Industrial Operations

8.

A list of major industries with name and type 'within

study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Complied

List of industries located within 10 km

radius is mentioned in Section No 2.3.2 of

Section 2.3 of Chapter-2, page no: 31

9.

Details of proposed raw materials and products along

with production capacity. If expansion project, details

for existing unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.

Complied

List of raw materials with production

capacity is mentioned in Section 2.6, sub

section 2.6.1 of Chapter – 2, page no. 40-41

10.

Details of manufacturing process, major equipment

and machinery. If expansion project, details of

existing unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.

Complied

Manufacturing process is described in

Section 2.7 of Chapter – 2, page no: 42-52

11. List of raw materials required and its source along

with mode of transportation shall be included. All the Complied

trucks for raw material and finished product

transportation must be "Environmentally Compliant".

List of raw materials required and its source

along with mode of transportation is

mentioned in Section 2.6, sub section 2.6.1

of Chapter – 2, page no. 40-41

12.

Quantity of fuel required, its source and characteristics

and documentary evidence to substantiate confirmed

fuel linkage shall be furnished

Complied

Quantity of fuel required is mentioned in

section 2.5, sub section 2.5.2 of Chapter-2,

page no. 37

13.

Project site layout plan to scale using AutoCAD

showing raw materials, fly ash and other storage plans,

bore well or water storage, aquifers (within 1 km)

dumping, waste disposal, green areas, water bodies,

rivers/drainage passing through the project site shall

be included.

Complied

Layout Map indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc attached

Figure No: 2.3 as Chapter-2.

14.

Manufacturing process details of all the plants

including captive power plant if any along with

process flow chart shall be included.

Complied

No captive power plant will be installed in

the proposed plant. Manufacturing process

is described in Section 2.7 of Chapter – 2,

page no: 42-52

15.

Mass balance for the raw material and products shall

be included. Complied

Mass balance diagram is included in section

2.7, sub section 2.7.1 of chapter- 2, page

No: 45-52

16.

Energy balance data for all the components of the

plant shall be incorporated. Complied

Included in section 2.7, sub section 2.7.1 of

chapter- 2, page No: 45-52

Environmental Status

17. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the

study area shall be included. Complied

Mentioned in Section 2.4 of chapter - 2

18.

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of

study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean river discharge as well as

flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data

of the past 30 years. Details of RL of the project site

and mRL of the river should also be provided.

Complied

Mentioned in Section 2.4 of chapter - 2

19.

One season site-specific micro-meteorological data

using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ data (except

monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, Sox, NOx,

CO and HC (methane & non-methane) should be

collected. The monitoring stations should take into

account the pre-dominant wind direction, population

Complied

One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed,

direction and rainfall has been collected for

given in Section 3.5 of Chapter – 3, page

no.79-104

The monitoring locations have been

selected on the basis of pre-dominant wind

direction population zone and sensitive

receptors.

20.

Surface water quality of nearby River (60m upstream

and downstream) and other surface drains at eight

locations to be provided.

Complied

Surface water quality of nearby surface

water sources is described in Section 3.8.6

of Chapter – 3, page no:118-127

21.

Ground water monitoring minimum at 8 locations

shall be included. Complied

Ground Water Quality are described in

Section 3.8.4 of Chapter – 3, page no.112-

117

22.

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study

area. Complied

Noise monitoring data has been included in

Section 3.9 at page no. 127-133

23.

Traffic study of the area for the proposed project in

respect of existing traffic, type of vehicles, frequency

of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement

etc.

Complied

Traffic management plan for the proposed

project is drawn which is described in

Section 4.5.8 of Chapter – 4, page no. 179-

181

24.

Detailed description on flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) exists in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic and endangered

species. If Schedule-I fauna arc found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared

and furnished

Complied

Refer Section 3.10 of Chapter – 3, page

no.133-140

25.

Emissions (g/second) with and without the air

pollution control measures. Complied

For air emissions with and without control

measures is mentioned in Section 4.5.2(b)

of Chapter – 4, page no. 163-173

26.

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions

(including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall

be well assessed. Details of the model used and the

input data used for modeling shall also be provided.

The air quality contours should be plotted on a

location map showing the location of project site,

habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Complied

Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions is mentioned in Section 4.5.2 of

Section 4.5 Chapter - 4

27.

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard, options for

transport of raw materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be

examined.

Complied

Impacts of transportation activity on the

surrounding environment have been

assessed and details of the same are

provided in Section 4.5.2 of Section 4.5 of

Chapter – 4, page no: 162-170

28.

Details of water requirement, water balance chart for

new unit or for existing unit as well as proposed

expansion (in case of expansion).

Complied

Details of water requirement and water

balance diagram for the proposed project is

described in Section 2.8, sub section 2.8.2

of Chapter – 2, page no. 57

29.

Source of water supply and quantity and permission of

withdrawal of water (surface/ground) from Competent

Authority.

Complied

Water withdrawal permission from GIDC

is attached as Annexure –3.

30.

Details regarding quantity of effluents generated,

recycled and reused and discharged to be provided.

Methods adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation shall be included. Zero discharge

effluent concepts to be adopted.

Complied

Details regarding quantity of effluents

generated, recycled and reused and

discharged described in Section of 8.3.3 of

Section 8.3 of Chapter – 8, page no. 300-

305.

31.

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of

effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Complied

Details like scheme of ETP, characteristics

of treated & untreated effluent are

described in Section of 8.3.3 of Chapter –

8, page no. 300-305.

32.

Action plan for control of ambient air quality

parameters as per NAAQES Standards for PM10,

PM2.5, SOx, NOx, etc as per GSR 826(E) dated 16th

November, 2009.

Complied

Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters is described in Section

8.3.2 of Section 8.3 of Chapter - 8, page no:

296-299.

33.

An action plan to control and monitor secondary

fugitive emissions from all the sources as per the latest

permissible limits issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R.

414(E) dated so" May, 2008.

Complied

Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters is described in Section

8.3.2 of Section 8.3 of Chapter - 8, page no:

296-299.

34.

Action plan for solid/hazardous waste generation,

storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid waste shall also be

included. EMP shall include the concept of

wasteminimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Complied

Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and disposal

Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation.

is described in Section 8.3.1 of Section 8.3

of Chapter - 8, page no: 291-295

35.

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly

Ash Notification, 1999 and subsequent amendment in

2003 and 2009. A detailed plan of action should be

provided.

Complied

Incineration ash shall be utilized for brick

manufacturing purposes.

36.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33

% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha.

Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning

schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated. All rooftops/terraces shall have some

green cover.

Complied

Action plan for green belt development is

described in Section 8.5 of Chapter - 8,

page no:311-315

However, the proponent shall explore the

possibility of developing green cover on

rooftops/terraces.

37.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant

site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the

roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the

ground water and also to use for the various activities

at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce

the water requirement from other sources. Rain water

harvesting and groundwater recharge structures may

also be constructed outside the plant premises in

consultation with local Gram Panchayat and Village

Heads to augment the ground water level.

Incorporation of water harvesting plan for the project

is necessary, if source of water is bore well.

Complied

Action plan for rain water harvesting is

described in Section 8.6 of Chapter - 8,

page no: 316

The proponent shall explore the possibility

for construction of Rain water harvesting

and groundwater recharge structures

outside the plant premises in consultation

with local Gram Panchayat and Village

Heads.

The source of water is not bore well, only

GIDC water shall be used for the proposed

project.

38.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the

adverse impacts due to the project along with item

wise cost of its implementation. Total capital cost and

recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.

Complied

EMP for Air, Water Environment &

Solid/Hazardous wastes is mentioned in

Section 8.3 of Chapter – 8, page no: 291-

309

Capital cost for EMS is Rs.1913 lakhs and

recurring cost is Rs. 2290 lakhs per annum.

39.

Details of Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R & R)

involving the project. R&R shall be as per policy of

the State Govt. and a detailed action plan shall be

included.

Not Applicable

As the proposed project is in SEZ region.

40. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring

shall be submitted. Complied

Action Plan for Post Project Environmental

Monitoring is mentioned in Table no: 5.1 of

Section 5.4 of Chapter – 5, page no: 195

41.

Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management

Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control

needs to be addressed and included.

Complied

Disaster Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessmentis described in Part-1 and Part-

2 of Chapter – 6 of EIA report.

42. Occupational Health:

i.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above

mentioned hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL). It these are

not within PEL, what measures the company has

adopted to keep them within PEL so that health

of the workers can be preserved,

Complied

Details of exposure levels of hazards are

mentioned in Section 6.12 of Chapter – 6,

page no: 274-279

ii.

Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is

being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of abovementioned parameters as per age,

sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Agreed & Complied

Health check up of employees shall be

carried out at pre placement stage as well as

yearly check up shall also be carried out.

iii.

Annual report of health status of workers with'

special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

Agreed

Annual health check up of the employees

shall also be carried out.

iv.

Action plan for the implementation of OHS

standards as per OSHAS/USEPA. Complied

General Occupational Safety Measures are

described in Section 8.3.6 of Section 8.3 of

Chapter – 8, page no: 308-309

Action plan for the implementation of OHS

standards as per OSHAS/USEPA shall be

prepared after commissioning of the

project.

v.

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and

casual workers.

Complied

Occupational Safety Measures for all

contract and casual workers are described

in Section 8.3.6 of Section 8.3 of Chapter –

8, page no: 308-309.

43. Corporate Environment Policy

i.

Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report.

Agreed

The proponent shall prepare Environment

Policy after the commissioning of the

project.

ii.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for

standard operating process / procedures to bring

into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions) If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

Agreed

The proponent shall prepare Environment

Policy describing standard operating

process / procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms / conditions

after the commissioning of the project.

iii.

What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions) Details of this system may be given.

Complied

The hierarchical system or Administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental

clearance conditions is mentioned in


319.

iv.

Does the company have system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in

the EIA report

Complied

The company have system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and / or

shareholders or stakeholders which is

mentioned in Section 8.8 of Chapter -8,

page no: 318-319.

44.

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labor force during construction as well as to the casual

workers including truck drivers during operation

phase.

Complied

The necessary infrastructure facilities like

drinking water and sanitation shall be

provided to the construction workers and

truck drivers within the project site.

45.

At least 5 % of the total cost of the project shall be

earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan shall be included.

Complied

A detailed CSR Plan for socio-economic

purposes is mentioned in Chapter – 7 of

EIA report and provision for the same is

Socio-economic development activities need to be

elaborated upon

also mentioned in Section 8.9 of Chapter -

8, page no: 320.

46.

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the

project, if so, details thereof shall also be included.

Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5

of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant

Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof

and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present

status of the case.

Not Applicable

As the proposed project is a greenfield

project, no litigations are pending against

the project.

47.

The questionnaire for industry sector (available on

MOEF website) shall be submitted as an Annexure to

the EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

The questionnaire for industry sector is

attached as in EIA report as Annexure-6

48.

'TORs' prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee

(Industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA-

EMP report for the project in addition to all the

relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of

EIA' given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA

Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are

in a language other than English, an English

translation shall be provided. The draft EIA/ EMP

report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control

Board of the concerned Stale for conduct of Public

Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public

Hearing/public consultation, district wise, as per the

provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The issues raised

in the Public Hearing and during the consultation

process and the commitments made by the project

proponent on the same shall be included separately in

EIA-EMP Report in- the form of tabular chart with

financial budget (capital and revenue)" along with

time-schedule of implementation for complying with

the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be

submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental

clearance.

Complied

49. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance

of above TORs. Complied

50.

The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of two

years for submission of the EIA-EMP report along

with Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever

stipulated).

Agreed

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly indexed, page

numbered. Complied

ii. Period/date of data collection shall be clearly

indicated. Complied

iii. Authenticated English translation of all material

in Regional languages shall be provided. Complied

iv.

The letter/application for environmental

clearance shall quote the MOEF file No. and

also attach a copy of the letter.

Complied

v.

The copy of the letter received from the

Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure

to the final EIA-EMP Report

Complied

ADDITIONAL TORs FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

1.

Manufacturing process details along with the chemical

reactions and process flow chart. Complied

Manufacturing process is described in

Section 2.7 of Chapter – 2, page no: 42-52.

2.

Name of all the solvents to be used in the process and

details of solvent recovery system. Complied

Details on solvent to be used and solvent

recovery plan are mentioned in Section

8.3.2 of Chapter – 8, page no: 298.

3.

Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any along with

boiler, scrubbers/ bagfilters etc. Complied

Details of ETP, incinerator and APCs is


page no: 53-61.

4.

The details of solid and hazardous wastes generation,

storage, utilization and disposal particularly related to

the hazardous waste calorific value of hazardous waste

and detailed characteristic of the hazardous waste.

Action plan for the disposal of fly ash generated from

boiler shall be included.

Complied

Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and disposal

is described in Section 8.3.1 of Section 8.3

of Chapter - 8, page no: 53-61 and

Incineration ash shall be utilized for brick

manufacturing purposes.

5.

Precautions to be taken during storage and

transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be clearly

mentioned and incorporated.

Complied

Precautions to be taken during storage and

transportation of hazardous chemicals are

mentioned in Section 6.7.1 – 6.7.5 of

Section 6.7 of Chapter – 6, page no:212-

221.

6.

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are

being used/will be used. CAS No. /RTECS

No./DOT/UN etc to be mentioned against each

chemicals.

Complied

MSDS of all the chemicals shall be attached

in EIA report.

7.

Details of VOC monitoring in the working zone

environment, and other hazardous emissions such as

Chlorine, HCI, etc if any.

Complied

Work zone monitoring of VOC in the

working zone environment and other

hazardous emissions shall be carried out in

the proposed project.

8.

Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. Complied

Membership of TSDF of SEPPL – Kutch is

attached as Annexure – 4.

9.

Risk assessment for storage for chemicals/solvents.

Action plan for handling & safety system Complied

Detailed Risk Assessment Study has been

carried out and attached as Chapter – 6 of

EIA report.

10. Details of occupational health programme.

i.

To which chemicals, workers are exposed

directly or indirectly. Complied

Details of hazardous chemicals to which

workers shall be exposed are mentioned in

Section 6.7.1 – 6.7.5 of Section 6.7 of

Chapter – 6, page no: 212-221.

ii.

Whether these chemicals are within Threshold

Limit Values (TLV)/ Permissible Exposure

Levels as per ACGIH recommendation.

Details of exposure levels of hazards are


page no: 274-279.

iii.

What measures company has taken to keep these

chemicals within PEL/TLV.

Details of exposure levels of hazards and

measures for safety are mentioned in


289.

iv.

How the workers are evaluated concerning their

exposure to chemicals during pre-placement and

periodical medical monitoring.

Health check up of employees shall be

carried out at pre placement stage as well as

yearly check up shall also be carried out.

v.

Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-placement

and periodical examination. Agreed

Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-

placement and periodical examination shall

be carried out.

11.

Toxic management Plan shall be prepared. Agreed

Toxic Management Plan shall be prepared

for the proposed project.

12.

A write up on "Safe Practice" followed for handling,

storage, transportation and unloading of chemicals to

be submitted.

Agreed

A write up for “Safe practice” shall be

prepared for handling, storage, and

transportation and unloading of chemicals

forthe proposed project.

13.

What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during

chemical disaster. Complied

On site and Off Site Emergency Plan has

been prepared and mentioned in Part – 2 of

Chapter – 6 of EIA report.

14.

A write up on "Treatment of workers affected by

accidental spillage of chemicals".

A write up on "Treatment of workers

affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals" shall be prepared.

YASHASHVI RASAYAN PVT. LTD. MANUFACTURING OF AGRO CHEMICALS & ORGANIC INTERMEDIATES

1 | P a g e

CONTENTS

1.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 14

1.2 ABOUT THE PROJECT PROPONENT ...................................................................................... 14

1.3 PROJECT DETAILS ..................................................................................................................... 15

1.3.1 PROJECT BRIEF ....................................................................................................................... 15

1.3.2 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT SITE ......................................................................................... 15

1.4 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................ 17

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK & NEED OF EIA STUDY ..................................................... 17

1.6 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY ......................................................................... 19

1.7 THE EIA CYCLE AND PROCEDURES ..................................................................................... 21

1.7.1 SCREENING ......................................................................................................................... 21

1.7.2 SCOPING .............................................................................................................................. 21

1.7.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION ...................................................................................... 21

1.7.4 IMPACT PREDICTION ............................................................................................................ 23

1.7.5 MITIGATION MEASURES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)23

1.7.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................... 23

1.8 EIA REVIEW AND APPLICATION FOR EC CLEARANCE ................................................... 24

1.9 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT ..................................................................................................... 24

2.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................ 27

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................... 27

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION .................................................................................................................... 28

2.3.1 SITE SELECTION CRITERIA ................................................................................................. 31

2.3.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE .................................................................... 31

2.4 PROJECT LOCATION DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 34

2.5 RESOURCES REQUIREMENT ..................................................................................................... 37

2.5.1 WATER REQUIREMENT ........................................................................................................ 37

2.5.2 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT ......................................................................................... 38

2.5.3 LAND REQUIREMENT ........................................................................................................... 39


2 | P a g e

2.5.4 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT: .............................................................................................. 39

2.5.5 PROJECT COST BREAKUP: ................................................................................................... 39

2.5.6. CONNECTIVITY: .................................................................................................................... 40

2.6 PRODUCTS & RAW MATERIALS ............................................................................................... 40

2.6.1 RAW MATERIALS ................................................................................................................... 40

2.6.2 PRODUCT & BY-PRODUCT .................................................................................................. 43

2.7 PROCESS DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................................. 43

2.7.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS .............................................................................................. 43

2.7.2 CHEMICAL REACTION & MASS BALANCE ...................................................................... 46

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL MEASURES .................................................. 54

2.8.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................... 54

2.8.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................... 58

2.8.3 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT.................................................................. 61

2.8.4 NOISE MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................... 61

2.8.5 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................... 62

2.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ......................................................................................................... 63

2.10 GREEN BELT ................................................................................................................................ 63

3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 64

3.2 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................... 67

3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING ......................................................... 67

3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS .......................................... 69

3.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ................................................................................... 70

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 70

3.4.1 SELECTION OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS ........................................................................... 70

3.4.2 FREQUENCY AND PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING ........................................................ 74

3.4.3 INSTRUMENT FOR SAMPLING ............................................................................................ 74

3.4.4 QUALITY OF AMBIENT AIR ................................................................................................. 74

3.4.5 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ........................................................................... 79

3.5 MICROMETEOROLOGY ............................................................................................................... 80


3 | P a g e

3.5.1 SOURCE OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA ............................................................................ 80

3.5.2 TEMPERATURE ....................................................................................................................... 80

3.5.3 HUMIDITY ................................................................................................................................ 83

3.5.4 WIND VELOCITY .................................................................................................................... 87

3.5.5 WIND ROSE .............................................................................................................................. 89

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................... 106

3.6.1 LAND USE PATTERN ........................................................................................................... 106

3.7 SOIL QUALITY ............................................................................................................................. 109

3.7.1 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY .......................................................................................... 112

3.8 WATER ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................ 112

3.8.1 RECONNAISSANCE .............................................................................................................. 113

3.8.2 WATER QUALITY ................................................................................................................. 113

3.8.3 SAMPLING & ANALYSIS..................................................................................................... 113

3.8.4 GROUND WATER RESOURCES ......................................................................................... 113

3.8.5 SUMMARY OF GROUND WATER QUALITY ................................................................... 119

3.8.6 SURFACE WATER ................................................................................................................. 119

3.8.7 SUMMARY OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY .................................................................. 123

3.8.8 MARINE WATER ................................................................................................................... 123

3.8.9 SUMMARY OF MARINE WATER ....................................................................................... 128

3.9 NOISE ENVIRONMENT .............................................................................................................. 128

3.9.1 SOURCE OF NOISE POLLUTION ........................................................................................ 129

3.9.2 NOISE LEVEL IN THE STUDY AREA ................................................................................ 129

3.9.3 SUMMARY OF NOISE LEVEL IN THE STUDY AREA .................................................... 134

3.10 ECOLOGY ................................................................................................................................... 134

3.10.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY OF FLORA & FAUNA ...................... 134

3.11 SOCIO-ECONONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................... 142

3.11.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY METHODOLOGY ............................................................ 142

3.11.2 DEMOGRAPHY .................................................................................................................... 143

3.11.3 POPULATION DENSITY ..................................................................................................... 143


4 | P a g e

3.11.4 SEX RATIO ........................................................................................................................... 145

3.11.5 LITERACY RATE ................................................................................................................. 146

3.11.6 ECONOMIC ASPECTS ........................................................................................................ 149

4.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 153

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL FACETS & PARAMETERS ...................................................................... 153

4.3 TYPES & NATURE OF IMPACTS CONSIDERED .................................................................... 155

4.4 CONSIDERATION OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES & COMPONENTS ........................................ 156

4.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES .................... 159

4.5.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................ 159

4.5.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................. 162

4.5.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................... 170

4.5.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................ 173

4.5.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 175

4.5.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................. 176

4.5.7 IMPACTS ON SAFETY & HEALTH .................................................................................... 177

4.5.8 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN: ....................................................................................... 179

4.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION ........................................................................................................ 181

4.7 MATRIX ANALYSIS FOR IMPACT ASSESSMENT ................................................................ 182

5.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 190

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ............................................................................... 190

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED .............................................................. 191

5.3.1 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................................................. 192

5.3.2 Plant Stack Emissions Monitoring ........................................................................................... 192

5.3.3 Effluent Quality ........................................................................................................................ 193

5.3.4 Noise Quality ............................................................................................................................ 193

5.3.5 Solid / Hazardous Waste Generation & Utilization ................................................................. 193

5.3.6 Green Belt Development .......................................................................................................... 194

5.3.7 House Keeping ......................................................................................................................... 194

5.3.8 Occupational Health And Safety .............................................................................................. 194


5 | P a g e

5.3.9 Socio-Economic Development ................................................................................................. 194

5.4 MONITORING PARAMETERS & FREQUENCY ...................................................................... 195

5.5 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES: ......................................................................................... 196

5.6 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS ...................................... 197

5.7 LABORATORY FACILITIES ....................................................................................................... 198

5.8 DOCUMENTATION & RECORDS.............................................................................................. 198

5.9 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMS ....................................................................................... 199

6.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 200

6.2 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY ............................................................................................................. 200

PART - 1 RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY ......................................................................................... 202

6.3 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 203

6.4 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT ...................................................................................... 203

6.5 DETAILS OF STORAGE FACILITIES ........................................................................................ 205

6.6 RISK ASSESSMENT ..................................................................................................................... 210

6.7 QUALTITATIVE RISKS ............................................................................................................... 210

6.7.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF TOXIC CHEMICAL (like SO2 etc.) .............................. 212

6.7.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS (like Toluene, Xylene

etc.) ............................................................................................................................................ 213

6.7.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF COROSSIVE CHEMICALS (like Nitric Acid, Sulphuric

Acid etc.) .................................................................................................................................... 216

6.7.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICALS/FINISHED GOODS .................. 219

6.7.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CAUSTIC SODA LYE (50%) & KOH LYE (46%) .... 220

6.8 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT ................................................................................... 222

6.8.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ................................................................................................ 222

6.8.2 DAMAGE CRITERIA ............................................................................................................. 222

6.8.3 ASSUMPTIONS FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS .......................................................... 225

6.8.4 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS ........................................................................ 226

6.8.5 SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ..................................... 226

6.8.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY ......................................................................... 248

6.9 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS.............. 251


6 | P a g e

6.9.1 FLASH FIRE AND UVCE SCENARIOS:.............................................................................. 251

6.9.2 LATE POOL FIRE SCENARIOS: .......................................................................................... 252

6.9.3 JET FIRE SCENARIOS: ......................................................................................................... 252

6.9.4 TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS: ........................................................................................... 252

6.9.5 GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS: .................................................................................... 253

6.9.6 OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE, EXPLOSION AND

TOXIC RELEASE: ................................................................................................................... 253

6.10 AREA SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON QUALITATIVE RISK

ASSESSMENT (SUMMARIZED): ............................................................................................ 260

PART - 2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................. 261

6.11 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................ 262

6.11.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY ................................................... 262

6.11.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ......................................... 262

6.11.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM .......................................... 263

6.11.4 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 270

PART - 3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY ..................................................................... 273

6.12 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................... 274

6.12.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ................................................................................................ 274

6.12.2 DETAILS OF OCCUPATION AND SAFETY HAZARDS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT 276

6.13 ACTION PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OHS STANDARDS AS PER

OSHAS/USEPA ........................................................................................................................... 279

6.13.1 SAFETY ORGANIZATION ................................................................................................. 279

6.13.2 SAFETY CIRCLE .................................................................................................................. 279

6.13.3 SAFETY TRAINING ............................................................................................................ 280

6.13.4 TRAINING, REHERASAL (MOCK DRILLS) & RECORDS REGARDING DMP .......... 280

7.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 283

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL & SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE .............................. 283

7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ..................................................................................................... 283

7.3.1 SKILLED AND SEMI-SKILLED ........................................................................................... 284

7.3.2 UN-SKILLED .......................................................................................................................... 284


7 | P a g e

7.4 ECONOMICAL BENEFITS .......................................................................................................... 284

7.5 CSR PLAN ..................................................................................................................................... 285

CHAPTER-8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................. 287

8.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 287

8.2 COMPONENTS OF AN EMS ....................................................................................................... 287

8.2 SUMMARY OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ............................................ 290

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................ 291

8.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT & SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT ................. 291

8.3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT ............................................................................... 296

8.3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT ....................................................................... 300

8.3.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 306

8.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................ 307

8.3.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & HOUSE KEEPING ............................................ 308

8.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION PRACTICES .................................................................................... 311

8.4.1 CONSERVATION OF WATER, RAW MATERIALS AND ENERGY ............................... 311

8.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN ....................................................................................... 312

8.6 DRAINAGE & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN ................................................................ 317

8.7 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMS: ...................................................................................... 318

8.8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL: ................................................................................. 319

8.9 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN ............................................................................ 321

CHAPTER-9 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION .................................................................................... 322

9.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 322

9.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................. 322

9.3 PROJECT LOCATION .................................................................................................................. 323

9.3.1 PROJECT SITE: ...................................................................................................................... 323

9.3.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE .................................................................. 323

9.4 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 324

9.5 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT........................................................................................... 325

9.6 PRODUCT & CAPACITY ............................................................................................................ 327


8 | P a g e

9.7 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ................................................................................. 328

9.8 IMPACTING ACTIVITIES ........................................................................................................... 334

9.9 IMPACT PREDICTION ................................................................................................................ 335

9.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................... 338

9.10.1 EMP for Water Management ................................................................................................. 338

9.10.2 EMP for Air Management ...................................................................................................... 339

9.10.3 EMP for Waste Management ................................................................................................. 341

9.10.4 EMP for Noise Control .......................................................................................................... 342

9.11 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................................ 344

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLANT ................................................... 344

9.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & HOUSEKEEPING ................................................. 345

9.13 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN ..................................................................................... 346

9.14 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN .......................................................................... 346

9.15 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMS: .................................................................................. 346

9.16 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ........................................................................... 347

9.17 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND RESPONSIBILITY ........................................................ 347

9.18 CONCLUSION............................................................................................................................. 348


9 | P a g e

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE 2.1: GOOGLE MAP 29

FIGURE 2.2 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION 33

Figure No. 3.1.1: Map showing the study region 65

Figure 3.4.1 - Ambient Air Monitoring Locations 72

Figure 3.4.2 – Photographs of Ambient Air Monitoring 73

Figure No. 3.4.3 PM10 Conc. Variation in study Area 77

Figure 3.4.4 - PM2.5 Conc. Variation in Study Area 77

Figure No.3.4.5 Variation in SO2 Conc. In study area 78

Figure 3.4.6 - Variation in NOx Conc. In study area 78

Figure 3.5.1 - Temperature Variation during March, 2015 82

Figure 3.5.2 - Temperature Variation during April, 2015 82

Figure 3.5.3 - Temperature Variation during May, 2015 83

Figure 3.5.4 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (March, 2015) 85

Figure 3.5.5 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (April, 2015) 85

Figure 3.5.6 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (May, 2015) 86

Figure 3.5.8 - Wind Speed Variation in km/hour (April, 2015) 88

Figure 3.5.9 - Wind Speed Variation in km/hour (May, 2015) 89

Figure No.3.5.10 Wind class frequency distribution (March, 2015) 92

Figure No.3.5.11 Wind rose diagram for the month of March, 2015 93

Figure No.3.5.12 Wind class frequency distribution (April, 2015) 96

Figure No.3.5.13 Wind rose diagram for the month of April, 2015 97

Figure No.3.5.14 Wind class frequency distribution (May, 2015) 100

Figure No.3.5.15 Wind rose diagram for the month of May, 2015 101

Figure No.3.5.16 Wind class frequency distribution (Mar’15 –May’15) 104

Figure No.3.5.17 Wind rose diagram for the month of Mar’15 – May’15 105

Figure No.3.6.1: Land Use Map of Study Area 108

Figure No. 3.7.1: Soil Sampling Location 110

Figure No 3.8.1 Map Showing Ground Water Sampling Locations 114

Figure No 3.8.2 Photographs of Ground Water Sampling 115

Figure No.3.8.3 Map showing the locations for Surface water 120

Figure No.3.7.5 Surface water sampling Photographs 124

Figure No. 3.9.1 Map Showing the Noise Sampling Locations 130

Figure No. 3.9.2 Photographs of Noise Monitoring 131

Figure No.3.9.3 Variation in Noise Level during day time 132

Figure 3.9.4 - Variation in Noise Level during night time 133

Figure No. 3.11.1: Population Density in the study region 144

Figure No. 3.11.2: Graph of Literacy Rate 148


10 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.11.3 Occupational Structure of Study Area 151

Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Concentration of SOx 165

Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Concentration of NOx 166

Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Concentration of PM 167


11 | P a g e

LIST OF TABLES

Table 3.1.1- Monitoring Location Details ........................................................................................................... 66

Table 3.1.2- Environmental Setting ..................................................................................................................... 66

Table 3.2.1- Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ........................................................................................ 67

Table 3.2.2 - Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis ........................................................................... 69

Table 3.4.1 - Air Quality Monitoring Location Details ....................................................................................... 71

Table 3.4.2 - Details of Analysis Method ............................................................................................................ 74

Table 3.4.2 - Percentile Value of PM10 & PM2.5 (March 2015 to May 2015) ...................................................... 75

Table 3.4.3 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (SO2 & NOx) ............................................................... 75

Table 3.4.4 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (VOC & HC) ................................................................ 76

Table 3.4.5 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (Cl2 & HCl) .................................................................. 76

Table 3.4.6 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (H2S & CS2) ................................................................. 76

Table 3.4.5 - Ambient Air Quality Standards (Standard for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring as per Ministry of

Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF)) .............................................................................................. 79

Table No.3.5.1 Details of Temperature Nr. Project site (Mar’15 to May’15) ..................................................... 81

Table 3.5.2 - Details of Humidity Nr. Project site (Mar’15 to May’15).............................................................. 84

Table 3.5.3 - Details of Wind speed Nr. Project site (Mar’15 – May’15) ........................................................... 87

Table 3.5.4 - Frequency Count Chart (March, 2015) .......................................................................................... 90

Table 3.5.5 - Frequency Distribution Chart (March, 2015) ................................................................................. 91

Table No. 3.5.6 Frequency Count Chart (April, 2015) ........................................................................................ 94

Table No. 3.5.7 Frequency Distribution Chart (April, 2015) .............................................................................. 95

Table No. 3.5.9 Frequency Distribution Chart (May, 2015) ............................................................................... 99

Table No. 3.5.10 Frequency Count Chart (Mar’15 –May’15) ........................................................................... 102

Table No. 3.5.11 Frequency Distribution Chart (Mar’15 –May’15) ................................................................. 103

Table 3.6.1 - Land Use Detail ............................................................................................................................ 106

Table 3.7.1 - Sampling Location ........................................................................................................................ 109

Table 3.7.2 - Average Results of Soil Samples (March 2015 to May 2015) ..................................................... 111

Table 3.7.3 - Soil Texture analysis .................................................................................................................... 111

Table 3.8 - Sampling Locations ......................................................................................................................... 114

Table 3.8.1 - Ground water analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015) .......................................................... 116

Table 3.8.2 - Ground water analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015) .......................................................... 117

Table 3.8.3 - Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992 ........................................................................... 118

Table 3.8.4 - Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................. 120

Table 3.8.5 - Surface water Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015) ......................................................... 121

Table 3.8.6 - Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water ................................................................................... 122

Table 3.8.7 - Inland Surface Water Classification (CPCB Standards) .............................................................. 122

Table No. 3.8.8 Marine Water Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015) .................................................... 126

Table No. 3.8.9 Microbiological Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample ................................................... 126

Table No. 3.8.10 Zooplankton Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample Nr. Project Site ............................ 127

Table No. 3.8.11 Phytoplankton Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample Nr. Project Site .......................... 127


12 | P a g e

Table No. 3.8.12 Sediment Quality Analysis .................................................................................................... 127

Table No. 3.8.13 Benthos Detail ........................................................................................................................ 127

Table 3.9.1 - Noise Sampling Locations ............................................................................................................ 129

Table 3.9.2 - Noise Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015) ..................................................................... 132

Table 3.9.3 - Noise Level Standards .................................................................................................................. 133

Table No. 3.10.2 Details of Wild Life ............................................................................................................... 138

Table No.3.10.3 Details of Fishes ...................................................................................................................... 141

Table No. 3.11.1 Details of Population in Study Area ...................................................................................... 143

Table No. 3.11.2: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area ....................................................................................... 145

Table No. 3.11.3 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area .................................................................................. 146

Table No.3.11.4 Details of Occupational Structure ........................................................................................... 149

Table No. 3.11.5 Key infrastructure available ................................................................................................... 152

Table 4.1: Construction Phase: Matrix Evaluation without mitigation measures ............................................. 185

Table 4.2: Construction Phase: Matrix Evaluation with mitigation measures................................................... 186

Table 4.3: Operation Phase: Matrix Evaluation without mitigation measures .................................................. 187

Table 4.4: Operation Phase: Matrix Evaluation with mitigation measures ....................................................... 188

TABLE 5.1: POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME .................................. 195

TABLE 5.2: METHOD ADOPTED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING/ANALYSIS ........................... 196

Table 6.1 A: Proposed Storage Details of Hazardous Raw Materials ............................................................... 206

Table 6.1 B: Properties of Hazardous Chemicals .............................................................................................. 209

Table No 9.1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ................................................................................... 328

Table No.9.2: Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis ....................................................................... 330

Table 9.3: Baseline Status of the study area: ..................................................................................................... 331


13 | P a g e

Annexure-I EC of SEZ-II ................................................................................................................... 364

Annexure-II Land Documents ............................................................................................................ 374

Annexure-III Permission of Water Withdrawal ................................................................................. 381

Annexure-IV Membership Certificate ................................................................................................ 382

Annexure-V Commitment of banned pesticides ................................................................................ 383

Annexure-VI Questionnaire for Industry Sector ................................................................................ 384

Annexure-VII MSDS .......................................................................................................................... 385


14 | P a g e

CHAPTER-1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

India is the fourth largest producer of agrochemicals globally, after United States, Japan and China. The

agrochemicals industry is a significant industry for the Indian economy as India is an agrarian economy.

Besides increasing the domestic consumption, the exports of the Indian Agrochemicals Industry can be

doubled in the upcoming years if proper strategies and sophisticated technologies are adopted by the

industry. Presently, India is leading in the manufacture of organic intermediates and is likely to become a

world leader in future very soon. India is having a strong engineering & research scientist pool and long

proven expertise of producing quality organic intermediates and agrochemicals.

1.2 ABOUT THE PROJECT PROPONENT

The Patel group was established in 1990, with the initial production of Beta Naphthol. YRPL proposes a

diversified group of products like Paranitroaniline (PNA), Parachloroaniline (PCA), Parachloroaniline

Hydrochloride and 2,5 Dichloroaniline etc.

The proposed unit is managed by Mr. Nilesh Patel having 33 years of experience in manufacturing and

marketing of various chemicals. Mr. Harshad Mavani – Team Member having 38 years of experience of

chemical industries. Dr. K. H. Patel, head of Patel Group of Industries, had graduated in Chemical

Engineering from the Witwatersrand University, South Africa. He had obtained Masters from University of

Southern California and Doctorate from Columbia University - New York and came down to India in 1950.

With an enormous volume of desire and dream to contribute towards the industrial development in India,

he set up an industrial unit called Indosal Chemicals to pioneer manufacturing of Salicylic Acid in India,

with his own patented process. This was the first brick in the foundation of the Patel Group of Industries.

Since then, the innovative abilities of Dr. K.H. Patel, the sculptor of Patel Group, have carried on the march

of progress. In 1960, after successful endeavours at Indosal, a proprietary concern, Chemical Development

& Construction Corporation, came into existence. This aimed at fabricating Chemical Plants on turnkey

basis. In 1968, he pioneered manufacturing Nitro Benzene and in 1976 Alphanaphthylamine in the same

concern. Since then the group has expanded its horizons and is one of the leading manufacturers of

Benzene as well as Naphthelene based compounds.

Quality is the prime motive of the company as with the Patel group company. All the requisite processes

shall be in place to ensure the consistency of quality and processes. Patel Group is also ISO 9000:2000

certified which ensures the process of innovation and improvement continues.


15 | P a g e

1.3 PROJECT DETAILS

1.3.1 PROJECT BRIEF

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt Ltd (YRPL) is proposing a large scale Greenfield manufacturing industry of Agro

Chemicals and Organic Intermediates which envisages an investment of Rs. 215 Crores. The company’s

products shall be used to manufacture various herbicides and organic intermediates having a good market

demand. The plant will consist of hydrogenerator, distillatory, reactors, fractionating column, rotary

vacuum paddle dryer, distillation column, condensers & stainless steel pumps, high vacuum steam ejectors

and SS water ring vacuum pumps, etc.

1.3.2 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT SITE

YRPL is proposing a Greenfield manufacturing industry of Agro Chemicals and Organic Intermediates

within to be located at Plot No. Z/96/E, SEZ: II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch,

Gujarat. The geographical co-ordinates of the project site are 21°40'07.26"N and 72°32'21.78"E

respectively. The proposed project site is located in Dahej SEZ having total plot area of 62,526 m2. The site

is well connected by rail, road and all other infrastructure facilities which are basic requirements for the

proposed project.

Four corners Latitudes and Longitudes of the proposed project are as under:

Project Co-ordinate

Corner Latitude Longitude

A 21o 40’15.48” N 72o 32’1.75” E

B 21o 40’18.19” N 72o 32’3.73” E

C 21o40’1.55” N 72o 33’9.57” E

D 21o 39’50.77” N 72o 32’22.10” E

The proposed project is located in a well-developed industrial area having necessary infrastructure

facilities. SEZ is a part of Dahej Petroleum, Chemicals and Petrochemicals Investment Region and is

within Delhi-Mumbai Investment Corridor. Dahej SEZ is divided into two parts: Part I and Part II which

are joined by 45 m wide dedicated corridor. Infrastructure and services provided in SEZ are RCC roads,

Water supply line, Effluent disposal line, Power Supply, Gas Supply, Telecommunication and Data

Transmission, Fire & Safety services, etc. The location of the proposed project site is mentioned in figure

no. 1.1


16 | P a g e

FIGURE NO. 1.1 – LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT SITE


17 | P a g e

1.4 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

The company is already engaged in the business of manufacturing of Agro Chemicals & Organic

Intermediates products. The proposed project provides a potential growth opportunity for the already

running business of the company.

The proposed products have high export potential. Also these products have a good demand in local

market. The proposed products shall be used as raw material to manufacture various herbicide and organic

intermediates as per the required applications and having very good market in domestic and also having

very good international markets. It is focused on the export market which in turn means increased foreign

exchange remittance to the country.

India produces about 80,000-90,000 MT of pesticides a year. India’s Agro chemicals & pesticide industries

are the largest in Asia and the twelfth largest in the world. With over 400 million acres under cultivation

and over 60% of the country’s population dependent on agriculture, the country’s economy depends on the

agricultural sector to a substantial extent.

India loses nearly 30% of its potential crop to insects, weeds and rodent attacks. The Pesticides/Crop

Protection/Agrochemicals industry plays a crucial role in protecting crops from damage by weeds, pests,

insects and fungus, both before and after harvest. This helps to increase crop yields, which is important

given the rate at which cultivable land is shrinking.

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK & NEED OF EIA STUDY

Government of India, as per its policy, has given emphasis on Sustainable Development. It supports the

industrial growth as well as environmental protection has also been made the integrated criteria for this

support. In line with this policy, Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) has defined elaborated

‘Environmental Clearance’ (EC) framework under the Environmental Protection Act, 1986 (Environmental

Impact Assessment Notification, 2006) for establishing/expanding and industry/development project. As

per EIA notification prior environmental clearance is required for certain categories of the projects. The EC

process takes into consideration project details, baseline environmental conditions, environment impact

assessment and proposed mitigation measures in sustaining environmental equilibrium.

The applicability of the S. O. 1533 for the proposed project was explored by considering different

possibilities and provision made in the said notification. Considering the products and project location of

the proposed project, it is noticed that the proposed project falls under Category 5 (b) – A of the schedule

of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) notification 2006, S. O. 1533.


18 | P a g e

As per the provision of the S. O. 1533, it is necessary to get Environmental Clearance (EC) for the

proposed project prior to commissioning of the project activities. Hence, it is necessary to seek EC by

applying to Ministry of Environment & Forest (MoEF) along with the EIA Study Report. Therefore, the

EIA is required to be conducted to comply with the provisions of S. O. 1533 made for Category 5 (b) – A

of the notification. Moreover, proposed project site is located in SEZ area of Dahej and Gujarat Industrial

Development Corporation (GIDC) has obtained the Environmental Clearance (EC) vide letter no. 21 –

1084/2007 – IA.III dated 17th March, 2010 from MoEF for SEZ area of Dahej. Hence public hearing is not

applicable for the proposed project.

This EIA report for the proposed unit has been prepared for the perusal of MoEF for judging the

environmental compatibility of the project as per the TOR granted.

For the proposed project; following assumptions have been considered:

a. Capacity of Plant: Technical: 702 MT/Month

b. Total working days per month: 27 days

c. Raw material storage facility for 15 days

d. Finished product storage facility for 30 days

e. Solvent storage for 10 days, solvent storage as per CCOE guideline

f. Hazardous Waste storage facility for three months

g. Designated Tank Farm facility


19 | P a g e

1.6 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

This EIA Report is prepared to comply with Terms of Reference (TOR) given by the Expert Appraisal

Committee of MoEF and the requirements of the MoEF as per the guideline. The scope of study includes

detailed characteristics of environmental components. For the purpose of environmental assessment, the

villages in the surrounding areas have been surveyed and relevant data has been collected.

The objectives of this EIA are:

To describe the project and associated works together with the requirements for carrying out the

project.

To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected by

the project, and/or likely to cause impacts by the project, including both the natural and man-made

environment.

To identify and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the project and recommend

appropriate mitigation measures.

To identify existing landscape and visual quality in the study area so as to evaluate the landscape

and visual impacts of the project.

To propose mitigation measures to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance

during construction and operation of the project.

To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the detailed

design, construction and operation of the project which are necessary to mitigate these impacts and

reduce them to allowable levels within established standards/guidelines.

To identify and justify the need for environmental monitoring to define the scope of the

requirements necessary to ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the environmental

protection and pollution control measures adopted.

To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this EIA.

To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives to the requirements of this EIA

Study.


20 | P a g e

FLOWCHART OF EIA ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT FOR EIA REPORT

EIA REPORT

PRELIMINARY SCAN OF PROPOSED PROJECT PRELIMINARY SCAN OF

EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

SELECT ENVIRONMENTAL

INDICATORS

DESCRIBE ENVIRONMENTAL

INDICATORS

IMPACT EVALUATION (MODELING)

FIELD SURVEY AND SAMPLING

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

PROJECT INITIATION

PRELIMINARY SCAN OF EXISTING

ENVIRONMENT

RISK ASSESSMENT &

DMP

ANALYSIS HAZARD & RISK

DESCRIBE ENV. SETTING


21 | P a g e

1.7 THE EIA CYCLE AND PROCEDURES

The EIA process in India is made up of the following phases:

1.7.1 SCREENING

Screening is done to see whether a project requires environment clearance as per the statutory notifications.

Screening Criteria are based upon:

Scales of investment.

Type of development.

Location of development.

1.7.2 SCOPING

Scoping is a process of detailing the terms of reference of EIA. It has to be done by the consultant in

consultation with the project proponent and guidance, if need be, from Impact Assessment Agency. The

MoEFCC has published guidelines for different sectors, which outline the significant issues to be addressed

in the EIA studies. Quantifiable impacts are to be assessed on the basis of magnitude, prevalence,

frequency & duration and significance of non-quantifiable impacts are commonly determined through the

socio-economic criteria. After the areas, where the project could have significant impact, are identified, the

baseline status of these should be monitored and then the likely changes in these on account of the

construction and operation of the proposed project should be predicted.

1.7.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

Baseline data describes the existing environmental status of the identified study area. A baseline study

illustrates the original status of the environment in the area before any development work of the project is

carried out. The study serves the purpose of a base reference against which the changes due to

implementation of the project are measured.

The site-specific primary data is monitored for the identified parameters and supplemented by secondary

data if available. For the proposed project, baseline data have been collected for Air Environment, Land

Environment and Water Environment within 10 km radius. The site specific primary socio-economic data

has also been collected and supplemented by secondary data.

Air Environment

Existing status of ambient air quality at 7 locations in the vicinity of the site for parameters namely PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HCl, VOC, H2S, CS2, Cl2 & HC have been described. Maximum number of sampling

stations was selected considering the prominent wind direction of the region. Micro-meteorological data


22 | P a g e

like wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity etc., were collected by installing the

mechanical instrument in nearby area.

Noise Environment

Noise level monitoring was carried out from selected locations for day and night time by sound level meter

to assess the present scenario of noise environment.

Water Environment

Ground & Surface Water samples were collected from various locations within 10 km radius from the

project site for the study of existing water resources with respect to water quality. Physical, chemical and

micro biological parameters were analyzed to assess the water quality. Water quality is being assessed with

drinking water standards.

Marine environment

Water samples were collected from selected locations as it has been discussed in Chapter-3. Samples were

collected during the low tide & high tide. Mode of sampling was ‘grab’ and samples were collected in

plastic carboys. Specific preservative were used for specific parameters. All the sampling was carried out

as per the procedure given in American Public Health Association (APHA), 21st edition. Frequency of

sampling was once in a month for physical and chemical parameters and once in the study period for

Marine biological & marine water parameters.

Land Environment

Soil samples were collected from selected sites within the impact zone and analyzed for relevant

parameters like texture, pH, conductivity, ESP, Copper, Total Nitrogen, Chromium, Magnesium, Moisture,

etc. Land use data have been prepared from IRS-P6 LISS-III satellite images, NRSA (Nov 2005), Survey

of India, which have been used by approved Functional Area (FAE) Expert.

Ecology & Socio-Economic Environment

Primary data has been generated by in house FAE by conducting primary survey, site visit and public

interaction. Secondary Data for flora and fauna were collected from the Forest Department, EIC and

different Taxonomy books.


23 | P a g e

1.7.4 IMPACT PREDICTION

Environmental impact evaluation actually grows out of scoping and baseline study of the project. In

principle, EIA assigns various quantified values to different levels of all the impacts affecting the project.

Impact prediction is a way of ‘mapping’ the environmental consequences of the significant aspects of the

project and its alternatives. Environmental impact can never be predicted with absolute certainty and this is

the reason to consider all possible factors and take all possible precautions for reducing the degree of

uncertainty.

For the proposed project detailed impacts were predicted during the construction and operation phase for

any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or socioeconomic environment that can be

attributed to activities related to alternatives under study for meeting the project needs.

1.7.5 MITIGATION MEASURES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Efficient mitigation plan should be drawn up for the selected option and is supplemented with an EMP to

guide the proponent towards environmental improvements. The EMP is a crucial input to monitoring the

clearance conditions and therefore details of monitoring should be included in the EMP. An EIA report

should provide clear information to the decision-maker on the different environmental scenarios without

the project, with the project and with project alternatives.

1.7.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

EIA requires inclusion/coverage of all significant Risks & Hazards and their mitigation measures.

Depending on nature, location & scale of the project, report should contain components as follows:

Hazard identification taking recourse to hazard indices, inventory analysis, Natural Hazard

Probability etc.

Consequence analysis of failures and accidents resulting in fire, explosion, hazardous releases etc.

Assessment of risk on the basis of the necessary evaluations.

Preparation of an Onsite/Off site Emergency Plan and Disaster Management Plan.


24 | P a g e

1.8 EIA REVIEW AND APPLICATION FOR EC CLEARANCE

The EIA report prepared as per ToR given by the Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEFCC vide file no. J –

11011/29/2015 – IA II (I) dated 26th May, 2015 for proposed project should be reviewed at different levels

(From Management to Technical Expert) and then necessary changes & modification shall be made for

imperative version of EIA report for submission/further application. After careful review of all the details,

the application & report is to be made for EC Clearance for the proposed project.

1.9 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the EIA report as per the guideline provided by MoEFCC is illustrated in the

following tabulated format.

Table No. 1.1 – Structure of EIA report

NO. EIA STRUCTURE CONTENTS

1. Introduction Purpose of the report

Identification of project & project proponent

Brief description of nature, size, location of the

project and its importance to the country, region

Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping

carried out.

2. Project Description Condensed description of those aspects of the project

(based on project feasibility study), likely to cause

environmental effects. Description contains the details

of the following:

o Type of project

o Need for the project

o Location details showing general location,

specific location, project boundary & project site

layout)

o Technology and process description

o Project description including drawings showing

project layout, components of project etc.

o Schematic representations of the feasibility


25 | P a g e

drawings which give information important for

EIA purpose.

o Description of mitigation measures incorporated

into the project to meet environmental standards.

3. Description of the

Environment

Study area, period, components & methodology.

Establishment of baseline for valued environmental

components, as identified in the scope.

Study Period: March 2015 to May 2015

Base maps of all environmental components.

Frequency of monitoring

4. Anticipated Environmental

Impacts &

Mitigation Measures

Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to

project location, possible accidents, project design,

project construction, regular operations.

Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse

impacts identified.

Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of

environmental components.

Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for

determining significance, Assigning significance)

Mitigation measures.

5. Environmental Monitoring

Program

Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the

effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl.

Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data

analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures,

budget & procurement schedules)

6. Additional Study: Risk

Assessment & Disaster

Management Plan

Hazard Identification

Risk Assessment & control/prevention Measures

Disaster Management

7. Project Benefits Detail of the Socio-economic & other tangible benefits

of the project.


26 | P a g e

8. Environment Management

Plan

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring

that mitigation measures are implemented and their

effectiveness monitored, after approval of the

Clearance. The Chapter consist of:

o Mitigation measures for impacts

o Pollution Prevention Plan

o Greenbelt Development Plan

o Waste management plan

o Environment Management Cell

o Budgetary Provisions for EMS

9. Summary & Conclusion Description of brief of EIA report & Conclusion

10. Disclosure of Consultant

Engaged

Detail of the EIA Consultant


27 | P a g e

CHAPTER-2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 GENERAL

The Patel group was established in 1990, with the initial production of Beta Naphthol. YRPL proposes a

diversified group of products like Paranitroaniline (PNA), Parachloroaniline (PCA), Parachloroaniline

Hydrochloride and 2,5 Dichloroaniline etc.

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. (YRPL) was established in 2003 and is managed by professional board of

directors. It manufactures & markets a wide range of Organic Intermediates. The proposed project of

YRPL envisages a manufacturing industry of Agro Chemicals and Organic Intermediates to be located at

Plot No. Z/96/E, SEZ: II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat. The proposed project

involves the production of Agrochemicals & Organic Intermediates which are specially used in Herbicide

manufacture. Hence, the project envisages latest technology machines/equipments, R&D team, Quality

Control and Quality Assurance under the successful leadership of experienced technocrats.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project provides a potential growth opportunity for the already running business of the

company. The company is already engaged in the business of manufacturing of “Organic intermediates”.

The project would increase the overall export and also increase the foreign revenue.

India produces about 80,000-90,000 MT of pesticides a year. India’s Agro chemicals & pesticide industries

are the largest in Asia and the twelfth largest in the world. With over 400 million acres under cultivation

and over 60% of the country’s population dependent on agriculture, the country’s economy depends on the

agricultural sector to a substantial extent. India loses nearly 30% of its potential crop to insects, weeds and

rodent attacks. The Pesticides/Crop Protection/Agrochemicals industry plays a crucial role in protecting

crops from damage by weeds, pests, insects and fungus, both before and after harvest. This helps to

increase crop yields, which is important given the rate at which cultivable land is shrinking.

Demand-Supply Gap:

The production of pesticides started in India in 1952 with the establishment of a plant for the production of

BHC near Calcutta, and India is now the second largest manufacturer of pesticides in Asia after China.

There has been a steady growth in the production of technical grade pesticides in India, from 5,000 metric

tons in 1958 to 102,240 metric tons in 1998. In 1996–97 the demand for pesticides in terms of value was

estimated to be around Rs. 22 billion (USD 0.5 billion), which is about 2% of the total world market. The

products have very high specific demand as they are especially used as herbicide etc. as per requirement.


28 | P a g e

Imports vs. Indegenious Production:

Proposed products manufacturing in the country will be very much economical compared to Imports of the

same and also the export of the same will earn extra revenue generation for our county.

Export Possibility:

Proposed products have high export potential. Also there products have very good potential in local

market.

Domestic / Export Markets:

The company’s product is used as raw material to manufacture various herbicide and organic intermediates

as per the required applications and having very good market in domestic and also having very good

international markets.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

YRPL is proposing a greenfield manufacturing industry of Agro Chemicals and Organic Intermediates

within to be located at Plot No. Z/96/E, SEZ: II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch,

Gujarat. The geographical co-ordinates of the project site are 21°40'07.26"N and 72°32'21.78"E

respectively. The proposed project site is located in Dahej SEZ having total plot area of 62,526 m2. The site

is well connected by rail, road and all other infrastructure facilities which are basic requirements for the

proposed project. Google map of the project site is attached as Figure 2.1 & Layout plan showing the

proposed project location is attached at Figure 2.2.

Project site


29 | P a g e

FIGURE 2.1: GOOGLE MAP


30 | P a g e

FIGURE 2.2: PLAN LAYOUT


31 | P a g e

2.3.1 SITE SELECTION CRITERIA

The location for the proposed project has been decided in view of the following key factors:

The land required for the proposed project is in the possession of the proponent.

The site is having good connectivity by road, railways and port.

Proximity to Raw material suppliers.

Availability to sufficient land free from cultivation.

All infrastructure facilities including road network, drainage are available in Dahej SEZ.

Existing land in and around Dahej is a thriving belt of industrial activity surrounded by many

large, small & medium scale industries.

Bharuch is the nearest city at a appx. 45 km distance, which is well connected by road & rail to

the rest of India.

The proposed project is located away from the inhabited area in an industrial estate & it will

also have minimum impact on vegetation and cultivation.

The human resource required for the proposed project will be easily available.

Special benefits for business is available at SEZ.

2.3.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

PARTICULARS DETAILS

Geographical Location Latitude : 21°40'07.26"N

Longitude : 72°32'21.78"E

Nearest Highway State Highway No. SH-206

Nearest Railway Station Bharuch Railway Station: 47 km NE

Nearest Airport Surat Airport: 50 km

Vadodara Airport: 110 km

Nearest Village Luvara

Nearest Town/city Vagra

Rivers Narmada River

Sea Arabian Sea


32 | P a g e

Hills/Valley None

Monuments None

Archaeologically Important Places None

National Parks None

List of Major Industries (Within 10 km) Reliance Industries Ltd,

Rallis Ltd

Etc

DISTANCES FROM THE PROPOSED PLANT SITE

Sr. No. Description Distance

1 Nearest Settlement, Luvara Village 1.60 km

2 Distance of National Highway NH-8 50 km

3 Distance from State highway SH-206 2 km

4 Distance from Railway line 47 km

5 Nearest Railway station Bharuch RS 47 km

6 Nearest Reservoir, Narmada River 20 km

LIST OF NEIGHBORING INDUSTRIES

Sr. No. Description

1 Reliance Industries Ltd (RIL)

2 ONGC Petro Additions Ltd (OPAL)

3 Swarnim Dahej Spring Desalination

4 Camlin Fine Sciences

5 ONGC C-1, C-2

6 Petronet LNG Ltd

7 Torrent Pharma Ltd

8 Rallis Ltd

9 Sabero Organics

10 Godrej & Boyce Ltd


33 | P a g e

FIGURE 2.3 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION


34 | P a g e

2.4 PROJECT LOCATION DESCRIPTION

(i) LAND FORM, LAND USE & LAND OWNERSHIP

The plot of land is in a notified Industrial area of “Special Economic Zone (SEZ)” and the Industrial area is

a notified Chemical zone. Thus, land use pattern is non-agricultural; it is used only for industrial activities

and belongs to SEZ. (EC of SEZ document and Land documents is attached as Annexure-I &

Annexure-II)

(ii) TOPOGRAPHY

Proposed location is at 20007” to 21005” North Latitude and 72043” to 73000” East Longitude having

elevation of 25 meters above sea level. The overall project site is located on plain barren land devoid of any

permanent and economically useful vegetation. The topography of the proposed site for project is plain

terrain.

No other forests, national park or wild life sanctuary located within 10 kms periphery of the proposed

project site. No change in land use/Topography as the proposed project shall be established in SEZ, Dahej

notified industrial area.

(iii) EXISTING LAND USE PATTERN:

Proposed project site is in existing notified industrial estate, thus land use pattern is non-agricultural and

declared for the industrial activities by town planner. No forests, national park, water bodies or eco

sensitive areas located within 10 km periphery of the proposed project site.

(iv) GEOHYDROLOGY:

The main hydrological unit in the area is alluvium formation. The alluvium formation mainly comprises of

alternate bands of sand and clay. The sand formation consists of medium to fine grained and works as

aquifer. The ground water in area is highly saline so no efforts have been done to extract ground water.

Two piezometers are constructed by GWRDC under different projects in this area. At Atali piezometer, the

depth to water level varies from 2.60 meter to 6.6 meter, which has the depth of 12 meter at Dahej

piezometer having depth of 38.38 meter, depth of water level ranges from 7.65 meter to 9.96 meter for year

2007-2011. BEIL has drilled two nos of shallow bore well with a depth of 25 meter each. Water level

observed in BEIL bore well is 8.5 meter to 7.9 meter.

(v) GROUND WATER FLOW:

The general observation reveals that the flow of the ground water generally controlled by topography of the

area. As no efforts has been made to extract ground water due to high salinity it is assumed that ground

water generally follow the topography of the area and at Dahej village the topography is slopping towards

Northwest and West direction so ground water flow should be towards Northwest and West direction.


35 | P a g e

(v) EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE:

Key infrastructures available around the:

No. Description Available around the project

2 Airports Yes,

Surat Airport: 50 km


3 Railway station Yes, Bharuch (~47 km)

4 Bus Station Yes

5 National Highways National highway No-8

6 School/College In Bharuch, town has primary, secondary,

higher and CBSC schools as well as Arts,

Commerce & Science colleges.

7 Hospital In the study area villages have either primary

health centers or sub centers. Some villages

have medical facilities within distance of 3-5

Km. Civil Hospital and private experts of every

medicine are available in Bharuch.

Proposed project site is in existing notified industrial estate so all infrastructures needed is available there.

(v) SOIL CLASSIFICATION:

The soil quality of the area is not considerably fertile for agricultural activities. No evidence of any

influence of contaminant has been noticed. In overall area the agricultural productivity is very lesser due to

absence of fertilization practices & poor fertility of soil.

(vi) CLIMATE CONDITIONS

Climate Semi-Arid

Seismic Zone III

Maximum temperature, °C 44 °C

Minimum temperature, °C 12°C

Relative Humidity Max. - 97 %; Min. - 20%

Max Rain Period June to October (Max. July & August)


36 | P a g e

(vii) CYCLONE:

Cyclones are huge revolving storms caused by winds blowing around a central area of low atmospheric

pressure. A cyclone is a storm accompanied by the high speed wind. It brings torrential rains. It is

observed that Bharuch lies under very moderate damage risk zone. It has been estimated that the

probability of the cyclonic depression is very less.

Source: BMTPC, India (This map was collated based on the data compiled by the ministry of Urban Development & poverty alleviation)

Earthquake:

An Earthquake is a sudden, rapid shaking of the earth caused by the breaking and shifting of rocks beneath

the earth surface. It is observed that proposed project lies in very moderate risk zone. Bharuch district has

experienced earthquakes rarely with less intensity. Bharuch lies in the Seismic Zone III –Moderate Damage

Risk Zone, hence the earthquake is not a major risk for the proposed project.


37 | P a g e

Source: BMTPC, India (This map was collated based on the data compiled by the ministry of Urban Development & poverty

alleviation)

2.5 RESOURCES REQUIREMENT

2.5.1 WATER REQUIREMENT

The water requirement for the proposed project will be met by the SEZ water supply (Water withdrawal

permission is attached in Annexure-III). No ground water will be drawn for the proposed project. The

water requirement for the proposed project is shown below:

Sr. No. Particulars Water

Consumption, m3/d

1.0 Domestic 10.0

2.0 Processing 90.0

3.0 Washing 20.0

4.0 Cooling Tower 195.0

5.0 Boiler 54.0

6.0 Scrubber 5.0

7.0 Gardening 10.0

Total 384.0


38 | P a g e

Total Industrial 364.0

Treatment in RO Plant -

Treatment in MEE followed by SBT -

Recycled to process from RO permeate 88.0

Net Fresh water 296.0

2.5.2 POWER & FUEL REQUIREMENT

ENERGY REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Particulars Proposed Source

1 Steam requirement 27600 kg/h Proposed 30 TPH capacity of coal

fired steam boiler

POWER REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Particulars Proposed Source

1 Power –Electricity

requirement

2500 KVA Will be sourced from Torrent

Energy Ltd (TEL)/ Dakshin Gujarat

Vij Co. Ltd.(DGVCL)

Fuel:

Fuel requirement for the proposed project is as under:

Fuel Quantity

Coal 8 MT/h

Diesel (for 1500 KVA

D.G. Set)

270 kg/h

FO/LDO (for incinerator) 300 kg/h


39 | P a g e

2.5.3 LAND REQUIREMENT

Total Plot area: 62,526 m2

Sr. No Particulars Area

(m2)

1 Production plant 3220

2 Boiler & coal storage 1000

3 Other utilities 1125

4 Solid Raw material storage 1040

5 Finished product storage 1040

6 Gas storage 2431

7 Solvent tank farm 1075

8 Liquid Raw material storage 760

9 ETP/MEE/Incineration & Solid waste

storage

1140

10 Plantation 19996

11 Weigh bridge, Parking & Security area 5991

12 Office & Admin. 500

13 Laboratory 500

14 Internal road 17568

15 Open space 4128

16 Scrap Yard 1012

Total 62526

2.5.4 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT:

Approx. 100 nos. of people will get direct employment during construction phase & based on unit’s

organizational pattern, after the project implementation a total nos. of 170 technical staff shall be required

to operate the plant.

2.5.5 PROJECT COST BREAKUP:

Sr.

No.

Particulars Cost in Rs.

(Lacs)

1.0 Land 62526 Sq. meters 1000.00


40 | P a g e

2.0 Building 3569.00

3.0 Plant & Machinery 15018

a. Equipment & machineries 6300.00

b. Pipes & fittings 6010.00

c. Utilities 2708.00

4.0 Environmental Management

System

1913.00

Total Project Cost 21500.00

2.5.6. CONNECTIVITY:

External Road linkage:

The project site is located at Plot No. Z/96/E, DAHEJ SEZ II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist:

Bharuch, Gujarat which is well connected with road and rail. Bharuch is the nearest city situated at a

distance of about approx. 45 km from project site & the city in turn is well connected by road & rail to the

rest of India. NH-8 is 50 km away in NW direction from the project site & this highway runs enroute

Delhi-Ahmedabad-Mumbai and provides connectivity to Hazira. In terms of rail connectivity, Bharuch

railway station is 47 kms away from the project site.

Internal Road Linkage:

YRPL shall develop a good network of internal peripheral roads in the plots for the safety and access

requirements to various buildings and yards. The boulevards will be placed at suitable locations for easy

manoeuvring of the vehicles.

2.6 PRODUCTS & RAW MATERIALS

For the proposed project, various resources like raw materials, power, fuel, water, manpower, etc. will be

utilized.

2.6.1 RAW MATERIALS

Sr. No. Raw Materials MT/MT of

Product

MT/Month

1.0 Product : 3,6 DICHLORO METHOXY BENZOIC ACID

1.1 Toluene (Fresh) 0.127 63.36

1.2 Toluene (Recovered) 4.066 2032.99


41 | P a g e

1.3 Hydrogen Gas (H2) 0.048 24.02

1.4 25 Dichloro Nitrobenzene 1.398 698.78

1.5 Catalyst 0.002 0.86

1.6 85% Sulphuric Acid recycled 1.911 955.34

1.7 98% Nitric Acid 0.435 217.29

1.8 Sulphur Dioxide 0.433 216.32

1.9 (ODCB+2EH) (fresh) 0.030 14.77

1.10 (ODCB+2EH) (recovered) 0.798 398.98

1.11 Caustic Potash [KOH (46%)] 1.318 659.06

1.12 Xylene(fresh) 0.249 124.29

1.13 Xylene(recovered) 10.377 5188.25

1.14 Carbon Dioxide 0.286 142.92

1.15 Sodium Hydroxide [NaOH (50%)] 0.539 269.43


1.17 Methyl Chloride [CH3Cl] 0.610 305.00

1.18 Water 4.699 2349.32

1.19 Water for recycle 3.787 1893.49

TOTAL 31.468 15732.00

2.0 DI POTASSIUM SALT OF 3,6 DICHLORO SALICYLIC ACID

2.1 Toluene(FRESH) 0.10 67.39

2.2 Toluene(recovered) 3.08 2162.42

2.3 H2 0.04 25.25

2.4 25 DCNB 1.06 743.59

2.5 Catalyst 0.00 0.70

2.6 85% H2SO4 1.45 1016.47

2.7 98% HNO3 0.33 230.79

2.8 SO2 0.33 230.09

2.9 ODCB+2EH(FRESH) 0.02 15.72

2.10 ODCB+2EH(RECOVRED) 0.60 424.39

2.11 KOH (46%) 1.00 701.50

2.12 Xylene(FRESH) 0.19 132.20

2.13 Xylene(RECOVRED) 7.68 5386.35

2.14 CO2 0.22 152.23

2.15 WATER FROM RECYCLE 2.99 2094.68

2.16 Water 0.27 190.81

TOTAL 19.35 13574.59

3.0 2,5 DICHLORO PHENOL


42 | P a g e

3.1 Toluene(fresh) 0.14 73.36


3.3 H2 0.05 27.59

3.4 25 DCNB 1.58 809.30

3.5 Catalyst 0.00 1.02

3.6 85% H2SO4 2.17 1106.14

3.7 98% HNO3 0.49 251.37

3.8 SO2 0.49 250.35

3.9 ODCB+2EH (FRESH) 0.03 17.11

3.10 ODCB+2EH (RECOVERED) 0.90 461.94


TOTAL 13.74 7019.57

4.0 2,5 DICHLORO ANILINE


4.2 Toluene(RECOVERED) 3.78 2511.69

4.3 H2 0.05 29.91

4.4 25 DCNB 1.30 863.51

4.5 Catalyst 0.00 1.06

TOTAL 5.24 3484.46


43 | P a g e

2.6.2 PRODUCT & BY-PRODUCT

Details of Products:

Sr. No. Product Capacity, TPM

1 3,6 DI CHLORO 2 METHOXY BENZOIC

ACID

500.00

OR

2 DI POTASSIUM SALT OF 3,6 DI

CHLORO SALICYLIC ACID

701.50

OR

3 2,5 DI CHLORO PHENOL 510.92

OR

4 2,5 DI CHLORO ANILINE 664.75

Details of By-products:


1 METHANOL 108.90

2.7 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The company is using the latest available process technology for the production. This section includes the

manufacturing process of the product, chemical reactions, and material mass balance for the product.

2.7.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Hydrogenation:

2,5 Dichloro Nitrobenzene is converted to 2,5 Dichloro Aniline by catalytic hydrogenation in presence of

solvent. First water and solvent is distilled off. Then 2,5 Dichloro Aniline is distilled. Then it is flaked.

Distilled water is sent to ETP or recycled after proper analysis. Distilled solvent is reused in hydrogenation.

The residue of solvent distillation and 2,5 Dichloro Aniline distillation are sent for incineration.

Maximum Temp : 120 oC

Max Pressure : 40 Kg / Cm2


44 | P a g e

NSA preparation:

Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid is manufactured by sparging Sulphur Dioxide in the mixture of Sulphuric Acid and

Nitric Acid.

Maximum Temp: 5 oC

Max Pressure: 0 Kg / Cm2

Diazo preparation:

25 Dichloro Aniline is charged slowly in Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid to make diazo of 25 Dichloro Aniline.

Maximum Temp : 5 oC


Hydrolysis:

2,5 Dichloro Phenol (25 dcp) is made by the hydrolysis of the Diazo of 2,5 Dichloro Aniline in the

presence of sulphuric acid and then 2,5 DCP is steam distilled off. Remaining material is washed with a

solvent. The bottom layer spent acid is sent for acid concentration. Concentrated acid is reused in the NSA

preparation. The top layer solvent is distilled off. The residue is sent for incineration.

Maximum Temp: 180 oC


Acid concentration:

Spent acid from the hydrolysis is concentrated. From where concentrated sulphuric acid and water, two

streams are obtained. Concentrated sulphuric acid is reused in NSA preparation and water is reused in the

washing of the final product.


Pressure : FV to 0 Kg / Cm2

K salt preparation of 2,5 DCP:

2,5 DCP reacts with caustic potash in presence of solvent to make K salt of 2,5 DCP. And water is distilled

off. This water is used to wash the finished product.


Max Pressure: 0 Kg/Cm2


45 | P a g e

Carbonation:

The mixture of solvent and K salt of 2,5 DCP is carbonized with carbon dioxide at high pressure in

autoclaves.



Preparation of Di potassium salt of 3,6 Dichloro Salicylic Acid:

More caustic potash is added in the mixture of carbonated mass to make di potassium salt of 3,6 Dichloro

Salicylic Acid. And water is distilled off. This water is used to wash the finished product.



Filtration:

The mixture of solvent and di potassium salt of 3,6 Dichloro Salicylic Acid is cooled and filtered. The cake

is washed with solvent. Filtrate and washed filtrate is reused in the preparation of K salt of 25 dcp.

Maximum Temp: 35 oC


Methylation:

The wet cake is taken in another reactor with water. Methylation is done with methyl chloride by slowly

addition of caustic lye. Then the mass is hydrolyzed in the same reactor. After hydrolysis the mass is

allowed to settle. The bottom layer is sent to acidification reactors. And the top solvent layer is sent for

distillation and residue is sent for incineration.



Acidification & Filtration:

The mass from methylation reactor is acidified with sulphuric acid to form DICAMBA. It is then filtered

and washed with water in agitated Nutsche filter. Filtrate is sent to ETP.



46 | P a g e

Max Pressure : 3 Kg/Cm2

Drying:

The wet cake from agitated Nutsche filter is transferred to RVPD for drying. The dried DICAMBA is

packed in 800 kgs jumbo bags and transferred to finished product godown.

Maximum Temp: 80 oC

Max Pressure: FV

2.7.2 CHEMICAL REACTION & MASS BALANCE

2.7.2.1 CHEMICAL REACTION FOR 3,6 DI CHLORO 2-METHOXY BENZOIC AICD

NO2

Cl

Cl

NH2

Cl

Cl

NH2

Cl

Cl

N=N(HSO4)-

1

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

N=N(HSO4)-

1

Cl

Cl

OH

+ 3 H2 + 2 H2OCatalyst

2,5 DCNB Hydrogen 2,5 DCA Water (192) (6) (162) (36)

+ HNO3 + SO2

H2SO4 + H2O

2,5 DCA Nitric Acid Sulphur oxide Diazo of 2,5 DCA Water

(162) (63) (64) (271) (18)

+ H2O + H2SO4ODCB + 2H2SO4 + N2

Diazo of 2,5 DCA Water Sulphuric acid 2,5 DCP Sulphuric acid Nitrogen

(271) (18) (98) (163) (196) (28)


47 | P a g e


48 | P a g e

MASS BALANCE FOR 3,6 DI CHLORO 2 METHOXY BENZOIC ACID


49 | P a g e

2.7.2.2 CHEMICAL REACTION FOR DI POTASSIUM SALT OF 3,6 DI CHLORO SALICYLIC ACID


50 | P a g e


51 | P a g e

MASS BALANCE FOR 3,6 DI CHLORO SALICYLIC ACID


52 | P a g e

CHEMICAL REACTION FOR 2,5 DI CHLORO PHENOL


53 | P a g e

CHEMICAL REACTION FOR 2,5 DI CHLORO ANILINE

MASS BALANCE FOR 2,5 DI CHLORO ANILINE


54 | P a g e

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND ITS CONTROL MEASURES

Based on the overall process study of the proposed products, following are the details of pollution potential

v/s. mitigation measures proposed by the company in areas of wastewater management, air pollution,

hazardous waste handling and management respectively as per the details given below:

2.8.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Details of flue gases, stack and process emission, nature of emitted pollutants and system to be provided

for air pollution control are mentioned in following table:

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1.0 Capacity of steam boiler 30 TPH

1.1 Fuel used Coal

1.2 Consumption 8000 kgs/hr

1.3 APC provided MDC & ESP

1.4 Height of chimney 55 meters x 1

2.0 Capacity of Incinerator 1000 kgs/hr solid

2.1 Fuel used LDO/FO


2.3 APC Ventury scrubber

2.4 Chimney 21 meter

3.0 Capacity of D G set 1500 KVA

3.1 Fuel used HSD

3.2 Consumption 270 lits/hr

3.3 APC Exhaust

3.4 Height 11 meters

4.0 Stack attached to Reaction vessel

4.1 APC Two stage alkali scrubber

4.2 Height of vent 11 meters

4.3 Pollutants SO2< 40 mg/Nm3

NOx: < 25 mg/Nm3

Details of Boiler & Air Pollution Control System

Boiler : 30000 kg of steam/hour

Coal/lignite consumption : 8000 kgs/hr

Calorific value : 4200 kcal/kg

Inlet to dust collector : 280°C

Stack temp : 180°C

Diameter of chimney : 750 mm


55 | P a g e

Flue Gas Volume : 6107Am3/hr

I.D. Fan : 15254 m3/hr

Stack diameter : 850Ømm

Stack height provided : 55 meters

Efficiency : Thermal Efficiency of Boiler 82±2%

Air Pollution control System

1.0 Multi Cyclone Dust Collector (Grit Arrestor)

Cyclone tube diameter : 1100 Ø mm

Height of tube : 660 mm

No of tubes : 1no

Dia of tubes : 587Ø mm

Dimensions : 3175lX1215WX1215Ht

Collection efficiency : 60-70% (over 40micron)

Expected outlet dust load : 150 < mg/nm3 at out let of bag filter

Inlet Dust load : 25-40 gms/nm3

Density : 600kg/ m3

Fines : (< 1 mm)

2.0 Electro static Precipitator

ESP model : SC-11-16-24(G) (3x9.125) 1.2 P

Design volume : 60588 Am3/hr

Design Temperature : 1500C

Maximum Inlet Dust Load : 13.01 Gm/ Nm3

Outlet Emission : 50 Mgm/ Nm3

Moisture in Gas : 15.83% V/V

Collection area : 1399 m2

Specific collection area : 83.1 m2/m3/s

No of gas passages : 11

Velocity through ESP : 0.49 m/s

No of fields : 3

Migration velocity : 5.37 Cm/s

Residence time : 16.9 Sec

Dust collection efficiency : 98.8%

Expected emission : PM < 50 mg/Nm3

: SOx < 100 ppm

: NOx < 50 ppm


56 | P a g e

3.0 Details of Scrubbing System for SO2 & NOX

Sr.

No

Name of the

system

Dimensions,

(mm)

Capacity, (m3) MOC No

1 Scrubber column 300 dia x 3000

ht

0.21 CSHDPE 2

2 Scrubber tank 1800 dia x

1120 ht

3 CS 2

3 Circulation pump - 10 m head / 2

m3/hr

SS 316 2

4 Vent (stack) 150 dia x

11000 long

- HDPE 2


57 | P a g e

DETAILS OF PROPOSED INCINERATION SYSTEM

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1.0 Capacity of Incinerator 1000 kgs / hr residue

1.2 Process Thermal destruction of organic matter by heat transfer

1.3 Design Temperature 1200oC

1.4 Operation temperature in primary

chamber 850oC

1.5 Applied HP 21 HP

1.6 Control Manual with digital temperature digital indicator

1.7 Fuel consumption 300 kgs/hr (LDO/FO)

2.0 Primary Combustion chamber

2.1 Material of construction MS

2.2 Installation Vertical Fired, Circular Refractory lined

2.3 Lining Inside portion of chamber duly lined with fire bricks

and fire insulation bricks

2.4 Maintenance & Ash Door 01 no each

2.5 Combustion Burner Low air pressure burner, manually operated (01 nos.)

2.6 Operating Temperature 8500C

Liquid Spray Nozzle Air atomized, external mix (02 Nos.)

3.0 Secondary Combustion Chamber

3.1 Material of Construction Mild Steel

3.2 Installation Vertical Fired, Circular Refractory lined

3.3 Lining Inside portion of chamber duly lined with fire bricks

and fire insulation bricks

3.4 Maintenance & Ash Door 01 no each

3.5 Combustion Burner low air pressure burner, manually operated (01 nos.)

3.6 Operating Temperature 1200 0C

3.7 ID Fan 01 No., 7000-8000 cfm

3.8 Holding Tank 16000 liters

4.0 Type of Ventury Scrubber Pressure Shower

4.1 Throat Diameter 1140 mm x 1500 x 3300 tower

4.2 Height 7000 mm bottom discharge, 500 mm dia

5.0 Stack Conical Base, Guy Support, 30 m height 500 mm

dia.

5.1 Measuring Equipment Waste Water meter, Fuel meter, Power meter

5.2 Sampling Port 100 mm dia


58 | P a g e

2.8.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Source of water: GIDC Water Supply

Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation:

Sr. No. Particulars Water

Consumption, m3/d

Effluent Generation,

m3/d

1.0 Domestic 10.0 7.0

2.0 Processing 90.0 136.0

3.0 Washing 20.0 20.0

4.0 Cooling Tower 195.0 66.0

5.0 Boiler 54.0 7.0

6.0 Scrubber 5.0 5.0

7.0 Gardening 10.0 0

Total 384.0 241.0

Total Industrial 364.0 234.0

Treatment in RO Plant - 98.0

Treatment in MEE followed by SBT - 132.0

Recycled to process from RO permeate 88.0 -

Net Fresh water 296.0 -

WATER MANAGEMENT:

Total fresh water requirement will be 296 m3/day which is met through GIDC water supply.

Total Industrial wastewater generation will be 234 m3/day. Out of which about 136 m3/day of effluent

generated from the process will be collected separately, neutralized, filtered & finally taken to MEE.

Balance 98 m3/day of normal effluent from cooling tower, boiler blow down, scrubber &

floor/container washing will be treated in Reverse Osmosis plant. About 122 m3/day of condensate

from MEE and 10 m3/day of RO rejection; total 132 m3/day will be treated in soil Biotechnology


59 | P a g e

treatment scheme & treated effluent will be disposed off into treated Effluent Drainage line of GIDC

Dahej for ultimate disposal into Arabian Sea.

About 25 MT/day of Salt from MEE will be disposed off into TSDF. 88 m3/day of RO permeate will

be reused in the process

Domestic Waste water (7 m3/day) will be disposed by septic tank & soak pit.


60 | P a g e

WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM


Total Water Consumption: 384 M3/day (Fresh: 296 + Recycle from RO: 88 M3/Day)

Domestic: 10 Processing: 90 Cooling: 195 Boiler: 54 Washing: 20 Scrubber: 5 Gardening: 10

136 66 7 20 5

Holding tank: 132 M3/Day

Soil Biological Treatment

Treated effluent pipe line

Arabian Sea

Collection tank: 136

Neutralization tankCa(OH)3: 9.02 MT/Day

Filtration 17.89 MT/Day ETPsludge to TSDF

Holding tank: 133

MEE Condensate from MEE: 122

25 MT/Day of Salt to TSDF

RO Plant: 98 RO Permeate: 88 Recycle

RO Rejection: 10

Treated effluent holding tank


61 | P a g e

2.8.3 HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Details of solid/hazardous wastes to be generated from proposed plant activities are mentioned in the

following table:

No Type of waste Category Quantity

MT/ month

Treatment Disposal

1 ETP/MEE waste 34.3 1115 Dried,

packed in

bags

Dispose off into

TSDF, BEIL,

Ankleshwar &

SEPPL, Dahej &

Kutch

2 Used Oil 5.1 0.2 Packed in

carboys

Incinerated into own

Incineration system

and/or sold to

registered recycler

3 Discarded containers 33.3 1.0 De-

contaminate

d, stored

Sell to authorized

recycler

4 Incineration ash 36.2 18 Packed in

bags

Sell to brick

manufacturer

5 Process waste &

residue

29.1 463 Packed in

drums/bags

Will be Sent for Co-

processing or


Incineration system

and/or sent to SEPPL,

Dahej & Kutch

6 Spent carbon from

ETP

35.3 0.5 Packed in

drums/bags


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

7 Used rubber hand

gloves/pipes etc

X-08 0.2 Packed in

drums/bags


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

2.8.4 NOISE MANAGEMENT

The noise generation inside plant may range from 75-80 dB(A) due to heavy machinery operations. Use of

PPEs like ear plugs and ear muffs will be made compulsory near the high noise generating machines.

Moreover, the personnel will be provided breaks in their working hours, with the continuous exposure not

increasing three (3) hours.


62 | P a g e

Due to plant operations, noise pollution arises from compressor, generator room, etc. Higher noise level

shall be felt only near the active working areas. However, at distance away from the source, the level gets

considerably reduced. The plant and equipments shall be specified and designed with a view to minimize

noise pollution.

Noise Control Measures:

All the vibrating parts shall be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation.

The equipment, which is prone to generate excessive noise, shall be provided with enclosures etc.

To minimize the adverse effects on the health, ear-muffs/ear-plugs shall be provided to the workers

working under high noise area.

The industry will develop a green belt cover within and around the periphery of the plant. This shall

help in reducing the adverse effects of noise pollution in general.

All the equipments in the complex shall be designed/operated in such a way that the noise level

shall not exceed 85 dB (A).

2.8.5 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

Adequate Traffic Management plan will be developed by YRPL for proper management of traffic

generated due to raw material, fuel and finish products transportation. YRPL will develop a good network

of internal peripheral roads in the plots for the safety and access requirements to various buildings and

yards. Moreover, the project is in a well-developed SEZ region of Dahej with necessary infrastructure

facilities & well connected with road and rail. Hence traffic increased due to the project will not be an

issue


63 | P a g e

2.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Company shall take care of the personnel associated with the company’s work. Routine medical

examination of personnel will be carried out in the unit as a systematic program. Safety details for all

procedures will be provided to the workers. Medical surveillance for the workers working in high risk zone

shall be carried out and annual report of health status of workers will be maintained at Occupational Health

Centre of the unit.

2.10 GREEN BELT

The greenbelt development is the most efficient mitigation measure for control/prevention of Air pollution

& Noise pollution reduction. Plants play an important role in the absorption of certain pollutants and also

act as barrier for noise propagation.

YRPL will develop appx. 19,996 Sq.meter of greenbelt within & around the plant area. Regular assessment

shall be done to see that greenbelt is growing adequately with all necessary works like plantation, rearing,

irrigation, fertilization, re-plantation (if required), pest control and other allied factors like ecological

condition of the greenbelt. Regular records of the parameters/works for the greenbelt development as

suggested in environmental monitoring plan shall be maintained.

Other than the said impacts, it is expected that there would be significant beneficial impacts on the socio-

economic conditions. There would not be any negative impacts on Land, Ecology and Socio-economic

condition of the area. Moreover, the proponent has planned to install most efficient technologies in order to

implement the environmental management plan adequately to control the pollution from the project. The

details of the EMP are described in detail in Chapter-8 of the report under respective headings. After the

review of the project planning & careful study of component & action plan of proposed project, it is

revealed that the impacts due to the proposed project would be negligible after mitigation measures.

Further, the proposed project is to be developed in the industrial area of SEZ of Dahej hence the residual

impacts likely to occur are found almost nil.


64 | P a g e

CHAPTER-3:

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

Every anthropogenic activity has some impact on the environment. More often it is harmful to the

environment than benign. Consequently, there is a need to harmonise developmental activities with the

environmental concerns. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is one of the tools available with the

planners to achieve the above mentioned goal. It is desirable to ensure that the development options under

consideration are sustainable. In doing so, environmental consequences must be characterised early in the

project cycle and accounted for in the project design.

The base line data of existing environmental condition are very essential for Environmental Impact

Assessment and Prediction of impact due to any proposed activities. The purpose of the study is to provide

the information base against which to monitor and assess an activity progress and effectiveness during

implementation and after the activity is completed. This is an important intend of “Environmental Impact

Assessment” Study. The base line data are collected from the study area to meet the need of this purpose.

Environmental monitoring is the systematic measurement of key environmental indicators over time within

a particular geographic area. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the

impact zone for various components of the environment viz. air, noise, water, biological and socio-

economic. The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study area of 10 km radial distance

from plant site for the period March 2015 to May 2015. Technical team was appointed after receiving the

ToR for the survey, monitoring and sample collection for different environmental components in the study

area. The current study includes base line status of environmental quality in the vicinity of the project,

which further serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts.

Baseline conditions were assessed by collecting samples from selected villages in the study region by

technical team. Primary data were collected for different environmental components. Samples of ambient

air, soil, surface water and ground water were analyzed to assess the baseline condition of study region.

Primary survey was carried out to collect the data for assessing socio-economic and ecological condition of

the study region. Primary data were compared with secondary data to verify the observations. Villages

covered within study region are shown in Figure No. 3.1.


65 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.1.1: Map showing the study region


66 | P a g e

Table 3.1.1- Monitoring Location Details

Sr. No. Location Distance in km Direction

01. Project Site -- --

02. Luvara Approx 0.5 E

03. Jogeshvar Approx 2.5 EN

04. Lakhigam Approx 3 NE

05. Ambheta Approx 5 EN

06. Dahej Approx 5 NE

07. Vadadla Approx 10 NE

The existing environmental setting has been considered to establish the baseline conditions which are

described with respect to following:

Land environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment

Air Environment

Meteorology

Ecology

Demography and Socio-economic Environment

Table 3.1.2- Environmental Setting

Sr.

No. Particulars Details

1 Approx. Geographical Co-ordinates 21°40’07.26”N & 72°32'21.78"E

2 Nearest Highway NH No.- 8-A linked with SH-206

3 Nearest Railway Station Bharuch (47 km)

4 Nearest Airport Surat Airport: 50 km


5 Nearest Village Luvara

6 Nearest Town/city Bharuch (45 km)

7 River/Streams Narmada River

8 Sea Gulf of Cambay, Arabian Sea

9 Hills/Valley None within 10 km radial periphery

10 Archaeologically Important Place None within 10 km radial periphery

11 National Park None within 10 km radial periphery


67 | P a g e

3.2 METHODOLOGY

The baseline environmental study has been conducted for 10 km radius by following the guidelines of

MoEF. The details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental sampling &

analysis are shown below in succeeding paragraphs under respective titles.

3.2.1 STUDY PERIOD AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

The period of study was March 2015 to May 2015. Details of frequency of environmental sampling

considered for the study are illustrated in Table No.3.2.1.

Table 3.2.1- Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Sampling

Locations Parameters Frequency

A. Air Environment

Meteorological Nr. Project Site Temperature,

Relative Humidity,

Precipitation Wind

direction, Wind

Speed,

Hourly data from

March 2014 to May

2014

Ambient Air Quality

Total 7 locations

within 10 km radius

of study area and 6

Locations within 5

km radius of the

study area

PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOx, VOC, H2S,

HCl, Cl2, HC & CS2

24 hourly, twice a

week during study

period

B. Noise 7 Locations within

10 km radius of

study area and 6

Locations within 5

km radius of the

study area

Noise Levels in

dB(A)

Once in Study Period

C. Water

Ground Water Grab samples from

6 Locations within

Physical, Chemical,

Microbiological and

Twice in a Month

during Study Period


68 | P a g e

10 km radius of

study area

Heavy Metal

Surface Water

Grab samples from

3 Locations within

10 km radius of

study area as well as

Marine water

samples

Physical, Chemical,

Microbiological and

Heavy Metal

Once in a Month

during Study Period

D. Soil Quality Samples from 6

locations within

study area

Physical, Chemical

Characteristics, Soil

Texture

Once in a Month

during Study Period

E. Land Use & Land

Cover

Within 10 km radius

of study area

Existing Land use

pattern


F. Ecological Data Within 10 km radius

of study area

Existing Flora &

Fauna


G. Socio-economic Data Within 10 km radius

of study area

Socio-economic

characteristics of the

affected area



69 | P a g e

3.2.2 METHOD OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

The methods adopted for environmental sampling & analysis are illustrated in following Table No. 3.2.2.

Table 3.2.2 - Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis

Attributes Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

Ambient air quality

As per IS: 5182 & AWMA.

Instrument operated as per it’s

manual

As per IS:5182 & AWMA

B. Noise Instrument : Noise level meter Survey carried out as per EPA

C. Water

Ground Water Standard Methods for Examination

of Water and Wastewater (APHA),

22nd edition, 2012

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater (APHA), 22nd

edition, 2012

Surface Water

D. Soil Quality IS 2720 As per Laboratory SOP based on

standard methods

E. Ecological Data Primary data by site visit and

verified by reviewing various

literature, internet

Primary data by site visit and



F. Socioeconomic

Data

Primary Survey and verified with

Census of India 2001 & 2011




70 | P a g e

3.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The baseline environmental study was carried out for the Air, Water, Land, Noise & Socioeconomic

environment. The study was conducted for the period March 2015 to May 2015. Locations have been

selected within 10 km radius from the project site & environmental samples were collected from the

selected location of the study area. Primary data were verified by reviewing the secondary data. Source of

secondary data were various literatures published like Census of India – 2001 & 2011, Environment

Information Centre-Delhi, Forest department, District & Village Panchayat, Internet etc. The scenario of

environmental condition of the area revealed from the sample & data analysis is described below in

subsequent paragraphs.

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

A clean air supply is essential for the health of living beings and that of the environment, but due to

industrial revolution quality of air we breathe has deteriorated considerably – mainly as a result of human

activities. Rising of industrial and energy production, the burning of fossil fuels and the dramatic rise in

fossils fuels, all contribute to air pollution. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the

assessment of the existing status of background air quality in the study area. This will be useful for

assessing the conformity of the ambient air quality to the standards even after commencement of the

proposed project.

3.4.1 SELECTION OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Following points were considered during the selection of Ambient Air Quality.

Topography/terrain of the study area

Regional synoptic scale climatologically normal’s

Densely populated areas within the region

Location of surrounding Industries

Representation of regional background

Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring

Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction

Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing activity which may be

temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous conclusions.

Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of samplers.


71 | P a g e

Dominant Wind Direction

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region monitoring was conducted for

seven locations within 10 km radius of study region during March 2015 to May 2015. 6 locations were

selected within 5 km radius of the project and rest 1 location within 10 km radius. At the time of location

selection general wind pattern on the basis of data available for previous years in the study region was

considered for the selection of minimum one location in the downwind direction i.e. NE and one in upwind

direction as control i.e. SW. Lakhigam and Dahej were considered as downwind locations at the time of

location selection. There was no location in the upwind direction in the study region. However, ambient air

monitoring locations were selected in all the directions looking towards the possibility of change in wind

pattern during the study period. After the collection of micro-meteorological data for the study period,

wind direction was observed to be from South to North. The sampling stations are highlighted in Figure

No. 3.4.1 and details of AAQM stations are tabulated in the Table No.3.4.1.

Table 3.4.1 - Air Quality Monitoring Location Details



02. Luvara Approx 0.5 km E

03. Jogeshvar Approx 2.5 km EN

04. Lakhigam Approx 3 km NE

05. Ambheta Approx 5 km EN

06. Dahej Approx 5 km NE

07. Vadadla Approx 10 km NE


72 | P a g e

Figure 3.4.1 - Ambient Air Monitoring Locations


73 | P a g e

Figure 3.4.2 – Photographs of Ambient Air Monitoring

Ambient Air Monitoring Preparation Activities at Vadadla and Dahej


74 | P a g e

3.4.2 FREQUENCY AND PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out for 7 locations within 10 km radius of the project as per

AAQM specifications of CPCB for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, VOC, H2S, HCl, Cl2, CS2 & HC.

Frequency of sampling was twice a week during study period and samples were collected as per the

standard method adopted for sampling and analysis. Sampling and test methods are tabulated in Table No.

3.8.2.

3.4.3 INSTRUMENT FOR SAMPLING

Samples were collected by using the Respirable dust samplers & PM2.5 micron dust samplers at the height

of approximately 3.5 m above the Ground Level. VOC and HC samples were collected by using the multi

gas detector and VOC meter. Methods were adopted as outlined by Central Pollution Control Board,

Bureau of Indian Standard & National Environmental Engineering Research Institute. Monitoring was

carried out as per the instructions of instrument’s manual. Details of method are presented in Table

No.3.4.1

Table 3.4.2 - Details of Analysis Method

Sr. No. Pollutant Test Method

1 PM2.5 CPCB Guideline (Gravimetric)

2 PM10 IS: 5182 (Part - XXIII) 2006 (Gravimetric)

3 SO2 IS: 5182 (Part - 2), 2001(Potassium Tetrachloro

Mercurate Method)

4 NOx IS: 5182 (Part – VI), 2006 (Sodium Arsenite

Method)

5 VOC Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA, EPA

(Gas Chromatography)

6 HC Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA, EPA

(Gas Chromatography)

7 H2S IS:5182 (Part 7)-1973 (Colorimetric –

N,N,Dimethyle- P- Phenylene Diamine Sulphate)

8 HCl Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA, EPA

(Argentometric Titration)

9 Cl2 Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA , EPA

(Methyl Orange Method)

3.4.4 QUALITY OF AMBIENT AIR


75 | P a g e

Ambient air quality monitoring was done at the above mentioned locations and analysis was carried out in

the laboratory. Minimum, maximum and percentile value for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, VOC,

H2S, HCl, Cl2, CS2 & HC are tabulated in Table No.3.4.2 to Table No.3.4.4.

Table 3.4.2 - Percentile Value of PM10 & PM2.5 (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No

Sampling

Location

PM10 PM2.5

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3)

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3) 25 50 75 98 25 50 75 98

1 Project

Site 77.3 82.2 85.7 88.3 93.0 93.7 45.8 48.6 50.9 52.5 55.2 55.8

2 Luvara 76.3 79.5 81.9 83.7 88.4 89.9 42.7 48.4 50.2 52.8 56.0 56.3

3 Jogeshvar 74.3 78.9 80.4 81.9 85.5 85.7 42.3 46.7 49.1 50.8 54.5 54.6

4 Lakhigam 73.4 77.3 79.8 82.0 85.3 86.1 39.6 44.5 46.7 48.9 52.0 52.4

5 Ambheta 72.4 76.4 79.5 81.5 85.4 86.7 43.6 46.6 48.4 51.0 64.1 72.5

6 Dahej 78.5 81.4 83.6 86.7 89.2 89.5 45.1 48.2 50.9 52.8 57.7 58.7

7 Vadadla 70.5 76.5 79.2 81.2 83.3 83.4 40.7 46.7 48.6 50.2 53.0 53.6

Table 3.4.3 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (SO2 & NOx)

Sr.

No

Sampling

Location

SO2 NOx

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3)

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3) 25 50 75 98 25 50 75 98

1 Project

Site 10.3 11.1 11.7 12.4 12.8 12.8 20.6 21.2 21.8 22.9 24.5 24.6

2 Luvara 10.2 11.4 12.3 12.6 14.8 14.9 18.3 20.1 20.6 22.1 23.9 24.3

3 Jogeshvar 7.4 10.4 12.5 13.5 15.9 16.4 18.6 20.3 21.3 23.8 27.4 28.4

4 Lakhigam 10.1 11.4 11.8 12.3 13.3 13.6 18.8 21.4 23.4 23.4 24.2 24.6

5 Ambheta 11.9 13.3 14.0 14.7 16.1 16.4 20.5 22.7 25.5 25.5 27.5 28.4

6 Dahej 12.2 13.2 14.2 15.1 15.8 16.1 19.9 21.5 23.7 23.7 25.0 25.3

7 Vadadla 10.3 11.8 12.4 13.5 15.1 15.2 17.1 19.1 22.0 22.0 24.2 24.6


76 | P a g e

Table 3.4.4 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (VOC & HC)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

VOC HC

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3)

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3) 25 50 75 98 25 50 75 98

1 Project Site 5.9 6.7 7.2 7.7 8.2 8.2 74 76 81.0 86.0 87.9 88

2 Luvara 5.9 6.0 6.6 7.3 8.3 8.4 78 79 83.5 88.0 90.8 91

3 Jogeshvar 5.2 6.0 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.0 75 79.5 82.5 87.0 92.5 93

4 Lakhigam 5.2 5.6 6.5 7.4 7.8 7.8 73 77.5 80.0 84.8 87.8 88

5 Ambheta 5.4 5.8 6.6 6.7 8.0 8.1 75 76.0 77.5 80.5 84.6 85

6 Dahej 5.4 5.7 6.4 6.9 7.3 7.3 81 83.3 85.5 87.8 94.3 95

7 Vadadla 4.9 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.7 6.7 72 76.5 78.5 82.8 88.5 89

Remark: VOC is expressed as BTX.

Table 3.4.5 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (Cl2 & HCl)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Cl2 HCl

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3)

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3) 25 50 75 98 25 50 75 98

1 Project Site 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 7.9 7.9 7.9 8.4 8.9 8.9

2 Luvara 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 7.9 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0

3 Jogeshvar 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1

4 Lakhigam 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9

5 Ambheta 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1

6 Dahej 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9 7.9

7 Vadadla <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1 <7.1

Table 3.4.6 - Percentile Value for ambient air analysis (H2S & CS2)

Sr.

No

Sampling

Location

H2S CS2

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3)

Min.

(µg/m3)

Percentile Max.

(µg/m3) 25 50 75 98 25 50 75 98

1 Project Site <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3

2 Luvara 12.5 13.4 14.3 15.2 16.0 16.1 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3

3 Jogeshvar <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3

4 Lakhigam 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

5 Ambheta <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3

6 Dahej 14.1 14.7 15.4 16.0 16.6 16.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9

7 Vadadla <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <0.9 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3 <1.3


77 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.4.3 PM10 Conc. Variation in study Area

Figure 3.4.4 - PM2.5 Conc. Variation in Study Area

ProjectSite

LuvaraJogeshva

rLakhiga

mAmbheta Dahej Vadadla

Maximum 93.7 89.9 85.7 86.1 86.7 89.5 83.4

Minimum 77.3 76.3 74.3 73.4 72.4 78.5 70.5

Average 85.2 81.8 80.5 79.5 79.2 84.0 78.5

Limit 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Co

ncen

tra

tio

n i

n µ

g/m

3

Sampling Location

PM10 Concentration in study area (March'15 - May'15)

ProjectSite

LuvaraJogeshva

rLakhigam Ambheta Dahej Vadadla

Maximum 55.8 56.3 54.6 52.4 72.5 58.7 53.6

Minimum 45.8 42.7 42.3 39.6 43.6 45.1 40.7

Average 50.7 50.2 48.9 46.7 49.5 50.9 48.1

Limit 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Co

ncen

tra

tio

n i

n µ

g/m

3

Sampling Location

PM2.5 concentration in study area (March'15 - May'15)


78 | P a g e

Figure No.3.4.5 Variation in SO2 Conc. In study area

Figure 3.4.6 - Variation in NOx Conc. In study area

ProjectSite

LuvaraJogeshva

rLakhigam Ambheta Dahej Vadadla

Maximum 55.8 56.3 54.6 52.4 72.5 58.7 53.6

Minimum 45.8 42.7 42.3 39.6 43.6 45.1 40.7

Average 50.7 50.2 48.9 46.7 49.5 50.9 48.1

Limit 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Co

ncen

tra

tio

n i

n µ

g/m

3

Sampling Location

PM2.5 concentration in study area (March'15 - May'15)

ProjectSite

LuvaraJogeshv

arLakhiga

mAmbheta Dahej Vadadla

Maximum 24.6 24.3 28.4 24.6 28.4 25.3 24.6

Minimum 20.6 18.3 18.6 18.8 20.5 19.9 17.1

Average 22.1 21.1 22.1 22.1 24 22.6 20.7

Limit 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

01020304050607080

Co

ncen

tra

tio

n µ

g/m

3

Sampling Location

NOx Concentration in Study Area (March15 - May'15)


79 | P a g e

Table 3.4.5 - Ambient Air Quality Standards (Standard for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring as per

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF))

Sr. No. Pollutant Avg. on basis of

Time

Industrial/Residential Ecologically

Sensitive

1. SO2 Annual 50 20

24 Hrs. 80 80

2. NO2 Annual 40 30

24 Hrs. 80 80

3. PM10 Annual 60 60

24 Hrs. 100 100

4. PM2.5 Annual 40 40

24 Hrs. 60 60

1 Hr. 04 04

7. VOC -- -- --

8. HC -- 160 (GPCB) --

9. H2S -- 500 (GPCB) --

10 HCl -- 200 (GPCB) --

11. Cl2 -- 100 (GPCB) --

Publication: November 16, 2009, Unit: µg/m3

3.4.5 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Results were compared with the standard for ambient air quality monitoring as per the Ministry of

Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF).

During the study PM2.5 was observed between 39.6 – 72.5 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of PM2.5

was found at Ambheta. All the results were found well within the limit.

PM10 was observed in the range of 70.5 – 93.7 µg/m3. Results found during the study period for PM10

were well within the limit given by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change.

SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 7.4 to 16.4 µg/m3, which is well within the standard

limit.

NOx concentration in Ambient Air quality was between 17.1- 28.4 µg/m3.

Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for HC, Cl2, HCl, H2S, CS2 and VOC. Maximum

concentration of HC was found 95 g/m3 at Dahej. Maximum concentration of HCl was 8.9 µg/m3,

maximum concentration of VOC was 8.4 µg/m3 and that of H2S was 16.7 µg/m3.

Concentration of Cl2 and CS2 were found negligible at all the locations.

On the basis of test results found during the survey it can be concluded that the ambient air quality of

the study region is quite good as all the results are well within the limit.


80 | P a g e

3.5 MICROMETEOROLOGY

The study of micro – meteorological conditions of a particular region is of utmost importance to understand

the variations in the ambient air quality status in that region. The prevailing micrometeorology at project

site plays a crucial role in transport and dispersion of air pollutants.

The persistence of the predominant wind direction and wind speed at the project site will decide the

direction and extent of the air pollution impact zone.

The principal variables which affect the micrometeorology are horizontal transport and dispersion,

convective transport and vertical mixing and topography of the area towards local influences.

3.5.1 SOURCE OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Micrometeorological data were collected by using the wind monitor as per CPCB guideline. Data were

collected on hourly basis for the period March 2015 to May 2015. This weather station was installed near

the project site.

3.5.2 TEMPERATURE

Temperature data were collected on hourly basis for the period March 2015 to May 2015 and daily average

results are tabulated in Table No. 3.5.1.

During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 16.20C in the month of March, 2015 and

maximum temperature was recorded 49.4oC in the month of May, 2015.

The variation in temperature is represented graphically in Figure No. 3.5.1 to Figure No. 3.5.3 for the

study period.


81 | P a g e

Table No.3.5.1 Details of Temperature Nr. Project site (Mar’15 to May’15)

Date Average Temperature (0C)

Mar’15 Apr’15 May’15

01 24.9 31.3 32.2

02 22.9 31.8 32.6

03 23.7 31.8 33.1

04 24.8 30.7 29.9

05 26.8 31.9 33.0

06 28.5 32.2 34.6

07 28.7 31.9 34.4

08 29.6 33.9 34.8

09 28.4 34.0 34.7

10 29.8 33.1 32.2

11 31.4 31.0 31.8

12 32.5 30.8 31.7

13 29.4 29.6 35.1

14 29.6 30.3 37.6

15 29.2 31.9 38.1

16 27.5 33.7 39.4

17 28.8 36.3 38.3

18 29.5 34.9 37.4

19 30.4 34.6 37.3

20 32.4 34.1 37.7

21 33.5 35.4 37.8

22 33.8 33.9 37.3

23 35.1 34.1 36.2

24 34.5 33.6 34.9

25 35.9 33.5 35.4

26 35.4 33.8 36.0

27 33.8 34.2 36.6

28 33.1 34.4 36.5

29 33.8 34.7 38.1

30 33.0 34.7 35.3

31 31.0

-- 34.2


82 | P a g e

Figure 3.5.1 - Temperature Variation during March, 2015

Figure 3.5.2 - Temperature Variation during April, 2015

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

Tem

pera

ture(0

C)

Variation in Temperature for March 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

1-A

pr

2-A

pr

3-A

pr

4-A

pr

5-A

pr

6-A

pr

7-A

pr

8-A

pr

9-A

pr

10

-Apr

11

-Apr

12

-Apr

13

-Apr

14

-Apr

15

-Apr

16

-Apr

17

-Apr

18

-Apr

19

-Apr

20

-Apr

21

-Apr

22

-Apr

23

-Apr

24

-Apr

25

-Apr

26

-Apr

27

-Apr

28

-Apr

29

-Apr

30

-Apr

Tem

pera

ture (

0C

)

Variation in Temperature for April 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg


83 | P a g e

Figure 3.5.3 - Temperature Variation during May, 2015

3.5.3 HUMIDITY

Humidity affects the nature and characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the measure of

amount of moisture in the atmosphere. Humidity helps suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow

in size to settle under the gaseous pollutants by providing them aqueous medium. Hourly data for humidity

was collected for the period of March 2015 to May 2015. Humidity was observed between 10.0 to 99.0 %

during the study period. Month-wise daily average data of humidity are tabulated in Table No.3.5.2. The

variation in humidity is represented graphically in Figure No.3.5.4 to Figure No.3.5.6.

05101520253035404550

Te

mp

era

ture

(0C

)

Variation in Temperature for May 2015

Maximum Minimum


84 | P a g e

Table 3.5.2 - Details of Humidity Nr. Project site (Mar’15 to May’15)

Date Average Humidity (%)


01 61.5 40.0 57.0

02 69.0 50.0 47.0

03 57.0 55.5 49.5

04 50.5 64.0 47.5

05 41.0 49.5 45.5

06 38.0 51.0 49.5

07 37.5 58.5 45.5

08 40.0 57.5 47.5

09 35.0 59.5 48.5

10 34.0 62.5 45.5

11 38.0 63.5 45.0

12 37.5 58.0 50.0

13 52.5 59.0 58.0

14 51.5 57.0 51.5

15 53.0 56.5 50.0

16 46.5 54.5 47.0

17 48.0 35.5 46.5

18 31.5 44.0 47.0

19 26.5 48.0 57.5

20 25.5 44.0 55.0

21 28.5 38.0 55.5

22 30.5 54.5 57.5

23 31.5 52.0 65.0

24 38.5 46.5 65.0

25 31.5 56.0 64.5

26 45.5 57.0 63.5

27 63.0 57.5 64.0

28 60.5 62.0 62.0

29 48.0 59.5 57.0

30 41.5 58.0 53.5

31 44.0 -- 38.5


85 | P a g e

Figure 3.5.4 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (March, 2015)

Figure 3.5.5 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (April, 2015)

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

100.0

% H

um

idit

y

% Humidity Variation during Month of March 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

100.0

% H

um

idit

y

% Humidity Variation for the month April 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg


86 | P a g e

Figure 3.5.6 - Month wise Humidity Variation in % (May, 2015)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

% H

um

idit

y

% Humidity Variation for the month May 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg


87 | P a g e

3.5.4 WIND VELOCITY

The wind speed was measured by wind monitor in km/hour. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and

transportation of pollutants in the atmosphere mainly depend on wind speed and its direction. Wind

direction and velocity data have been collected during the study for the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Data were collected for the Period of March 2015 to May 2015. The wind speed

was in the range of 0 to 23.0 km/hr during study period. It was maximum in the month of May, 2015.

Month-wise daily average data of wind velocity are tabulated in Table No.3.5.3. The variation in wind

speed is represented graphically in Figure No.3.5.7 to Figure No.3.5.9.

Table 3.5.3 - Details of Wind speed Nr. Project site (Mar’15 – May’15)

Date Average Wind Speed (km/hr)


01 4.9 5.6 4.3

02 6.7 6.7 4.0

03 4.2 6.2 3.0

04 2.5 6.1 3.4

05 4.3 4.3 3.1

06 4.3 4.9 3.0

07 3.6 3.6 4.2

08 3.6 3.6 2.7

09 6.7 3.6 2.6

10 4.9 5.6 3.0

11 2.5 7.4 3.0

12 5.6 6.7 4.0

13 5.4 6.7 6.1

14 3.6 4.9 4.9

15 4.3 3.6 3.6

16 3.1 3.1 3.1

17 4.9 2.5 4.9

18 5.4 5.4 6.7

19 3.1 3.1 6.7

20 2.5 3.1 8.5

21 4.9 3.6 7.9

22 1.8 4.3 6.1

23 2.5 4.9 9.7

24 2.5 4.3 9.9

25 4.3 7.4 12.8

26 3.1 6.9 7.9


88 | P a g e

27 4.3 8.7 6.9

28 5.6 7.2 7.4

29 3.1 5.4 16.4

30 3.6 6.7 7.0

31 3.1 -- 5.4

Figure No.3.5.7 Wind Speed Variation in km/hour (March, 2015)

Figure 3.5.8 - Wind Speed Variation in km/hour (April, 2015)

0123456789

1011121314151617181920

1-A

pr

2-A

pr

3-A

pr

4-A

pr

5-A

pr

6-A

pr

7-A

pr

8-A

pr

9-A

pr

10

-Apr

11

-Apr

12

-Apr

13

-Apr

14

-Apr

15

-Apr

16

-Apr

17

-Apr

18

-Apr

19

-Apr

20

-Apr

21

-Apr

22

-Apr

23

-Apr

24

-Apr

25

-Apr

26

-Apr

27

-Apr

28

-Apr

29

-Apr

30

-Apr

Win

d S

pe

ed

(K

m/h

ou

r)

Monthly Variation in Wind Speed for the Month- April 2014

Maximum Minimum Avg

0123456789

1011121314151617181920

Win

d S

pe

ed

(K

m/h

ou

r)

Monthly Variation in Wind Speed for the Month- March 2014

Maximum Minimum Avg


89 | P a g e

Figure 3.5.9 - Wind Speed Variation in km/hour (May, 2015)

3.5.5 WIND ROSE

Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed considering

all the directions.

From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict the direction and extent of spreading of the

gaseous and particulate matter from the source. Wind rose diagram has been prepared by using daily

average wind velocity and dominant wind direction. Wind rose diagrams have been prepared for the period

of March 2015 to May 2015.

Wind rose diagrams and frequency Distribution are presented in Figure No 3.5.10 to Figure No.3.5.15

Frequency Count Chart and Frequency Distribution chart are presented in Table No. 3.5.4 to Table

No.3.5.15.

0123456789

10111213141516171819202122232425

Win

d S

peed

(K

m/h

ou

r)

Monthly Variation in Wind Speed for the Month- May 2015

Maximum Minimum Avg


90 | P a g e

Table 3.5.4 - Frequency Count Chart (March, 2015)

Sr.

No.

Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s) 0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

>=

4.0 Total

1 N 37 22 8 1 0 68

2 NNE 5 1 0 0 0 6

3 NE 39 29 7 0 0 75

4 ENE 3 3 0 0 0 6

5 E 113 40 6 0 0 159

6 ESE 0 1 0 0 0 1

7 SE 58 32 7 0 0 97

8 SSE 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 S 62 40 4 0 0 106

10 SSW 1 0 0 0 0 1

11 SW 53 35 10 1 0 99

12 WSW 4 3 1 0 0 8

13 W 32 9 8 0 0 49

14 WNW 3 2 0 2 0 7

15 NW 34 22 5 1 0 62

16 NNW 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sub-Total 444 239 56 5 0 744

Calms

0

Missing/Incomplete 0

Total 744


91 | P a g e

Table 3.5.5 - Frequency Distribution Chart (March, 2015)

Sr.

No.

Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

>=

4.0 Total

1 N 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

2 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

3 NE 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.101

4 ENE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

5 E 0.2 0.1 0.008 0.000 0.0 0.214

6 ESE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.001

7 SE 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.130

8 SSE 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

9 S 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.142

10 SSW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.001

11 SW 0.1 0.0 0.013 0.001 0.000 0.133

12 WSW 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.011

13 W 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

14 WNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

15 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

16 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sub-Total 0.6 0.3 0.075 0.007 0.000 1.0

Calms

0


Total 1


92 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.10 Wind class frequency distribution (March, 2015)


93 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.11 Wind rose diagram for the month of March, 2015

WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

WIND ROSE PLOT:

Yashashvi Rasayan, Dahej

COMMENTS: COMPANY NAME:

YASHASHVI RASAYAN, DAHEJ

MODELER:

ECOCHEM SALES & SERVICES, SURAT

DATE:

8/31/2015

PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 4.0

3.0 - 4.0

2.0 - 3.0

1.0 - 2.0

0.0 - 1.0

Calms: 0.00%

TOTAL COUNT:

744 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

0.00%

DATA PERIOD:

Start Date: 3/1/2015 - 00:00End Date: 3/31/2015 - 23:00

AVG. WIND SPEED:

0.81 m/s

DISPLAY:

Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)


94 | P a g e

Table No. 3.5.6 Frequency Count Chart (April, 2015)

Sr.

No.

Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0 1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0

-

5.0

>=

5.0 Total

1 N 10 5 1 0 0 0 16

2 NNE 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

3 NE 20 15 3 0 0 0 38

4 ENE 1 1 0 0 0 0 2

5 E 71 48 8 2 0 0 129

6 ESE 0 4 0 0 0 0 4

7 SE 68 67 15 3 0 0 153

8 SSE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 S 56 81 35 7 1 0 180

10 SSW 1 1 1 0 0 0 3

11 SW 33 57 27 6 1 0 124

12 WSW 3 5 1 0 0 0 9

13 W 15 8 9 0 0 0 32

14 WNW 0 3 1 0 0 0 4

15 NW 9 10 3 0 0 0 22

16 NNW 0 2 1 0 0 0 3

Sub-Total 287 307 106 18 2 0 720

Calms

0


Total 720


95 | P a g e

Table No. 3.5.7 Frequency Distribution Chart (April, 2015)

Sr.No. Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0 -

5.0

>=

5.0 Total

1 N 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

2 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

3 NE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

4 ENE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

5 E 0.1 0.067 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.179

6 ESE 0.0 0.006 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.006

7 SE 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.004 0.0 0.0 0.213

8 SSE 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.000

9 S 0.1 0.113 0.049 0.010 0.0 0.0 0.250

10 SSW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.004

11 SW 0.0 0.1 0.038 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.172

12 WSW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.013

13 W 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

14 WNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

15 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

16 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sub-Total 0.4 0.426 0.147 0.025 0.003 0.000 1.0

Calms

0

Missing/Incomplet

e

0

Total 1


96 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.12 Wind class frequency distribution (April, 2015)


97 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.13 Wind rose diagram for the month of April, 2015


WIND ROSE PLOT:




MODELER:


DATE:

8/31/2015

PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

6%

12%

18%

24%

30%

WIND SPEED

(Knots)

>= 10

8 - 9

6 - 7

4 - 5

2 - 3

0 - 1

Calms: 0.00%

TOTAL COUNT:

720 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

0.00%

DATA PERIOD:


AVG. WIND SPEED:

2.23 Knots

DISPLAY:



98 | P a g e

Table No.3.5.8 Frequency Count Chart (May, 2015)

Sr.

No.

Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0 -

5.0

>=

5.0 Total

1 N 52 22 0 0 0 0 74

2 NNE 8 3 1 0 0 0 12

3 NE 8 4 1 1 0 0 14

4 ENE 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

5 E 20 16 5 2 0 0 43

6 ESE 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

7 SE 25 45 41 8 0 0 119

8 SSE 2 1 0 0 0 0 3

9 S 24 68 50 20 6 1 169

10 SSW 4 4 1 1 0 0 10

11 SW 52 72 30 7 1 0 162

12 WSW 1 5 0 0 0 0 6

13 W 31 15 7 0 0 0 53

14 WNW 11 3 0 0 0 0 14

15 NW 37 15 6 0 0 0 58

16 NNW 3 0 1 0 0 0 4

Sub-Total 279 274 143 39 7 1 743

Calms

0


Total 744


99 | P a g e

Table No. 3.5.9 Frequency Distribution Chart (May, 2015)

Sr. No. Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s) 0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0 -

5.0 >= 5.0 Total

1 N 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

2 NNE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

3 NE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

4 ENE 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.0 0.001

5 E 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.058

6 ESE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.001

7 SE 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.160

8 SSE 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.000 0.004

9 S 0.0 0.1 0.067 0.027 0.0 0.0 0.227

10 SSW 0.0 0.005 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.013

11 SW 0.1 0.1 0.040 0.009 0.001 0.000 0.218

12 WSW 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.0 0.008

13 W 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

14 WNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.019

15 NW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

16 NNW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sub-Total 0.4 0.368 0.192 0.052 0.009 0.001 1.0

Calms

0

Missing/Incomplete 0.00134

Total 1


100 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.14 Wind class frequency distribution (May, 2015)


101 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.15 Wind rose diagram for the month of May, 2015


WIND ROSE PLOT:




MODELER:


DATE:

8/31/2015

PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 5.0

4.0 - 5.0

3.0 - 4.0

2.0 - 3.0

1.0 - 2.0

0.0 - 1.0

Calms: 0.00%

TOTAL COUNT:

743 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

0.00%

DATA PERIOD:


AVG. WIND SPEED:

1.34 m/s

DISPLAY:



102 | P a g e

Table No. 3.5.10 Frequency Count Chart (Mar’15 –May’15)

Sr.

No.

Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0 -

5.0

>=

5.0 Total

1 N 99 49 9 1 0 0 158

2 NNE 13 4 2 0 0 0 19

3 NE 67 48 11 1 0 0 127

4 ENE 5 4 0 0 0 0 9

5 E 204 104 19 4 0 0 331

6 ESE 0 6 0 0 0 0 6

7 SE 151 144 63 11 0 0 369

8 SSE 2 1 0 0 0 0 3

9 S 142 189 89 27 7 1 455

10 SSW 6 5 2 1 0 0 14

11 SW 138 164 67 14 2 0 385

12 WSW 8 14 2 0 0 0 24

13 W 78 31 24 0 0 0 133

14 WNW 14 8 1 2 0 0 25

15 NW 80 47 14 1 0 0 142

16 NNW 3 2 2 0 0 0 7

Sub-Total 1010 820 305 62 9 1 2207

Calms

0


Total 2208


103 | P a g e

Table No. 3.5.11 Frequency Distribution Chart (Mar’15 –May’15)

Sr.No. Directions / Wind

Classes (m/s)

0.0 -

1.0

1.0 -

2.0

2.0 -

3.0

3.0 -

4.0

4.0 -

5.0

>=

5.0 Total

1 N 0.044

9

0.0222 0.0041 0.000

5

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0716

2 NNE 0.005

9

0.0018 0.0009 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0086

3 NE 0.030

4

0.0218 0.0050 0.000

5

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0575

4 ENE 0.002

3

0.0018 0.0000 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0041

5 E 0.092

4

0.0471 0.0086 0.001

8

0.000

0

0.0000 0.1499

6 ESE 0.000

0

0.0027 0.0000 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0027

7 SE 0.068

4

0.0653 0.0286 0.005

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.1671

8 SSE 0.000

9

0.0005 0.0000 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0014

9 S 0.064

3

0.0856 0.0403 0.012

2

0.003

2

0.0005 0.2061

10 SSW 0.002

7

0.0023 0.0009 0.000

5

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0063

11 SW 0.062

5

0.0743 0.0304 0.006

3

0.000

9

0.0000 0.1744

12 WSW 0.003

6

0.0063 0.0009 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0109

13 W 0.035

3

0.0141 0.0109 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0602

14 WNW 0.006

3

0.0036 0.0005 0.000

9

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0113

15 NW 0.036

3

0.0213 0.0063 0.000

5

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0643

16 NNW 0.001

4

0.0009 0.0009 0.000

0

0.000

0

0.0000 0.0032

Sub-Total 0.457

4

0.3714 0.1381 0.028

1

0.004

1

0.0005 0.9996

Calms

0

Missing/Incomplete 0.00045

Total 1


104 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.16 Wind class frequency distribution (Mar’15 –May’15)


105 | P a g e

Figure No.3.5.17 Wind rose diagram for the month of Mar’15 – May’15


WIND ROSE PLOT:




MODELER:


DATE:

8/31/2015

PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

4%

8%

12%

16%

20%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 5.0

4.0 - 5.0

3.0 - 4.0

2.0 - 3.0

1.0 - 2.0

0.0 - 1.0

Calms: 0.00%

TOTAL COUNT:

1487 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

0.00%

DATA PERIOD:


AVG. WIND SPEED:

1.08 m/s

DISPLAY:



106 | P a g e

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Studies on land use aspects of eco system play an important role in identifying sensitive issues and to take

appropriate action to maintain ecological homeostasis in the region. The main objective of this section is to

provide a baseline status of the area, so that temporal changes due to the proposed port on the surroundings

can be assessed in future.

3.6.1 LAND USE PATTERN

The study area lies near coastal belt of Vagra taluka. Statistically speaking around 32 % of the area is

occupied by the creek and other 1 % is occupied by river and water body. Hydrologically the area seems to

have a saline zone especially in the upper layers in this particular coastal belt under study. Canals and Jetty

are also present in the study area alongside the natural water network. Agricultural land occupies around 32

% in form of cultivated and non-cultivated lands. Waste land, coastal land and Mudflats cover nearly 9 %

of the area while nearly 4 % of the area is occupied by trees within and outside the Forest. There are no

other ecologically sensitive areas other than the forest which is seen on the western side of the coast. There

are lots of industrial activities seen at the coastal belt of vagra. Out of 17 % nearly 10 % of the area is

covered by the salt industry and 7 % by others. Settlement is also present in the study area which seems to

be mostly with a rural occupancy by the owners and workers of the salt industries and others. There seems

to be a good connectivity between these villages and industries through road and railways. State highway is

also present in the study area. Land Use detail is shown in Table no. 3.6.1. Satellite Image and Land use

Map are shown in Figure no. 3.6.1 & 3.6.2 respectively.

Table 3.6.1 - Land Use Detail

Legends Area (sq. km) Percentage

Agriculture 63.92 19.19

Barren Lands 14.50 4.35

Canal 1.57 0.47

Coastal Land 11.75 3.53

Creeks 107.70 32.33

Fallowland 43.43 13.04

Forest 5.19 1.56

Industries 22.81 6.85

Jetty 0.24 0.07

Mudflats 1.72 0.52

Rivers 2.00 0.60

Roads 6.81 2.05

Saline Areas 0.52 0.16

Saltpans 34.60 10.39

Settlements 3.77 1.13

State HW 0.80 0.24


107 | P a g e

Treeclad Areas 7.64 2.29

Wasteland 2.38 0.72

Waterbodies 1.70 0.51

Grand Total 333.13 100.00


108 | P a g e

Figure No.3.6.1: Land Use Map of Study Area


109 | P a g e

3.7 SOIL QUALITY

Samples were collected from 6 different locations to assess the base line status of soil. Analysis was also

carried out for physico-chemical parameters as well as the parameters to define the texture class. Soil

samples were collected by using core cutter and brought to the laboratory in polythene bags. Standard

procedures have been followed for soil sampling and analysis. Soil sampling locations are presented in

Figure No. 3.7.1 and tabulated in Table No. 3.7.1.

The soil in this region mainly comprises of sandy clay loam soil having hard texture. Maximum and

minimum value for tested parameters is presented in Table. No. 3.7.2 to Table No. 3.7.4.

Table 3.7.1 - Sampling Location



02. Luvara Approx 0.5 km E

03. Jogeshvar Approx 2.5 km EN

04. Lakhigam Approx 3 km NE

05. Ambheta Approx 5 km EN

06. Dahej Approx 5 km NE


110 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.7.1: Soil Sampling Location


111 | P a g e

Table 3.7.2 - Average Results of Soil Samples (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No. Parameter Unit

Project

Site Luvara Jogeshwar Lakhigam Ambheta

1 pH -- 8.18 7.88 7.91 7.79 7.63

2 Moisture % 12.7 8.4 9.30 8.60 8.8

3 Organic Matter(Loss on

ignition) %

0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

4 Calcium meq/100gm 141.4 93.9 91.3 92.7 65.1

5 Magnesium meq/100gm 35.9 23.6 23.0 23.3 20.6

6 Sodium meq/100gm 21.4 11.8 11.5 11.6 9.9

7 Potassium meq/100gm 1.3 1.5 1.4 14.7 0.9

8 Total Phosphorus mg/gm 34.2 29.4 28.7 29.1 38.3

9 Total Nitrogen mg/gm 22.1 21.7 19.4 20.6 24.0

10 Nitrate mg/gm 5.5 10.9 10.6 10.7 8.3

11 Copper mg/gm 0.7 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.0

12 Iron mg/gm 29.6 37.7 37.9 38.1 31.4

13 Chromium mg/gm <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

14 Boron mg/gm 1.7 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 1.9

15 Electrical Conductivity µmhos/Cm 2.1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.9

16 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6

17 ESP % 10.7 9.0 9.0 8.2 10.2

Table 3.7.3 - Soil Texture analysis

Sr. No. Parameter Project Site Luvara Jogeshwar Lakhigam Ambheta

1 Texture Sandy clay

loam

Sandy clay

loam

Sandy clay

loam

Sandy clay

loam

Sandy Clay

Loam

2 Sand% 70 62 61 65 70

3 Silt % 8 12 12 9 7

4 Clay% 22 26 27 26 23

5 Colour Medium Black Medium Black Medium Black Medium Black Medium Black


112 | P a g e

3.7.1 SUMMARY OF SOIL QUALITY

The following interpretation is made based on visual observation & the test results found during the study

period.

Results of pH were varying in narrow range for different locations from 7.63 to 8.18 during the

study period. Overall, the pH of all the soil samples was found almost neutral.

Loss on ignition test was also carried out to know the probability of Organic Matter in the soil

samples. Concentration of organic matter was found in the range of 0.3 to 0.5%.

During analysis Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 19.4-24.0 mg/100 gm. Minimum value

was observed in the soil sample of Jogeshwar.

Total Phosphorous content was found in the range of 28.7 to 38.3 mg/100 gm.

Calcium content ranged from 65.1 to 141.4 meq/100 gm and magnesium from 20.6 to 35.9 meq/100

gm.

Micronutrient analysis of Iron, Chromium, copper & Boron was also carried out for all the soil

samples & their presence was found lower than the desired value.

On the basis of test results it can be concluded that soil is not quite good for agricultural purpose as sandy

clay soils are having hard texture and low porosity.

3.8 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water is vital for all known forms of life. It is a precondition for human, animal and plant life as well as

an indispensable resource for the economy. Water plays a fundamental role in climate regulation cycle.

Current scenario shows that large population is deprived of access to water and if they might have this

access, the water may be polluted with many contaminants. In the future, we will probably find that clean

water will be a rare and high price commodity.

Most water resources are being influenced by human activities. Among these, industrial activities are the

major pressure on water environment. The growing population and industrial demands for development

and welfare or improvement further increases the pressure on these resources. As a result water resources

are getting contaminated and making the adverse impact on aquatic life. Ensuring a sustained use and

avoiding closure of development options requires in depth knowledge of physical, chemical and biological

responses to human interference and robust prediction tools for the evaluation and optimization of

proposed development and abatement schemes.


113 | P a g e

Physical, chemical and biological factors influencing water quality are so interrelated that a change in any

water quality parameter may trigger other changes in a complete network of interrelated variables.

Selected water quality parameters for surface and ground water resources along with biological indicators

within study region have been used for water environment and assessing the impact on it by proposed

project. A study on water environment aspects of ecosystem plays an important role in preparation of

environmental assessment to identify water related sensitive issues.

3.8.1 RECONNAISSANCE

As a significant part of predefined framework of the present study water samples were collected from

selected locations. The Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized

based on:

Presence, Location and uses of major water bodies in the region

Type and Location of Industrial/residential areas, their intake and effluent disposal locations

Likely area that can represent baseline conditions

3.8.2 WATER QUALITY

With the start of water quality study, the water resources in the study area were divided into two categories

for getting ideal upshot of baseline status of water quality of the region. These two major categories as

determined are:

Ground Water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

Surface water resources including streams, nalas, ponds ,river, canals, Estuary

3.8.3 SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

All the water samples were collected and analyzed as per “Standard Methods for Examination of Water &

Wastewater”, APHA 22nd edition, 2012. Water Samples for the analysis of physico-chemical parameters

were collected in plastic carboy and parameter wise preserved onsite as per the technique defined in the

book of APHA, 22nd edition .Temperature, pH and DO were analyzed onsite and samples were brought to

the laboratory for the analysis of remaining parameters.

3.8.4 GROUND WATER RESOURCES

To assess the quality of ground water, samples were collected from 6 locations for the analysis of physico-

chemical and microbiological parameters. Frequency of sampling was twice in a month during the study

period.

Sampling locations are tabulated in Table No.3.8 and Figure No.3.8 and its analysis report is presented in

Table No 3.8.1 to Table No.3.8.2.


114 | P a g e

Table 3.8 - Sampling Locations








Figure No 3.8.1 Map Showing Ground Water Sampling Locations


115 | P a g e

Figure No 3.8.2 Photographs of Ground Water Sampling

Ground water sample collection at Vadadla village

Ground water sample collection at Lakhigam

Ground water sample collection at Dahej


116 | P a g e

Table 3.8.1 - Ground water analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No. Parameter Unit

Ambheta Luvara Dahej

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

1. Temperature 0C 30.0 32.0 30.0 32.0 30.0 33.5

2. pH pH Unit 7.6 7.75 7.6 7.78 7.7 7.76

3. Colour Pt.Co.scale <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

4. Odour -- Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless

5. TDS mg/L 2853 2895 1217 1262 3556 3597

6. Turbidity NTU 1.3 1.5 1.1 1.6 0.6 0.9

7. Total Hardness mg/L 532 548 255 265 725 744

8. Calcium mg/L 61 70 32 40 50 62

9. Total Alkalinity mg/L 544 560 252 272 544 570

10. Chloride mg/L 1320 1350 320 375 1779 1833

11. Magnesium mg/L 89 95 39 43 139 150

12. Sulphate mg/L 167 178 284 296 116 132

13. Phosphate mg/L 5.3 5.6 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.4

14. Sodium mg/L 810 836 312 328 1054 1074

15. Potassium mg/L 30 42 48 60 28 38

16. Fluoride mg/L 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6

17. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007

18. Oil & Grease mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

19. Dissolved oxygen mg/L 5.3 5.5 5.3 5.5 5.2 5.6

20. COD mg/L <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4

21. BOD(3daysat270

C)

mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

22. Iron mg/L 0.4 0.42 0.2 0.37 0.1 0.14

23. Nitrate mg/L 2.9 3.1 2.0 2.1 2.8 3.1

24. Copper mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25. Boron mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

27. MPN No./100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil


117 | P a g e

Table 3.8.2 - Ground water analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No. Parameter Unit

Lakhigam Vadadla Jogeshwar

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

1. Temperature 0C 30.0 31.5 30.0 32 30.0 32

2. pH pH Unit 7.7 7.86 7.5 7.82 7.8 7.96


4. Odour -- Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless

5. TDS mg/L 3508 3588 2872 2952 1260 1266

6. Turbidity NTU 0.5 0.9 1.0 1.4 1.0 1.2


8. Calcium mg/L 59 70 64 68 40 48


10. Chloride mg/L 1824 1879 1440 1466 360 367

11. Magnesium mg/L 147 152 126 140 36 40

12. Sulphate mg/L 97 107 188 202 261 269

13. Phosphate mg/L 3.1 4.9 5.2 5.5 2.8 3.1

14. Sodium mg/L 1008 1024 838 860 329 336

15. Potassium mg/L 30 38 41 45 55 63

16. Fluoride mg/L 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.5 0.3 0.6

17. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 <0.007

18. Oil & Grease mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

19. Dissolved oxygen mg/L 5.2 5.6 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

20. COD mg/L <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4

21. BOD(3daysat270C) mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

22. Iron mg/L 0.1 0.18 <4 <4 <4 <4

23. Nitrate mg/L 2.8 3.3 3.0 3.7 2.2 2.5

24. Copper mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25. Boron mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

27. MPN No./100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil


118 | P a g e

Table 3.8.3 - Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992

(Reaffirmed 2012)

Sr. No. Parameter Unit Desirable Limit Permissible Limit

1 Temperature 0C -- --

2 pH pH Unit 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3 Colour Pt.Co.scale 5 15

4 Odour -- Agreeable --

5 TDS mg/L 500 2000

6 Turbidity NTU 5 10

7 Total Hardness mg/L 200 600

8 Calcium mg/L 75 200

9 Total Alkalinity mg/L 200 600

10 Chloride mg/L 250 1000

11 Magnesium mg/L 30 100

12 Sulphate mg/L 200 400

13 Phosphate mg/L -- --

14 Sodium mg/L -- --

15 Potassium mg/L -- --

16 Fluoride mg/L 1.0 1.5

17 Phenolic Comp. mg/L 0.001 0.002

18 Oil & Grease mg/L -- --

19 Dissolved oxygen mg/L -- --

20 COD mg/L -- --

21 BOD(3daysat270C) mg/L -- --

22 Iron mg/L 0.3 No Relaxation

23 Nitrate mg/L 45 No Relaxation

24 Copper mg/L 0.05 1.5

25 Boron mg/L 0.5 1.0

26 Total Chromium mg/L 0.05 No Relaxation

27 MPN No./100ml Nil Nil


119 | P a g e

3.8.5 SUMMARY OF GROUND WATER QUALITY

The test results were compared with the Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992 (Reaffirmed 1993,

2012) & it is summarized as under.

pH range was observed between 7.5 – 7.96. It is well within the specified limit.

Total dissolved solids were recorded in the range of 1217 - 3597 mg/L. Total Dissolved solids

concentration was found at higher side. It may be due to high content of chloride, calcium,

magnesium & carbonate ions.

Total hardness was in the range of 255 - 785 mg/L with minimum at Luvara & maximum at

Lakhigam. Hardness results were found more than the desirable limit for all locations.

Results of Alkalinity and magnesium were also found at higher side.

All the heavy metals were found well within the range of prescribed standards except iron. Any of

toxic metals were not found in any village during analysis. Fluoride & phosphate were also within the

range of prescribed limit in all the samples.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found NIL.

On the basis of test results it is summarized that water quality for studied locations is not as per IS:

10500 – 2012 except for Luvara and Jogeshwar. Water from Luvara and Jogeshwar villages can be

used for drinking purpose and water of other villages in the study area can be used for washing and

other domestic purposes. It can be used for drinking purpose only after necessary treatment and

purification.

3.8.6 SURFACE WATER

To assess the quality of Surface water, samples were collected from 03 locations for the analysis of

physico-chemical, microbiological as well as for biological parameters. Frequency of sampling was once in

a month during the study period for the analysis of physico-chemical parameters and once during the study

period for the testing of biological parameters.

Sampling and analysis was carried out as per “Standard Methods for Examination of Water and

Wastewater 22nd edition, 2012. Sampling locations are tabulated in the Table No.3.8.4 and Figure

No.3.8.1 and analysis report is presented in Table No.3.8.5.


120 | P a g e

Table 3.8.4 - Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sr.

No. Location Source of Water

Distance from the

project Site (km)

Direction from the

Project Site

1 Luvara Pond Approx 0.5 E

2 Ambheta Pond Approx 5 EN

3 Dahej Pond Approx 5 NE

Figure No.3.8.3 Map showing the locations for Surface water


121 | P a g e

Table 3.8.5 - Surface water Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No. Parameter Unit

Luvara Ambheta Dahej

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

1. Temperature 0C 28.0 29.0 28.0 29.0 28.5 29.0

2. pH pH Unit 7.1 7.26 7.0 8.0 7.4 7.62


4. Odour -- Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Agreeable Agreeable

5. TDS mg/L 407 419 338 344 388 405

6. TSS mg/L 9.3 10.1 11.0 12.8 12.0 14.7


8. Calcium mg/L 34 40 36 40 43 50


10. Chloride mg/L 70 74 84 90 112 125

11. Magnesium mg/L 18 21 26 29 5 6

12. Sulphate mg/L 14 19 28 30 12 16

13. Phosphate mg/L 5.3 5.5 4 4 2 2.2

14. Sodium mg/L 67 71 36 41 58 63

15. Potassium mg/L 26 28 14 17 14 17

16. Fluoride mg/L 0.7 0.9 1 1 0.6 0.8

17. Phenolic Comp. mg/L Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

18. Oil & Grease mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

19. Dissolved oxygen mg/L 5.9 6.2 5.9 6.3 6.0 6.1

20. COD mg/L 14 16 12 18 16 20

21. BOD(3daysat270C) mg/L 4.5 6 5 7 6 7.5

22. Iron mg/L 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

23. Nitrate mg/L 0.3 0.3 2.9 3.2 1.2 1.4

24. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25. Boron mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

27. Zinc mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02


122 | P a g e

Table 3.8.6 - Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Total

Coliform F.Coliform E.coli F.Streptococci

Most Probable No (MPN): No/100 ml

1. Luvara 41 20 15 6

2. Ambheta 49 23 16 9

3. Dahej 39 18 11 8

Table 3.8.7 - Inland Surface Water Classification (CPCB Standards)

Sr.

No. Characteristics

Class

A B C D E

1. Dissolved Oxygen, mg/L, Min 6 5 4 4 -

2. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, mg/ L Max 2 3 3 - -

3. Total Coli form Organisms*

MPN/100 ml, Max 50 500 5000 - -

4. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L Max 500 - 1500 - 2100

5. Chlorides (as CL), mg/L, Max 250 - 600 - 600

6. Colour, Hazen Units, Max 10 300 300 - -

7. Sodium Absorption Ratio, Max - - - - 26

8. Boron (as B) mg/L Max - - - - 2

9. Sulphates (as SO4), mg/L Max 400 - 400 - 1000

10. Nitrates (as NO3), mg/L Max 20 - 50 - -

11 Free Ammonia (as N), mg/L Max - - - 1.2 -

12. Conductivity at 250C, micromhos/cm, Max - - - 1000 2250

13. pH value 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

14. Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 0.3 - 50 - -

15. Fluorides (as F), mg/L, Max 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

16. Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 1.5 - 1.5 - -

* If the coliform is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria for coliform shall be

satisfied if not more than 20 percent of samples show more than the tolerance limit specified, and not


123 | P a g e

more than 5 percent of samples show values more than 4 times the tolerance limits. Further, the faecal

coliform should not be more than 20 percent of the coliform.

Source: Indian Standard (IS: 2296 – 1982).

A’ Drinking water surface without conventional treatment but after disinfection

B’ Outdoor bathing (organized)

C’ Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

D’ Propagation of wild life, fisheries

E’ Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal

3.8.7 SUMMARY OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY

The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the samples was found ranging from 7.0 to 8.0.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample of the various locations. Minimum TDS

was found 338 mg/L in the sample of Ambheta and Dahej villages & maximum TDS was found 419

mg/L for the sample of Luvara village pond.

TSS was found between 9.3 to 14.7 mg/L. Minimum TSS was found at Luvara village pond &

maximum TSS was found at Dahej village pond.

DO measured during analysis was ranging between 5.9 to 6.3 mg/L. Almost all the samples of

surface water are having the same range of DO. DO level was found more than 4.0 mg/L for all the

samples. It shows that the quality of the water resources is favourable for aquatic lives.

It was found that Total Hardness for the sample of Luvara was minimum i.e. 165 mg/L & maximum

was 216 mg/L in the sample of Dahej pond.

Test results comparison study with Inland Surface Water Classification (CPCB Standards) reveals that

water cannot be used directly for drinking purpose as MPN test is positive for all the locations. Surface

water of these locations cannot be used for drinking purpose but it can be used for various domestic

purposes. Before using it for drinking purpose it should be passed through various stages of conventional

treatment and disinfected.

3.8.8 MARINE WATER

To assess the impact of proposed project on Marine environment, samples were collected during high tide

and low tide near Project Site. For the collection of samples during Low Tide, boat was hired from local

fisherman and the samples were collected from different depths and mixed together to get homogenized

sample. Frequency of sampling was once in a month during the study period. Sampling and analysis was

carried out as per the “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, APHA”, 22nd


124 | P a g e

Edition, 2012. Marine water samples were studied for physico-chemical parameters and biological

parameters. Samples were collected from different depths of sea at the disposal point.

Figure No.3.7.5 Surface water sampling Photographs

Sample collection during High Tide

Biotic communities of the estuary consist of plankton that moves with ocean currents and nekton animals

that swim. Phytoplankton (plant that freely move) include minute pigment cells (Chlorophyll) called

prochlorophytes, bluegreen algae which can be kept under bacteria and true algae. They can only survive

in the photic zone.

Zooplankton include a great variety of animals from unicellular to multicellular i.e. Protozoa to high

invertebrates that move from one place to other place by ocean current. Zooplankton include animals that

are plankton all their lives as well as larvae of animals that “grow up to be” nekton or benthos. Nektonic

animals are swimmers and are found in all aquatic systems except in the fastest moving river.

Analysis were carried out for the determination of Phytoplankton pigment and cell count, Zoo plankton

and Benthos.

SAMPLING METHODOLOGY:

Sampling for Physico-chemical Parameters


125 | P a g e

Temperature, DO, pH were analyzed at site itself. For other physico - chemical parameters, samples were

collected in 2 L plastic carboys and preserved in laboratory as per specific parameter’s preservative

requirement.

Sampling for Phytoplankton Analyses

Marine sample was passed through the plankton net (Nylon Bolting Cloth fitted with G .I ring, wooden

handle and graduated test tube which is attached at the end of plankton) from polyethylene bucket to

concentrate the sample and the volumes of passed sample as well as concentrated sample were measured

and noted. The concentrated sample was preserved immediately BY ADDING lugol’s iodine solution @

0.3ml/100ml.

Sampling for Zooplankton Analyses

Known volume of sample was collected with a polyethylene bucket and it was passed through plankton

net. Then it was transferred to sampler containing small quantity of water. The sample was preserved with

10 % formalin.

Sampling for Benthos

Surface sediments were obtained by scrapping the known area. The sediment after retrieval was

transferred into polythene bags and sample was preserved by 10 % formalin.

Methodology adopted for Microbiological Analysis

Phytoplankton Pigments

A known volume of water was filtered through 0.45µm Millipore membrane filter paper and pigment

retained on filter paper was extracted in 90 % Acetone. The extinction of acetone extract was measured on

wavelength of 665 and 750 nm. Chlorophyll-a and pheophytin were estimated from difference before and

after treatment with dilute acid.

Counting of Phytoplankton Cell

The cells were allowed to settle and adjusted to 50 ml by siphoning out supernatant solution and it was

transferred to S-R cell. Counting and identification were done under binocular compound microscope.

Zooplankton

Approximately 25 to 50 % were analyzed with the help of microscope and S – R (Sedgwick Rafter) Cell.

Total Population was counted and it was kept in different groups after characterization.


126 | P a g e

Benthos

Different benthos groups were observed for their presence in the samples. Total population was estimated

as number of animals and biomass on wet weight basis.

Table No. 3.8.8 Marine Water Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr.

No. Parameter Unit

Low Tide High Tide

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

1. Temperature 0C 23.5 25 24 25

2. pH pH Unit 7.86 8.01 7.73 8.02

3. Colour Pt.Co.scale 5 5 7 10

4. Odour -- Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless

5. TSS mg/L 278 285 309 338

6. Total Hardness mg/L 5180 5230 5190 5310

7. Calcium mg/L 449 465 457 461

8. Total Alkalinity mg/L 232 244 234 252

9. Salinity mg/L 35200 36100 35600 36200

10. Magnesium mg/L 984 999 984 1011

11. Sulphate mg/L 1718 1956 1818 1988

12. Phosphate mg/L 0.04 0.07 0.05 0.07

13. Fluoride mg/L 0.8 0.9 0.7 1.1

14. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

15. Oil & Grease mg/L <1 <1 <1 <1

16. Dissolved oxygen mg/L 5 5.8 5.2 5.6

17. BOD(3days at

270C)

mg/L <4 <4 <4 <4

18. Iron mg/L 0.18 0.21 0.16 0.22

19. Nitrate mg/L 2.6 3.3 3 3.3

20. Copper mg/L 0.08 0.12 0.08 0.1

21. Boron mg/L 0.19 0.22 0.21 0.22

22. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

Table No. 3.8.9 Microbiological Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample

Sr.

No. Sampling Location

MPN F. coliform E.Coli Streptococci

No./100ml


127 | P a g e

01. Nr. Project Site during Low

Tide 710 425 125 85

02. Nr. Project Site during High

Tide 810 528 140 80

Table No. 3.8.10 Zooplankton Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample Nr. Project Site

Sr.

No.

Sampling

during

Total Count

per m3

Percentage of Organism in each group

Protozoa Rotifera Copepoda

01. Low Tide 6500 80 12 8

02. High Tide 8200 85 07 08

Table No. 3.8.11 Phytoplankton Analysis Report for Marine Water Sample Nr. Project Site

Sr. No. Sampling during Cell Count

Unit/L

Chlorophyll

– a mg/m3

Pheophytin

mg/m3

01. Low Tide 640 1.8 3.2

02. High Tide 712 1.6 3.5

Table No. 3.8.12 Sediment Quality Analysis

Sr.

No. Parameter

Total

Phosphorous

mg/g

Cr

mg/g

Fe

mg/g

Zn

mg/g

Cu

mg/g

Loss on

ignition %

01.

Marine

Sediment

Quality

0.28 0.05 2.9 0.06 0.05 0.30

Table No. 3.8.13 Benthos Detail

Systematic Group High Tide Low Tide

Polychaetes + +

Mysides - -

Ostracodes + +

Isopodes + +

Amphipodes + +

Decapodes + +

Gastropodes + +


128 | P a g e

Brachyurans + +

Pelycypodes + -

Crustaceans + +

Bivalves + +

Oligochaetes + +

Echinodermates + +

Note: Presence is expressed as + and absence as -

Dominant benthos are Prinospio pinnata, Polydontes sp., P. krusadensis sp., Ancistrosyllis sp., Nephthys

sp., Pilumnus sp., Unidentified crab sp., Balanus sp., Penaeus

3.8.9 SUMMARY OF MARINE WATER

Temperature is an important parameter, which affects the living organisms. The temperature of the

water was less than ambient air temperature.

The pH variation was observed in a narrow range of 7.73 to 8.02. pH range is maintained due to

buffering action of CO2,CO3-2 and HCO3

-2.

Salinity was observed in the range of 35,200 to 36,200 mg/L which is near to the expected value.

DO is an essential parameter which affects the biotic component of the water. Fish and other aquatic

life take oxygen through the gill. DO levels affect the aerobic bacterial population as well as

chlorophyllous Phytoplankton. During study period maximum DO level was recorded up to 5.8

mg/L during low tide which is as per expected value.

BOD is also an important parameter to define the environmental scenario of marine ecosystem as it

affects the DO level. BOD was found to be <4 mg/L.

Chromium was found below the detection limit in most of samples. Iron was found in the range of

0.16 to 0.22 mg/L. Copper was found in the range of 0.08 to 0.12 mg/L and Boron was found in the

range of 0.19 to 0.22 mg/L.

Microbiological and biological analysis shows presence of Fecal Coliform, E.coli and Streptococci

and abundance of phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthos in the marine water.

3.9 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Various noise scales have been introduced to describe in a single number the response of an average

human being to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most

common and widely accepted is the weighted decibel dB (A) scale.

The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to measure

background noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area.


129 | P a g e

Peoples’ perception of noise varies depending on number of factors including their natural sensitivity and

hearing ability, past experience of sound, cultural factors and the time of day at which sound is

experienced. Continuous sound is perceived quite differently from intermittent sound at the same level.

High or continuous noise levels may cause permanent loss of hearing ranging from reduced perception at

certain frequencies to total deafness. At comparatively lower levels noise may have psychological effects

including disturbance of sleep, annoyance and irritation.

3.9.1 SOURCE OF NOISE POLLUTION

The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to commercial activities,

noise generated by Community, vehicular traffic, etc.

3.9.2 NOISE LEVEL IN THE STUDY AREA

Noise measurements were made at locations affecting the community in the study area. These included

but were not limited to locations at closest proximity to the sound source(s).

Measurements were made outdoors at 1.2 to 1.5 m above the ground and, if practical, at least 3.5 m from

walls, buildings or other sound reflecting structures. Care was taken to avoid influence on the result from

other unwanted sound signals, for example noise from wind on the microphone of the measuring

equipment, noise from electrical interference or noise from extraneous sources.

The noise level was monitored at different villages in study area and nearer to industrial area. Details of

locations are given in Table No.3.9.1 & Figure No.3.9.1. Results are tabulated in Table No.3.9.2 and

Figure No.3.9.3 & Figure No.3.9.4.

Table 3.9.1 - Noise Sampling Locations










130 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.9.1 Map Showing the Noise Sampling Locations


131 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.9.2 Photographs of Noise Monitoring

Noise Monitoring at Vadadla Noise Monitoring at Lakhigam

Noise Monitoring at Dahej


132 | P a g e

Table 3.9.2 - Noise Analysis Report (March 2015 to May 2015)

Sr. No. Place Location Noise Level in dB (A)

Day Time Night Time

01. Project site Nr. ADM office 61 55

02. Luvara Nr. School 56 49

03. Jogeshvar Nr. School 54 51

04. Lakhigam Nr. School 53 49

05. Ambheta Nr. School 51 45

06. Dahej Nr. Gram Panchayat Office 58 54

07. Vadadla Nr. Gram Panchayat Office 53 50

Note: Day time –6.00 am to 10.00 pm, Night time – 10.00 pm to 6.00 am

Figure No.3.9.3 Variation in Noise Level during day time

Project site Luvara Jogeshvar Lakhigam Ambheta Dahej Vadadla

Day-Value 61 56 54 53 51 58 53

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

No

ise

Le

vel f

or

Day

tim

e in

dB

(A)

Sampling Location

Noise Level For Day Time (Dec'15)


133 | P a g e

Figure 3.9.4 - Variation in Noise Level during night time

Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use i.e. residential, commercial, industrial

areas and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by

Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. Different standards have been

stipulated for day (6 am to 10 pm) and night (10 pm to 6 am). The noise levels of the study area are

compared with the noise level standards as shown in Table No. 3.9.3.

Table 3.9.3 - Noise Level Standards

(The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

Sr.

No. Category of Area

Limits in dB

Day time

6.00 a.m. to 10.00

p.m.

Night time

10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.

1. Industrial Area 75 70

2. Commercial Area 65 55

3. Residential Area 55 45

4. Silence Zone

i.e. Hospital, Educational institute, etc. 50 40

Project site Luvara Jogeshvar Lakhigam Ambheta Dahej Vadadla

Night-Value 55 49 51 49 45 54 50

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

No

ise

leve

l fo

r N

igh

t ti

me

in d

B(A

)

Sampling Location

Noise Level For Night Time (Dec'15)


134 | P a g e

3.9.3 SUMMARY OF NOISE LEVEL IN THE STUDY AREA

Noise data were compared with The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by

Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. Most of the noise measurements

were taken in residential area and the noise levels were recorded slightly higher side than the prescribed

limit for residential area and sensitive zone. Noise monitoring was also carried out in existing Industrial

premises as well as on highway. Data meet with the Noise norms for industrial area.

3.10 ECOLOGY

Ecology is the scientific study of the relations that living organisms have with respect to each other and

their natural environment. Producer, consumer and decomposer govern whole cycle of ecology. Plant and

animal both are interdependent to each other. Producer is necessary for each consumer. Plant plays their

role in ecology as producer. Plant, animals and microorganism together with the environment in which

they live make an independent unit called the Ecosystem.

Mainly two types of Vegetation cover are on the earth surface. One is self-growing and another is

cultivated. Plants are renewable resource and useful to living organism in many ways. It is therefore the

role of man in manipulating and changing vegetation population. Due to lack of awareness deforestation is

occurring which in turn is responsible for imbalance of ecosystem.

The main objective of the ecological survey is aimed to find out baseline status of flora and fauna of the

study region. An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference to listing of

species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological (terrestrial and marine ecosystem) conditions in

the study area.

3.10.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY OF FLORA & FAUNA

The importance of primary data collection in all ecological work cannot be over-emphasized as without

good survey data the quality of an ecological assessment, mitigation and compensation proposals will be

compromised. The data of flora & fauna were collected on visual observation during our site visit and by

reviewing various literatures. Authenticity of the primary data was checked by reviewing the data

collected from Forest Department, EIC and different Taxonomy books. Previous EIA reports of Dahej

region were also referred during the finalization of floral and faunal data. Fisheries data were collected

from Department of Fisheries, Bharuch (2011).

During the survey, it was noticed that the area is poor in floral and faunal diversity and mainly thorny

bushes, acacia are dominant plants found on Dahej open land but the companies have grown some plants

in their premises. These plant species have also been incorporated in the table. Reptiles are dominant


135 | P a g e

fauna in the region. During the preparation of floral, faunal detail few books were referred published by

Forest Department like “Van Aushadhini Margdarshika” and all the species found in the surrounding

regions like Bharuch district have also been considered.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of secondary data and generation of

primary data while carrying out ecological survey of the study area.

Step 1: Defining the study area

The study area was larger than the development site as it included adjacent areas that might be directly or

indirectly affected by the proposal.

Step 2: Stratifying the site

When designing a field survey, the study area was stratified (i.e. divide the area into relatively

homogenous units - often referred to as 'environmental sampling units' or 'stratification units'). Stratified

sampling provides a logical, objective and efficient method of undertaking surveys and ensures that the

full range of potential habitats and vegetation types will be systematically sampled.

Step 3: Visiting the site

A preliminary site visit was conducted to refine the initial stratification units, determine the vegetation

types present at the site, assess the vegetation condition and conduct a habitat assessment.

Observations:

The ecology of the study region is categorized as following:

Coastal Biodiversity

Ocypode, Ghost Crab, Eunice, Mole crab are the dominant macrofauna and Polycheate, Nematode,

Cilliates are dominant meio fauna.

Inland Biodiversity

Dry Deciduous type of natural vegetation is spread over the study region as inland flora. The natural

vegetation consists of grassland and open shrubs .Total vegetation of the study region can be summarized

as shown below.

FLORA


136 | P a g e

Following plants are found around the human settlements which are described in Table No. 3.10.1.

Table No. 3.10.1

Scientific name Common Name

Scientific name Common Name

Trees Shrubs

Acacia auriculiformis Bengali Baval Abelmoschus esculentus Bhindi

Acacia nilotica Desi Baval Abubutilon indicum Khapat

Aegle marmelos Bili Barleria prionitis Kapas

Ailanthas excels Ardusa Calotropis gigantean Akdo

Alangium salvifolium Ankol Calotropis procera Akdo

Albizzia odoratissima Kalo Siras Carissa conjesta Karmada

Albizzia procera Killai (kelvo) Cassia auriculata Aval

Azadirachta indica Limdo Cirtus limon Limbu

Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar Clerodendron incerne Vilayati Mendi

Bauhinia racemosa Ashitro Datura metel Dhanturo

Butea monosperma Khakhro Dendrophthoe falcate Vando

Carica papaya Papaya Euphorbia milli Thor

Cassia fistula Garmalo Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasud

Cassia siamea Kashid Hibiscus vitifolius Van Kapas

Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu Jathorpha gossypifolia Ratanjot Black

Cordia gharaf Gundi Jatropha curcas Ratanjot

Dalbergia paniculata Patrali Lantana carnara Lantana

Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Lawsonia inermis Mendi

Eucalyptus species Nilgiri Leea edgeworthii Dussorudi

Ficus bengalensis Vad Nerium indicum Karen

Ficus glomerata Umero Nyctanthus arbortristis Parijatak

Ficus religiosa Pipdo Riccinus communis Divelo (Erandi)

Mangifera indica Amba Tephrosia purpurea Sartankho

Melia azaderach Bakam Limdo Thespesia lampas Paras Piplo

Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Thespesia populnea Paras Piplo


137 | P a g e

Morus alba Shetur Zizyphus nummularia Chanibor

Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Zizyphus oenoplia Boydino velo

Pithecellobium dulce Mithi Amli (Goras

Amli) Herbs

Pongomia pinnata Karanj Argemone mexicana Darudi

Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Aerva sanguinolenta Karadia

Samanea saman Rato Sarasdo Achyranthes aspera Anghedi

Syzygium cumunii Jambudo Arachis hypogea Mungfali F

Syzygium rubecundum Tamun Brassica juncea Rai

Tamarindus indica Amli Bothriochloa pertusa Zenzvo

Tecomella undulate Ragat Rohido Catharanthus roseus Barmasi

Terminalia arjuna Arju Sadad Cassia tora Kunvandio

Terminalia bellerica Behdo Capsicum annum Marchi

Terminalia chebula Herde Centella asiatica Bhrami

Terminalia cranulata Sadad Datura metel Ganthovalo

Dhanturo Terminalia catappa Badam Hibiscus lobatus Tali

Zizyphus mauritiana Bor Ipomoea aquatica Forsk Mali Ni Bhaji

Zizyphus xylopyrus Ghat Bor Melilotus Jangli Methi

Climbers Musa paradisiacal Kela

Ampelocissus latfolia Jungli Ocimum sanctum Tulsi

Asparagus racemosus Satavai Phyllanthus fraternus Bhonya Amli

Bongainvillea spectabilis Boganvel Sesamum indicum Fal

Cucurbita maxima Kolu Setaria italica Chano

Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Sida cordata Bhoya bala


138 | P a g e

FAUNA

Table No. 3.10.2 Details of Wild Life

Common Name Scientific Name Vernacular Name

A. Mammals

Common langur Semnopithecus entellus Vandra

Common mongoose Herpestes edwardsi Nurulia, Noria

Jackal Canis aureus Makadi

Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis Siyar

Grey musk shrew Suncus murinus Chhuchhundar

Fivestriped palm squirrel Funambulus penanti Khiskoli

B. Birds

Indian pond heron Ardeola grayii -

Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis -

Little egret Egretta garzetta -

Indian reef heron Egretta gularis -

Black ibis Pseudibis papillosa -

Blackwinged kite Elanus caeruleus -

Common pariah kite Milvus migrans govinda Samadi

Scavenger vulture Neophron percnopterus -

Crested serpent eagle Spilornis cheela Chotaliyo sapmar

Jungle bush quail Perdicula asiatica Vana lavari

Common peafowl Pavo cristatus Mor

Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus Titodi

Yellow-wattled lapwing Vanellus malabaricus Titodi

Little ringed plover Charadrius dubius -

Green sandpiper Tringa ochropus Leeli tutvari

Blackwinged stilt Himantopus himantopus -

Small Indian pratincole Glareola lactea -

Indian river tern Sterna aurantia -

Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Parevun

Indian ring dove Streptopelia decaocto Dhol

Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis Vana holi

Little brown dove Streptopelia senegalensis -

Roseringed parakeet Psittacula krameri Sudo, Popat

Blossomheaded parakeet Psittacula cyanocephala Tui, Popat

Indian cuckoo Cuculus micropterus -

Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Koyal

Jungle owlet Glaucidium radiatum Ghubad

Spotted owlet Athene brama Chibri


139 | P a g e

Common Indian nightjar Caprimulgus asiaticus Deshi chhapo

Common kingfisher Alcedo atthis Lagothi

Whitebreasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Kalkaliyo

Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Nano patrangiyo

Indian roller Coracias benghalensis Nilkant

Malabar crested lark Galerida malabarica -

Common swallow Hirundo rustica -

Redrumped swallow Hirundo daurica Kenchi ababil

Golden oriole Oriolus oriolus Peelak

Blackheaded oriole Oriolus xanthornus -

Black drongo Dicrurus adsimilis Kalo koshi

Brahminy myna Sturnus pagodarum -

Indian myna Acridotheres tristis Kabar

Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus Kabar

Jungle myna Acridotheres fuscus Vana kabar

Indian tree pie Dendrocitta vagabunda Khakhedo

House crow Corvus splendens Kagdo

Jungle crow Corvus macrorhynchos Girnari kagdo

Goldmantled chloropsis Chloropsis cochinchinensis -

Redvented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Bulbul

Common babbler Turdoides caudatus Sheradi

Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Vana laledo

Redbreasted flycatcher Muscicapa parva -

Whitethroated fantail flycatcher Rhipidura albicollis -

Paradise flycatcher Terpsiphone paradisi Tarwariyo

Jungle wren-warbler Prinia sylvatica -

Tailor bird Orthotomus sutorius Darjido

Striated marsh warbler Megalurus palustris -

Magpie robin Copsychus saularis Daiyad

Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata Deoli

Orangeheaded ground thrush Zoothera citrina Malagir kasturo

Yellowcheeked tit Parus xanthogenys -

Yellow wagtail Motacilla flava melanogrisea Matano pilakya

Large pied wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis -

Purple sunbird Nectarinia asiatica Phul chakli

Yellowbacked sunbird Aethopyga siparaja -

White-eye Zosterops palpebrosa -

House sparrow Passer domesticus Chakli

Yellowthroated sparrow Petronia xanthocollis -

Baya Ploceus philippinus Sughari

Whitethroated munia Lonchura malabarica Pavai munia


140 | P a g e

C. Reptiles

Indian pond terrapin Melanochelys trijuga trijuga Kasaba

Northern house gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis Garoli

Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor Kachindo

Forest calotes Calotes rouxi Kachindo

Southern green calotes Calotes calotes Kachindo

Fan-throated lizard Sitana ponticeriana -

Indian chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus Sarado

Common worm snake Ramphotyphlops braminus An-sap

Common ratsnake Ptyas mucosus Dhaman

Indian cobra Naja naja Nag

D. Invertebrates

Leech Hirudinaria granulose Leech

Earth Worm Megascolex mauripii Earth Worm

The garden spider Araneus diadematus The garden spider

Sand Worm Nereis bumerilii Sand Worm

Millipede Seolopendra marsidens Millipede

House Cricket Acheta domestica House Cricket

Dragon Fly Anax janius Dragon Fly

Grass Hopper Bacillus rossii Grass Hopper

Fly Glossina palpalis Fly

Ant Myrmecocytus setipes Ant

Cockroach Periplaneta americana Cockroach

Mosquito Anopheles maculipennis Mosquito

Honey bee Apis mellificia Honey bee


141 | P a g e

Table No.3.10.3 Details of Fishes

Sr.

No.

Species Sr. No. Species

Marine Fishes

1 White Pomfret 13 Indian Salmon

2 Blach Pomfret 14 Ribbon Fish

3 Bombay Duck 15 Silverbar

4 Thread Fin 16 Perch

5 Jew Fish 17 Smallscineldies

6 Hilsa 18 Shrimp

7 Clupeids 19 Prawans (M)

8 Coilia 20 Prawns (J)

9 Shark 21 Lobster

10 Mullet 22 Crab

11 Cat Fish 23 Levta

12 Eel 24 Leather Jacket

Inland Fishes

1 Catla 11 Mullet

2 Rohu 12 Fel

3 Mrigal 13 Shrimps

4 Kalbasu 14 Prawns (M)

5 Minor Crap 15 Prawns (J)

6 Vallagoattu 16 Bekti

7 Scorpion 17 Crab

8 Murrel 18 Levta

9 Cut Fish 19 Mahseer

10 Bombay Duck 20 Hilsa


142 | P a g e

3.11 SOCIO-ECONONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Socioeconomics (also known as socio-economics or social economics) is the social science that studies

how economic activity affects social processes. In general it analyzes how societies progress, stagnate,

or regress because of their local or regional economy, or the global economy.

In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any new or existing projects in Socio-

economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehension of the people in the surrounding areas.

Socio-economic survey serves as an effective tool for fulfilling this requirement.

The rapid industrialization of the study region has greatly influenced the socio economic and health

environment in the villages. Increasing industrialization and population density has increased pressure on

resources, civic amenities and public infrastructure. Economic conditions of the local people have

improved with the increasing industrialization and greater employment opportunities.

The Socio Economic environment includes demography structure, Population density, literacy Level, and

employment levels. The data establish a baseline for the prediction of likely impacts of the proposed

activity on the socio economic environment. Secondary information pertaining to the study area villages

was collected from Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2001 and 2011, and statistical abstracts

to compile the socio economic data.

3.11.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY METHODOLOGY

Socio-economic survey tools provide a means of improving understanding of local resource management

systems, resource use and the relative importance of resources for households and villages. They can also

be used to elicit insights on interaction with government decision-making systems, community perceptions

of trends and priority issues, and community-based institutions and their role in the sustainable use and

conservation of natural resources.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of secondary data and generation of

primary data while carrying out ecological survey of the study area.

1. Identification of Study Area: The study area was identified before carrying out the survey. All the

related information which could affect the prosperity, development & literacy were also collected.

2. Site Visit: Location wise survey plan & format for data collection were prepared for site visit. Data

regarding Land Characteristics, Population, Literacy, Workers and Amenities were collected during the

survey.

3. Analysis of Data: The data collected by primary survey were verified with secondary data collected

from sources like Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2001 and 2011, and statistical abstracts.


143 | P a g e

3.11.2 DEMOGRAPHY

Almost all Villages in the Study Area are experiencing a rapid growth of population due to

industrialization. The total Population of study region is summarized in Table No. 3.11.1.

3.11.3 POPULATION DENSITY

Population density in the study area varies from 5 – 510 person/sq. km with the total of 5345 person/km2.

There are 14,896 total no. of households in the study area. Details of the same are tabulated in Table No.

3.11.1.

Table No. 3.11.1 Details of Population in Study Area

Villages No. of Household Total population Total area

Hector

Population

density

Person/sq.km

Gandhar 453 2121 6625.8 32

Muler 299 1735 1444.3 120

Paldi 183 832 802.3 104

Vagra 1560 7724 1515.3 510

Aladar 166 830 2170.4 38

Paniadara 514 2563 4144.6 62

Goladara 201 890 841.5 106

Ambhel 159 721 1028.8 70

Limdi 110 539 758.7 71

Vahiyal 250 1170 1827.5 64

Pipalia 316 1609 468.9 343

Pakhajan 255 1286 1681.6 76

Nadarkha 92 447 530.1 84

Narnavi 151 692 666.9 104

Padariya 131 647 539.4 120

Kadodara 420 1995 1325.2 151

Vav 155 727 643.5 113

Sambheti 82 416 351 119

Janiadara 150 729 1036.3 70

Akhod 174 831 863 96

Nandida 160 719 1219.8 59

Khojbal 287 1513 1226.2 123

Sadathala 58 277 440.8 63


144 | P a g e

Bhensali 228 1123 559.6 201

Atali 239 1150 1063.3 108

Galenda 120 611 571 107

Samatpor 79 367 295.4 124

Vadadla 201 822 679.1 121

Dahej 3426 13495 7630.5 177

Lakhigam 1217 4938 1063.3 464

Luvara 385 1663 890.5 187

Jageshwar 383 1571 515 305

Ambheta 347 1552 1516.1 102

Jolva 338 1442 874.9 165

Suva 413 1920 1283.5 150

Rahiad 355 1694 1436.6 118

Koliad 152 676 974.2 69

Kaladara 393 1663 1755.9 95

Vengani 202 908 607.9 149

Aliabet 92 411 8424.1 5

Figure No. 3.11.1: Population Density in the study region

Population Density person/Sq.Km

Gandhar Muler Paldi

Vagra Aladar Paniadara

Goladara Ambhel Limdi

Vahiyal Pipalia Pakhajan

Nadarkha Narnavi Padariya

Kadodara Vav Sambheti

Janiadara Akhod Nandida

Khojbal Sadathala Bhensali

Atali Galenda Samatpor

Vadadla Dahej Lakhigam

Luvara Jageshwar Ambheta

Jolva Suva Rahiad

Koliad Kaladara Vengani

Aliabet


145 | P a g e

3.11.4 SEX RATIO

The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is in range of 812 - 1125 with lowest in Kadodara

and highest in Goladara. The Sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain

sociological aspect in relation to female births, infant mortality among female children. Details of the

same are tabulated in Table No. 3.11.2.

Table No. 3.11.2: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area

Zone of Study Male

Population

Female

Population

Total

Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

Gandhar 1138 983 2121 864

Muler 869 866 1735 997

Paldi 440 392 832 891

Vagra 1729 1667 3396 964

Aladar 265 254 519 958

Paniadara 329 309 638 939

Goladara 32 36 68 1125

Ambhel 626 615 1241 982

Limdi 3924 3800 7724 968

Vahiyal 355 336 691 946

Pipalia 1218 1219 2437 1001

Pakhajan 769 758 1527 986

Nadarkha 863 762 1625 883

Narnavi 287 256 543 892

Padariya 431 399 830 926

Kadodara 1360 1203 2563 812

Vav 462 428 890 926

Sambheti 348 373 721 1072

Janiadara 278 261 539 939

Akhod 794 782 1576 985

Nandida 392 406 798 1036

Khojbal 362 346 708 956

Sadathala 1077 1014 2091 942

Bhensali 473 458 931 968

Atali 401 362 763 903

Galenda 511 483 994 945


146 | P a g e

Samatpor 399 340 739 852

Vadadla 226 217 443 960

Dahej 686 660 1346 962

Lakhigam 482 476 958 988

Luvara 607 563 1170 928

Jageshwar 823 786 1609 955

Ambheta 671 615 1286 917

Jolva 220 227 447 1032

Suva 349 343 692 983

Rahiad 340 307 647 903

Koliad 1018 977 1995 960

Kaladara 378 349 727 923

Vengani 226 190 416 841

Aliabet 361 368 729 1019

3.11.5 LITERACY RATE

The literacy level of the study area is summarized in Table No. 3.11.3 and graphically presented in Figure

No.3.11.2.

Table No. 3.11.3 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area

Village Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Gandhar 800 489 1289 70.30 49.75 60.77

Muler 606 431 1037 69.74 49.77 59.77

Paldi 375 254 629 85.23 64.80 75.60

Vagra 2983 2549 5532 76.02 67.08 71.62

Aladar 341 254 595 79.12 63.66 71.69

Paniadara 1003 652 1655 63.65 62.52 50.60

Goladara 371 260 631 80.30 60.75 70.90

Ambhel 258 184 442 74.14 49.33 61.30

Limdi 229 175 404 82.37 67.05 74.95

Vahiyal 449 338 787 73.97 60.04 67.26

Pipalia 584 442 1026 70.96 56.23 63.77

Pakhajan 548 416 964 81.67 67.64 74.96

Nadarkha 183 142 325 83.18 62.56 72.71


147 | P a g e

Narnavi 283 227 510 81.09 66.18 73.70

Padariya 293 205 498 86.18 66.78 76.97

Kadodara 801 568 1369 78.68 58.14 68.62

Vav 324 251 575 85.71 71.92 79.09

Sambheti 188 128 316 83.19 67.37 75.96

Janiadara 273 238 511 75.62 64.67 70.10

Akhod 340 239 579 78.16 60.35 69.68

Nandida 293 213 506 76.50 63.39 70.38

Khojbal 587 458 1045 75.06 62.65 69.07

Sadathala 94 64 158 69.12 45.39 57.04

Bhensali 446 347 793 76.63 64.14 70.61

Atali 494 363 857 80.72 67.47 74.52

Galenda 243 219 462 77.39 73.74 75.61

Samatpor 154 110 264 84.62 59.46 71.93

Vadadla 331 271 602 79.00 67.25 73.24

Dahej 6704 3266 9970 80.34 63.42 73.88

Lakhigam 2679 1287 3966 85.21 71.74 80.32

Luvara 672 525 1197 76.98 66.46 71.98

Jageshwar 683 617 1300 83.50 81.94 82.75

Ambheta 677 537 1214 83.89 72.08 78.22

Jolva 661 414 1075 81.91 65.20 74.55

Suva 783 644 1427 80.47 68.00 74.32

Rahiad 690 620 1310 80.05 74.52 77.33

Koliad 254 205 459 79.13 57.75 67.90

Kaladara 704 358 1062 75.37 49.11 63.86

Vengani 301 217 518 65.15 48.65 57.05

Aliabet 102 30 132 48.34 15.00 32.12


148 | P a g e

Figure No. 3.11.2: Graph of Literacy Rate

0.00

10.00

20.00

30.00

40.00

50.00

60.00

70.00

80.00

90.00

100.00

Per

cen

tag

e o

f L

itra

tes

Male Female Total


149 | P a g e

Among all the villages of study area Jageshwar is having high literacy rate i.e. 82.75%. The female literacy

rate is quite less as compared to male literacy rate in the study region. Female literacy rate is an important

indicator for social change.

3.11.6 ECONOMIC ASPECTS

Economic aspects of the study area include the economical structure of the people of the surrounding area. It

can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be improved with time, because it consists

large industrial estate and hence there are more employment opportunities.

According to working status, whole population of the study area is divided into,

Marginal workers

Non workers

Main workers

Census department has defined 10 categories of workers in Main workers. It consists of cultivators,

agricultural, labourer those engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying, manufacturing,

processing and repairs in household industries and other services. Workers engaged in the work for a period

less than 6 month during the reference year falls under marginal workers. Workers engaged in unpaid

household duties e.g. students, retired person, dependents etc. falls under non-workers. Detail of

occupational structure is shown in Table No. 3.11.4.

Table No.3.11.4 Details of Occupational Structure

Zone of Study Non-Workers (%)

Total Workers

Main Workers

(%) Marginal Workers (%)

Gandhar 56.7 28.6 14.7

Muler 65.6 31.7 2.7

Paldi 57.3 42.1 0.6

Vagra 64.8 24.4 10.8

Aladar 46.3 49.4 4.3

Paniadara 45.7 22.3 30.1

Goladara 60.9 25.4 13.7

Ambhel 71.0 25.9 3.1

Limdi 71.6 26.7 1.7

Vahiyal 51.5 48.0 0.5

Pipalia 60.3 38.2 1.5


150 | P a g e

Pakhajan 56.8 36.9 6.3

Nadarkha 55.9 44.1 0.0

Narnavi 40.3 32.7 27.0

Padariya 53.8 36.3 9.9

Kadodara 55.5 29.0 15.4

Vav 64.6 32.7 2.6

Sambheti 67.3 32.7 0.0

Janiadara 73.5 18.9 7.5

Akhod 59.9 40.0 0.1

Nandida 32.5 25.9 41.6

Khojbal 65.4 23.9 10.6

Sadathala 51.6 46.9 1.4

Bhensali 61.0 27.1 11.9

Atali 54.5 24.8 20.7

Galenda 71.0 23.2 5.7

Samatpor 68.4 20.2 11.4

Vadadla 59.0 36.9 4.1

Dahej 61.7 33.2 5.1

Lakhigam 53.2 44.1 2.7

Luvara 60.6 38.3 1.1

Jageshwar 69.5 29.6 0.9

Ambheta 68.9 15.1 16.0

Jolva 60.5 33.9 5.5

Suva 72.8 15.8 11.5

Rahiad 69.4 23.1 7.6

Koliad 67.2 15.4 17.5

Kaladara 58.0 41.9 0.1

Vengani 63.0 28.3 8.7

Aliabet 69.8 24.8 5.4

Aladar has significant employment i.e. 49.4% as main workers, while the lowest employment as main

workers in Ambheta i.e. 15.1 %. Most of the villages have more than 50 % people categorized in non-

workers. Although traditionally agriculture has been the mainstay of the people of the region rapid

industrialization in the last two decades have resulted in significant changes in the occupational profile of the


151 | P a g e

local people. There is an overall trend among the youth to opt for employment in service sector and move

away from traditional occupation.

Figure No. 3.11.3 Occupational Structure of Study Area

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

Gan

dh

ar

Mu

ler

Pal

di

Vag

ra

Ala

dar

Pan

iad

ara

Go

lad

ara

Am

bh

el

Lim

di

Vah

iyal

Pip

alia

Pak

haj

an

Nad

arkh

a

Nar

nav

i

Pad

ariy

a

Kad

od

ara

Vav

Sam

bh

eti

Jan

iad

ara

Akh

od

Nan

did

a

Kh

ojb

al

Sad

ath

ala

Bh

ensa

li

Ata

li

Gal

end

a

Sam

atp

or

Vad

adla

Dah

ej

Lakh

igam

Luva

ra

Jage

shw

ar

Am

bh

eta

Jolv

a

Suva

Rah

iad

Ko

liad

Kal

adar

a

Ven

gan

i

Alia

bet

Non Workers (%) Total Workers Main Workers(%) Total Workers Marginal Workers (%)

% o

f W

ork

ers


152 | P a g e

Table No. 3.11.5 Key infrastructure available

No. Description Available around the project

1 Marine Sanctuary No

2 Airports Yes,

Vadodara-90 km

3 Railway station Yes, Bharuch (45 km)

4 Bus Station Yes

5 Highways National Highway No-8

6 School/College In Bharuch, there are primary, secondary, Higher Secondary

and CBSE schools as well as Arts, Commerce & Science

colleges.

7 Hospital In the study area villages have either primary health centers

or sub centers. Some villages have medical facilities within

distance of 3-5 km. Civil Hospital and private experts of

every medicine are available in Bharuch.

Proposed project site is in existing notified industrial estate so all infrastructures needed is available there.


153 | P a g e

CHAPTER-4

IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

As a part of the EIA study, environmental impacts associated with the proposed project have been

identified. Various activities during the construction & operation phase of the proposed project which are

likely to cause an impact on various environmental components have been listed. For evaluation of impacts

due to the proposed project, the baseline data has been utilized. Changes in the environmental parameters

and their impacts-whether short term or long term, positive or negative, reversible or irreversible, direct or

indirect have been identified & predicted.

For the purpose of identification, prediction and quantification of the impacts due to the proposed project,

assessment task was performed for both Construction as well as Operational stage. The impacts caused by

activities of the construction phase are deemed to be temporary in nature and restricted to the period of

construction. The assessment study entails the probable effects likely to occur due to the Construction &

Operational activities of the proposed project. The description is also illustrated in tabular form, which is

commonly known as “Impact matrix”.

List of activities corresponding to the proposed project have been taken into consideration for generation of

cause-condition-effect networks (i.e. chains of events and consequences). This type of method has been

basically advantageous in recognizing the series of impacts that would be triggered by the proposed activities.

The method has proved in providing a “road map” type of approach for the identification of primary,

secondary as well as tertiary levels of impacts.

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL FACETS & PARAMETERS

For the purpose of assessment of anticipated environmental impacts, some environmental facets/regimes

were selected considering the probable impacts. Further, for an in-depth study and assessment of impacts

various parameters were selected. The environmental facets/regimes for existing & proposed scenario along

with the parameters selected for the study are as below:

I. Air Environment

Emission Sources & Quantity

Emission Control Measures/Technology

Environment, Health & Safety Management Strategies


154 | P a g e

Emission & Ambient Air Quality

II. Water Environment

Water Consumption & Wastewater generation

Water & Wastewater Management System/Technology

Environment, Health & Safety Management Strategies

Water & Wastewater Quality

Water Treatment Technologies

III. Land Environment

Potential of Land use & Land cover change

Potential of Land Contamination, Sources & Control Measures

Potential change in Soil Quality

IV. Ecology

Biotic Components (Flora & Fauna) of the area

Change in Habitat and Vegetation

Control Measures, Ecological & Environment Management Strategies

V. Socio Economic Environment

Demographic Characteristics

Employment Potential & Allied Issues

Amenities & Infrastructure

Management Strategies & Social / Community Welfare Plan

Occupational /Community Health & Safety Management Plan

VI. Noise Environment

Ambient Noise Condition

Major Sources of Noise from the Project

Control Measures for high noise area

Environment, Health & Safety Management Strategies/Plan

VII. Occupational Health & Safety


155 | P a g e

Nature & Type of Operation works

Raw Material and its management (Handling, Storage & Transportation)

Operational Hazards & Control Measures (Precaution & Prevention Measures)

Management Strategies & Planning for Employee Safety, Welfare & Health

Occupational Health & Safety Plan

Emergency Measures & Action Plan

Disaster Management Plan

4.3 TYPES & NATURE OF IMPACTS CONSIDERED

The impact can be classified in various categories depending upon various aspects. Typical types of impacts

considered for the present study are described below:

Direct (Primary) and Indirect (Secondary) Impacts:

Direct impacts occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social or economic

component. These effects are generally associated with the construction, operation, or maintenance of a

facility or activity which are obvious as well as quantifiable. Indirect impacts on the environment are those

which are not a direct result of the project involving a number of factors, often produced as a result of a

complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also known as secondary or even tertiary level impacts.

These are generally induced changes in the environment, population, economic growth and land use.

Short-term (Temporary) and Long-Term (Permanent) Impacts:

Impacts can be short-term or long-term depending upon the persistence or duration of the impacts. The

duration of impacts have a lot to do with the project phase in which they occur: pre-operational (e.g.,

construction), operational, or post-operational (e.g., after project completion or commissioning).

Positive (Beneficial) and Negative (Adverse) Impacts:

Even though the term "environmental impact" has come to be interpreted in the negative meaning, many

actions have significant positive effects that should be clearly defined and discussed. This is particularly

appropriate for redevelopment or corrective actions whose specific purpose and need is to mitigate any

undesirable condition.

Cumulative Impacts:

Cumulative impacts are those environmental impacts that result from the incremental impact of the proposed

action on a common resource when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions.


156 | P a g e

The assessment of cumulative impacts is difficult in part due to the exploratory nature of the possible future

actions and in part due to the complex interactions that need to be evaluated when considering collective

effects. Water and air quality modelling provides a means to study effects of cumulative impacts.

4.4 CONSIDERATION OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES & COMPONENTS

It is very essential to study the project activities & components cautiously to identify the sources, potential,

extent & significance of the impacts as well as to suggest & provide mitigation measures for the abatement

of the identified impacts. Hence in the EIA study, data of the project activities & components along with the

study of surrounding units & its operation was done very precisely. The study revealed that there would be

some impacts on the environment due to the proposed project and its activities. Major details of handling,

storage & transportation of fuel, production processes, operation & use of utilities & overall management

practices of proposed project were collected and studied from the records made available by the proponent.

The main activities of the project and associated environmental impacts are described below and are

documented for the purpose of the EIA Study.

Major Activities & Associated Potential Impacts

No. Activity of the Project Potential Impacts without Mitigation

A. Construction Phase

1. Construction of necessary buildings,

structures & shed

Transportation of construction materials,

equipments and machineries.

Local temporary impacts because of air

contamination due to dusting & emissions

during loading/unloading of construction

materials.

Noise generation due to construction activities.

Stress on water resource due to consumption of

water in construction activity.

Construction waste generation & land

contamination.

Occupational health hazards associated with

construction works.

Employment of local workers during

construction phase.


157 | P a g e


2 Installation & commissioning of

Machineries & Equipments

Local temporary impacts caused by noise

generation & air contamination due to welding,

cutting, etc. works.

Occupational health hazards due to mechanical,

electrical and allied works.

3 Site development for Greenbelt &

Landscaping Major impacts are beneficial but will lead to

negligible (almost Nil) adverse impacts during

site preparation activity.

B. Operation Phase

1 Operation of Machineries/

Equipments Impacts on ambient noise due to Noise &

Vibrations.

Occupation Health issues associated with

operational hazards (mainly thermal/heat,

mechanical, fire & electrical, noise, vibration)

2 Handling & transportation of

materials Impacts on air due to airborne dust & fuel.

Noise generation due to transportation vehicles.

Fugitive emission due to coal handling.

Occupational health issues associated with

operational hazards.

Risk associated with Fire & Explosion Hazards

due to coal & Hazardous chemical storage

3 Combustion of fuel gas Impacts on air due to stationary & secondary

(fugitive) emission mainly from boiler,

Incinerator, D.G.Set and Reactor vessel.

Generation of ash, flue gases due to operation of

the boiler.

Stress on ecological structure due to change in

Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of various

pollutants in emissions


158 | P a g e


4 Allied operations (maintenance &

services of machineries &

equipments etc.)

Temporary local impacts on Air Environment

due to fugitive emissions.

Temporary local impacts on Noise Environment

due to noise generation.

Contamination of water due to wash down of

contaminants from work site in storm water

drainage.


operational hazards (mechanical, electrical,

heat, fire, noise, vibration, etc.)

5 Water consumption, wastewater

generation & management

Stress on water resources due to water

consumption.

Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater.

Potential of contamination of water or land

caused by disposal of untreated /poorly treated

effluent/sewage.

Hazardous waste generation from treatment of

wastewater and contamination of land due to

disposal /leakage/spillage of waste

6 Solid/hazardous waste generation &

management Soil contamination due to the solid/hazardous

waste handling/storage/ leakage /dumping on

land.

Impacts due to air borne materials from the

solid/hazardous waste storage area.

8 Administrative, domestic & other

activities Impacts on land environment due to

sewage/solid waste generation & disposal.


159 | P a g e

4.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.5.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

(A) CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The impacts normally occur with the site preparation activity. As the proposed project will be located in SEZ

region, impacts due to the change in land use or land cover are not envisaged. Further, as the land acquired is

a part of industrial zone, it is almost levelled. During the construction phase of the proposed project, some

temporary impacts on environment are likely to occur due to site preparation activities like construction and

erection of the different units of the industry. The site preparation activities like levelling, grading, laying

foundation, etc. shall be undertaken.

Clearance of vegetation is not required for the proposed project as it is a Non-Agriculture land. Further, the

proponent has also planned to develop a comprehensive greenbelt for the project which shall lead to

beneficial changes in land use & land cover. The greenbelt development will also result in many beneficial

secondary & tertiary impacts like improvement in ecological condition, prevention of air pollution,

abatement of noise etc.

Some minor impacts on land are also envisaged due to spillage & leakage of fuel from construction

equipment as well as contamination of land due to construction material. However, the impacts are not

significant as the land impacted by the temporary construction material shall be cleared off immediately.

Further, the proponent has planned to prevent any kind contamination of spillage & leakage by providing

well lined/paved area for the works having potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or any other material. Hence,

issue of contamination of land due to mixing of fuel or construction material with soil would not arise.

Some of construction activities like excavation for foundation, clearing, leveling the sites and vehicular

movements will entail change in the landscape, which are expected to be of short duration and not much

significant. Excavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/tarpaulin sheets or stored

in closed room and reused for landscape development along the corridor.

During the construction other impacts on land may occur because of disposal of sewage & garbage

generated during the construction works from domestic activities of the engineers, officials & other workers.

Hence, considering the probable impacts, the proponent has planned to provide sanitation facilities in the

unit for the staff engaged in construction work. This shall prevent the impacts due to waste dumping on land.

Strict adherence to sanitation activities shall be followed for the proposed project. The sewage shall be


160 | P a g e

disposed off through the septic tank/soak pit system only and not disposed on land. Thus, impacts on land

due to sewage or domestic waste are least envisaged.

(b) OPERATION PHASE

During the operation phase, it is identified that the impacts on land would occur due to the contamination by

solid/Hazardous wastes and untreated sewage/effluent. Beside these, there would not be any major source of

impacts on land during the operation phase. The details of the land requirement and planning for development

of the proposed units have already been described in Chapter-2 along with the layout showing details of land

utilization for industrial activities/structures/infrastructures as well as greenbelt. The proponent is aware of

such potential sources of impacts on land, hence it is planned to implement efficient most mitigation

measures to minimize/eliminate the probable impacts.

The Hazardous wastes are the major source of impacts on land. The detail of the solid waste generation is

described below.

Hazardous Waste Details

No Type of waste Category Qty. MT/

month

Treatment Disposal

1 ETP waste & salt from

MEE

34.3 1115.0 Dried,

packed in

bags

Disposed off into

TSDF, BEIL,

Ankleshwar & SEPPL,

Dahej & Kutch


carboys

Incinerate into own

Incineration system

and or sell to registered

recycler

3 Discarded containers 33.3 1.0 De-

contaminated

, stored

Sell to authorized

recycler

4 Incineration ash 36.2 18.0 Packed in

bags

Sell to brick

manufacturer

5 Process waste &

residue

29.1 463.0 Packed in

drums/bags


processing or


Incineration system

and or sent to SEPPL,

Dahej & Kutch

6 Spent carbon from

ETP

35.3 0.5 Packed in

drums/bags


processing or



161 | P a g e

Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

7 Used rubber hand

gloves/pipes etc

X-08 0.2 Packed in

drums/bags


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

All the Hazardous wastes generated from the proposed project will be managed as per the guidelines of

MoEF/ CPCB. Proponent will provide approximately 1,140 sq.meter of area for the storage of hazardous

waste. The proponent has also got membership of ICHWMF of SEPPL attached as Annexure-IV.

ETP Sludge & MEE salt shall be sent to TSDF of BEIL, Bharuch or SEPPL, Dahej & kutch for final

disposal. Used oil will be sold to registered refiners and discarded containers will be sold to approved scrap

dealer. Process waste & residue will be sent for co-processing or incinerated in to own incinerator and/or sent

to SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch. Spent carbon form ETP will be Sent for Co-processing or will be incinerated in to

own incinerator and/or sent to SEPL, Dahej & Kutch. Incineration ash will be sold to brick manufacturer.

Used rubber hand gloves/pipes etc will be incinerated in to own incinerator and/or sent to SEPL, Dahej &

Kutch

The development of a comprehensive greenbelt shall also entail significant beneficial impacts on the land

environment in order to compensate any accidental minor impacts caused on the same. The greenbelt will

significantly help to protect the land from erosion and contamination by preventing the airborne dust to travel

to longer distances from the source. As mentioned earlier, the project has proposed a very good wastewater

management facility with proper disposal facility and disposal on land shall be strictly prohibited. Hence, the

issue of contamination of land due to wastewater is also not envisaged.

Thus considering the above description of probable impacts, waste generations and planned mitigation

measures it is envisaged that there will not be any major impacts on the land environment during the

operation phase as well as the construction phase.


162 | P a g e

4.5.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

(a) CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During the construction phase, civil works shall be carried out, hence the dust is expected to be generated

from site preparation activities. However, the impacts due to the emission & dust would be restricted to the

project site and will be of short term only. As a part of mitigation measures, it has been proposed to arrange

sprinkling of water for dust suppression as well as temporary barricading structures shall also be provided to

reduce carryover of particulates away from the construction area.

Due to the gaseous emissions from equipments/machineries engaged in construction activities, minor

impacts on ambient air quality are envisaged. However, to further reduce the potential of impacts, necessary

mitigation actions like shutdown of machineries when not in use as well as sprinkling of water on stock

piles, cover excavated materials by sheets etc. will be made compulsory. The project also proposes

construction of paved roads, hence dust emissions due to construction vehicles within the premises shall be

minimized.

Air pollutants like PM, SOx & NOx are likely to be emitted from the exhaust of transport vehicles and other

machineries. To further reduce the impacts, mitigation measures such as provision for PUC certificate for

vehicles, shutdown of idle vehicle, regular checking and maintenance of the vehicles etc will be undertaken

during the construction phase.

Fugitive emissions from the storage, handling & transportation of construction work may pose impacts on

the air environment. Hence it is planned to provide properly designed & constructed storage area to prevent

the fugitive emissions while handling of the construction materials. Further during the transportation of

construction materials like cement, the truck used for transportation would be covered properly in order to

minimize the material loss. Some of the loading/ unloading operations are likely to cause fugitive dust

emissions which shall be mitigated by proper loading/unloading procedures.

The impacts on ambient air quality during construction phase will be only for short duration, reversible in

nature and restricted to small area. Hence looking to the overall scenario, it can be concluded that the

impacts on air due to the construction & erection activities will be minimum or negligible. It is also

concluded that by implementing proper mitigation measures, the adverse impacts will be almost eliminated

or minimized to the lowest extent of damage.


163 | P a g e

(b) OPERATION PHASE

As it has been described earlier in Chapter-2, the operational activities will have considerable sources of

stationary & fugitive emissions. These emissions shall result in long-term impacts on the air quality.

Baseline data indicates that Ambient Air Quality at the project site and in the surrounding study area is well

below the limits prescribed under the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). To determine the

significance of impacts of proposed project with reference to the baseline air quality, detailed study has been

carried out for various emissions from the proposed project. The impacts on the air quality have been

assessed for the proposed operation of boiler, incinerator and process stacks. The major air pollutants

anticipated are Particulate Matter, Oxides of Nitrogen and Sulphur dioxides from boiler and process stack.

The emission rate of conventional air pollutants, during operation phase, have been calculated based on the

emission factors given in USEPA Factor Information Retrival System and from the actual analysis data

provided by the client. The other relevant data for running of the model such as stack height, stack top &

internal diameter, stack gas velocity, flue gas temperature, etc. have been taken based on the information

provided by client.

Sr. No. Particulars

Details

1.0 Capacity of steam boiler 30 TPH

1.1 Fuel used Coal


1.3 APC MDC & ESP

1.4 Height of chimney 55 meters

2.0 Capacity of Incinerator 1000 kgs/hr solid

2.1 Fuel used LDO/FO


2.3 APC Ventury scrubber

2.4 Chimney 21 meter

3.0 Stack attached to Reaction vessel

3.1 APC Two stage alkali scrubber

3.2 Height of vent 11 meters

3.3 Pollutants SO2< 40 mg/Nm3

NOx: < 25 mg/Nm3


164 | P a g e

Impacts on the Air Quality

The impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of sources is evaluated by using of

mathematical models. When air pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, they are diffused into

atmosphere, transported and diluted due to winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate these

processes mathematically and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind air quality.

The inputs include emissions, meteorology and surrounding topographic details to estimate the concentration

of the conservative air pollutants. The Industrial Source Complex – Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) model

has been developed to simulate the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. The ISCST-3

model was adopted from the USEPA guideline models and routinely used as a regulatory model to simulate

plume dispersion and transport. ISCST–3 (Steady-state Gaussian Plume Dispersion Model) is extensively

used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative pollutants from point, area and

volume sources. The impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air quality model keeping in

view the plain terrain at the project site. The maximum ground level concentrations of PM10, SO2 and NOx

were computed using hourly meteorological data during the study period.

The additional considerations made in the prediction are as under:

The flue gas volumetric rates & source strength was calculated based on the ultimate analysis of the

fuel and its loading rate. Excess air has also been added to the actual air requirement for combustion.

Details about the proposed stack are also presented.

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT with no flag poles.

Emission rates from the point sources were considered as constant during the entire period.

The mixing height for the region from CPCB’s publication “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height &

Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India” has been considered in the model.

Meteorological data for the project area has been obtained for the period starting from March 2015 to

May 2015. Wind rose diagram for the same has been provided in Chapter-3.


165 | P a g e

Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Concentration of SOx


166 | P a g e

Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Concentration of NOx


167 | P a g e

Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Concentration of PM


168 | P a g e

Result

It may be noted from the computed results for the proposed scenario that the maximum 24 hourly average

GLC value for the proposed scenario is 0.256 g/m3 for SO2, 0.092 g/m3 for NOx and 0.113 g/m3 for

Particulate Matter.

Incremental Increase

For the purpose of the impact assessment, the more relevant determination for anticipated pollutants is the

incremental increase in the background concentration rather than the determination of maximum GLC

values. In the present study, an attempt has been made to determine the increase in the concentration of PM,

SO2 and NOx for villages where the ambient air quality stations were established through a substitution of

relevant data in the ISCST-3 model. The resultant concentration thus obtained along with the background

levels is present in Table 1.

Table 1: Resultant Concentration Value

Location Background Average

Conc. Incremental Conc. Resultant Conc.

Particulate Matter µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :100 µg/m3)

Project Site 93.7 0.000 93.7

Luvara 89.9 0.099 89.999

Lakhigam 85.7 0.035 85.735

Jageshwar 86.1 0.035 86.135

Ambetha 86.7 0.031 86.731

Dahej 89.5 0.113 89.613

Vadadla 83.4 0.021 83.421

SOx µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3)

Project Site 12.8 0.000 12.800

Luvara 14.9 0.233 15.133

Lakhigam 16.4 0.075 16.475

Jageshwar 13.6 0.075 13.675

Ambetha 16.1 0.074 16.174

Dahej 15.8 0.256 16.056

Vadadla 15.1 0.047 15.147

NOX µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3)


169 | P a g e

Location Background Average

Conc. Incremental Conc. Resultant Conc.

Project Site 24.6 0.000 24.600

Luvara 24.3 0.083 24.383

Lakhigam 28.4 0.026 28.426

Jageshwar 24.6 0.027 24.627

Ambetha 28.4 0.026 28.426

Dahej 25.3 0.092 26.392

Vadadla 24.6 0.017 24.617

Interpretation

When predicted 24 hourly ground level concentrations of SOx, NOx and Particulate Matter (PM) emissions

from the proposed source is added to background average monitored values, resultant values remain well

below the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards at all the location. Therefore, no significant

impact is anticipated on the ambient air quality of the area due to the proposed source.

As part of precautionary measure, to minimize the likely environmental impacts on air environment due to

the proposed project, necessary mitigation measures are also described in the following section. Further, it is

emphasized that all the emission have to be strictly controlled as mentioned in the mitigation measure.

Fugitive emission:

The operational activities will have considerable sources of stationary & fugitive emissions. The following

coal handling system shall be carried out for the proposed project.

(i) Coal Handling System:

A standard Coal Loading/ Unloading, Storage and Handling System shall be developed & implemented. A

separate coal storage area with covered yard shall be provided. Unit will require 8 MT/h coal for 30 TPH

boiler. EMP shall be formulated for proper handling of coal. Measures shall be as under:

The vehicle carrying coal should be covered with tarpaulin and effective measures shall be taken during

unloading of coal to avoid fugitive emission.

The company shall provide water spraying system for coal wetting before unloading from truck to reduce

the dust level significantly.

Handling and transportation of coal shall be carried out in such a way that there shall not be any dusting

or fugitive emission.

Coal shall be stored in a closed shed.


170 | P a g e

Coal screening, if necessary, shall be carried out in a closed shed. Workers shall be given necessary PPE.

Water sprinklers shall be used to control the fugitive dusts.

To control the fugitive dusts from coal handling, adequate moisture content shall be retained in the stock.

Regular Air monitoring and inspection of the environmental management practices shall be carried out

and the necessary documents & records shall be maintained.

A fire hydrant system line is also provided for immediate response to the unlikely spontaneous

combustion in the storage yard.

(ii) Other Measures:

The coverage of greenbelt around the plant also acts as a natural barrier to stop the carryover of dust

along with the wind current outside the plant premises. The impacts on air environment are likely to be

barricaded within the premises in presence of the Green belt.

Regular cleaning & maintenance of the air pollution control system will be carried for proposed project.

(iii) Utility emissions

Unit shall provide D. G. Set of 1500 KVA, which will be as a stand-by arrangement where in diesel will

be used as a fuel. The D.G.Set have been provided with adequate stack height of 11 meter to control the

emission.

To control the emission form the Boiler unit shall provide Multi Cyclone Duct collector & ESP and

adequate stack height of 55 meter shall be provided.

To control the emission form the incinerator, unit shall provide ventury scrubber as APC device and 21

meter stack height.

Emission from the reaction vessel shall be controlled by providing two stage alkali scrubber.

4.5.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT


During the construction phase, water will be required for civil works and for the domestic activities. The

water requirement during construction work will be a temporary requirement and the quantity will not be

significant as construction works will be moderate in size.


171 | P a g e

Water requirement has been cited mainly for preparation & mixing of concrete, cooling of construction

equipment, usage in spray and sprinklers for dust suppression etc. The water will be sourced from private

tankers. Minimum withdrawal is advisable for construction work and care shall be taken to avoid wastage of

water during the construction phase. Moreover, groundwater will not be drawn for the construction

activities; hence no impacts on groundwater resources are anticipated.

There would not be any kind of effluent generation during the construction phase; hence issue of effluent

disposal & hence impacts due to its disposal shall not arise. Proponent shall provide drinking water & to the

all construction workers & truck drivers. However, some impacts may arise due to disposal of untreated

sewage but for prevention of such chances, proper sanitation facilities such as septic tank/soak pit shall be

provided.

Due care shall be taken to see that the construction equipments are washed properly only at designated

washing area. Construction activity may also cause formation of stagnant pools of water, due care shall be

taken to avoid such conditions as it may lead to unhygienic conditions.

Hence, it can be concluded that all identified the impacts on water during the construction phase shall be

insignificant by following proper conservation and sanitation practices. As mentioned earlier, these impacts

will also be temporary in nature and limited to the construction phase only. In addition to this, proper and

effective Environmental Management Planning will be implemented to minimize the temporary effects.

(b) OPERATION PHASE

During the operation phase total water requirement shall be approx. 384 KLD ( 10 KLD domestic + 364

KLD industrial and 10 KLD for gardening), which shall be sourced from GIDC water supply. Here water

consumption & effluent generation worked out on maximum water consumption & effluent generated

product i.e. 3,6 Di Chloro 2 Methoxy Benzoic acid. Since proposed unit is a water intensive industry,

effluent generated shall have an adverse effect on the final discharge source if not treated adequately. Total

Industrial wastewater generation will be 234 m3/day. Out of which about 136 m3/day of effluent generated

from the process & balance 98 m3/day of normal effluent from utilities and washing. For treatment of

process effluent, the project proposes an adequately Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) consisting of collection

tank, Neutralization tank, Filtration unit, Holding Tank followed by MEE. Wastewater generated from

Boiler, cooling, washing & scrubber will be treated in R.O plant. R.O permeate will be recycled and about

122 m3/day of condensate from MEE and 10 m3/day of RO rejection; total 132 m3/day will be treated in soil


172 | P a g e

Biotechnology treatment scheme & treated effluent will be disposed off into treated Effluent Drainage line

of GIDC Dahej for ultimate disposal into Arabian Sea. Sewage will be treated in septic tank/soak pit system.

Further, accidental/ emergency disposal of poorly treated or untreated effluent may cause impacts on the

water environment. Even such disposal may contaminate the groundwater if disposed off on land. Hence,

regular maintenance, monitoring & checking of Treatment Plant & its functioning shall be carried out by the

Environment department. All necessary requisites or materials shall be provided for adequate functioning of

the Effluent Treatment Plant. Strict adherence to the disposal norms and prevention of disposal on land or

other water body shall be taken care of.

Rainwater harvesting is also proposed along with to meet the partial water reducing withdrawal of water

from the supply source. Thus, no direct impacts on ground water resources are anticipated and the impact on

surface water resource due to water use will also be minimized through rain water harvesting. Hence, no

major impacts on water environment are envisaged in presence of an effective Environment Management

System.

a. Impacts on Ground Water

The proposed project will not have the potential of impacting the ground water quality and quantity in a

significant manner in the long term during the operation phase. The water requirement will be met through

GIDC supply and there will not be any toxic material release in the sub soil region, hence no adverse impacts

on ground water are envisaged.

b. Impacts on Surface Water

Surface water quality in the study area was compared to IS:10500 (1991) for evaluation. Most of the

parameters are observed to be within the limits of the IS Standard. Since the amount of wastewater to be

discharged shall be disposed off only after proper/adequate treatment, no impacts on surface water quality

are envisaged.

Thus with a recycle/reuse & Rainwater Harvesting Plan, the impacts of freshwater abstraction would be

reduced greatly. Furthermore, the resource conservation by recycling/reuse will also be beneficial to the

environment as proposed project would establish its significance in Sustainable Development Actions.


173 | P a g e

The details of Water Requirement as well as Wastewater/Sewage generation & Management for the

proposed project is illustrated below as Water balance Diagram with planned recycling / reuse of treated

wastewater.


Looking to the overall scenario of water & wastewater management, since there shall be no use of the

groundwater resources, no impact on drainage pattern and there shall be recycling of wastewater to achieve

minimum discharge goals, no significant & considerable impacts on the water environment will be

envisaged.

4.5.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


During the construction phase, impacts on noise environment of the area will occur due to the noise

generation from construction equipments, machineries, mechanical works as well as some impact due to

transportation. Mainly the impacts of increased noise levels during construction are likely to occur due to


Total Water Consumption: 384 M3/day (Fresh: 296 + Recycle from RO: 88 M3/Day)

Domestic: 10 Processing: 90 Cooling: 195 Boiler: 54 Washing: 20 Scrubber: 5 Gardening: 10

136 66 7 20 5

Holding tank: 132 M3/Day

Soil Biological Treatment

Treated effluent pipe line

Arabian Sea

Collection tank: 136

Neutralization tankCa(OH)3: 9.02 MT/Day

Filtration 17.89 MT/Day ETPsludge to TSDF

Holding tank: 133

MEE Condensate from MEE: 122

25 MT/Day of Salt to TSDF

RO Plant: 98 RO Permeate: 88 Recycle

RO Rejection: 10

Treated effluent holding tank


174 | P a g e

increased movement of trucks and other diesel powered material handling equipments. These impacts on

noise will be minimal in presence of noise abatement technologies and shall be confined within the project

site itself. Even in the route of the major transportation, no considerable human settlement is observed since

the unit is to be located in SEZ region. Thus the noise impacts of transportation on the surrounding

environment would be insignificant. However, movement of trucks and machinery shall be strictly regulated

during daytime to reduce the impacts of increased noise.

The impacts of noise during the construction phase would be restricted to the construction site only and will

be only temporary in nature. The impacts on ambient noise levels shall be thus eradicated itself with the

completion of construction. However, the issue of impacts of noise on personnel engaged in construction

works shall be controlled by implementation of adequate mitigation measures. For this purpose, Personal

Protective Equipments like ear muffs shall be provided. In furtherance, loud horn in the vehicles shall not be

allowed. Regular maintenance & lubrication of construction equipments & machineries shall be undertaken

to reduce the noise generation. Idle vehicles, construction equipments & other machineries shall be turned

off to avoid unwanted noise generation. Thus it is envisaged that the impacts on noise environment during

the construction phase would be insignificant after incorporating proper mitigation measures. Further it is

also understood that the impacts caused by the increase in noise level would not be considerable as there is

no major human settlement/locality in the vicinity of the project site.

(b) OPERATION PHASE

During the operation phase, the noise anticipated from the proposed project shall be confined only within

the plant boundary and more precisely within the source area. The level shall be further minimized when the

noise reaches the plant boundary and the nearest residential areas beyond the plant boundary, as elaborate

green belt development is envisaged for attenuation of noise. The main sources of noise within the plants

will be reactors, boiler, air compressor, transferring pumps as well as operation of D. G. Set (only in case of

power failure).

For abatement of noise arising from equipments/machineries; acoustic enclosures, silencers or

mufflers, anti-vibrating pads shall be provided, wherever possible.

Ventilated control pulpits will be provided for working in noisy areas.

Vibration isolation will be provided for fans.

Regular monitoring of noise pressure level will be conducted inside and outside shops.

Checking leakage in high pressure steam pipelines and carrying out maintenance.


175 | P a g e

Providing silencers in exhaust line of steam vents.

Regular checking of vibration level in boiler feed water pumps.

The issue of impacts of noise levels on personnel employed in high noise generating areas shall be

controlled by providing Personnel Protective Equipments like ear muffs in order to mitigate the adverse

health effects. The adequate greenbelt developed in and around the plants shall greatly serve as an efficient

barrier for prevention of noise propagation outside the plant premises.

All the equipments/machineries operated in the proposed project shall be designed/operated in such a way

that the noise level in work place shall not exceed 85 dB (A) as per the requirement of Noise Pollution

(Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000.

4.5.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT


As described in various sections of the report, the site of proposed project is already within an SEZ area.

There is no wildlife sanctuary, park or forest area within 10 km radial periphery of the project site. The

impacts of construction are most likely to be restricted within the site. Hence, issue of impacts on ecology

during the construction phase are least envisaged. It has been envisaged that no major impacts on ecology

would occur as the impacts shall be restricted to the site, during the construction phase. However, it is

suggested to provide some standard mitigation measures like sprinkling of water on soil stock piles &

unlined land area, prevention of runoff from the site and storage of construction materials like cement in

enclosed storage area.

Such mitigation measures shall ensure that there is no carry-over of air borne particulate matter on the

nearby habitual area. Also it is planned to transport the construction materials like cement & soil in closed

trucks to prevent the air borne particulates during the transportation activities. It is also recommended to

avoid night traffic & loud noise in trucks to prevent any kind of considerable impacts on nearby habitual

area.

(b) OPERATION PHASE


176 | P a g e

As mentioned above, there is no wildlife sanctuary, park or forest area within 10 km radial periphery of the

site. Only some scattered flora around the project site and only some common fauna are reported dwelling in

the area. Further, it is also proposed that the project site shall be provided with good boundary-plantation

and all necessary mitigation measures for control of air pollution and noise beyond the site premises. Also

as described in the section of air environment, the emission from the proposed project would not be

significant to cause any damage to the habitual area as all necessary & efficient modern air pollution control

technologies are already planned to prevent impacts on air environment and on the ecology of the nearby

area. Further, with respect to the local terrestrial ecological component, it has been noticed that the impacts

due to the proposed project would not be considerable as there would not be any major source of pollution

to have impact on ecology of the area. Even the most considerable source of pollution-emission, is not likely

to cause any harm to the local agricultural & terrestrial ecological components as the incremental GLC

values for the surrounding area are found almost negligible for all the pollutants. Besides this, the issue of

deposition of particulates emitted from the project is also found to be insignificant to cause any damage to

the nearby area as the proponent has planned efficient control measures by creating a green belt to serve as a

barrier for preventing the escape of particulates outside the plant boundary.

The chances of impacts on aquatic ecology of the river Narmada and Arabian sea may arise only if any

pollutant is discharged into it. But as mentioned earlier, most of the wastewater is planned to be

reused/recycled within the premises and the remaining shall be disposed off into Arabian Sea after adequate

treatment in the proposed treatment unit. However, it is recommended that the proponent shall plan &

provide an adequate storage facility to store the untreated or poorly treated effluent in case of any

emergency and in such case, poorly treated or untreated effluent shall not be discharged into the River or on

Land to avoid the impacts on the ecology of the region.

Thus considering the present situation of the ecology in the area, it is envisaged that there will not be any

adverse impacts on ecology but the Greenbelt developed in the premises of proposed project will have

significant beneficial impacts on ecology.

4.5.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT


The temporary employment generated during construction and commissioning of proposed project will have

slight beneficial impacts on the economic environment. Since, local labour will be sought for construction


177 | P a g e

and installation of the machinery; it will result in benefits to the economic condition of the area.

Approximately 100 nos. of local workers shall be hired during the construction phase.

The project area is well connected with road networks and hence issue of traffic and transport infrastructure

is not envisaged. Since the project location is in SEZ region, the nearest locality is situated such that

nuisance due to noise generation is also not envisaged. However, the minor impacts of vehicular noise are

envisaged which will be mitigated by avoiding night transport activities. Even some high noise generating

construction activities will also be conducted in day time only.

Thus it is envisaged that the construction phase of proposed project would not pose any adverse impacts on

the socio-economic layout. In fact the project shall entail positive/beneficial impacts on the socio-economic

environment.

(b) OPERATION PHASE

Similar to the construction phase, the operation phase shall provide significant opportunities for employment

in skilled, semiskilled & unskilled categories. This would multiply economic opportunities, and henceforth

enhance the livelihood patterns of this region. The proposed project would require appx. 150-170 personnel

for operation works and maximum of the human resource requirement shall be met by local employment.

Thus the proposed project would considerably be beneficial to the socioeconomic conditions of local area.

Welfare activities along with employment done by project proponent shall improve the socio-economic

condition as well status of health & education in the region.

Thus looking to the overall scenario of activities & probable impacts of the proposed project, it has been

envisaged that there shall be an overall improvement in socio-economic layout of project area which shall be

the key benefit of the proposed project. The adverse impacts shall be almost none during the operation phase

of project.

4.5.7 IMPACTS ON SAFETY & HEALTH


During the Construction phase, some effects on occupational health and safety of the employees working in

the site are envisaged. Major health issues encountered will be physical & accidental hazards.


178 | P a g e

Drinking water and sanitation facilities shall be provided to all construction workers and truck drivers

during the Construction & Operation phase. All plans and construction schedule will be followed as per the

relevant laws approved by competent authority, so as to minimize the occupational health hazards. With

effective implementation of the mitigation measures, proper care and training for the safety aspects to be

followed during working hours, the occupational health and safety impacts can be controlled.

(b) OPERATION PHASE:

Following measures shall be undertaken for Health & Safety of the employees during the operation phase.

Sr.

No.

Environmental

Attribute

Impacts on Environment Mitigation Measures

1

Safety & Health

Major health issues encountered

shall be physical hazards &

accidental hazard during the

operation phase

Emergency preparedness plan shall be

implemented.

First aid/other emergency treatment

shall be provided.

Sr.

No.

Environmental

Attribute

Impacts Mitigation Measures

1

Safety & Health

Major health issues encountered

will be physical & accidental

hazards during the construction

work, installation works &

vehicular movement.

Workers shall be well equipped with

necessary PPEs like helmets, goggles,

safety mask, ear plugs, safety shoes,

etc.

Incident / accident reporting system

shall be developed and all the workers

shall be made aware about the same

Periodic inspection & testing of

construction equipments &

machineries shall be done


179 | P a g e

Workers/employees shall be well

equipped with personal protective

equipments

Only authorized persons shall be

allowed inside the plant.

A health monitoring program shall be in

place to monitor the health of the

persons working on the site to ensure

the health status of all concerned.

Fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers

shall be installed at different locations

within premises.

Suitable notices / boards shall be

displayed at designated locations

indicating appropriate hazard warnings.

Good house-keeping shall be ensured

within the factory premises.

Yellow lines for man movement &

material movement passage area to be

segregated and marked with distractive

visual display

4.5.8 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN:

According to the proposed requirement of raw material, average 15-20 trucks are envisaged on a daily basis.

Moreover, additional 02 nos. trucks for finished product transportation are also envisaged through

roadways. For transportation of fuel average 8-9 trucks will be required on daily basis. Hence, on an average

30 nos. of trucks are envisaged on a daily basis.

As, discussed earlier, YRPL will develop a good network of internal peripheral roads in the plots for the

safety and access requirements to various buildings and yards. Moreover, the project site is located in a

well-developed SEZ region of Dahej with necessary infrastructure facilities. The access roads to the plant

premises are well developed and maintained throughout the year. Also, SEZ Dahej is well connected with

road and rail.


180 | P a g e

The proposed project is in SEZ area, thus it will use the present, well developed road network of SEZ.

Therefore traffic increased due to the project will not be an issue.

However, as a part of EIA study the EMP for traffic management is presented in the following table:

Traffic Management Plan

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic within and outside the facility for the duration

of the construction phase and operation phase

Concern Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jam outside and within the

premises.

Impacting

activity

Mitigation

measures

Measures for management

Location &

Timing

Responsibility Monitoring

Vehicular

movement

Controlled

vehicular

movement

(preferably with

clearly

demarcated

entry/exit) with

adequate

supervision

Within and immediately

outside the site -

Construction &

operation phase

Contractor/

Project Manager

during

construction

phase.

Security and

concerned

departments

during operation

phase.

Security-in charge

and security team

Demarcation of

separate

vehicular lanes

and pedestrian

routes

Within the site -

Construction &

operation phase

Contractor/

Project Manager

during

construction

phase. Security

and concerned

departments

during operation

Security team


181 | P a g e

phase.

Vehicle entry

and exit

scheduling so

that traffic

congestion is

not created on

the external

road leading to

the site

Within and immediately

outside the side -

Construction &

operation phase

Contractor/

Project Manager

during

construction

phase.

Security and

concerned head

of department

during operation

phase.

Security-in charge

and security team

4.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION

DURING CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION PHASE

Electricity shall be used during construction to provide power to construction equipment and in operation

for lighting of buildings and running utilities equipments. Electricity consumption shall be kept at a

minimum when possible by adopting electricity conservation measures.

The project proponent shall ensure that the contractor selected to construct the project shall implement best

management practices to conserve renewable resources.

For conservation of energy, following measures shall be adopted:

YRPL shall train and educate employees in areas of energy conservation.


182 | P a g e

YRPL shall carry out regular internal and external audits to identify areas for improvement and

benchmark performance continuously against the best.

Energy efficient machineries shall be used during the operation phase.

Installation of economizer & high efficiency burner on steam boilers

Energy audit shall be conducted on a regular basis.

External lights shall be controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on timings.

The cable size shall be selected so as to minimize the power losses.

The power factor improvement capacitors shall be provided individually for AC loads.

Use of VFDs for various utilities in variable load application to optimize pump and air handling unit

performance, wherever required.

Automated day light control, and use of LED wherever feasible.

Installation of improved insulation over the High Pressure (HP) steam line to reduce the heat loss.

Use of FRP blade on Cooling Tower.

Use of solar energy for lighting street & ETP area

Awareness among employee towards switch off the AC/lights when not in use.

4.7 MATRIX ANALYSIS FOR IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Matrix methods are basically generalized checklists where one dimension of the matrix is a list of

environmental, social & economic factors likely to be affected by the proposal. The other dimension is a list

of actions associated with the development. These relate to both construction and operation phases. Here

each cell represents likely impacts resulting from the interaction of a facet of the development with an

environmental feature. With some matrices, qualitative representation of the impact importance and

magnitude are inserted in individual cells.

Matrices provide cause-effect relationships between the various project activities and their impacts on

numerous environmentally important sectors or components. They are a graphic tool for display of impacts

to the audience in a manner that can be easily comprehended.

The impacts of different project activities on various environmental components like ecology,

environmental pollution, aesthetics and socio-economics have been summarized in the form of a matrix and

are presented in Table 4.1 & 4.2 for construction phase and in Table 4.3 & 4.4 for the operation phase.


183 | P a g e

To depict the impact potential associated with each activity, a two-dimensional Matrix System has been

employed with defining impact magnitudes of each cause. All the impacts are confined to the study region

of 10-km radius from the Plant boundary. The summary shows the influence of the Environment

Management Plan (EMP) i.e. impacts predicted for both, with and without EMP. The MATRIX System

assumes the following:

The environmental indices identified can be classified into the following:

Physical Parameters : Surface water quality

Ground water quality

Air quality & Climate

Soil Quality

Land use pattern & Topography

Ecological Parameters : Forests/ Parks/ Sanctuary

Flora & Fauna

Aquatic ecosystem

Social Parameters : Aesthetics

Local Housing structure : Health & Safety

Economic Parameters : Agriculture

Industries

Employment

The assessment of the impacts of general impacting activities on the above parameters of environmental

indices can be done by establishing a co-relation by “Cause and effect relationship” with the help of impact

matrices.

The matrices for both the construction and operation phase are presented, where the environmental impacts

are prepared for two conditions:

i. Without mitigation/control measures.

ii. With proposed mitigation measures for adverse / beneficial effects.


184 | P a g e

The various criteria for evaluation of qualitative matrix are explained herewith:

1. No Impact (0) :

This indicates that the project activity is unlikely to have any impact on an environmental attribute.

2. Negligible Adverse Impact (-1) / Negligible Beneficial Impact (+1) :

It signifies that the actions have minor effect, adverse or beneficial, on the environmental parameters

concerned.

3. Significant Adverse Impact(-2) / Significant Beneficial Impact (+2) :

The activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be significant if they create, or have the

potential to create concern in the public or professional community.

4. High Adverse Impact(-3) / High Beneficial Impact (+3):

The action that can create or have a potential to create controversy in the public or professional community

due to its long-term effect. They may be at times irreversible.


185 | P a g e

Table 4.1: Construction Phase: Matrix Evaluation without mitigation measures

PROJECT ACTIVITIES

PARAMETERS

Exca

vati

on

Wate

r R

equ

irem

ent

Con

stru

ctio

n

Mec

han

ical

Work

s

Sit

e C

leara

nce

& P

lan

tati

on

Mach

ine

Op

erati

on

Lan

dsc

ap

ing

Back

Fil

lin

g

Su

rface

Pavin

g

Dom

esti

c &

Mis

c. A

ctiv

itie

s

Tra

nsp

ort

ati

on

act

ivit

ies

Dem

an

ds

of

faci

liti

es

TO

TA

L

PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS:

Surface Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -3

Ground Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Air Quality & Climate -1 0 -1 -1 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -2 0 -7

Soil Quality -1 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -6

Landuse pattern -1 0 -1 0 -1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0 -3

ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS:

Forest/ Park/ Sanctuary 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Flora & Fauna 0 0 -1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

Aquatic Ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

SOCIAL PARAMETERS:

Aesthetics -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 1 0 0 -1 -1 0 -4

Local housing structure 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Health & Safety -1 0 -1 -1 0 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -5

ECONOMIC PARAMETERS:

Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Industries 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1

Employment 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 11

TOTAL -4 -1 -4 -2 0 -1 4 -4 1 -3 -4 1 -17


186 | P a g e

Table 4.2: Construction Phase: Matrix Evaluation with mitigation measures

PROJECT ACTIVITIES

PARAMETERS

Exca

vati

on

Wate

r R

equ

irem

ent

Con

stru

ctio

n

Mec

han

ical

Work

s

Sit

e C

leara

nce

&

Pla

nta

tion

Mach

ine

Op

erati

on

Lan

dsc

ap

ing

Back

Fil

lin

g

Su

rface

Pavin

g

Dom

esti

c &

Mis

c.

Act

ivit

ies

Tra

nsp

ort

ati

on

act

ivit

ies

Dem

an

ds

of

faci

liti

es

TO

TA

L


Surface Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2

Ground Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Air Quality & Climate -1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 -1 0 0

Soil Quality -1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

Landuse pattern -1 0 -1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 -1



Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Aquatic Ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

SOCIAL PARAMETERS:

Aesthetics -1 0 -1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0


Health & Safety 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1


Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Industries 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -2

Employment 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 11

TOTAL -3 -1 -1 2 4 1 5 0 1 -1 -1 0 6


187 | P a g e

Table 4.3: Operation Phase: Matrix Evaluation without mitigation measures

PROJECT ACTIVITIES

PARAMETERS

Pla

nt

Op

erati

on

s

Wate

r R

equ

irem

ent

Tre

atm

ent

& D

isch

arg

e

Em

issi

on

s fr

om

pro

cess

sta

cks

Fu

git

ive

emis

sion

s

Nois

e gen

erati

on

Haz.

Wast

e gen

era

tion

Mate

rial

Sto

rag

e &

Ha

nd

lin

g

Sp

ills

& L

eak

s

Bre

ak

dow

n o

f C

on

trol

Eq

uip

men

t

Tra

nsp

ort

ati

on

act

ivit

ies

Dem

an

ds

of

faci

liti

es

TO

TA

L


Surface Water Quality 0 -2 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 0 0 -6

Ground Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -2

Air Quality & Climate -1 0 0 -2 -1 0 0 -1 0 -3 -2 0 -10

Soil Quality 0 0 -1 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 -1 0 0 -4

Landuse pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



Flora & Fauna 0 1 0 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -4

Aquatic Ecosystem 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 -3

SOCIAL PARAMETERS:


Services 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3

Health & Safety -1 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -3 -1 0 -11


Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Industries 1 0 1 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -1 0 -3

Employment 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 9

TOTAL 3 -1 -1 -5 -3 -2 -1 -1 -6 -14 -3 3 -31


188 | P a g e

Table 4.4: Operation Phase: Matrix Evaluation with mitigation measures

PROJECT ACTIVITIES

PARAMETERS

Pla

nt

Op

erati

on

s

Wate

r R

equ

irem

ent

Tre

atm

ent

& D

isch

arg

e

Em

issi

on

s fr

om

pro

cess

sta

cks

Fu

git

ive

emis

sion

s

Nois

e gen

erati

on

Haz.

Wast

e gen

era

tion

Mate

rial

Sto

rag

e &

Ha

nd

lin

g

Sp

ills

& L

eak

s

Bre

ak

dow

n o

f C

on

trol

Eq

up

.

Tra

nsp

ort

ati

on

act

ivit

ies

Dem

an

ds

of

faci

liti

es

TO

TA

L


Surface Water Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -2

Ground Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1

Air Quality & Climate 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 -3

Soil Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1

Landuse pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0



Flora & Fauna 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 0

Aquatic Ecosystem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1

SOCIAL PARAMETERS:


Services 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3

Health & Safety 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 0 -1


Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Industries 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0 1

Employment 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 9

TOTAL 5 0 3 -1 0 0 0 1 0 -7 0 3 4


189 | P a g e

The matrix analysis has revealed that the proposed project would be posing significant adverse as well as

positive impacts on the environment. From the overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded

that the overall negative impacts from various activities on different environmental parameters are

negligible with proper EMP in place. Even some of the negative impacts can be converted into positive

beneficial impacts with proper and timely implementation of EMP. Hence, the project can be considered

environmentally safe & fit.


190 | P a g e

CHAPTER-5

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

5.1 GENERAL

Environmental Monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development & ensuring effective

implementation of Environmental Management Plan & Mitigation Measures. It also updates the

environmental management system for effective conservation of environment in-line with the ongoing

project activities/operation. A periodic Environment Monitoring Plan enables environmental management

system with early forecasts for additional action required and modification of ongoing actions for

environment management, improvement & conservation. It provides the exact idea for mitigation measures

to be implemented as it is linked with actual distraction of environmental quality due to the project

activities. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters of environmental quality is very essential in the routine

activity schedule of the project operation. Thus, a well implemented Environmental Monitoring Plan

enables the proponent to identify the deviation of environmental quality due to the proposed project

activities.

5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

The environmental monitoring plan efficiently identifies gaps in the environmental management system,

predicts early signs of need of additional action in order to modify ongoing actions for environment

management, improvement & conservation. It provides a regular assessment of mitigation measures

implemented for abatement of the possible environmental impacts likely to occur due to the activities of the

proposed project, as it is linked with actual deviation of environmental quality. Hence, monitoring of critical

parameters of environmental quality is an essential activity to be included in the routine schedule of project

operation. An Environmental Monitoring Program shall be scheduled for the following major objectives:

To verify the results of the impact assessment study.

To assess the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during the project operation/activities.

To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical.

To monitor the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan & implementation of mitigation

measures planned.

To identify any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition in order to plan

additional mitigation measures.

To ensure that new parameters other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not

become critical on account of commissioning of the project.


191 | P a g e

To monitor effectiveness of Control Measures following steps shall be undertaken:

Monitor daily to assess the effectiveness of the Control Measures being implemented, explore the need

to modify or add new Control Measures particularly, if a violation is observed & reported.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters shall be carried out to find out any deterioration in

environmental quality.

Monitoring of the proposed project area will be regularly conducted. The attributes which merit

regular monitoring are specified below.

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS TO BE MONITORED

For the proposed project, YRPL shall develop a well-established environmental and safety department

which shall undertake measures for environmental protection and mitigation of environmental impacts.

Several measures shall be proposed for minimizing the adverse impacts of the proposed project. These shall

be implemented as per the proposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance with environmental

regulations and also to maintain healthy environmental conditions within & around the unit.

A major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with long term monitoring aimed

at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in the natural environment that could be

associated with the plant activity. This is essential to determine whether the changes are in response to a

cycle of climatic conditions or are due to impacts of the plant activities. In particular, a monitoring strategy

shall ensure that all environmental resources which may be subject to contamination are kept under review

and hence monitoring of the individual elements of the environment shall be done.

During the operation phase, Environmental Management Department (EMD) shall undertake all the

monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in

the Environmental Monitoring Program shall be implemented by the EMD by following an implementation

schedule.

In case of any alarming variation in ground level concentration of ambient air, stack emissions, work zone

air and noise levels, performance of effluent treatment facilities etc. and the same shall be discussed in the

EMD and the variance from norms shall be reported for immediate rectification action at higher

management level. In addition to the monitoring program, the following shall also be done to further ensure

the effectiveness of mitigation measures:


192 | P a g e

Internal environmental audits shall be carried out to check the compliance with standards / applicable

norms by in-house experts.

Hazardous wastes shall be handled and disposed off strictly in accordance with Hazardous Wastes

(Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008.

Promotion of Energy Optimization Technology including periodic energy audits.

Stacks installed shall be provided with stack monitoring facilities like port hole, ladder, etc.

The environmental aspects that are to be monitored for proper implementation and effectiveness of various

mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during the design and commissioning stage of the proposed project

are described hereunder:

5.3.1 Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring of ambient air quality at 7 locations (one is upwind direction and one is downwind direction and

two at reference points) within the plant premises is already being carried out and additional locations shall

be selected after the proposed project. Monitoring shall be carried out for Respirable Suspended Particulate

Matter (RSPM), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen

(NOx), VOC, HC, NH3, chlorine, HBr, H2S, CS2. These shall be regularly monitored for the compliance of

prescribed limits of CPCB / GPCB.

5.3.2 Plant Stack Emissions Monitoring

The proponent shall carry out periodical monitoring for proposed stacks. Continuous Emission Monitoring

System (CEMS) will be installed for Stacks. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx in flue gas stacks shall be analysed to

assess the performance of pollution control facilities installed for the unit. In In case emissions are found to

exceed the norms, the ‘on duty’ personnel shall check the relevant parameters and take appropriate

corrective actions

Along with the performance test of main plant, equipment performance test & Calibration of pollution

control equipment shall be made on a regular basis. EMD shall also be a part in the preliminary and final

acceptance tests.

A detailed maintenance schedule shall be drawn for all pollution control systems. The maintenance shall be

done strictly as per the schedule.


193 | P a g e

5.3.3 Effluent Quality



Balance 98 m3/day of normal effluent from cooling tower, boiler blow down, scrubber & floor/container

washing will be treated in Reverse Osmosis plant. About 122 m3/day of condensate from MEE and 10

m3/day of RO rejection; total 132 m3/day will be treated in soil Biotechnology treatment scheme & treated

effluent will be disposed off into treated Effluent Drainage line of GIDC Dahej for ultimate disposal into

Arabian Sea. 88 m3/day of RO permeate will be reused in the process. Domestic wastewater i.e. 7 m3/day

shall be treated in existing Septic tank/soak pit.

The proponent shall regularly carry out periodical monitoring of the effluent, which is discharged to GIDC

pipeline. Various parameters shall be analysed to assess the performance of different treatment units. In

case, emissions are found to exceed the norms, the ‘on duty’ personnel shall check the relevant parameters

and take appropriate corrective actions. A detailed maintenance schedule shall be drawn for the ETP. The

maintenance shall be done strictly as per the schedule.

5.3.4 Noise Quality

Noise levels shall be measured at the source of generation. Various noise attenuation measures will be taken

at the design stage for the proposed project. However, in case of high noise generating equipments which

are not frequented by the plant personnel, the area shall be clearly marked as ‘High Noise” area and the

employees shall be provided with personal protective equipment like ear plugs/ear muffs before entering

such areas.

After the commissioning of the proposed project, the Noise level monitoring shall be carried out once in a

month at selected locations. Data obtained after noise monitoring shall be carefully evaluated to identify

changes, if any. Gross deviation from the baseline will require a thorough review of operations at the

proposed project to identify the reasons of high noise generation.

5.3.5 Solid / Hazardous Waste Generation & Utilization

Maximum re-cycling and utilization of generated waste as per guidelines shall be done. Hazardous waste

shall be disposed off as per applicable statutory conditions.

Moreover, the EMC will monitor and keep a record of

- Generation of solid/Hazardous wastes


194 | P a g e

- Disposal of balance solid / hazardous materials to a proper facility with authorization from the State

Pollution Control Board.

- Prepare a site manual on the total program and activities.

- Environmental monitoring data on regular basis.

5.3.6 Green Belt Development

Unit shall maintain a well-developed greenbelt area within the factory premises. Total 19,996 m2 of

greenbelt area shall be developed and around 2800-3000 nos. of trees shall be planted. The following plan

shall be implemented for greenbelt development in the proposed project.

Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted shall be made. The

fulfillment of the plan shall be monitored by the EMC every six months.

A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in the monthly meetings. Any abnormal death rate of

planted trees shall be investigated and acted upon immediately.

Watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be carried out for the following years.

5.3.7 House Keeping

The Safety Department will keep a very close monitoring of the housekeeping activities and organizing

regular meetings of joint forum at the shop level (monthly), zonal level – (once in two months) and apex

level (quarterly). The individual shop concerns will be taking care for the house keeping of different shops.

5.3.8 Occupational Health And Safety

Unit shall prepare key safety measures for the proposed project in area of Occupational Health & Safety.

Routine medical examination of personnel shall be carried out and a systematic programme for medical

check-up at regular intervals shall be carried out as well as recorded in form no: 32 & 33. Regular health

check up for employees shall be carried out to ascertain any changes in health condition due to the working

conditions.

5.3.9 Socio-Economic Development

The proposed project will improve the infrastructure & economic conditions of the locality thereby,

uplifting the social development of the same. It is suggested that the plant management should have

structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures taken by the industry and also to

elicit suggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area.


195 | P a g e

5.4 MONITORING PARAMETERS & FREQUENCY

The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring shall be as following:

TABLE 5.1: POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Sr. No. Item Parameters Frequency

1. Ambient Air quality PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, VOC, H2S, HCl,

Cl2, CS2 & HC

Monthly

2. Stationary Emission

from stacks

PM, SO2, NOx Monthly

3. Treated effluent pH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD Alkalinity,

Chloride, Calcium, O&G, Iron etc.

Monthly

4. Noise Equivalent noise level - dB (A)

(min. 10 locations)

Monthly

5. Greenbelt Number of plantation (Units), Number of

Survived Plants/Trees, Number of Poor

Plant/Trees

Yearly

6. Environmental Audit As per Directions of Hon. High Court,

Gujarat

Yearly

7. Renewal of Consents

and Authorization

Renewing consent to operate under

applicable acts

90 days before

expiry of validity

8. Compliance of EC

conditions

Submission of 6 monthly compliance

reports.

Half yearly

9. Water cess Filing annual returns for cess incurred on

water consumption.

Yearly by 30th

Sept

10. Medical surveillance

program

The health status of all the workers in

respect of occupational health hazards.

Half yearly


196 | P a g e

5.5 MONITORING METHODOLOGIES:

Monitoring of environmental attributes shall be collected as per the guidelines provided by

MoEF/CPCB/GPCB. The methods followed shall be recommended/standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB.

TABLE 5.2: METHOD ADOPTED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING/ANALYSIS

Attributes

METHOD

Sampling / Preservation Analysis

A. Air Environment

1. Micro meteorological data

2. Ambient air quality

Mechanical/automatic

1. Mechanical or automatic

weather station/ Meteorological

Department

2. Samplers (Designed as per

USEPA) to collect PM 2.5, PM

10 and the gaseous samples

-----

Any standard methods such

as IS 5182 & CPCB

guideline, ASTM etc.

B. Noise Instrument : Noise level meter -

C. Water & Waste Water

Standard methods for

examination of water and

wastewater analysis published

by APHA 21st edition

Standard methods for

examination of water and

wastewater analysis

published by APHA 21st

edition


197 | P a g e

5.6 PROGRESS MONITORING AND REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of

the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented in the project. The monitoring and evaluation of the

management measures are critical activities in implementation of the project. Monitoring involves periodic

checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback

for the project management to keep the programme on schedule.

Table 5.3: Reporting System for Environmental Monitoring Plan

Sr. No. Details Indicators Stage Responsibility

A. Pre-Construction Stage: Environmental Management Indicators and Monitoring

Plan

1 Suitable location for

dumping of construction

wastes has to be

identified.

Dumping locations Pre-

construction

Project Dept.

B. Construction Stage: Environmental Condition Indicators and Monitoring Plan

1. Dust suppression at

construction site

Construction site Construction Project Dept

2 The parameters to be

monitored as per

frequency, duration &

locations of monitoring

specified in the

Environmental

Monitoring Programme

Air quality Construction Project Dept.

through

approved

monitoring

agency

C. Operation Stage: Management & Operational Performance Indicators

1 Solid waste generation,

utilization and dumping

As per guidelines of

statutory bodies

Operation Concerned Plant

Units / EMD

2 Hazardous waste

dumping, storage and

disposal as specified by

statutory authorities.

As per the notifications

/ guidelines specified

by statutory

authorities.

Operation -Do-

3 Stack Emissions from

Process & de-dusting

All parameters as

specified for stacks of

different units by

Operation Concerned Plant

Units / EMD


198 | P a g e

Sr. No. Details Indicators Stage Responsibility

stacks Statutory Authorities

4 Meteorology, Ambient air

quality, Waste water

discharge through plant

outfalls and Noise levels.

All parameters as

specified by Statutory

Authorities

Operation -Do-

Emergency Procedures

The proponent shall develop DMP for tackling any emergency situations. For the proposed project, suitable

emergency procedures will be formulated and implemented at the design stage itself for tackling emergency

situations.

Emergency situations arising out of non-functioning of air pollution control systems and inter-locking

of the systems.

Emergency situations arising out of non-functioning of ETP and suitable storage facilities for effluent

generation.

5.7 LABORATORY FACILITIES

Laboratory will be set up with manpower and facilities for self-monitoring of pollutants generated in the

industry. The laboratory will be equipped with basic instruments and chemicals required for monitoring &

analysis.

Water: pH, Temp, BOD, SS etc.

Ambient Air: PM10, SO2, NOx, PM2.5 etc

5.8 DOCUMENTATION & RECORDS

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will maintain following

records:

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control

Log sheet for self-monitoring of pollution control

Manual for monitoring of Air, Water for Ambient conditions

Instruction manual for monitoring of water, solid and gaseous parameters discharged from the factory

and also for various parameters of pollution control facilities.


199 | P a g e

Stationary records as per the Environmental Acts.

Monthly and annual progress reports.

5.9 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMS

On a regular basis, environment management cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the materials,

technologies, services & maintenance works. The cell shall make an appropriate budget for this purpose.

Regular records review for change in financial requirements of environment management shall be done and

appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Budget for environmental management shall also be

prepared and revised regularly on requirement.

COST BREAK-UP FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS)

No. Particular

Total

Capital

(INR lacs)

1

Total EMS Cost

(including Air Pollution Control Measures,

Wastewater treatment, Solid Waste Management,

Environmental Monitoring,

Environmental Audit, Greenbelt development)

1913.00

TOTAL 1913.00

RECURRING COST PER ANNUM

No. Particular Proposed (Rs. In

Lacs/annum)

1 Environment & safety Management system 1450

2 Green belt maintenance 240

3 Solid waste Disposal 600

TOTAL 2290.00


200 | P a g e

CHAPTER-6

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.1 GENERAL

In order to support the environmental impact assessment and environmental management plan, following

additional studies have been included in the report.

Risk assessment (Part - 01)

Disaster Management Plan (Part - 02)

Occupational Health and Safety (Part - 03)

6.2 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY

The study in this report has specifically been conducted considering the Terms of References (TORs) given

by the Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF for EIA study. The following points have been covered under

this report:

The study has been carried out with a view to comply the following TOR points:

Specific TOR No. 13.: Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals /solvents.

Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Specific TOR No. 14.: Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in

handling of toxic materials.

TOR No. 41.: Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control needs to be addressed and included.

TOR No. 42.: Occupational Health:

a. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned

hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can

be preserved.

b. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers. If the workers' health is being

evaluated by pre designed format, chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far &


201 | P a g e

Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data

of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex; duration of exposure and department wise.

c. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

d. Action plan for the implementation of OHS standards as per OSHAS/USEPA.

e. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.


202 | P a g e

PART - 1 RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY


203 | P a g e

6.3 GENERAL

Risk analysis involves the identification and assessment of risks to which the neighbouring populations are

exposed as a result of hazards present. Hazard and risk analysis involves extensive study and thorough

knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this

information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum

credible accident studies.

“Risk” is the undesired event and probability of occurrence of accident, injury or death, which occurwithin a

specific period or under specified circumstances. It arises all of a sudden at the most unexpected time &

gives birth to an emergency situation which can create a high potential havoc.

“Hazard” is the source or physical situation with a potential for harm in terms of injury, ill health or damage

to the property. Hazard may also cause damage to the work place environment or combination of these two.

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. is going to handle various chemicals, some of which are hazardous in nature

by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination

of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial

plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety

Engineering, such as, Hazard Analysis and Qualitative/Quantitative Risk Assessment have been developed

to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants, the same has been discussed in

detail under their respective headings.

6.4 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the

neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge

of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is

difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident

studies.

It provides basis for:

The type and nature of its On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan and,

The types of safety measures required.


204 | P a g e

Risk assessment is carried out for the following objectives:

1. To identify hazard and risk resulting from the hazards

2. To study and foresee the effects of such risks on the workers, public, property and environment and to

find out necessary control measures to prevent or minimize risk.

3. To comply the legal requirement by various safety and environment laws of the country like

o The Factories Act, 1948

o The Gujarat Factories Act, 1963

o The Environment Protection Act and Rules, 1986

o Hazardous waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989

o Public Liability Insurance Act & Rules, 1991

o Chemical Accident, (Emergency, planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

4. To get the necessary information for Emergency planning and evacuation.


205 | P a g e

6.5 DETAILS OF STORAGE FACILITIES

The storage facilities for the major hazardous chemicals have been marked on the Plot Plan given below:

Figure-6.1.

Hydrogen Storage

SO2 Storage

MeCl Storage

Storage

Explosive Tank Farm


206 | P a g e

Table 6.1 A: Proposed Storage Details of Hazardous Raw Materials

Sr.

No.

Name of Raw

Materials

Monthly

Req.

Max.

Storage

Cap.at

Site

Mode

of

Transp

ort

from

supplie

r to site.

Mode of

transfer

from

storage

to plant.

Storage

Temp.

&

press.

Contain

er Type

Cap. Of

Single Unit

Possible

Type of

Hazards

Control Measures proposed

1 25 Dichloro

Nitro benzne

700000

kgs

546000

kgs

Road

tanker -

truck

Pipeline 75 C &

atm

press.

Tank 273000 kgs Spillage/To

xic

PPEs shall be used. Bund will

be provided.

2

98% Nitric

acid

217000

kgs

56000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipeline RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 28000 kgs Corrosive Full protective clothing,

including helmet, self-

contained positive pressure or

pressure demand breathing

apparatus, protective clothing

and face mask shall be used.

Will be stored in well ventilated

place.

3 98%

Sulphuric acid

955000

kgs

180000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipeline RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 90000 kgs Corrosive Full protective clothing,

including helmet, self-

contained positive pressure or

pressure demand breathing

apparatus, protective clothing

and face mask shall be used.

Will be stored in well ventilated

place.


207 | P a g e

Bund will be provided.

4 Ortho

dichloro

nitrobenzene

20000 kgs 38000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 38000 kgs Spillage/To

xic

PPEs shall be used. Bund will

be provided.

5 46% KOH lye 659000

kgs

175000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 87500 kgs Slightly

hazardous.

Proper bund area will be

provided & shall be handled in

closed circuit.

6 (50%)

Caustic lye

269000

kgs

175000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 87500 kgs Slightly

hazardous.

Splash goggles, Full suit, vapor

respirator, boots gloves shall be

used. Consult a specialist

before handling.

7 Toluene 65000 kgs 26000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 26000 kgs Fire &

explosion

Separate approved explosive

storage area, proper earthing,

lightening arrestor will be

provided & FFEs shall be kept

available.

Appropriate PPEs will be used.

8 Xylene 125000

kgs

26000

kgs

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 26000 kgs Fire and

explosion

Same as Toluene.

9 Diesel 30000 lits 30000

lits

Road

tanker

Pipe line RT &

Atm

press.

Tank 30000 lits Fire Shall be stored in an isolated

area. PPEs will be used. House

keeping will be maintained

properly. No hot work will be

carried out in near by area.


208 | P a g e

Appropriate FFEs shall be used.

10 Carbon

dioxide

143000

kgs

80000

lits

Road-

Cryogen

ic tank

Pipe line 75 C &

42 bar

Tank 2000 lits Asphyxiant

& cold bite

Separate storage place & shall

be handled in closed circuit

with emergency kit and

appropriate PPEs.

11 Sulphur

dioxide

216000

kgs

63000

kgs

Toner Pipe line 75 C &

7 bar

Toner 900 kgs Highly

Toxic.

Separate storage place & shall

be handled in closed circuit

with emergency kit and

appropriate PPEs.

12 Methyl

chloride

305000

kgs

42000

kgs

Toner Pipe line 75 C &

10 bar

Toner 600 kgs Toxic Separate storage place & shall

be handled in close circuit with

emergency kit and appropriate

PPEs will be made available.

13 Hydrogen gas 25000 kgs 700 kgs Cylinde

r rack

(bank)

Pipe line RT &

42 bar

Cylinde

r rack

(bank)

140 kgs Fire and

explosion

Gas detector, PRS, etc will be

installed. Appropriate FFEs

will be made available.

14 Catalyst 870 kgs 250 kgs HDPE

carboys

Manuall

y

RT &

Atm

press.

HDPE

carboys

10 kgs Hazardous Shall be kept in wet condition.

15 Methanol 109 tons

monthly

generatio

n

25 MT Road

Tanker

Pipe line

(from

plant to

storage)

Ambien

t

Tank 25 MT Fire Separate approved explosive

storage area, proper earthing,

lightening arrestor will be

provided & FFEs shall be kept

available.

Appropriate PPEs will be used.


209 | P a g e

Table 6.1 B: Properties of Hazardous Chemicals

Sr.

no

CH

EM

ICA

L

Ph

ysi

cal

Sta

te

FP

, oC

BP

, o

C

SP

.

GR

@

20

oC

Vap

. D

en.

vs.

air

Vap

. P

r.

mm

Hg @

20

oC

LE

L

%

UE

L

%

LD

50 O

RA

L

mg/k

gs

LD

50

DE

RM

AL

mg/k

gs

LC

50 m

g/L

IDL

H V

alu

e b

y

AC

GIH

/NIO

SH

ST

EL

by O

SH

A

(PP

M)

TL

V-T

WA

by

OS

HA

(PP

M)

1 Xylene

(F,E) Liq.

21-

27

135-

155 0.88 3.7 0.9 KPa 1 7.1

4300

(Rat) 12400 4550 -

655

mg/m³

15

minutes

435

mg/m³ 8

hours

2 Toluene

(F,E) Liq. 4.4

110.

6 0.86 3.2 3.8 KPa 1.3 7 636 14100 440 - 150 100

3 Hydrogen

(E) Gas NA

-

252.

8

0.069 0.07 NA 4 75 NA NA 3124 NA NA NA

4 Sulphur

Dioxide (T) Gas NA -10

1.45 at -

10 oC 2.2 3.3 bar - - - - 2520 100 ppm - 2

5 Methyl

Chloride(F) Gas NA

-

24.2 0.92 2.47 490 kpa 8.1 17

1800

mg/kg -

2566

ppm/4

h rat

2000 ppm - -

6 Methanol Liq 12 64.5 0.79 1.1 12.26

kPa 6 36

5628

mg/kg

[Rat].

20 mg/kg

(Rabbit)

64000

ppm

(Rat)

200 310 200 ppm


210 | P a g e

6.6 RISK ASSESSMENT

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance. Hazard states the

characteristics of system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. All the components of a

system/plant/process need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating

an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an accident.

IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

At Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd., major risks have been identified for the following areas:

Explosive Tank Farm

SO2 Storage

MeCl Storage

Hydrogen Storage (Near Production Bldg. in open space)

As a conservative approach, we have analyzed the risk Qualitatively and Quantitatively both.

In this study:

Storage & Handling of Toluene, Xylene, SO2, MeCl & Hydrogen Gas have been considered for

Consequence Analysis. Their storage location has been shown in Figure-6.2. Hazardous properties of these

chemicals have been summarized in Table 6.2 B.

Storage & Handling of Solvents like Flammable & Toxic Chemicals, Corrosive Chemicals, Solid

Chemicals, Caustic Lye (50%) have been considered for Qualitative Risk Assessment.

6.7 QUALTITATIVE RISKS

Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipments cannot be addressed completely by

Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these risks have been considered separately under this

topic. The approach is to identify hazards associated in operation of equipments as well as in processes,

assessing its impacts, ranking the risk posed by it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation

measures such that the risk is minimized to tolerable level.

The Risk Matrix presented below should be referred in evaluating this assessment.


211 | P a g e

In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analyzed using methodology called HIRA-Hazards

Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities carried out by plant personnel as well

as contract labors have been considered.

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:

1. Storage and Handling of Toxic Chemicals (like SO2, etc.)

2. Storage and Handling of Flammable Chemicals (like Toluene, Xylene, etc.)

3. Storage & Handling of Corrosive Chemicals (like Nitric Acid, Sulphuric Acid, etc.)

4. Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals

5. Storage & Handling of Caustic Soda Lye (50%) & KOH Lye (46%)


212 | P a g e

6.7.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF TOXIC CHEMICAL (like SO2 etc.)

[√] Risks and Recommendations:

Sr.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL RISK

PROPOSED

MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATIONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

1. Tonner Storage

Area/ Transfer

of SO2 from

Tonner.

Spillage /

Leakage.

Skin/Eye

irritation.

Toxic

Vapor

inhalation.

2 C M Only trained operators

will be allowed to

work in this area.

Emergency Kit shall

be kept available.

PPEs like self-

contained breathing

apparatus and

chemically protective

clothing, gloves etc.,

shall be used.

Adequate Ventilation

will be provided to

storage area.

Inspection (for pumps,

flange joints etc.) will

be carried out on

4 B L 1. SOPs to be prepared

and followed.


213 | P a g e

regular basis.

Storage, Handling &

Maintenance will be

done as per standard

rules and regulations.

6.7.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS (like Toluene, Xylene etc.)


SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL RISK

PROPOSED

MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATIONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

1. Unloading from

Tanker.

Spillage/

Leakage.

Generation of

static charge.

Fire

Explosion

Burn injury.

Fatality.

Damage to

equipments

and

facilities.

2 D H Bund wall will be

provided.

Spill containment kit

shall be made

available to contain

the leakage.

Earth Relay

mechanism shall be

provided for tankers.

Appropriate PPEs like

4 C M 2. SOPs to be prepared

and followed.

3. Foam type fire

extinguisher to be

provided.

4. Fire monitor with

provision of

connection of foam to

be provided.

5. AFFF foam trolley to


214 | P a g e

Safety Goggles, Butyl

or Nitrile rubber

gloves, gumboot,

plastic apron etc., shall

be used.

Only trained operators

will be allowed to

work in this area.

Hot work will be

prohibited nearby.

Ignition sources shall

be avoided in such

areas.

Appropriate Fire

extinguishers will be

kept available.

Area will be covered

with fire hydrant

network.

Inspection (for pumps,

flange joints etc) shall

be carried out on

regular basis.

be made available.

2. Transferring of

solvent from

storage area to

process plant.

Spillage/

Leakage.

Generation of

static charge.

Fire

Explosion

Burn injury.

Fatality.

Damage to

equipments

and

facilities.

2 D H Earthing will be done

for transfer pump,

transfer lines etc.

Flange-to-flange

bonding shall be done

for transfer lines.

4 C M 6. Refer pt. no.: 1 of this

section.


215 | P a g e

Storage Area shall be

marked as “No

Smoking”,

“Hazardous Area”,

“Hot work Restricted”

etc.

Operators will be

trained for the

chemical hazards,

preventive/mitigative

measures for

chemicals, handling

emergency situation,

etc.

Other measures same

as mentioned under

point no.1.

3. Storage Area Leakage

Fire

Explosion

Burn injury.

Fatality.

Damage to

equipments

and

facilities.

2 D H Storage area will be

well ventilated.

Routine inspection of

the area shall carried

out by field operator.

Storage Area shall be

marked as “No

Smoking”,

“Hazardous Area”,

“Hot work Restricted”

etc.

Other relevant

measures are same as

4 C M 7. Refer pt. no.: 1 of this

section.


216 | P a g e

above.

6.7.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF COROSSIVE CHEMICALS (like Nitric Acid, Sulphuric Acid etc.)


SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL RISK

PROPOSED

MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATIONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

1. Unloading from

tanker.

Exposure to

acid fumes

due to

leakage in

pipe/containe

r/ valves etc.

Spillage.

Skin/Eye

irritation.

Toxic

Vapor

inhalation

etc.

4 C M Unloading activity

shall be carried out in

well ventilated area.

Only Trained

Operators will be

allowed to carry out

such activity.

Neutralization media

will be kept available

in areas where acids

are

stored/handled/used.

PPEs like Face shield,

4 B L 8. SOPs to be prepared

and followed.


217 | P a g e

Full suit,

approved/certified

respirator or

equivalent. Gloves,

Boots, goggles etc.

shall be used.


shall be kept available.

Periodic Inspection of

flanges/ferrule joints

shall be done.

2. Working in

Storage Area.

Exposure to

acid fumes.

Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin.

Body burns.

4 C M Storage area will be

well ventilated.

Acid proof flooring

will be constructed.

Only Trained

Operators will be

allowed to work in

such area.

Other relevant

measures shall be

same as point no. 1.

4 B L

3. Tank

overflow/leakag

e from joints

etc.

Exposure to

acid fumes.

Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin.

4 C M Level indicator will be

provided and shall be

checked periodically

for proper operation.

Dyke wall will be

provided around the

tank to contain the

4 B L 9. Work Instruction for

checking tank level to

be prepared and

followed.


218 | P a g e

spill.

Other relevant

measures shall be

same as above.


219 | P a g e

6.7.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICALS/FINISHED GOODS


SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL

RISK

PROPOSED MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATION

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

1. Handling

Chemical

Chemical

Exposure

Skin/Eye

irritation.

4 C M Chemicals will be stored in

isolated storage rooms having

provision for natural & forced

ventilation.

Certified Dust respirator will

be used, wherever applicable.

Suitable protective clothing

and other PPEs shall be used.

Storage mode will be labeled

and stored properly.

4 B L 10. Operators/Workers

to be trained for

Safe Work

Practices.

2. Cleaning of

Chemical

Spillage.

Fumes

Inhalation.

Dust

Exposure.

Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin.

Inhalation.

2 C M Spillage shall be cleaned or

neutralized with suitable

media.

Other relevant measures same

as above.

4 B L


220 | P a g e

6.7.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CAUSTIC SODA LYE (50%) & KOH LYE (46%)


SR.

No.

PROCESS

OR

ACTIVITY

ASSOCIATED

HAZARDS

HEALTH &

SAFETY

IMPACT

(RISK)

INITIAL RISK

PROPOSED

MEASURES

RESIDUAL

RISK

ADDITIONAL

RECOMMENDATIONS

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

SE

VE

RIT

Y

LIK

EL

IHO

OD

RIS

K

1 Chemical

Unloading from

tanker.

Exposure due

to leakage

from joints,

corroded lines

failure etc.

Skin burn.

Eye

irritation

and

respiratory

disorder.

4 C M Activity will be carried

out in well ventilated

atmosphere.

Appropriate PPEs will

be used.


will be kept available.

4 B L 11. Proper trainings to be

provided to the

operators/workers.

12. SOPs to be prepared

and followed the same.

2 Working in

Storage Area.

Exposure due

to spillage

Severe

irritation to

eyes, skin

etc.

Internal

body burns.

4 C M Storage tank will be in

well-ventilated area.

Neutralization media

shall be kept available.

PPEs like face mask,

gloves etc. shall be

worn by concerned

4 B L


221 | P a g e

person.

Maintenance (pump,

flange etc.) shall be

carried as per

schedule.

Eye wash station shall

be made available

nearby.



3 Tank overflow Chemical

Exposure

Eyes and

Skin

irritation.

4 C M Level indicator will be

provided and the same

shall be checked for

proper operation.

Dyke will be provided

to contain the spill.



4 B L


222 | P a g e

6.8 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach for identifying and understanding the risks

associated with hazardous activities such as the operation of a plant. The assessment starts by taking an

inventory of potential hazards, their likelihood and consequences.

It involves the steps of identifying the hazards associated with the operations/storage/unloading activity and

selecting the worst case scenario for consequence estimation. Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize

or mitigate risks to meet appropriate acceptability criteria. The planning for emergency evacuation shall be

borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

6.8.1 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, it may cause damage

due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material

between two explosive limits.

6.8.2 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished:

1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

2. Explosion

3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained.

Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

The exposure duration [sec];

The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for second-degree

burns are given in the table herein:


223 | P a g e

Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Exposure

Duration

Radiation for 1%

lethality (kW/m2)

Radiation for 2nd

degree burns

(kW/m2)

Radiation for

first degree burns

(kW/m2)

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case of a fire, it is

reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover

or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all

people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects

due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given below.

In this report following damage criteria has been considered for the effects due to fire.

Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity

INCIDENT RADIATION

– kW/m2 TYPE OF DAMAGE

37.5 Immediate ignition of wood (without flame

contact). 100 % fatal.

25

Minimum Energy required for igniting wood

(without flame contact). 100 % fatal in 1

min. Significant injury in 10 sec.

12.5

Minimum heat required to ignite wood

(with flame contact). 1 % fatal in 1 min. First

degree burn in 10 sec.

4 Pain after 20 sec. Blistering unlikely.

2 No discomfort for long exposure.


224 | P a g e

Explosion

In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a

blast wave:

Damage Due To Overpressures

Peak Overpressure Damage Type

0.40 bar Ear Drum Rupture to humans

50 % probability of fatality inside

15% probability of fatality in open

0.21 bar Structural Damage to buildings

20% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.13 bar Minor Structural Damage to near by structures

10% probability of fatality to personnel inside

0% probability of fatality in the open

0.02 bar Glass Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage


225 | P a g e

Intoxication

In this report, LC50 concentration and IDLH concentrations have been considered for Consequence

Analysis.

6.8.3 ASSUMPTIONS FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

For Consequence Analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil Stability Classes, Wind velocity,

Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity, Inventory, Ground Roughness, Model used etc. are very

important. In this report, the following assumptions have been considered.

i.) Meteorological Paste other tables

Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion

Ambient Temperature: 350C has been considered as MCA approach.

Relative Humidity: As the site is not in rainy zone RH of 50% has been considered.

ii.) Pasquil Stability Classes

Pasquil Stability category E/F is considered as conservative approach.

iii.) Other assumptions:

Ground Roughness: Ground Roughness has been considered as 0.3 M.

Dispersion model of both Heavy Model and also Gaussian distribution have been used as

applicable/appropriate.

Storage conditions: Storage conditions have been considered as they are practically stored at site.

Following Weather data has been used for the study:


226 | P a g e

Table no 6.3.2.4 Weather data used for the study

WIND SPEED

(M/S)

PASQUILL

STABILITY

1.5 F

1.5 D

5 D

6.8.4 SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

1. PHAST MICRO

2. ALOHA

6.8.5 SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

1. In this study, the scenarios for consequence analysis have been selected considering:

• The physical and chemical properties of hazardous materials

• Storage conditions & Modes of Storage

• Hazards ranking by NFPA

• Guidelines by OSHA (29 CFR)

• Operating and storage conditions of handling and storage of hazardous chemical

2. This report considers the worst case scenario which is possible during any set of operation variable and

production methodologies. The objective of the study is emergency planning, hence only holistic &

conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic,

the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

In this regard, the failure cases which may lead to release of hazardous chemicals are as under:

• Failure of Unloading Arm of the ISO tanker during unloading of solvents,

• Leakage from Transfer lines/Ferrule joint etc.

3. The scenarios of flammable solvent storage tanks have been considered assuming unavailability of

bunds. Practically a bund shall be provided as per OISD guidelines.

4. In this study, results of consequence analysis shall be used for;


227 | P a g e

a. Emergency Planning

b. Deciding Evacuation Routes

c. Deciding Location of Assembly Points and ECC

d. Resource Allocation for mitigation

5. SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED for consequence analysis

Scenarios Description of

Scenario

Storage Pressure &

Temp. Scenarios considered

FIRE/EXPLOSION SCENARIOS

1 Release of Toluene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool

Fire,

2 Release of Xylene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool

Fire

3 Release of Hydrogen

Gas

Room Temp &

Press: 42 bar

Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool

Fire

4 Release of Methyl

Chloride

Temp: 75 deg C

Press: 10 bar

Flash Fire

5 Release of Methanol Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late

Pool Fire

TOXIC GAS RELEASE SCENARIOS

5 Release of Sulphur

Dioxide

Temp: 75 deg C

Press: 7 bar

Dispersion

Considerations Made:

In Case of Solvents (i.e. Xylene & Toluene) we have considered the failure case of unloading line (2”

i.e. 50 mm pipe dia.) during the unloading of these chemicals from their respective tankers for a period of 10

mins. As the solvent tankers are compartmentalized, the maximum release quantity equals the storage

quantity of a single compartment.

In Case of Methanol, we have considered the following scenario:

Leak from ferrule joint/pipeline/flange etc. for a period of 30 mins.

In Case of Hydrogen Gas, we have considered the following scenario:

Full bore (8 mm) leak from ferrule joint/pipeline etc. for a period of 300 secs.


228 | P a g e

In Case of Methyl Chloride, we have considered the following scenario:

Full Bore (12 mm) leak from ferrule joint/pipeline etc. for a period of 600 secs.

In Case of Sulphur Dioxide, we have considered the following scenario:

8 mm leak from ferrule joint/pipeline etc, for a period of 600 secs for LC50: 2520 ppm & IDLH: 100

ppm.

Selection Criteria of Scenarios:

o As per the relevant guidelines for consequence analysis, we have considered the maximum credible

scenarios as mentioned above, which is the representative of all kinds of minor/major leakages for the

respective chemicals.

o Modeling has been carried out for dispersion up to LC50 concentration and IDLH concentration, in

case of toxic chemicals. Evacuation should be carried out in less than 30 min from the areas covered

under IDLH in case of relevant leakage scenario. The purpose is to avoid irreversible health effects to

persons inside the area of IDLH concentration.

SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF TOLUENE (Full Bore Rupture of Unloading Hose 2”)

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to failure of Unloading Arm of Tanker.

Input Data

Stored quantity in one compartment 5 m3

Leak Duration Considered 600 secs

Leak Size considered 50 mm

Release Rate 2737 gms/sec

Pressure Ambient

Temperature 35 deg C

Weather Condition 1.5/F, 1.5/D, 5/D

LFL 12000 ppm

UFL 71000 ppm

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE


229 | P a g e

CASE:2 VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION (OVERPRESSURE RESULTS)

CASE:3 LATE POOL FIRE (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)


230 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Flash Fire:


231 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Late Explosion (Overpressure):


232 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire:


233 | P a g e

SCENARIO#2 – RELEASE OF XYLENE (Full Bore Rupture of Unloading Hose 2”)

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to failure of Unloading Arm of Tanker.

Input Data

Stored quantity in one compartment 5 m3

Leak Duration Considered 600 secs



Pressure Ambient



LFL 11000 ppm

UFL 70000 ppm

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE


No HAZARDS



234 | P a g e



235 | P a g e



236 | P a g e

SCENARIO#3 – RELEASE OF HYDROGEN

Basis: Release/Leakage of Hydrogen due to failure of :

Transfer line

Ferrule Joint

Flange Leakage

Input Data

Mode of transfer Pipeline


Pressure inside the pipeline 42 bar

Temperature Room Temperature

Leak Size Considered 8 mm (Full Bore Rupture)

Leak Duration Considered 300 Sec


LFL 40000 ppm

UFL 750000 ppm

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE

CASE:2 VAPOR CLOUD EXPLOSION (UVCE – Overpressure Results)

CASE:3 JET FIRE (Results for Effects of Radiation level)


237 | P a g e



238 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Late Explosion (Vapour Cloud Explosion):


239 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Jet Fire:


240 | P a g e

SCENARIO#4 – RELEASE OF METHYL CHLORIDE

RESULTS:

For Flash Fire:

Sr.

No. Concentration

Down wind Direction

(meters)

1 LEL: 81000 ppm <10

2 60% LEL: 48600 ppm 11

For Over Pressure (UVCE):

Sr.

No. Overpressure (bar)

Down wind Direction

(meters)

1 0.02068 15

2 0.1379 <10

3 0.2068 <10

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage from:

Transfer line

Ferrule Joint

Flange Leakage

Input Data

Release rate 10.9 kgs/min

Leak Size Considered 12 mm

Duration of Leak considered 10 mins

Temperature Considered 75 deg C

Pressure Considered 10 Bar

Weather Condition 1.5/F

LEL 81000 ppm

60% LEL 48600 ppm


241 | P a g e

Note: Threat zone was not drawn because the effect of vapour cloud (flammable area) & UVCE is for

very shorter distance.

Vapor travels to distance (15 m) in 1.5/F weather condition. If it gets a source of ignition within this radius,

it will create UVCE (Unconfined vapor cloud explosion) and effects of overpressure (0.02068 bar) would be

felt up to 15 m.

SCENARIO#5 – RELEASE OF METHANOL

Basis: Possible Release/Leakage from:

Transfer line , Ferrule Joint, Flange Leakage

Input Data

Leak Duration Considered 30 mins



Pressure Ambient



LFL 73000 ppm

UFL 360000 ppm

CASE:1 FLASH FIRE




242 | P a g e


243 | P a g e



244 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Late Explosion (Vapour Cloud Explosion):


245 | P a g e



246 | P a g e

SCENARIO#6 – RELEASE OF SULPHUR DIOXIDE

Basis: Release/Leakage due to failure of :

Pipeline from toner to vaporizer

Ferrule Joint

Flange Leakage

Input Data

Mode of transfer Pipeline

Pressure inside the pipeline 7 bar

Temperature 75 deg C (Maximum)

Leak Size Considered 8 mm

Leak Duration Considered 600 Sec


IDLH 100 ppm

LC50 2520 ppm

RESULTS:

Sr.

No. Concentration

Downwind Distance (meters)

Category

1.5/F

Category

1.5/D

Category 5/D

1 LC50 (2520 ppm) 23.23 17.14 No Hazards

2 IDLH (100 ppm) 127.01 126.66 47.71

127 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area


247 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Dispersion of Sulphur Dioxide for LC50: 2520 ppm:


248 | P a g e

Risk Contours for Dispersion of Sulphur Dioxide for IDLH: 100 ppm:


249 | P a g e

6.8.6 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY

Flash Fire Scenarios:

SR. No. Scenario Concentration

(ppm)

Distance (meters)

Category

1.5/F

Category

1.5/D

Category

5/D

1 Release of

Toluene

LFL Frac.6000 24.41 27.99 16.51

LFL. 12000 18.05 20.33 8.49

2 Release of

Xylene

LFL Frac.5500 5.13 4.76 1.99

LFL. 11000 2.00 1.95 1.99

3 Release of

Hydrogen Gas

LFL

Frac.20000

10.87 10.74 7.38

LFL. 40000 7.66 7.57 5.20

4 Release of

Methyl Chloride

LFL

(60%).48600

11 - -

LFL. 81000 <10 - -

5 Methanol LFL

Frac.36500

1.80 10.22 2.82

LFL. 73000 1.73 3.67 2.14

Explosion Overpressure Scenarios:

SR. No. Scenario Overpressure

(Bar)

Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F Category

1.5/D

Category

5/D

1 Release of

Toluene

0.02068 59.33 42.07 23.73

0.1379 30.18 25.71 13.55

0.2068 27.88 24.42 12.75

2

Release of

Xylene

0.02068 No Hazards No Hazards No

Hazards 0.1379 No Hazards No Hazards No

Hazards 0.2068 No Hazards No Hazards No

Hazards

3 Release of

Hydrogen Gas

0.02068 23.63 22.81 -

0.1379 13.52 13.31 -


250 | P a g e

0.2068 12.73 12.56 -

4 Release of

Methyl Chloride

0.02068 15 - -

0.1379 <10 - -

0.2068 <10 - -

5 Methanol

0.02068 20.55 19.35 -

0.1379 12.73 12.42 -

0.2068 12.11 11.87 -

Late Pool Fire Scenarios:

SR. No. Scenario

Radiation

Level

(KW/m2)

Distance (meters)

Category

1.5/F

Category

1.5/D

Category

5/D

1 Release of

Toluene

4 42.19 42.09 48.73

12.5 18.31 18.27 22.97

25 13.63 13.54 13.48

37.5 NR NR NR

2

Release of

Xylene

4 34.34 34.26 42.35

12.5 13.90 13.85 14.70

25 NR NR NR

37.5 NR NR NR

3 Release of

Methyl Chloride

4 - - -

12.5 - - -

25 - - -

37.5 - - -

4 Methanol

4 16.27 15.82 15.90

12.5 10.63 10.36 11.48

25 8.38 8.18 9.59

37.5 7.16 6.99 8.74


251 | P a g e

Jet Fire Scenarios:

SR. No. Scenario

Radiation

Level

(KW/m2)

Distance (meters)

Category

1.5/F

Category

1.5/D

Category

5/D

1 Release of

Hydrogen Gas

4 3.80 3.80 NR

12.5 NR NR NR

25 NR NR NR

37.5 NR NR NR

Toxic Scenarios for SULPHUR DIOXIDE:

Sr. No. Concentration Downwind Distance (meters)

Category 1.5/F Category 1.5/D Category 5/D

1 LC50 (2520 ppm) 23.23 17.14 No Hazards

2 IDLH (100 ppm) 127.01 126.66 47.71

6.9 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS

6.9.1 FLASH FIRE AND UVCE SCENARIOS:

Of all the Scenarios considered above, vapor travels to distance (24 m) in case of release of Toluene in

1.5/F weather condition. If it gets a source of ignition within this radius, it will create UVCE

(Unconfined vapor cloud explosion) and effects of overpressure (0.02068 bar) would be felt up to 60

m in 1.5/F weather condition.

It can be seen from the summery table above that toluene pose more danger of flash fire, pool fire and

UVCE compared to Xylene.

Scenario for Release of Methyl Chloride and Xylene, poses least danger of flash fire/UVCE.


252 | P a g e

It can be seen from the summery table above that 5/D weather condition is safer compared to other

weather conditions.

Evacuation plan to be designed considering the worst case scenario of Toluene as mentioned above.

6.9.2 LATE POOL FIRE SCENARIOS:

It can be seen from the summarized table above that the risk of late pool fire is highest in case of

release of Toluene in 5/D weather condition for 4 KW/m2 radiation level.

6.9.3 JET FIRE SCENARIOS:

Scenario for Release of Hydrogen Gas, poses least danger of radiation compared to other scenarios.

6.9.4 TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS:

In case of Sulphur Dioxide, vapour travels to the farthest distance of 127.01 m in 1.5/F weather

condition for IDLH concentration of 100 ppm.

Thus, considering all above results, the evacuation plan to be decided based on toxic release scenario,

which is the limiting one.


253 | P a g e

6.9.5 GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS:

1. Evacuation routes shall be planned such that alternate route is available from any corner in more than

one direction.

2. Extra precautions to be taken in unloading of flammable solvents. The details of precautions during

storage handling and transportation of solvents have been given in separate paragraph.

3. Fire fighting arrangements shall be provided as per the guidelines of OISD.

4. In case of release of flammable chemicals, evacuation plan shall be done up to max. 60 meters,

considering the following worst case of all scenarios for Toluene.

In case of pool fire: Maximum distance for evacuation shall be considered max. 49 meters

irrespective of chemical involved.

Flash Fire: Flame proof installations shall be made and source of ignition shall be avoided at least

up to a radius of 28 meters.

Overpressure: Facilities up to a radius of 60 m shall be designed with the consideration of

overpressure up to 0.02 bar.

6.9.6 OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE, EXPLOSION AND

TOXIC RELEASE:

1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING TRANSPORTATION,

UNLOADING AND HANDLING OF SOLVENTS (like Toluene, Xylene etc):

Sr. ACTIVITY SAFETY PRECATIONS

1 Transportation of

Solvents by road

tanker.

Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe

driving, hazards of Flammable chemicals, emergency handling,

use of SCBA sets.

TREM card will be kept with TL.

SCBA set will be kept with TL.

Fire extinguishers will be kept with TL.

Flame arrestor will be provided to TL exhaust.

Instructions will be given not to stop road tanker in populated

area.

Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number

will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE.

Appropriate PPEs will be kept with TL.


254 | P a g e

In case of leak or spill:

Area will be isolated.

Container shall be isolated.

Source of leakage will be checked.

Damaged containers or spilled material shall not be attended

without wearing appropriate protective clothing.

Leak will be stopped, if possible to do so without risk.

Water spray shall be used to reduce vapors (but do not put water

directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) shall be kept away from

spilled material.

2 Unloading of

Solvents from

tanker.

Priority will be given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage

premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the

main road.

Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire

extinguisher condition; SCBA set condition, Antidote Kit,

required PPEs as per SOP laid down.

Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling

point.

After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be

allowed be started.

Following precautions will be taken during unloading:

Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at unloading platform.

Static earthing will be provided to road tanker.

Tanker unloading procedure will be followed according to check

list and implemented.

Flexible SS hose connection will be done at TL outlet line.

All TL valves will be closed in TL.

Only day time unloading will be permitted.

3 Solvents Storage Pipes and equipment shall be inspected at regular intervals.


255 | P a g e

tank safety. All storage areas shall be isolated from all sources of open flame

and well posted with' NO SMOKING' signs and will provided

with adequate fire fighting/extinguishing system.

Spark-resistant tools will be used.

Water spray shall be used to reduce vapors (but do not put water

directly on leak, spill area or inside container).

Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) shall be kept away from

spilled material.

SS storage tank will be provided as per IS code.

Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Level transmitter will be provided with low level/high level auto

cut-off provision.

Vent will be connected to water trap and vent of water trap will be

provided with flame arrestor.

Fire hydrant monitor with foam attachment facility will be

provided.

Dumping /Drain vessel/alternate vessel will be provided to collect

the spillage material inside the dyke wall.

FLP type pump will be provided.

Double static earthing will be provided to storage tank, as per the

requirement.

Double Jumper clip shall be provided to all solvent handling

pipeline flanges.

4 Solvents transfer

from storage tank to

Process Plant.

Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump shall be provided.

Double on / off switch shall be provided at tank farm and process

area near day tank. Pump auto cut off with day tank high level

shall be provided.

Flame arrestor shall be provided on day tank vent.

Over flow shall be provided for additional safety and it shall be

connected to main storage tank.

NRV shall be provided on pump discharge line.


256 | P a g e

Double Jumper clip shall be provided to all solvent handling

pipelines.

Double static earthing shall be provided to day tank.

2. RECOMMENDATION FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF HYDROGEN

CYLINDER/HYDROGEN BANK:

Hydrogen leak detectors will be installed at required locations.

Use of proper PPEs shall be ensured at plant site, also while carrying out any activity in production

areas etc.

Proper ventilation shall be maintained in all areas where hydrogen is stored, used or transported.

Permit procedure for hot work shall be followed strictly.

Automatic deluge spray system will be provided for firefighting.

Hot work will be avoided in hydrogen handling areas.

3. FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK FARM

Hazardous Solvents will be received through road tanker and stored in storage tank as per rules &

guidelines.

Tanks shall be located and marked in designated area of hazardous chemical storage.

Road tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

Color coding for the chemicals shall be observed in piping as distribution network.

Trained and experience operator will be employed for tank farm area.

Solvents will be transferred by pump only in plant area and day tank will be provided. Overflow line

will be return to the storage tank or Pump On-Off switch will be provided near day tank in plant.

Flexible SS hose will be used for road tanker unloading purpose and other temperature connection.

All tanks shall be uniformly tagged.

Level indicator shall be provided to storage tanks.

Industrial type electric fittings shall be provided.

Anti corrosive paint shall be done.

Safety instruction board will be displayed.


257 | P a g e

4. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS (like Toluene, Xylene, Methanol

etc.)

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) shall be kept available for all such liquid materials in

language understandable by operators.

Workers and Operators handling such materials will be trained for the hazards (fire/explosion,

health, chemical reactivity) associated with them.

Tank farm will be constructed as per explosive department requirement and separation distance will

be maintained.

Ignition sources (sparks, smoking, flames, hot surfaces) shall be avoided in nearby area when

working with flammable and combustible liquids.

Proper earthing and bonding shall be provided wherever required, while handling flammable liquids.

Flame proof electrical fittings shall be provided in such areas.

Flame arrestor with breather valve will be provided on vent line.

NFPA label (hazard identification) capacity and content will be displayed on storage tank.

5. PROCESS SAFETY MEASURES

Safety measures shall be adopted from the design stage itself.

All the vessels and equipments shall be earthed appropriately and protected against Static Electricity.

Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities shall be provided.

All emergency valves and switches and emergency handling facilities shall be easily assessable.

Free Fall of any flammable material in the vessel shall be avoided.

Safety Valve and pressure gauge shall be provided wherever required.

Materials shall be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums.

All solvents and flammable material storage tanks shall be stored away from the process plant.

PPEs to protect against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage, spillages or splash. PPE

like Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety Glasses, Acid-Alkali Proof Gloves, etc. shall be provided to the

employees.

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) shall be made for all routine, non-routine and shutdown

activities. Training shall be imparted to all the operating staff for the same.

6. RECOMMENDATIONS TO REDUCE FUGITIVE EMISSIONS:


258 | P a g e

Regular monitoring of plant area shall be conducted and records shall be maintained. At strategic

point of the plants, online detectors will be provided for detection of such emissions.

Lines of such hazardous chemicals will be tested periodically and such tests may be recorded.

All lines carrying toxic liquid shall be continuous welded and must be provided with proper slopes

and special tongue and groove joints to avoid liquid stagnation and leakage.

In the process area, all the strategic pumps must be of submerged type so as to eliminate leakages

from glands.

7. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. shall considered fire prevention measures at the project planning stage for its

proposed upcoming facility to avoid any outbreak of fire. By looking to the hazardous nature of process and

the chemicals that are handled and processed, the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored.

Hence to tackle such a situation, company will developed a well-resourced and adequate fire protection

system/firefighting network.

The company is planning to have the following types of fire extinguishers for its proposed project:

Other Firefighting Measures Proposed for the facility:

Fire load calculation will be carried out and firefighting facilities comprising of main pump, stand by

pump, jockey pump and fire water reservoir, fire hydrant system etc., shall be constructed as per the

GFR and TAC guidelines.

Automatic Sprinkler system with Deluge valve will be provided as per the GFR and TAC guidelines.

Fire Extinguishers at conspicuous locations shall be provided as per the GFR and TAC guidelines.

Working staff will be given training to operate DCP and CO2 extinguishers.

Sr.

No. Type Capacity Total Quantity

1

Dry Chemical

Powder

10 Kg 30 Nos.

22 Kg 10 Nos.


259 | P a g e

2 Carbon dioxide

2 Kg 20 Nos.

4.5 Kg 15 Nos.

3 Water Type

Extinguishers 9 Kg 15 Nos.

4 Foam Type

Extinguishers

5 Kg 15 Nos.

9 Kg 10 Nos.


260 | P a g e

8. ANTIDOTES DETAILS:

Following Antidotes will be kept available at site.

Chemical Antidote / Medical Treatment

Xylene & Toluene Wash affected skin with plenty of water. Administer Fresh

air or Oxygen, 0.1 mg/kg slowly through injection restin

bed. Don’t apply Epinefrin, Ifridin etc. Don’t apply milk,

vegetable oil or alcohol

Diazem – 1 mg/kg. (Intravenous),Epenephia, Efidrine

Nitric Acid Milk of Magnesia.

Sulphuric Acid Milk of Magnesia, 4% Sodium Hydro Carbonate Solution

Milk

Methanol Ethanol (30% solution from inside, 5% solution from outside

i.e. by intravenous injection), Epicake Syrup. In case of

acidosis give Sodium bicarbonate.

In case of delirium give Diazepam 10 mg. by intravenous

injection.

Folinic acid (Leucovorin), 1 mg/kg, iv, 4 hourly.

6.10 AREA SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON QUALITATIVE RISK

ASSESSMENT (SUMMARIZED):

1.SOPs shall be prepared and followed.

2.Operators/Workers shall be trained for Safe Work Practices.

3.Proper trainings will be provided to the operators/workers.

4.Work Instruction for checking tank level will be prepared and followed.

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS (Xylene, Toluene, Methanol etc.)

5.Foam type fire extinguisher shall be provided in nearby location.

6.Fire monitor with provision of connection of foam shall be provided.

7.AFFF foam trolley shall be made available.


261 | P a g e

PART - 2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN


262 | P a g e

6.11 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. has proposed this Disaster Management Plan for its upcoming new project

facility, with the means to effectively utilize all the resources at its disposal for the protection of life,

environment and property. The details of the same are discussed in the following sections.

6.11.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY

THE LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE CATEGORIES:

LEVEL - 1:

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant/area. It may be due to:

a) Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that do not affect outside premises.

b) Release of toxic chemicals for short duration.

c) Small fire in the plant.

LEVEL - 2:

The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to -

a) Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

c) Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

LEVEL - 3:

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in the vicinity are

likely to be affected. It may arise due to -

a) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

b) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area.

c) Major fire inside the factory premises.

6.11.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.


263 | P a g e

To identify and assess types of emergencies due to different types of hazards.

To work out plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and safeguard employees and people in

the vicinity of the factory.

To provide for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

To plan mode of proper communication and actions to be followed in the event of emergency.

To keep all necessary information with respect to hazard/accident control and emergency contacts in

one document for easy and speedy reference.

To inform employees, general public and the authorities about the hazards/risk if any and the role to be

played by them in the event of emergency.

To control and contain the accident.

To effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

To inform and help relatives of casualties.

To secure rehabilitation of affected area and restore normalcy.

To provide information to media and government agencies.

To preserve record, equipment etc. for investigating cause of emergency.

To be ready for “mutual aid” if need arises to help neighboring units.

6.11.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. will develop an emergency management team. The management structure

shall include the following personnel:

Site Main Controllers

Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers

Key Personnel’s

Essential Workers

The other elements of Disaster Management Plan shall be:

Assembly points

Emergency control center

Fire control arrangements

Medical arrangements

Other arrangements


264 | P a g e

6.11.3.1 Site Main Controller

Plant head will be the site main controller. In absence of Plant Head, Safety In Charge will act as a SMC.

His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the Emergency Control Centre at

Main Security Gate from where all operations will be directed. He shall:

Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at the site, review the

situation and control further actions.

Direct all Emergency Operations within the approved area with the following priorities:

a. Personnel Safety,

b. Plant, Property and Environment Safety and

c. Minimum loss of production.

Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals etc., if called for,

following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also

be informed of the situation.

Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading / unloading operations

of tankers and if necessary, instruct the supervisor / security personnel to evacuate tankers.

Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the casualties, if any, are given

necessary medical attention. Instruct P & A Assistant / Security for rushing casualties to hospitals if

required.

Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other statutory bodies and

advise them of all possible consequence effects outside the premises.

Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged.

Issue authorized statement or press release to the news – media.

Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory authorities.

Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”.

Arrange for obtaining the head – count of all personnel within the premises and cross-checking with

the data from records available for no. of persons within the premises.

Nominate a person from advisory team, to maintain chronological log of event during the entire period

of emergency.


265 | P a g e

6.11.3.2 Role of Incident Controller And Deputy Incident Controller

His primary duties shall be to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial stage he may be required

to take decisions involving the operation of the other plants or to stop or continue any process and to take

technical decisions to control the incident. The deputy incident controller will take the charge of incident

controller, if IC is not available due to any reason. As factory will be running 24 hrs, so each plant shift in-

charge shall be nominated as I.C and they will be always available in the shift and can take charge till the

arrival of IC.

Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:

Head of the concern department will act as incident controller.

He shall take charge at the scene of incident.

He shall immediately assess the gravity of risk and alert panel and field operators to start controlling

their respective section.

He will work under the direction of the SMC, but till his arrival he may have to execute following

responsibilities.

Ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.

Direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.

He shall communicate to the SMC the type of outside help needed.

He shall direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the following priorities.

Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.

Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.

Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.

Give information to the head of fire fighting and rescue team and other emergency services.

Depending on the incident, instruct partial or total shut down, isolations, depressurization, Nitrogen

purging, fire fighting, rescue operations.

Instruct upstream/downstream units to take emergency shutdown /cutting off supply and other

appropriate actions and emergency evacuation help etc.

Direct for search of casualties.

Evacuate non-essential workers/visitors/contractors to safe assembly points.

Brief site main controller and keep him informed about the developments.

Preserve evidences. This will be necessary for investigation for cause and concluding preventive

measures.


266 | P a g e

6.11.3.3 Key Personnel

Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made by the SMC in the light of

information received on the developing situation at the time of emergency. As necessary, they will decide

the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange

for supplies of equipments, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with

police, fire brigade and other local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring

industries, action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center, under the direction of the SMC.

All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC. They shall be available at any

time on duty or on call or on holidays.

6.11.3.4 Essential Workers

A task force of essential trained workers (expert’s team) will be available to get the work done by the

Incident Controller and the Site Main Controller. Such work will include:

Firefighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.

To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.

Shutting down plant and making it safe.

Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process, providing temporary by-pass

lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing or replacement, electrical work, etc.

Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments, materials, etc.

Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of the accident.

Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

The injured is given First Aid.

Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.

Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel. Manning for outside shelters

and welfare of evacuated persons there.

Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

Assistance at communication centers to handle out going and in coming calls and to act as messengers

if necessary.


267 | P a g e

Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency vehicles entering the work,

to control traffic leaving the works and to turn away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors,

contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.

Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site Main Controller.

Any special help required.

OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP:

6.11.3.5 Assembly Point

In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned any emergency duty) will be

evacuated from the area & they shall report to specified Assembly Points. Assembly Points shall be located

at a safe place, well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction. To ensure that

workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the Assembly Point, proper location and numbers

will be marked at Assembly Points. Each Assembly Point will be manned by a nominated person to record

the names and dept. At each Assembly Point, duties of Assembly Point In-charge will be displayed in brief.

Before reaching an Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an affected area or due

to presence of toxic substances, suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet etc., shall be issued & made

available with workers.

6.11.3.6 Emergency Control Center

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to handle the emergency are

directed and coordinated. Main Control Room or other suitable room shall be earmarked/identified as the

Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be earmarked/identified as the alternative Emergency

Control Room to be operated in case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System

will be made available in the Emergency Control Room.

The ECC center shall be equipped with the following facilities.

1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory

3. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

4. Factory layout plan

5. Map of the area


268 | P a g e

6. Employee blood group and their address

7. Messengers / Runners for sending messages

8. Adequate numbers of PPE'S

6.11.3.7 Fire Control Arrangements (Fire Fighting, Gas Leak Control And Rescue Operation)

A) Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)

Incident Controller will be the only person to direct the firefighting and Emergency operation. His duties

include:

o Keep the constant touch with the SMC / Incharge - EHS.

o Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment of Manpower /

equipment / extinguishing media etc.

B) Role of EHS Representative:

o 1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage, he will immediately proceed to the help.

o 2. Decide his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and take appropriate measures to

handle the emergency.

o 3. Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency controller about the gravity

of the situation.

o 4. He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.

C) Fire crew members

o On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to control room and proceed to

the scene of emergency and work under the direction of IC/ Dy IC.

o The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

D) Emergency Squad Members

o On hearing Emergency Siren, they shall immediately report to site main controller, safety in charge or

incident controller.

o They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main controller, safety in charge

or incident controller.

o They shall help for safe evacuation.


269 | P a g e

6.11.3.8 MEDICAL SERVICES

The roles of Medical officers are as follows:

o He will report immediately to the SMC/IC.

o He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.

o He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if required.

o He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other Para –medical services etc.

and transportation services etc.

o He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

o He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.

o He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the affected persons nearby.

6.11.3.9 Role of Security In-Charge (Security Officer)

o On hearing the emergency siren, he shall find out the location of the incident (fire / gas leak / spill /

explosion) and inform the location of the same to the key personnel coming to the plant.

o He will depute the security guards for managing gates and traffic control at the incident site & send

remaining guards to the site of incident.

o He will prevent unauthorized entry in to the site

o He will render assistance as demanded by the safety in-charge.

o He will mobilize additional security force for help, if required.

o He will direct ambulance(s) and emergency vehicle(s) to the scene of incident.

o He will help evacuate persons within the scene of incident.

o As directed by the site main controller, he may be required to address the public of surrounding

villages for warning / evacuation.

6.11.3.10 Role of Mutual-Aid Members

o On receiving the call, they shall proceed immediately with fire squad & fire tenders.

o They will be guided to the place of the incident by the main gate security guard.

o The fire squad in-charge will report to the safety in-charge of the unit in which the incident has

occurred.


270 | P a g e

6.11.3.11 Other Arrangements

Other arrangements include external transport, cranes, generator sets to supply emergency power,

environment monitoring equipment, rescue items etc. when available resources do not meet the requirement.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (EMERGENCY)

As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers shall report to IC or SMC.

They shall carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC

According to the type of emergency/accident, they shall get equipped with PPE/Fire fighting

equipment and devices.

The runner among the workers shall inform SMC/IC and key personnel if they are not at site.

The messenger amongst the workers shall deliver messages to nearby units as per the instructions of

SMC/IC.

The in-charge of medical arrangements shall prepare first-aid and other required facilities for the

injured.

The other essential workers shall try to control the emergency as per the instructions given to IC.

IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken at the site and ask for

other requirements eg. Mutual aid, equipment etc. if he find necessary.

SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures being taken, need for

external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.

6.11.4 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

After the assessment of risk & their possible environmental impact and after making an organization for the

preparedness to control the emergency, the next most essential step shall be to make the team ready for

Communication at the time of emergency. Communication System is a Crucial Factor while handling

emergency.

Company have quick & effective Communication System through which, any situation, which can lead to

emergency, can be informed or known to

i. All persons working inside the plant.

ii. Key Personnel outside during normal working hours & during off-duty hours.

iii. Outside emergency services, Statutory and Local Authorities and

iv. Neighboring facilities and public leaving in vicinity.


271 | P a g e

Each and every section, Plant & Department of the Factory shall be connected by internal telephones.

External Phone at Office and Residence and Mobile shall be made available with Key Personnel and top

executive of the factory. The Communication System begins with raising the alarm declaring the

emergency, Telephone messages and Procedure to communicate the emergency to other persons & General

Public.

6.11.4.1 Raising the Alarm

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the first step shall be to raise

the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby people. Next, he/she informs the security persons to

raise the emergency siren located at the factory gate. The security personnel sound the siren.

The alarm sound shall inform the I.C and the S.M.C. that an emergency has been created and emergency

organization is to be activated. The I.C. will then rush to the site and takes charge of the scene.

6.11.4.2 Declaring the Major Emergency

Major emergency has to be declared after sufficient and thorough check because the declaration of major

emergency puts many agencies on action and it may disturb the running system, which may be costly at

time or its consequence may be Serious. Therefore, major emergency will not be decided on whims or

immature judgment or without proper thought. Looking to all the above, we will take care to nominate the

persons who can declare the emergency; we will select them on the basis of their knowledge & experience.

These persons will be technically qualified and experienced. They shall advice the Incident Controller or

Site Main Controller regarding the type of emergency. On being convinced, the Site Main Controller or

Incident Controller shall declare an ON-SITE emergency. The decision about major emergency shall be

taken as early as possible and without wasting time so that control action can be started immediately.

6.11.4.3 Telephone Messages

After hearing the emergency alarm and during emergency or even while just receiving the emergency

message on phone, Telephone operator will become precise, sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and

noting the message and subsequently effective in further Communication. A form to record emergency

telephone calls shall be available with telephone operator or Person available in Emergency Control Center,

who has to record such calls during emergency. Telephonic messages will be given by the telephone

operator to Site main Controller and key personnel as per the instructions of the Incident Controller.


272 | P a g e

Telephonic messages shall also be given to authorities and external agencies to describe the type of

emergency. All details of emergency shall be collected/delivered according to this format shall available

with the telephone operator.

6.11.4.4 Communication of Emergency & Statutory Information

COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY

An effective system to communicate emergency will be made available to communicate about the

emergency situation as mentioned below:

Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty & inside during

normal working hours.

To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working hours.

To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.

To the neighboring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.

STATUTORY INFORMATION

a) Information to Workers

Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and control as directed in the

Factories Act shall be prepared by the unit. This information shall be printed in the local language and

given in the form of booklet to all workers including contract workers.

b) To the outside emergency services and authorities

Statutory information in the form of booklet shall be given to outside emergency services and authorities.

c) To neighboring firms and the general public

Statutory information in the form of booklet will be given to neighboring units and the general public of

the villages in the vicinity of the unit.


273 | P a g e

PART - 3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY


274 | P a g e

6.12 GENERAL

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. has proposed this Occupational Health Surveillance Programme for its

proposed upcoming facility. The details of the same are described in the following sections.

6.12.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation & maintenance

phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.

6.12.1.1 Construction and Erection

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to constructional accident and

noise. To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduce it within TLV's, necessary

protective equipments shall be supplied to workers.

6.12.1.2 Operation and Maintenance

The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily due to noise which

could affect consultation. The necessary personal protective equipments will be given to all the workers.

The working personnel shall be given the following appropriate personnel protective equipments.

Industrial Safety Helmet;

Welders equipment for eye and face protection;

Cylindrical type earplug;

Ear muffs;

Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

Leather hand gloves;

Asbestos hand gloves;

Acid/Alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm;

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.


275 | P a g e

6.12.1.3 Hospital Facilities

Company shall made formal agreements with nearby hospital having facilities to attend fire and toxic effect

cases for attending the affected persons in the emergency arising out of accidents, if any.

6.12.1.4 Factory Medical Officer

A qualified doctor will be appointed as FMO on retainer ship basis. Apart from him, Paramedical Staff will

also be employed.

6.12.1.5 Proposed facility to be made available at OHC

A Room will be provided to be operated as OHC. The centre shall be equipped with the following medical

equipments:—

1. Examination Table For examination

2 Dressing Tables For performing Dressing

3. Glucometer For measurement of Blood Sugar

4 Vision chart To evaluate vision acuity

5. Nebuliser For relieving coughs & Breathing Difficulty

6. Infra red light For relieving muscular pain

7. Suction machine For cleaning airway

8. Autoclave machine For sterilizing cotton &dressing material

9. Weighing Machine For measuring body weight

10. Medical Oxygen Cylinder kit -

11. Sphygmomanometer To measure blood pressure

12. Refrigerator To preserve medicines

13. Thermometer -


276 | P a g e

6.12.1.6 Ambulance Van & First Aid Box

An Emergency Vehicle shall be kept available round the clock to be used as an ambulance.

First Aid Boxes will be kept available at conspicuous locations in the plant. Training shall be imparted to

employees for the same.

6.12.1.7 Periodic Medical Examination

Periodic Medical Examination shall be conducted as per the following schedule;

(1) Workers employed shall be examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/ Factory Medical Officer, in

the following manner:

(a) Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person;

(b) During employment, once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do

the particular job;

(c) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of

occupational health hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion of the

Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so, at a shorter interval in respect of any workers;

(d) In periodic and pre-medical examinations, various parameters will be checked. Viz., LFT, Chest X-

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, Blood Pressure, Sugar, CBC, Lung Function test & routine urine test and other

parameters, as will be found necessary as per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.

(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness granted by the Factory

Medical Officer.

6.12.2 DETAILS OF OCCUPATION AND SAFETY HAZARDS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

Exposure to toxic chemicals like Methyl Chloride, Sulphur Dioxide, etc.

Exposure to corrosive chemicals like Nitric Acid, Sulphuric Acid, etc.


277 | P a g e

6.12.2.1 If above chemicals will not be within PEL, the company will adopt following measures to

keep them within PEL so that health of workers can be preserved.

o Leak Surveys

o Separate storage for toxic chemicals

o Exhaust Ventilation

o Proper illumination

o On-line detectors for toxic chemicals

o Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

o Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

o Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing apparatus

at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals

o Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.

o Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and corrosive

chemicals

o Display of warning boards

o Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals

6.12.2.2 Proposed measures to be adopted by company to keep air borne concentration of hazardous

chemicals below PEL:

o Each workplace shall be evaluated. Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured

and record will be kept.

o For purpose of measuring worker exposure across a single shift, it is proposed to place a

reasonably accurate exposure measuring device (Alarms will be configured at TLV value) near the

worker’s area, within the worker’s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full shift.

Company shall study the exposure data when the plant is operative.

o To avoid mixing of hazardous chemicals in air; leak surveys will be conducted every 15 days.

LDR (Leak Detection and Rectification) program shall be designed for early detection of leakages

of hazardous chemicals and to rectify leakages.

o Flange/Ferrule joints, pipelines, transfer lines, etc. shall be checked on regular basis for

maintenance purpose.


278 | P a g e

o Regular maintenance checkup shall be carried out for pumps, equipment, instruments handling

toxic and corrosive chemicals.

o PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing apparatus shall be kept

available at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals.

6.12.2.3 Work Zone Monitoring

Work zone monitoring shall be carried out by independent competent third party every month. Records shall

be kept in Form No. 37 as per Gujarat Factories Rules. Location for samplings shall be identified. Samples

will be analyzed for Air borne concentration of hazardous chemicals in ppm. Following information shall be

incorporated in the format for maintaining records of work zone monitoring:

o Location/Operation monitored

o Identified contaminant

o Sampling instrument used

o Number of Samples

o Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample

o Average concentration

o TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of Factories Act)

o Reference method used for analysis

o Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored

o Signature of the person taking samples

o Other relevant details

6.12.2.4 Health Evaluation of Workers

It is proposed that management will device a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health

status evaluation of workers.

Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health hazards

likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for that purpose.

Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far

& Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, etc. will be carried out. However, the


279 | P a g e

parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical

Officer and Industrial Hygienists.

While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with specific reference to

the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health evaluation will be carried out

considering the bodily functions likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of

such examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial

Hygienists. Plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.

6.13 ACTION PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OHS STANDARDS AS

PER OSHAS/USEPA

6.13.1 SAFETY ORGANIZATION

Construction and Erection Phase

A qualified and experienced safety officer shall be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety officer

include identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on corrective

actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various

issues related to occupational safety and health. He shall also be responsible to ensure compliance of Safety

Rules/ Statutory Provisions.

Operation and Maintenance Phase

When the construction is completed, the posting of safety officers shall be in accordance with the

requirement of Factories Act and their duties and responsibilities shall be as defined thereof.

6.13.2 SAFETY CIRCLE

In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous processes and

improving safety and health, safety circles would be constituted in each area of work. The circle would

consist of about five to six employees from that area. The circle normally shall meet for about an hour every

week.


280 | P a g e

6.13.3 SAFETY TRAINING

Safety training shall be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance of faculty members called from

Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contract labors

shall also be provided safety training. To create safety awareness, safety films shall be shown to workers

and leaflets shall be distributed.

Some precautions and remedial measures proposed to be adopted to prevent fires are:

Compartmentalization of cable galleries, use of proper sealing techniques of cable passages and

crevices in all directions would help in localizing and identifying the area of occurrence of fire as well

as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fighting operations;

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providing fire stops for cable shafts;

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with proper zoning and interlocks for alarms are

effective protection methods for conveyor galleries;

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causes of fire and regular fire watching system

strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting; and

Proper fire watching by all concerned would be ensured.

6.13.4 TRAINING, REHERASAL (MOCK DRILLS) & RECORDS REGARDING DMP

6.13.4.1 Need of Training & Rehearsal

Training is important in order to –

Teach workers how to handle chemicals safely, how to act as a runner/messenger, how to use PPE,

how to start and shut down the plant, how to carry out emergency repairs etc.

Teach one to be a safe and alert worker.

To ensure right actions by person at right time.


281 | P a g e

Rehearsal is essential for -

Explaining and making key personnel and essential workers aware of their role in case of an

emergency.

Testing the emergency procedure, emergency arrangements and ability of all involved with it to grasp

the procedure and implement the same.

Testing the effectiveness of communication system including the alternative arrangement in case of

failure.

Testing the speed of mobilization of resources, search, rescue and treatment of casualties, emergency

isolation and shut down.

Detecting the shortcomings in the emergency plan and incorporating remedial measures.

Allowing professional emergency services to test their parts of the plan and testing co-ordination.

Building confidence in workers which is helpful in facing real situations.

Training shall be given to regular employees and contract personnel also. Effective and latest teaching aids

will be used to train workers and supervisory staff. Such training courses shall be conducted once in a year

and co-ordination with offsite personnel shall be sought during such training. Records will be maintained

for training.

6.13.4.2 Mock Drills

To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the awareness among employees

mock drill shall be carried out at the interval of every three months.

After completion of the mock drill, summary report shall be made and corrections shall be done if any

weakness has been observed.

FREQUENCY OF MOCK DRILLS:

On-site emergency : Once every 6 months

Off-site emergency : Once every year

6.13.4.3 Records & Updating the Plan

All records of On-Site and Off-Site Emergency Plan and modifications by experience and suggestion, the

rehearsals and conclusions of such plans and the enquiries shall be well maintained and preserved. The


282 | P a g e

necessary data bank shall be also maintained for the utility of industries and others. New information and

the deficiencies identified during the rehearsal is reviewed and incorporated in the document for continual

updating of the plan and such information shall be communicated to the concerned authorities.


283 | P a g e

CHAPTER-7

PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 GENERAL

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd. (YRPL), a Patel group company, was established in 1990, with the initial

production of Beta Naphthol. YRPL proposes a diversified group of products like Paranitroaniline (PNA),

Parachloroaniline (PCA), Parachloroaniline Hydrochloride and 2,5 Dichloroaniline etc.

The proponent has past experience in the industry with Indosal Chemicals and a proprietary concern:

Chemical Development & Construction Corporation which aimed at fabricating Chemical Plants on turnkey

basis. Quality is the prime motive of the company as with the Patel group company. All the requisite

processes shall be in place to ensure the consistency of quality and processes. Patel Group is also ISO

9000:2000 certified which ensures the process of innovation and improvement continues.

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL & SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The Patel Group is involved in social welfare activities & programs. It directly organizes various programs

for social welfare & upliftment or indirectly contributes in such activities conducted by other organizations

by providing financial & other aid. Thus, following the past commitments YRPL will continue its

responsibility for the proposed project under CSR Programs.

For the proposed project, the company has allocated some budget for CSR activities, which shall lead to

improved social infrastructure, if planned properly and has decided to earmark 5% of the total cost of the

project towards the Social welfare program based on locals need. Moreover, employment to approx. 170

people is a direct benefit for the domicile people.

7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The proponent has planned to recruit huge numbers (i.e. 100 nos. during construction phase and 170 nos.

during operation phase) of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled manpower according to the requirement cited

in the project planning. The direct & indirect employment potential of the project would be significantly

beneficial for the area. The planned employment will have significant benefits after the commissioning of

the project.


284 | P a g e

7.3.1 SKILLED AND SEMI-SKILLED

Skilled and Semi-skilled employment potential in terms of indirect employment of the area will be non-

marginal and will usually remain widespread across a long region. The project is expected to generate

substantial indirect employment in other sectors such as metal-based industries, chemical-based industries,

scrap dealing units, service units and other service providers. Overall assessment of the employment and

income effects indicate that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact on employment

and income generation of the area.

7.3.2 UN-SKILLED

Unemployment for un-skilled workers is quite common in the study area. The proposed project has

employment generation potential by way of recruiting local people directly for different activities of the

project, specifically at the construction phase. It is expected that substantial portion of the investment in this

project will trickle down to the local people in the form of employment and income generation.

7.4 ECONOMICAL BENEFITS

The proposed project envisages production of agrochemicals and organic intermediates, which have benefits

as follows:

Agrochemicals help defend against the spread of disease.

Agrochemicals enable farmers to grow more crops per acre for longer periods, increasing global food

supply.

The use of pesticides actually has had environmental benefits. Because pesticides allow farmers to

grow more per acre, less land is needed by the agricultural industry to supply the global market.

The world population continues to grow. For a variety of reasons, including bad weather and changing

trade policies, the rate of food production has declined. Agrochemicals and pesticide intermediates are

the modern tools used in farming to ensure a growing food supply.

Many important benefits are achieved by the use of agrochemicals. These are largely associated with

increased yields of plant and animal crops, and less spoilage during storage. These benefits are substantial.

In combination with genetically improved varieties of crop species, agrochemicals have made important

contributions to the successes of the "green revolution." It also helps in conservation of the natural

resources i.e. land. Moreover, the proposed project shall serve to core primary sector of India i.e.

Agriculture which shall be directly beneficial to the nation and farmers’ community.

http://science.jrank.org/pages/5277/Plant.html

http://science.jrank.org/pages/134/Agrochemicals-Environmental-effects-use-agrochemicals.html


285 | P a g e

Also, Looking to the current trends, there has been an increased demand of agrochemicals and pesticide

products due to the ever increasing population. Since, the project envisages use of modern tools and

technology, high quality products are a source of financial benefits to the company as well as to other allied

developments. The proposed project shall indirectly contribute to the economical upliftment of the nearby

community as well. The proposed project shall prove to be a blessing for reducing the outflow of Indian

currency as well as increasing the inflow of foreign currency by the export of the products manufactured.

Thus the proposed project shall significantly contribute to the economic development of the locality as well

as the country at large.

7.5 CSR PLAN

The company shall undertake CSR measures for the welfare of the local community.

Under this, the company has allocated a budget of Rs. 95 lakhs to be spent for CSR activities. Activities

under the following areas have been identified and shall be carried out:

A) Natural Resource Management – The main focus of this program will be to maximize the yield returns

of the farmers through efficient management of existing resources & extension of new agricultural practices.

Integrated Agricultural Growth Project – For improvement and use of the modern techniques and

thereby would certainly contribute to prosperity in the agriculture sector and reduce the rural poverty

by programs like Farmers Training, Nursery Growing Trainings, Modern agriculture equipment

distribution programs etc.

Animal Husbandry Projects – Various programs like health checkups & treatment, vaccination

program, Anti sterility camps, breed improvement etc. will be carried out.

B) Income Generation Program -

Establishment of Self-help groups.

Rural Entrepreneurship Development Program

Handcrafts Development Program

Vocational Training

Business process outsourcing


286 | P a g e

C) Health, Education & Infrastructure

Aids Awareness Program

General Health Camps

Innovative Teaching Methods

Adult Education

Sanitation

Infrastructure Development Projects


287 | P a g e

CHAPTER-8

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 GENERAL

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) constitutes an important part of the EIA report. The main

purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be generated from the

proposed project and to mitigate the consequences. The proponent on basis of the impacts identified sets

targets to reduce the negative impacts, plans and decides action plan to achieve the target effectively and

efficiently. EMP ensures an effective implementation methodology and alternatives for mitigation measures

planned / recommended to reduce or eliminate the adverse impacts to maximum possible extent during the

operation of the proposed project.

8.2 COMPONENTS OF AN EMS

In order to develop an EMS, an organization has to identify the impacts, set targets to reduce the negative

impacts, plan and decide the targets as well as set proper and appropriate steps to achieve the targets

effectively and efficiently.

A. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT IDENTIFICATION:

Any development project, either small or large, it has some environmental implications. The environmental

implications may be beneficial or adverse, but the main objective of impact identification is to specify areas

that are likely to be affected by the implementation of any project. It refers to identification and

documentation of the actual and potential environmental impacts of an organization's operational activities

to be undertaken.

This work has been done as a part of the EIA study which is already explained in earlier chapters. Further

the impact identification shall be recorded and reported with the proposed activities of the proposed project.

B. OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS:

To comply with all the conditions of Approved ToRs/ regulations/ applicable laws stipulated by MoEF or

Central/ State Pollution Control Boards.

To exercise all necessary controls with respect to management of liquid/hazardous /gaseous pollutants.

To remediate wastewater, hazardous waste and air emissions posing adverse impacts on the

environment by installing adequate pollution control technology and equipments.


288 | P a g e

To treat the liquid effluent to be generated from the proposed project in a full-fledged Effluent

Treatment Plant (ETP) consisting of primary and secondary treatment units to ensure adequate

treatment.

To install adequate APC along with stack monitoring facility at all gaseous emission points to ensure

emissions within prescribed limits.

To dispose the Hazardous wastes at an approved TSDF facility available in the nearby vicinity.

To plan and schedule environmental conservation and protection activities for the purpose of achieving

environmental standards and to improve methods of environmental management practices.

To improve working environment for employees by implementing mitigation/control measures for

Occupational Health & Safety and thereby improving condition of workplace environment.

To make budgetary provision and allocate funds for environmental management system and to ensure

timely revision of budgetary provisions.

To implement and ensure effective implementation of Planned Mitigations including R&D program

for innovative technologies for better environment, resource conservation/recovery/recycling/reuse

especially to promote waste utilization and wastewater recycling/reuse.

To encourage and inspire employees and contractor for highest performance and attentive response for

environmental conservation, protection and improvement.

Growth and development of the company.

C. CONSULTATION:

This component mainly aims at ensuring committed staff personnel. A proper and sound consultation with

community and staff should be done before implementation of EMP. This is very essential in order to assure

that the staff is completely focused, devoted & committed to company’s environmental policy. The staff

should be provided with copy of the environmental policy as a part of orientation of the employees &

conducting awareness training. Each employee is expected to report to their supervisors and inform him

about training that they feel would help to improve their performance and encourage commitment of staff

along with increasing their competence level. It can also help to improve public perception of the company.

Consultation with staff, local communities, associated experts/contractors, relevant organization and

managerial bodies should be conducted at regular intervals or as and when required with a view of

reviewing EMS work, discuss the problems concerned, share opinions and provide suggestive measures for

the possibility of further improvement of EMS and EMP.

D. OPERATIONAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:


289 | P a g e

Operational and emergency procedures mainly aim at ensuring that they are congruent with the

organization’s environmental objectives and targets. They also suggest required steps in case of any

diversion. However, changes (if any) should be included in the document and clearly specified.

E. DOCUMENTATION:

This is one of the most crucial and important components which focuses on having a documented proof for

all the objectives, targets, policies, responsibilities and procedures along with information on environmental

performance and its impacts. This is mostly useful in verifying environmental performance to staffs,

regulatory authority as well as the community. They can also be used at a later stage for any further

study/reference as and when required.

F. TRAINING:

This component mainly focuses on developing trained and competent staff. This mainly deals with

familiarizing the staffs with all their responsibilities, duties and tasks associated with implementation of

EMS. For this purpose, different organizations follow various measures in order to infuse them with

necessary skill and motivation required for effective and efficient implementation of EMP.

G. REVIEW AUDITS AND MONITORING COMPLIANCE:

This component mainly targets towards smooth and subtle functioning of an activity. Prior and essential

reviewing of audit and monitoring compliance should be done so as to achieve the stated objectives and to

modify with time in order to meet its goals. Monitoring is also one of the vital components which ensures

whether all the requirements are met or not and everything is carried out in a systematic and planned way.

H. CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT:

This is the most important component as everything is based on the concept of continuous development. An

EMS is said to be most efficient only when it is responsible for providing continual sustainable growth and

improvement in the organization by reviewing and monitoring the targets and objectives set by the

company. The policy and procedures laid down in this direction should be constantly monitored and

checked and any changes if required should be ensured if the objectives are to be met in the most efficient

way.


290 | P a g e

8.2 SUMMARY OF ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

A detailed study for the identification & prediction of anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed

project was carried out and the outcomes of the study are described in earlier Chapter-4. The major impacts

which require mitigation measures to protect the environmental health are further considered for formulation

of this “Environmental Management Plan (EMP)”. The summarized list of the major impacts considered for

EMP is illustrated below.

Impacts on Land Environment:

Land use/ Land cover change due to Construction activity and clearance of vegetation on project site

Change in Drainage Pattern due to construction works (Site preparation)

Contamination of land due to Solid/Hazardous waste/oil /Materials during the construction &

operation phase

Contamination of land due to disposal of sewage/effluent during the construction & operation phase

Impacts on Air Environment

Air pollution due to site preparation works as well as air borne construction materials during

construction phase

Air pollution from transportation vehicles during the Construction phase & Operation Phase

Air pollution due to plant operations & related activities during the operation phase

The major sources of air emission from the proposed project are:

Point source emissions

Fugitive emissions

Impacts on Water Environment

Water pollution due to runoff from construction site containing soil particles & construction materials

Impacts on water resources due to abstraction to meet the water requirement of proposed project

Water pollution due to disposal of sewage & effluent during the construction & operation phase

Impacts on Noise Environment

Impacts due to noise generation by transportation activities during Construction & Operation phase

Noise generation from Construction works


291 | P a g e

Noise generation during Operation phase

Impacts on Ecological Environment

Clearance of minor useless vegetation for area development

Direct & Indirect Impacts on Vegetation due to disposal of sewage, untreated effluent as well as

process and flue gas emissions.

8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT & SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

a. Construction Phase

The major problem will be excess excavation of earth during construction phase which shall be well

handled by utilizing the excess earth as landfills to level the low lying areas. Excavated earth shall be

covered by plastic/tarpaulin sheets. Also a part of the excavated earth material shall be used in the

Green Belt Development.

Storage & handling of construction materials shall be done properly to avoid spillage or leakage.

Vegetation clearance shall not be a major issue as the proposed area is not covered with vegetation.

Further, the proponent has planned to develop the Green Belt Area in about 19,996 m2 within the

premises, which shall prove to be beneficial from all aspects and shall effectively compensate the

minor impact.

Care shall be taken that domestic waste of construction workers is not disposed off on land.

b. Operation Phase

It is found that the mitigation measures are required to be implemented during operation phase mainly for

storage, disposal and accidental spillage or leakage of wastes, untreated effluent and process material. The

following categories of hazardous wastes will be generated from the Proposed Plant. Treatment, Storage &

Disposal mode for the same will be followed as per Hazardous Waste (Storage, Handling & Trans-boundary

Movement) Third Amendment Rules, 2010.

a) DETAIL OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL:

No Type of waste Category Qty.

MT/ month

Treatment Disposal


292 | P a g e

1 ETP waste & salt

from MEE

34.3 1115.0 Dried, packed

in bags

Dispose off into

TSDF, BEIL,

Ankleshwar &

SEPPL, Dahej &

Kutch


carboys


Incineration system

and or sell to

registered recycler

3 Discarded

containers

33.3 1.0 De-

contaminated,

stored

Sell to authorized

recycler

4 Incineration ash 36.2 18.0 Packed in

bags

Sell to brick

manufacturer

5 Process waste &

residue

29.1 463.0 Packed in

drums/bags

Will be sent for co

processing or


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

6 Spent carbon from

ETP

35.3 0.5 Packed in

drums/bags Will be Sent for Co-

processing or


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

7 Used rubber hand

gloves/pipes etc

X-08 0.2 Packed in

drums/bags


Incineration system


Dahej & Kutch

b) STORAGE OF SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE:

Proper Hazardous waste storage area with pacca flooring and covered shed will be provided for

storage of solid/hazardous waste.

Shall be stored at a designated Onsite-secured closed area that affords protection from sun & rain fall,

spreading of leachate, mixing of wastes etc.

Hazardous waste shall not be stored for a period more than 90 days. Records of the same shall be

maintained and make them available for inspection.

c) TRANSPORTATION OF SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE:


293 | P a g e

Properly packed & labeled waste shall be transported through dedicated vehicle to a captive facility/

authorized TSDF facility.

d) DISPOSAL OF SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE:

Provision of solid/Hazardous waste collection system & storage area confirming the guidelines

provided by CPCB for Solid/hazardous waste generation.

Waste salt from MEE, ETP Sludge will be collected for secure storage, transportation and disposal to

nearest TSDF site. Record of waste generation and disposal shall be maintained on printed logbook.

Process waste & residue will be collected, stored, transported and disposed at own incinerator and/or

to nearest Common Incinerator of SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch.

Discarded containers will be collected, stored, decontaminated & detoxified, sold to authorized

recycler agencies/scrap dealer.

Used / spent oil will be collected, stored, transported and disposed by selling to registered

Reprocessor/ refiners or incinerated in own incineration system.

Spent carbon will be Sent for Co-processing or incinerated into own Incineration system and/or sent to

SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch.

Used rubber hand gloves/pipes shall be incinerated into own Incineration system and/or sent to

SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch.

Fuel/Material Spill & leakage control/action plan shall be in place for prevention of contamination of

land due to accidental spillage/leakage of fuel/material.

Regular training shall be carried out for employees engaged in solid waste management works


294 | P a g e

HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGMENT

Hazardous Wastes (HWs) generated from the Premises

Properly Segregate, Label and store in

Designated secured storage area with

impervious lining

Disposable HWs of

Secured TSDF:

ETP Sludge &

Waste salt from

MEE

Leachate to ETP

for further

treatment

Use proper safety and personal

protective equipment while

handling HWs

Incinerable HWs:

Spent carbon from

ETP & Process residue

Used rubber

hand/gloves/pipes etc

Reusable,

Recyclable,

Recoverable

HWs:

Used Oil,

Discarded drum/

Containers

Solid Waste:

Domestic Waste

Incineration Ash

TSDF Site, M/s.

BEIL, Ankleshwar &

SEPPL, Dahej &

Kutch

Co-processing or incinerated

into own Incineration system

and/or sent to SEPPL, Dahej &

Kutch.

Solid domestic waste will be

disposed to municipal waste

disposal site,

Incineration Ash will be sold to

brick manufacturer.

Incinerated into own Incineration

system and or sell to registered

recycler & scrap dealer


295 | P a g e

Waste Minimization and Co-Processing Option of Hazardous Waste

Planning and Organization

1. Get Management’s commitment

2. Set overall assessment of program goals

3. Organize assessment program task force

Assessment phase

1. Collect process and facility data

2. Prioritize and select assessment target

3. Select People for assessment teams

4. Review data and inspect site

5. Generate options

6. Screen and select options for further study

Feasibility analysis phase

1. Technical Evaluation

2. Economic Evaluation

3. Select options for implementation

Implementation phase

1. Justify projects and obtain funding

2. Install facilities

3. Implement procedures for operation and maintenance

4. Evaluate performance

Co-processing:

Detail analysis of all the categories of waste shall be carried out.

It is recommended to analyze each hazardous waste periodically and maintain records.

Check the calorific value of the process sludge & residue and explore possibilities of Co-Processing in

Cement Industry as Primary fuel.


296 | P a g e

8.3.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT


Potential sources of air pollution during project construction are (i) dust emissions due to vehicle movement

and (ii) exhaust emissions from diesel generators, heavy construction equipment, and vehicles. The impact

on air quality during construction phase will be minimized by adopting following mitigation measures.

Dust suppression by regularly spraying water on roads and work sites shall be practiced.

Wetting or covering stockpiles, the proper location of material stockpiles and covering loaded trucks

during the transportation of material shall be ensured.

Loading/Unloading of construction materials shall be done in a proper way to avoid dust generation.

Use of low-emission vehicles and, wherever feasible, construction equipment powered by electricity

shall be preferred.

Maintenance of engines and use of vehicles with PUC Certificates. Contractors will be required to

strictly implement these measures.

DG sets equipped with stack of adequate height.

Engines of idle vehicle machineries/equipments not in use, shall be turned off.

Regular inspection for proper implementation of mitigation measures shall be done.

b. Operation Phase

In the proposed project the sources of air pollution will be:

Point source emission (from process stack and flue gas stack)

Fugitive emission (from transportation activity, coal handling, storage of solvent & storage of Raw

material)

a) Action Plan to Control point source emissions from all the sources

Company will adopt the following mitigation measures to reduce the impact on air environment:

Source of point source emission will be stack attached to boiler and reactor vessels. To control the

emission from boiler mutli cyclone dust collector followed by ESP shall be provided and to control the

emission from process stack, suitable two stage alkali scrubber will be installed to achieve the

emission standards.

Ventury scrubber will be provided with Incinerator facility and adequate stack height of 21 meter shall

be provided.

Stacks of adequate height & diameters shall be installed to reduce impacts by maximum dispersion of

pollutants in atmosphere.


297 | P a g e

D. G.Set (which will be used in case of emergency) will be provided with adequate height of 11 meter

to achieve the norms prescribed by the board.

Regular changing of scrubbing media will be done and it’s records shall be maintained on printed

logbook by the unit. In case the emissions exceeds, corrective measures shall be immediately taken

and records of the same should be maintained.

Regular monitoring of stacks and vents shall be carried out to check the emissions and it’s records

shall be maintained.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and in the nearby area for

PM, SOx and NOx.

Ensuring the operations of various process units are as per specified operating guidelines/ operating

manuals.

Strict adherence to maintenance schedule including lubrication for various machinery/ equipment.

A greenbelt around the factory will be developed for reducing the air pollution and attenuation of

noise.

Good house-keeping shall be maintained in the premises.

b) Action Plan to Control and Monitor Secondary Fugitive Emissions from all the sources

Pipelines connected with reactors and scrubbers shall be installed with minimum number of flanges,

joints and valves. The selection of state-of-the art leak proof valves shall be ensured.

Reactor and solvent handling pumps shall have mechanical seals to prevent leakages. Also provide

with breather valve to prevent losses.

The Reactor shall be connected to an efficient condenser system with cooling/chilling water/brine

circulation.

Solvent will be taken from storage tank to reactors through closed pipe line. Storage tank shall be

vented through trap receiver & condenser operated on cooling water.

The condensers shall be provided with sufficient HTA and residence time so as to prevent any loss of

solvent.

Proper earthing shall be provided were ever solvent handling is done & entire plant is flameproof.

Solvent will be stored as per the statutory requirement. Solvent will be kept at a separate specified area

with all the safety measures.

Enclosures to chemical storage areas, reactors, formulation areas, chemical loading and transfer areas

shall be connected through the ducts and controlled by means of scrubber installed for air pollution

control.

More emphasis shall be given for efficient solvent management / solvent loss prevention plan.


298 | P a g e

The plant will have gas detecting sensors which shall be installed in the plant area. These detection

sensors will be connected to an alarm system which will be located in the central control room. Based

on the alarm signals the necessary corrective actions shall be taken by the operational controller.

A comprehensive Annual maintenance program shall be in place to ensure the upkeep the satisfactory

operation of this detection and sensing system.

Adequate ventilation & adequately designed HVAC system shall be provided.

Entire process shall be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of pressure and

temperature.

Water bound Macdam (WBM) Road network shall be done in the whole area for truck movement to

prevent dust emission due to transportation activities.

Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the secondary fugitive emission.

Details of Solvent Recovery

Product

Toluene

Used Recovered Loss

MT/Day MT/Day %

3,6 Di chloro 2 Methoxy

benzoic acid

80.629 78.192 3.02

Di potassium salt of 3,6 Di

chloro salicylic acid

85.762 83.170 3.02

2,5 Di chloro phenol 93.368 90.546 3.02

2,5 Di chloro aniline 99.613 96.602 3.02

Product

Xylene

Used Recovered Loss

MT/Day MT/Day %


benzoic acid

204.33 199.55 2.34



212.26 207.17 2.40

Product

ODCB+2EH

Used Recovered Loss

MT/Day MT/Day %


benzoic acid

15.914 15.346 3.57



16.927 16.323 3.57

2,5 Di chloro phenol 18.428 17.770 3.57


299 | P a g e

Coal Handling and Management:

The trucks used for transportation shall be covered by the tarpaulin and overloading in truck shall not

be allowed to prevent the dusting and spillage of goods from the truck.

Coal will be stored in closed area to minimize the impacts.

To control the fugitive dusts from coal adequate moisture content shall be retained.

Water spraying system will be provided for coal wetting before unloading from truck.

A fire hydrant system line is also provided for immediate response to the unlikely spontaneous

combustion in the stored fuel.

Regular Air monitoring and inspection of the environmental management practices shall be carried out

and the necessary documents & records shall be maintained.

c) Action Plan to control ambient air quality as per NAAQS Standards:

The design stage endeavors to mitigate the problems related to environment and health at the process

technology/source level itself. Besides standards, emphasis would be given to comply with all design

standards/ regulatory norms as specified by CPCB/MoEF/GPCB etc.

Reactors will be provided with single/double mechanical seals, of reputed make as required by

process. Closed system will be designed.

Proper adequate APC devices will be provided at the source of emissions to reduce the emission of

pollutants in ambient air.

The flue gas & process emissions from the boilers & process stacks will be vented through adequate

height of chimney.

It is proposed to have a Green Belt along the boundary of the plot, which will intercept the dispersing

particulates. Also the sprinkling of water is recommended in areas where dust emission is expected

within the plant.

Ambient air monitoring shall be carried out by an independent agency every month to assess

particulate matter, SOx, NOx, HCl& VOC in at different locations within the plant.

The internal roads of the plant shall be constructed of RCC to minimize dusting due to transportation.


300 | P a g e

8.3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT


Water requirement during the construction phase will be fulfilled by Private tanker. No extraction of

water shall be done from the nearby Surface or groundwater resources for construction activity.

Further the proponent shall ensure to implement good operation practices to minimize the use of water

so as to reduce the consumption of water to maximum possible extent.

Proper drinking water facility will be made available to the construction workers.

Due care shall be taken to avoid formation of stagnant pools, which may cause damage to the aesthetic

condition as well as other environmental & socioeconomic factors.

Proper sanitary facility will be provided for construction worker during the construction phase and

waste will be treated in soak pit system.

b. Operation Phase

Water consumption & effluent generation worked out on maximum water consumption & effluent

generated product i.e. 3,6 Di Chloro 2 Methoxy Benzoic acid.



Balance 98 m3/day of normal effluent from cooling tower, boiler blow down, scrubber &

floor/container washing will be treated in Reverse Osmosis plant.

About 122 m3/day of condensate from MEE and 10 m3/day of RO rejection i.e. total 132 m3/day will

be treated in Soil Biotechnology Treatment Scheme & treated effluent will be disposed off into treated

effluent drainage line of GIDC Dahej for ultimate disposal into Arabian Sea.

About 25 MT/day of Salt from MEE will be disposed off into TSDF. 88 m3/day of RO permeate will

be recycled in the process.

Domestic Waste water (7 m3/day) will be disposed by septic tank & soak pit.

The concentrated mass of MEE shall be sent to Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD) and residual MEE

salts will be sent to TSDF Site.


301 | P a g e

Quality of untreated and treated effluent:

Sr.

No.

Parameters Untreated

process effluent

Input to

RO

Output

from RO

(pure

water)

Rejected

from RO

Input to

MEE

Condensate

from MEE

Outlet of

SBT

1 pH 2-2.5 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8

2 Color pt. co 600 < 100 < 100 < 100 600 150-200 < 100

3 Suspended

solids, mg/l

500-600 <100 < 10 <100 200-300 < 25 < 25

4 Total

dissolved

solids, mg/l

160000-180000 1000 < 50 9000-

10000

160000-

180000

300-400 < 2100

5 Oil and

grease, mg/l

3-4 ND ND ND 2-3 < 1 < 1

6 NH3-N, mg/l 30-40 0 0 0 20-30 20-30 <50

7 BOD, mg/l 1200-1500 < 30 < 30 < 30 900-

1000

800-900 < 100

8 COD, mg/l 4000-5000 < 100 < 100 < 100 3500-

4500

3000-3500 < 250

9 Heavy metal,

mg/l

0.1 ND ND ND 0.1 ND ND

10 Phenolic

compounds,

mg/l

2-3 ND ND ND 2-3 1-2 < 1


302 | P a g e

Details of Effluent Treatment Plant:

Process of normal effluent stream:

Industrial effluent is generated from various sources like - Process, Washings, Boiler blow-down, Cooling

blow-down and Others (scrubbed liquor,etc). It is segregated as per its characteristics into two streams,

namely,

1) Concentrated stream (high TDS, moderate COD) &

2) Normal stream (low TDS, low COD)

Concentrated Effluent Stream:


303 | P a g e

Concentrated Stream will be mainly from process having very high COD & TDS. It will be collected

in Collection Tanks, equalized / neutralized in Equalization / Neutralization tanks.

Neutral effluent will be then filtered to remove suspended solids as ETP Sludge (to be subsequently

dried, packed in bags, stored & finally dispatched to approve TSDF site for disposal).

After this Primary Treatment, the effluent will be passed through MEE system. MEE condensate will

be taken to Catalytic AOS system and Soil Biological Treatment to remove all organic impurities.

MEE salt will be disposed off into TSDF.

The treated effluent will be collected in a holding tank. It will be tested for various parameters like

COD, BOD, TSS etc and, if found meeting the GPCB parameters, it will be sent to the Guard Tank

and finally disposed off into the GIDC Effluent Drainage - ultimately to the Arabian Sea.

Normal Effluent Stream:

It will be mainly generated from Washings, Boiler blow-down, Cooling blow-down and others

(scrubbed liquor, etc). It has low COD and low TDS level.

It shall be collected in Collection Tanks, equalized / neutralized in Equalization / Neutralization tanks.

Neutral effluent is then filtered to remove suspended solids as ETP Sludge (to be subsequently dried,

packed in bags, stored & finally dispatched to approve TSDF site for disposal).

After this Primary Treatment, the effluent is passes through RO system. RO permeate shall be recycled

back to the process and RO rejected is collected and treated in Soil Bio Technology System.

The treated effluent is collected in a holding tank. It is tested for various parameters like COD, BOD,

TSS etc and, if found meeting the GPCB parameters, it is sent to the Guard Tank and finally disposed

off into the GIDC Effluent Drainage - ultimately to the Arabian Sea.


304 | P a g e

DETAILS OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT, MEE, RO & CATALYTIC AOT

FOLLOWED BY SOIL BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT

No Name of the unit Size in meter Nos Capacity MOC

1 Oil/Grease trap 1 x 1 x 1 1 1 RCC/TL

2 Collection cum equalization tank with

air sparger

6 x 6 x 4.5 1 162 RCC/TL

3 Neutralization tank with stirrer 2 m dia x 3 m

ht

3 30 RCC/TL

4 Chemical dosing tank 1 x 1 x 1 1 3 HDPE

5 Filter press 36 x 36 2 20 MT PP

6 Holding tank 6 x 6 x 4.5 1 162 RCC/TL

7 MEE with ATFD - 1 150 SS

7.1 Calandria- 1 0.656 X 8.44 1 150 KLD Ti-clad



7.4 ATFD 0.866 X 6.7 1 150 KLD SS 316

8 Holding tank for MEE condensate &

RO rejection

6 x 6 x 4.5 1 162 RCC/TL

9 Reverse Osmosis plant - 1 100 -

10 Holding tank for RO permeate 3 x 3 x 4.5 2 80 RCC

11 Catalytic AOS system and Soil

Biological Treatment

- 1 150 MSRL

12 Final treated effluent holding tank 6 x 6 x 4.5 1 162 RCC

13 Effluent transfer pump 10 HP & 5 HP 6 - CI/PP

14 Air Blower 10 HP 2 Nos 20 HP CI


305 | P a g e

General Measures for minimizing water impacts:

Regular monitoring of water, wastewater shall be done as per the monitoring schedule planned as

a part of Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Rain water harvesting schemes are also included in the existing project as part of water

conservation measures.

Efficient arrangement & designing of recycling system for recycling of treated wastewater.

Reduction of water consumption by recycling of treated wastewater and continuous attempts to

reduce wastewater generation rate.

Adequate operation & maintenance of ETP for efficient treatment of effluent generated.

The area where the chemical spillage can occur shall be provided with appropriate adsorbent

material like soda ash, saw dust or even earth using all necessary PPE.

Regular quality assessment of treated effluent before recycling.

Maintaining records of water consumption, water characteristics, treated and untreated effluent

characteristics.

Online pH meter, Flow meter and T.O.C meter shall be provided.

Maintenance of good housekeeping to avoid contamination of storm water.


306 | P a g e

8.3.4 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

a. Construction phase

As discussed earlier, the proposed project will be carried out in SEZ region, which is considerably away

from human settlement. Hence, the proposed project would not have any direct impacts on the ecological

environment during the construction phase. No ecologically potential area is observed within 10 km of area.

Therefore, no major mitigation measures are required for the construction phase. Besides, it is also planned

to develop greenbelt area in & around the construction site during the construction phase, which will

improve the ecological status of the project site and enhance the ecological balance of the surrounding.

The following measures shall be implemented during the construction phase:

Proper arrangement for materials storage & handling to prevent emissions from construction site/

operation area to avoid adverse effects on the biological environment.

Water sprinkling shall be practiced in the area under construction.

The construction workers shall be instructed to minimize the clearing area to the possible extent.

All necessary structural mitigation measures have been suggested/planned for control of air & water

pollution.

b. Operation phase

During the operation of the proposed project, no major harm will be caused to the ecology as there will be

no major source of pollution after implementation of mitigation measures for pollution control using

necessary technology/method/system. Further, the greenbelt development in the project area shall improve

the existing ecological condition of the area. Thus no special mitigation measures are required for ecology

conservation during the operation phase. However, as it is noticed that the greenbelt development will

improve the ecological condition of the area, following care shall be taken as mitigation measures.

Management shall ensure that all possible efforts are being made to maintain healthy greenbelt

developed in & around the plot area.

The management shall provide all necessary materials/requisites for development, maintenance &

protection of the greenbelt.


307 | P a g e

Regular irrigation, fertilization & pest control program shall be a part of routine activity during the

operation phase.

The upbringing of Green Belt will prove to be an ideal dwelling place for many avifauna and

terrestrial fauna, hence care shall be taken to avoid any harm to the faunal community being settled in

the greenbelt.

Regular records of greenbelt development activities with necessary statistics shall be maintained.

8.3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


The proponent shall ensure that no hazard is caused due to noise generation during the course of

construction works. For this purpose the proponent shall ensure that the workers are provided with

individual personal protective equipments like ear muffs or ear plugs in areas with high exposure to

noise.

Further, it shall also be ensured to carry out periodic and regular maintenance of the equipments,

machines and spare parts which shall include lubrication, replacement of defective parts etc. in order

to bring down the decibel of noise to maximum possible extent.

Noise generation due to movement/operation of vehicles & equipment/ machineries shall be well

managed by restricting the movement/operation during night hours.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to reduce noise generation.

b. Operation phase

Noise generating equipments like pump, motors, compressors, blower, turbine/engines, power

generator sets/ engines etc. shall be mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with proper & suitable

rubber padding to reduce vibrations & thereby noise generation.

The major noise producing equipment such as turbine will be provided with sound proof container,

where ever possible. Pumps, fans, compressor, etc. will be statically and dynamically balanced.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided for DG set and similar provision like noise attenuator wherever

suitable/possible.

Adequate greenbelt shall be developed and maintained around high noise generating area as well as

plant premises to help in attenuation of noise


308 | P a g e

Silencers for Boilers & Turbine shall be provided &/or attached with various noise generating parts of

boiler & turbine.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to reduce vibration & noise generation

Use of PPE like ear plugs and ear muffs is made compulsory near the high noise generating machines.

Moreover, the personnel shall be provided breaks in their working hours, with the continuous exposure

not increasing three hours.

All vehicles shall maintain speed limit inside the premises and unusual acceleration of engine & loud

horns shall be prohibited.

Periodic monitoring of noise levels as per post-project monitoring plan shall be done on regular basis.

8.3.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & HOUSE KEEPING


YRPL has planned to appoint/hire construction firms and maximum construction works will be carried out

by well-known contractors. However, occupational health & safety will be the prime focus during the

construction stage. Occupational health & safety of the construction workers shall be ensured with the

following measures:

The management shall ensure that all workers/employees are provided with basic Personnel Protective

Equipments (PPE) like ear plug/muff, safety helmet, face mask, safety gloves, safety goggles, safety

shoes etc.

The management shall also ensure that the quality of these PPEs is properly checked before providing

to the workers. It shall also be ensured that all the safety equipments are placed properly and are

available instantaneously when required.

Management shall also ensure to have safety and first aid facility for the workers/ employees engaged

in the working of the plant in order to provide them with necessary treatments in case of accidental

mishaps or their health breakdown.

Necessary training shall be imparted to the required workers/ employees in various aspects, viz.

handling of the materials, precautionary measures to be taken while working, how to use the safety

equipments, etc. so as to make all workers literate, thus minimizing the chances of any accidental

mishaps.


309 | P a g e

Proper care shall be taken to provide the migrant laborers with clean hygienic residence accompanied

by basic amenities like drinking water, sanitation, etc.

Arrangements for medical facilities shall also be made in case of any disturbance in health during the

course of work.

b. Operation phase

The proponent is very much concerned in terms of health, safety and environment protection. The proponent

is committed towards safety safety and proponent shall prepare ‘Health, Safety & Environment Policy’.

The company shall engage a qualified safety Manager and a doctor for regularly checking health of the

employees. Additionally, medical aid shall also be arranged with the help of local hospital. Annual health

check of the employees shall also be carried out and records shall be maintained. Regular training to plant

personnel in safety, firefighting and first aid shall be provided.

The following key safety measures shall be implemented in the proposed project:

1. Safety Training shall be provided to the employees.

2. Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency shall be provided.

3. Emergency Control Room shall be established.

4. Assembly points shall be defined for safe gathering of the employees during the times of emergency.

5. Fire Hydrant System shall be installed.

6. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided.

7. Mock drills shall be periodically conducted and factors like response time shall be evaluated.

8. Fire squad team shall be formed for handling any emergency situation & regular training of squad team

shall be conducted.

9. First Aid Facility and training shall be provided.

10. Personal protective gears and equipments shall be provided to employees.

11. Health check-ups shall be organized at regular intervals.

12. Safety / Health records and MSDS shall be maintained.

Housekeeping

Proper housekeeping is an essential part of sound environmental management. Good housekeeping practices

shall be carried out during the operational activities of the proposed project. It shall be rigorously seen that

there is no accumulation of wastes, especially combustible wastes inside the plant area.


310 | P a g e

In summer dry grasses & vegetation growing inside the plant area will be cut and removed. All firefighting

equipments and warning devices will be kept in perfect working conditions at all the times. It will be seen

that all personnel are aware of the implications of environmental pollution and simple practices to avoid

pollution and untidy workplaces.


311 | P a g e

8.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION PRACTICES

Cleaner Production (CP) is defined as the continuous application of an integrated preventive environmental

strategy applied to processes, products and services to increase overall efficiency and reduce risks to the

environment including human beings. Unlike the pollution control which is an after event ‘react and treat’,

CP is a forward looking approach, ‘anticipate and prevent’.

The following CP actions have been defined for the proposed project as a part of their integrated preventive

environmental strategy:

8.4.1 CONSERVATION OF WATER, RAW MATERIALS AND ENERGY

The conservation program for the proposed project activity shall aim at reducing wastage of water, raw

materials, power and fuel.

Water Conservation and Rainwater Harvesting:

R.O permeate will be recycled back for utility requirements.

Flow meters shall be installed at the inlet and outlet of the ETP as well as at the intake of process

house to account for the water losses (if any).

Low volume water sprinklers shall be installed for gardening and water sprinkling purposes at the coal

storage yard.

Use of more native plants for greenbelt development that require little water to thrive in the locality.

Watering the landscapes in the morning to prevent water loss due to evaporation.

Adding mulch surrounding the trees to prevent water loss through evaporation.

Conduct regular surveys and awareness programs for water conservation at an employee level.

Regular inspection, checking and maintenance of valves, taps, flow meters and other equipments.

Provision of low flush toilets in the administrative building.

Rain water harvesting (RWH) plan for conservation of water.

Raw Materials Conservation:

A designated raw material storage area shall be provided for better handling.

Proper handling, loading and unloading practices shall be followed for reducing material wastage.

Use of closed trucks for transportation of coal to avoid material loss.


312 | P a g e

Proper solvent Management plan shall be formulated and solvent will be recovered at maximum

extent.

Energy Conservation:

The company shall train and educate employees in areas of energy conservation.

The company shall carry regular internal and external audits to identify areas for improvement. Energy

audit shall be used as a tool for monitoring purpose.

Energy efficient machineries, fixtures and equipments will be used during the construction and

operation phase as far as possible.

Enough care will be taken to prevent/minimize energy losses at each stage.

External lights shall be controlled through timers for auto on/off function based on timings.

Automated day light control.

Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise for energy consumption.

Preparing annual energy activity plan.

Company shall explore possibility of harnessing solar energy for various infrastructure operations. Unit will

also assess the use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, Use of Energy Efficient Motors, electrical

appliances to minimize the energy consumption.

8.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The plan for attenuation of the noise and air pollutant level includes design for greenbelt/plantation around

plant boundary, roadside, office buildings and stretches of open land. The vegetation for the attenuation of

air pollution shall be most needed in the areas where ground level concentrations of the pollutant are likely

to be high. The main objective of green belt development is to provide a barrier between the source of

pollution and the surrounding area. The greenbelt helps to capture the fugitive emission and to attenuate the

noise generated apart from improving the aesthetics. Development of green belt shall also prevent soil

erosion and washing away of the topsoil besides helping in stabilizing the functional ecosystem, make the

climate more conducive and restore water balance.

Plantation work:


313 | P a g e

A 20-25m wide green belt shall be proposed on 19,996 m2 of area. Further, avenue plantation will be

undertaken along the roadside of the plant. Extensive afforestation at plant area will be undertaken which

will not only act as lung space in the area but will also improve aesthetics. Multi-layered plantation

comprising of medium height trees (7 m to 10 m) and shrubs (5 m height) are proposed for the green belt.

Moreover, in future creepers will be planted along the boundary wall to enhance its insulation capacity.

Area cover for green belt development:

The greenbelt development will be according to the guidelines prescribed by the Central Pollution Control

Board (CPCB), New Delhi. The proponent has planned to develop the Green Belt Area within a plot

premises. Total 19,996 Sq meter area shall be allocated for green belt.

Selection of Species for Greenbelt

Development of Green Belt is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due care. Selection of

proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate, quality, thickness of canopy cover,

etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of fugitive noise, reduce the pollution level, thus making the

place worth dwelling for the diversified species of flora. The plant species suitable for greenbelt

development need to be selected based on the following criteria:

Fast growing

Thick canopy cover

Perennial and evergreen

Large leaf area index

High sink potential

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be given to the natural

factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be grown as per normal horticultural or

forestry practices.

For effective removal of pollutants, it is necessary that (1) plants grow under conditions of adequate

nutrition supply (2) absence of water stress (to maintain openness of stomatal apertures and form of

epidermal structures), and (3) are well-exposed to atmospheric conditions of light and breeze (i.e., away

from engineering structures hindering free flow of air) to maintain free interaction with gases.


314 | P a g e

For adsorption of gases:

Longer duration of foliage

Freely exposed foliage, through

Adequate height of crown

Openness of foliage in canopy

Big leaves (long & broad laminar surface)

Large number of stomatal apertures

Stomata well-exposed (in level will the general epidermal surface)

For removal of suspended particular matter:

Height and spread of crown

Leaves supported on firm petioles

Abundance of surface on bark and foliage, through

Roughness of bark

Epidermal outgrowth on petioles

Abundance of auxiliary hairs

Hairs or scales on laminar surfaces

Stomata protected (by wax, arches/rings, hairs etc.)

Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green cover, improve

the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also have major long-term impacts

on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable plant species, green belts can be developed in

strategic zones to provide protection from emitted pollutants and noise.

In view of this, the list species suggested to be planted in the greenbelt area is illustrated below. The suitable

variety/species shall be finalized in consultation with Local Forest Officer & Horticultural Experts. Mixed

plantations shall be done keeping optimum spacing between the saplings.


315 | P a g e

List of Species for Selection for Greenbelt Development

Species Common

Name Species

Common

Name

Achras zapota Sapota Leucaena

lucocephala Sdubabul

Albizia sps. Siris Mangifera indica Mango

Azadirachta indica Neem Mellingtonia

hortensis Gagana mallige

Agave Sps. Agave Moringa Olefera Drum stick

Bombavceiba Silk cotton Peltophorum

ferruginium Peltophorum

Bouhinia purpuria Geranium tree Pthecellobium dulce English Mile

Caesalpinia coriera Divi divi Polyalthea pendula Ashoka

Cassia siamea Ironwood Pongamia pinnata Karanja

Cassia asiatica Cassia Samania saman Rain Tree

Dalbergia sissoo Sissu Sapindus

emarginatus Soapnut

Delonix regia Gulmohar Sesbania sesban Agastehi

Feronia elephantum Elephant apple Spadthodia

companulata Spathodia

Ficus bengalensis Banyan Syzigium cumini Jamun

Ficus glomurala White Ficus Syzizium guzuva Guava

Ficus religiosa Aswath Tamarindus indica Tamarind

Hardiwickia binata Iron Wood Tectona grandis Teak

Holoptelia Integrifolia Chilbil Tekoma species Tekoma

Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jackaranda Terminalia bellirica Myrobalan

Jatropha Circas Jatropha Terminalia catappa Badam

Lagerstroemia

flosreginae

Benteak Thespesia populnea Badam

Harivana Harivana Papaya Papaya

Sesbania sesban Agasthi Guava Guava


316 | P a g e

All the above said species are common species used for green belt development. Other than these, specific

dust absorbing as well as noise absorbing species will be planted in the greenbelt which will reduce the

concentration of dust and noise levels in the premises.

Green belt Development Programme

Year No. of trees/plants to be planted in

plant area

2016-2017 1500

2017-2018 500

2018-2019 500

2019-2020 500

Dust Absorber species Noise attenuation Species

Species Common

Name Species

Common

Name

Azadirachta indica Neem Terminalia

tomentoas Asan

Melia azaderach Mahaneem Acacia

auriculiformis Babul

Terminalia arjuna Arjun Polyalthia longifolia Debdari

Cassia fistula Amaltas Ficus benghalensis banyan

Bauhinia variegate Kachnar Magnifera indica Aam


317 | P a g e

8.6 DRAINAGE & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of drainage pipes/channels etc.

Regular checking before & during the monsoon shall be done to see that none of the drains/drainage

facilities are clogged and are efficient to collect the rainwater under rain water harvesting program. The

clogged drains shall be cleaned up immediately on report of any clogging or blockage. This checking and

cleaning shall be meticulous during the monsoon season, especially if heavy rains are forecasted.

Rainwater harvesting plan:

The First rainwater will not be collected and it will be allowed to be discharged as storm water. The second

rainwater and subsequent rainwater will be conveyed to the Rainwater collection system. Rainwater falling

on the entire main shop roof & will be transferred to storage tank through closed pipes or separate drain

channel. This water will be utilized for other purposes and thereby reducing the water consumption.

The average annual rainfall in the Jhagadia area = 870 mm

Quantity of rainwater can be harvested:

Total roof-top area of Main Shop : 3000 m2

Annual rain fall in Bharuch region : 870 mm

The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be,

R = (p – t/2.12)

R = (87-30.1/2.12), = 26.83 say 27 cm

Where,

R=Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area.

P=The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, t=Mean annual temperature in deg.

Centigrade. (In current case it is 30.10 C.)

Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be,

= 27 cm x Roof Top Area

= 0.27 m x 3000 m2

= 810 m3

The rain water can be collected and utilized for plantation purpose. For this, a storage tank shall be

constructed at appropriate location.


318 | P a g e

8.7 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMS:

The total project cost for proposed project will be INR 21500 Lacs. The capital cost of environmental

control measures, solid waste management facilities and greenbelt development would be INR 1913 Lacs.

The APC, additional units of ETP, additional greenbelt, safety measures and other components of the EMP

shall be implemented alongwith the commissioning of the proposed project. The annual recurring cost of

environmental control for the proposed project has been estimated to be INR 2290 lacs/annum of the total

EMS cost. The Budgetary Provision made for environmental management is briefly illustrated below:

COST BREAK-UP FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS)

No. Particular

Total

Capital

(INR lacs)

1

Total EMS Cost

(Including Air Pollution Control Measures,

Wastewater treatment, Solid Waste Management,

Environmental Monitoring, Environmental Audit,

Greenbelt development)

1913.00

TOTAL 1913.00

RECURRING COST PER ANNUM

No. Particular Proposed (INR

Lacs/annum)

1 Environment & Safety Management System 1450

2 Green belt maintenance 240

3 Solid waste Disposal 600

TOTAL 2290.00


319 | P a g e

8.8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL:

YRPL will formulate the Environmental Management Division for its proposed unit at Dahej which will be

involving personnel of plant level as well as corporate level for interaction with technical & statutory bodies

to deal with environmental requirements/issues at all level. Executive Director/Engineer will head the

Environmental Management Cell with subordinates involving Environmental Manager, Environmental

Engineer, Chemist, Operators, etc. The EMC will be provided with well-equipped laboratory for carrying

out analysis of the samples of the water, air etc. The EMC will carry out/oversee the monitoring of the stack

emission, noise level, analysis of the wastewater etc. and keep the regional / local statutory body informed

about the status of pollution control. Proponent will arrange professional training for personnel of EMC at

plant level which shall be provided in area of monitoring and continuous analysis of the pollutants, legal

requirement and environmental management system. The EMC will also act to ensure efficient & proper

implementation of EMP & mitigation measures suggested for control/prevention of pollution,

recycling/reuse of waste & wastewater, conservation of environmental quality, Greenbelt and occupational

health & safety etc.

Conceptually, the Environmental Management cell has the following organizational structure.

UPDATING OF EMP

The periodicity of monitoring will be governed by the directives from statutory authorities and prevailing

regulations. The action plan of EMP will be updated every year with respect to the results achieved and to

plan activities for the next year.

IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND RESPONSIBILITY

Various measures have been suggested in the EMP for mitigation of impacts. These have to be implemented

according to the suggestions and monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. It is the prime responsibility of

Head of EMC to ensure that any non-conformity are addressed, the EMP is implemented & operated

efficiently to prevent/control pollution during operational phase of proposed project as well as to improve

the environmental health of the area. The head of EMC shall be responsible for reporting any non-

compliance to higher authority and stakeholders. It is the responsibility to each personnel of EMC & to

ensure that the subordinates function efficiently as per their responsibility to proper implementation of EMP

to practice ideal methodology/procedures for prevention /control of pollution as well as improvement of

environmental health.


320 | P a g e

EMERGENCY & DISASTER MANAGEMENT CELL

Head

Safety, Health and Environment

Sr Safety Officer

SafetyCoordinator

Environment Engineer(Air and

Regulatory)

Environment Coordinator

Environment Engineer- Water &

ETP

ETP Operators

Lab Technicians


321 | P a g e

8.9 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN

The proponent is actively involved in the improvement of society through its contribution in social welfare

activities & programs. It directly organizes various programs for social welfare & upliftment or indirectly

contributes in such activities conducted by other organizations by providing financial & other aid. The

proponent shall fulfill the requirements of its social responsibility under CSR Programs. Owing to the

approximate cost for demand of infrastructure and service support for the year 2015-16, the management of

YRPL has approved Rs. 95 lakhs for CSR program in surrounding villages. The activities mentioned therein

shall be carried out within a time frame of 3 years (from the year 2016-17 to 2018-29). Moreover,

employment to approx. 170 people is a direct benefit for the domicile people.

The objective of the Social Welfare Group is to improve the quality of life (of the community at large)

through Education, Preventive Health Care, Sanitation, Infrastructural Development etc. The sectors

identified under the scope of CSR activities are as follows:

Upliftment of society weaker class persons.

Free Health Services to the needy and poor

Awareness Generation Program

Skill Development Program

Recreational Facilities

Agriculture

BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR CSR:

No. CSR Activities Year

16-17

Year

17-18

Year

18-19

1

Upliftment of society weaker class

persons.

25 Lacs 30 Lacs 40 Lacs 2

Free Health Services to the needy and

poor

3 Awareness Generation Program

4 Skill Development Programme

5 Recreational Facilities & Agriculture


322 | P a g e

CHAPTER-9

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

9.1 GENERAL

Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt Ltd (YRPL) is proposing a large scale greenfield manufacturing industry of Agro

Chemicals and Organic Intermediates with Total Capacity of 702 TPM, which envisages an investment of

Rs. 215 Crores. For the proposed plant total 62,526 m2 of open plot already obtained from Dahej SEZ

Limited, Gandhinagar. The proposed project is located in the SEZ:II, Dahej Industrial Estate & wishes to

manufacture Agro Chemicals, hence, as per EIA notification 2006 proposed project falls under Category 5

(b) A. Construction work for production plant, Environmental management system & installation of new

machineries will be carried out as per SEZ approved plan. The company’s products shall be used to

manufacture various herbicides and organic intermediates having a good market demand. The plant will

consist of hydrogenerator, distillatory, reactors, fractionating column, rotary vacuum paddle dryer,

distillation column, HDPE absorbers for HCl, condensers & Stainless steel pumps, high vacuum steam

ejectors and SS water ring vacuum pumps, etc.

9.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

The rapid expansion of the world’s population continues to drive the need for more efficient and more

potent agrochemical products.

Company has observed that there is a good scope in new chemical entities and modes of action that

they can patent as new crop protection processes and delivery methods.

Looking to the future demand, IIL, Dahej Unit-2 has decided to set up a new manufacturing facility in

Dahej SEZ.


323 | P a g e

9.3 PROJECT LOCATION

9.3.1 PROJECT SITE:

YRPL is proposing a greenfield manufacturing industry of Agro Chemicals and Organic Intermediates within

to be located at Plot No. Z/96/E, SEZ: II, Dahej Industrial Estate, Tal: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch, Gujarat. The

geographical co-ordinates of the project site are 21°40'07.26"N and 72°32'21.78"E respectively. The

proposed project site is located in Dahej SEZ having total plot area of 62,526 m2. The site is well connected

by rail, road and all other infrastructure facilities which are basic requirements for the proposed project.

9.3.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

PARTICULARS DETAILS

Geographical Location Latitude : 21°40'07.26"N

Longitude : 72°32'21.78"E

Nearest Highway

Nearest Railway Station Bharuch Railway Station: 20 km NE

Nearest Airport Surat Airport:

Vadodara Airport:

Nearest Village

Nearest Town/city

Rivers

Sea Arabian Sea

Hills/Valley None

Monuments None

Archaeologically Important Places None

National Parks None

List of Major Industries (Within 10 km)


324 | P a g e

9.4 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

Resources Requirements/ Source

Land Requirement 62,526 m2 SEZ-II, Dahej

Capital Requirement Rs. 215 crores --

Water Requirement 384 KLD

(Fresh 296 KLD + Recycle from

RO 88 KLD)

GIDC water supply

Power Requirement 2500 KVA Will be sourced from Torrent

Energy Ltd (TEL)/ Dakshin

Gujarat Vij Co. Ltd.(DGVCL)

1500 KVA D. G. Set for emergency

power failure

Energy Requirement 27600 kg/h Proposed 30 TPH capacity

of coal fired steam boiler

Fuel Requirement Coal 8 MT/h

Diesel (for 1500 KVA D.G. Set) 270 kg/h

FO/LDO (for incinerator) 300 kg/h

Manpower 100 - Construction phase

170 – Operation Phase

New Recruitment


325 | P a g e

9.5 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT

Sr. No. Raw Materials MT/MT of

Product

MT/Month

1.0 Product : 3,6 DICHLORO METHOXY BENZOIC ACID

1.1 Toluene (Fresh) 0.127 63.36

1.2 Toluene (Recovered) 4.066 2032.99

1.3 Hydrogen Gas (H2) 0.048 24.02

1.4 25 Dichloro Nitrobenzene 1.398 698.78

1.5 Catalyst 0.002 0.86


1.7 98% Nitric Acid 0.435 217.29

1.8 Sulphur Dioxide 0.433 216.32

1.9 (ODCB+2EH) (fresh) 0.030 14.77

1.10 (ODCB+2EH) (recovered) 0.798 398.98

1.11 Caustic Potash [KOH (46%)] 1.318 659.06

1.12 Xylene(fresh) 0.249 124.29

1.13 Xylene(recovered) 10.377 5188.25

1.14 Carbon Dioxide 0.286 142.92

1.15 Sodium Hydroxide [NaOH (50%)] 0.539 269.43


1.17 Methyl Chloride [CH3Cl] 0.610 305.00

1.18 Water 4.699 2349.32

1.19 Water for recycle 3.787 1893.49

TOTAL 31.468 15732.00

2.0 DI POTASSIUM SALT OF 3,6 DICHLORO SALICYLIC ACID



2.3 H2 0.04 25.25

2.4 25 DCNB 1.06 743.59

2.5 Catalyst 0.00 0.70

2.6 85% H2SO4 1.45 1016.47

2.7 98% HNO3 0.33 230.79

2.8 SO2 0.33 230.09

2.9 ODCB+2EH(FRESH) 0.02 15.72

2.10 ODCB+2EH(RECOVRED) 0.60 424.39

2.11 KOH (46%) 1.00 701.50

2.12 Xylene(FRESH) 0.19 132.20


326 | P a g e

2.13 Xylene(RECOVRED) 7.68 5386.35

2.14 CO2 0.22 152.23


2.16 Water 0.27 190.81

TOTAL 19.35 13574.59

3.0 2,5 DICHLORO PHENOL

3.1 Toluene(fresh) 0.14 73.36


3.3 H2 0.05 27.59

3.4 25 DCNB 1.58 809.30

3.5 Catalyst 0.00 1.02

3.6 85% H2SO4 2.17 1106.14

3.7 98% HNO3 0.49 251.37

3.8 SO2 0.49 250.35

3.9 ODCB+2EH (FRESH) 0.03 17.11

3.10 ODCB+2EH (RECOVERED) 0.90 461.94


TOTAL 13.74 7019.57

4.0 2,5 DICHLORO ANILINE


4.2 Toluene(RECOVERED) 3.78 2511.69

4.3 H2 0.05 29.91

4.4 25 DCNB 1.30 863.51

4.5 Catalyst 0.00 1.06

TOTAL 5.24 3484.46


327 | P a g e

9.6 PRODUCT & CAPACITY

To carry out the proposed project, various resources like raw materials, power, fuel, water, manpower,

etc will be utilized.

Details of products:


1 3,6 DI CHLORO 2-METHOXY BENZOIC

ACID

500.00

OR

2 DI POTASSIUM SALT OF 3,6 DI

CHLORO SALICYLIC ACID

701.50

OR

3 2,5 DI CHLORO PHENOL 510.92

OR

4 2,5 DI CHLORO ANILINE 664.75

Details of By-products:


1 METHANOL 108.90


328 | P a g e

9.7 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The Base line environmental status for various components of environment like soil, Ground water,

surface water, noise and ambient air quality is an important part of environmental impact assessment

study. Baseline data helps in the prediction and assessment of impacts due to the proposed project. This

study illustrates the description of existing environmental status of the study area with reference to the

prominent environmental attributes.

The baseline environmental study of YRPL and its surrounding area was done by following the

guidelines of MoEF. The study was carried out according to the ToRs approved by the Expert Appraisal

Committee of MoEF, Delhi. The study area for the proposed project has been considered within the 10

km periphery of the project site. The period of study was March 2015 to May 2015. Secondary data

were collected from secondary sources like Census of India-2001 & 2011, Environment Information

Centre-Delhi, Forest department, respective District Panchayats, etc.

Table No 9.1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Methods


B. Air Environment

Ambient air quality



manual



C. Water



22nd edition, 2012




edition, 2012

Surface Water


329 | P a g e


standard methods







F. Socioeconomic

Data






330 | P a g e

Table No.9.2: Method of Environmental Sampling & Analysis

Attributes Methods


C. Air Environment

Ambient air quality



manual



C. Water



22nd edition, 2012




edition, 2012

Surface Water


standard methods







F. Socioeconomic

Data






331 | P a g e

Table 9.3: Baseline Status of the study area:

Physiography Proposed site is located in district Bharuch.

The nearest city/ town to the project site is Bharuch.

River Narmada is the nearest river and drains into the Arabian sea.

Meteorology During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 16.20C in

the month of March, 2015 and maximum temperature was recorded

49.4oC in the month of May, 2015.

Humidity was observed between 10.0 to 99.0 %.

The wind speed was in the range of 0 to 23.0 km/hr during study period

Rainfall: No rainfall recorded during the study period.

Ambient air quality AAQM monitored at 7 locations in 10 km radial periphery for the project

site.

During the study PM2.5 was observed between 39.6 – 72.5 µg/m3.

Maximum concentration of PM2.5 was found at Ambheta. All the results

were found well within the limit.

PM10 was observed in the range of 70.5 – 93.7 µg/m3. Results found

during the study period for PM10 were well within the limit.

SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 7.4 to 16.4 µg/m3, which

is well within the standard limit.

NOx concentration in Ambient Air quality was between 17.1- 28.4

µg/m3.

Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for HC, Cl2, HCl, H2S, CS2

and VOC. Maximum concentration of HC was found 95 g/m3 at

Dahej. Maximum concentration of HCl was 8.9 µg/m3, maximum

concentration of VOC was 8.4 µg/m3 and that of H2S was 16.7 µg/m3.

On the basis of test results found during the survey it can be concluded

that the ambient air quality of the study region is quite good as all the

results are well within the limit.

Noise level Day time: Leq range – 51 to 56 dB(A)

Night time: Leq range – 45 to 55 dB(A)

Water resources &

quality

Surface Water Quality

During the analysis pH of the samples was found ranging from 7.0 to 8.0.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample of the various

locations. Minimum TDS was found 338 mg/L in the sample of


332 | P a g e

Ambheta and Dahej villages & maximum TDS was found 419 mg/L for

the sample of Luvara village pond.

TSS was found between 9.3 to 14.7 mg/L. Minimum TSS was found at

Luvara village pond & maximum TSS was found at Dahej village pond.

DO measured during analysis was ranging between 5.9 to 6.3 mg/L.

Almost all the samples of surface water are having the same range of

DO. DO level was found more than 4.0 mg/L for all the samples. It

shows that the quality of the water resources is favourable for aquatic

lives.

It was found that Total Hardness for the sample of Luvara was minimum

i.e. 165 mg/L & maximum was 216 mg/L in the sample of Dahej pond.

Ground Water Quality

pH range was observed between 7.5 – 7.96. It is well within the specified

limit.

Total dissolved solids were recorded in the range of 1217 - 3597 mg/L.

Total Dissolved solids concentration was found at higher side. It may be

due to high content of chloride, calcium, magnesium & carbonate ions.

Total hardness was in the range of 255 - 785 mg/L with minimum at

Luvara & maximum at Lakhigam. Hardness results were found more

than the desirable limit for all locations.

Results of Alkalinity and magnesium were also found at higher side.

All the heavy metals were found well within the range of prescribed

standards except iron. Any of toxic metals were not found in any village

during analysis. Fluoride & phosphate were also within the range of

prescribed limit in all the samples.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it

was found NIL.

On the basis of test results it is summarized that water quality for studied

locations is not as per IS: 10500 – 2012 except for Luvara and

Jogeshwar. Water from Luvara and Jogeshwar villages can be used for

drinking purpose and water of other villages in the study area can be

used for washing and other domestic purposes. It can be used for

drinking purpose only after necessary treatment and purification.


333 | P a g e

Soil quality Results of pH were varying in narrow range for different locations from

7.63 to 8.18 during the study period. Overall, the pH of all the soil

samples was found almost neutral.

Loss on ignition test was also carried out to know the probability of

Organic Matter in the soil samples. Concentration of organic matter was

found in the range of 8.4 to 12.7%. Minimum Value was observed at

Luvara.

During analysis Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 19.4-24.0

mg/100 gm. Minimum value was observed in the soil sample of

Jogeshwar.

Total Phosphorous content was found in the range of 28.7 to 38.3

mg/100 gm.

Calcium content ranged from 65.1 to 141.4 meq/100 gm and magnesium

from 20.6 to 35.9 meq/100 gm.

Micronutrient analysis of Iron, Chromium, copper & Boron was also

carried out for all the soil samples & their presence was found lower

than the desired value.

On the basis of test results it can be concluded that soil is not quite good

for agricultural purpose as sandy clay soils are having hard texture and

low porosity.

Ecological Layout The data of flora & fauna were collected on visual observation during

our site visit and by reviewing various literatures.

Authenticity of the primary data was checked by reviewing the data

collected from Forest Department, EIC and different Taxonomy books.

Previous EIA reports of Dahej region were also referred during the

finalization of floral and faunal data.

Fisheries data were collected from Department of Fisheries, Bharuch

(2011).

The dominant species of flora is described in Section 3.10.1 of Chapter-

3.

The species of fauna including birds, animals, etc is described in Section

3.10.2 of Chapter-3.


334 | P a g e

9.8 IMPACTING ACTIVITIES

Various activities involved in the proposed project are:

A. Construction phase activities

B. Operation phase activities

The activities identified for the proposed project under each phase are:

Construction phase

Site preparation and Construction of necessary buildings & structures

Installation & commissioning of Machineries & Equipments

Site development for Greenbelt & Landscaping

Operation phase

Operation of Machineries & Equipment

Handling & transportation of materials

Combustion of fuel & Emission from Boilers

Allied Operations (maintenance & services of machineries & Equipments etc.)

Water Consumption & Wastewater Generation & Management

Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation & Management

Administrative, Domestic & Other Activities


335 | P a g e

9.9 IMPACT PREDICTION

Major Activities & Associated Potential Impacts


Construction Phase

1. Construction of necessary buildings,

structures & shed Transportation of construction materials,

equipments and machineries.

Local temporary impacts because of air

contamination due to dusting & emissions

during loading/unloading of construction

materials.

Noise generation due to construction activities.

Stress on water resource due to consumption of

water in construction activity.

Construction waste generation & land

contamination.

Occupational health hazards associated with

construction works.

Employment of local workers during

construction phase.

2 Installation & commissioning of

Machineries & Equipments Local temporary impacts caused by noise

generation & air contamination due to welding,

cutting, etc. works.

Occupational health hazards due to mechanical,

electrical and allied works.

3 Site development for Greenbelt &

Landscaping Major impacts are beneficial but will lead to

negligible (almost Nil) adverse impacts during

site preparation activity.


336 | P a g e

Operation Phase

1 Operation of Machineries/

Equipments Impacts on ambient noise due to Noise &

Vibrations.

Occupation Health issues associated with

operational hazards (mainly thermal/heat,

mechanical, fire & electrical, noise, vibration)

2 Handling & transportation of

materials Impacts on air due to airborne dust & fuel.

Noise generation due to transportation vehicles.

Fugitive emission due to coal handling.


operational hazards.

Risk associated with Fire & Explosion Hazards

due to coal & Hazardous chemicals storage

3 Combustion of fuel gas emission and

process emissions

Impacts on air due to stationary & secondary

(fugitive) emission mainly from boiler,

Incinerator, D.G.Set and Reactor vessel.

Generation of ash, flue gases due to operation of

the boiler.

Stress on ecological structure due to change in

Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of various

pollutants in emissions

4 Allied operations (maintenance &

services of machineries &

equipments etc.)

Temporary local impacts on Air Environment

due to fugitive emissions.

Temporary local impacts on Noise Environment

due to noise generation.

Contamination of water due to wash down of

contaminants from work site in storm water

drainage.


operational hazards (mechanical, electrical,

heat, fire, noise, vibration, etc.)


337 | P a g e

5 Water consumption, wastewater

generation & management

Stress on water resources due to water

consumption.

Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater.

Potential of contamination of water or land

caused by disposal of untreated /poorly treated

effluent/sewage.

Hazardous waste generation from treatment of

wastewater and contamination of land due to

disposal /leakage/spillage of waste

6 Solid/hazardous waste generation &

management Soil contamination due to the solid/hazardous

waste handling/storage/ leakage /dumping on

land.

Impacts due to air borne materials from the

solid/hazardous waste storage area.

8 Administrative, domestic & other

activities Impacts on land environment due to

sewage/solid waste generation & disposal.


338 | P a g e

9.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.10.1 EMP for Water Management

Environmental Issue Mitigation measure

Construction Phase

Load on resources by

consumption of water

Connections for water from GIDC source.

Optimization of water consumption by reducing unusual runoff

from construction activity area.

Proper arrangement & maintenance and regular inspection of

water supply line to prevent leak from pipes & taps/ valves.

Installation of flow meters for quantifying sources of wastage of

water and thus reducing the wastage of water.

RWH feasibility shall be carried out to implement RWH system

within the plant premises.

No use of groundwater, hence ground water extraction shall not

be done.

Wastewater discharge Proper sanitation facilities with septic tank & soak pit for disposal

of sewage shall be arranged for the construction workers.

Proper drinking water supply facility for construction workers

shall be temporarily arranged.

Operation Phase

Load on resources by

consumption of water

Intake facilities from GIDC supply shall be arranged to avail

water availability during the operation phase.

Adequately designed cooling tower/ system with optimized

cooling water requirement & evaporative losses shall be made

available.

Reduce wastage in domestic activities by preventing

leakages/spillages from pipes, taps/valves etc.

Regular recording of water consumption using flow meter.

Optimization of COC in cooling system.

Wastewater Treatment & Effluent generated from the unit shall be treated at the adequately

sized ETP.


339 | P a g e

discharge/reuse/recycle Proper sanitation facility with septic tank/ soak pit system shall be

provided for domestic wastewater discharge.

Storm water drainage lines shall also be provided for discharge

of/runoff of rainwater from the plant.

Adequate operation & maintenance of treatment units.

Regular quality assessment of treated effluent from the ETP

before discharged.

9.10.2 EMP for Air Management

Environmental Issue Mitigation measures

Construction Phase

Temporary increased

Emissions from

construction &

commissioning operations

Adequately designed enclosed area/ provision of barricading

sheets for reduction of dusting during construction activity and

materials storage & handling.

Provision of water sprinkling system in construction area for

suppression of dust.

Stack of adequate height & internal diameter provided with

sampling port and stack monitoring facility at the proposed

boiler.

Water Sprinkling shall be done on earthen roads, stockpiles of

excavated earthen materials and soil to prevent dusting.

All vehicles engaged in construction work shall be compulsorily

PUC certified.

All construction equipments, machineries & utilities shall be

maintained on regular basis to reduce emission.

Engines of idle machineries, equipments and vehicles to be

turned off when not in use.

Provision of necessary PPEs for employees engaged in activities

of storage, transportation & handling of materials as well as

construction & commissioning operations.

Operation Phase

Stationary emissions Source of point source emission will be Boiler and stack

attached to reactor vessels. To control the emission from boiler


340 | P a g e

Mutli cyclone dust collector followed by ESP shall be provided

and to control the emission from process stack, suitable two

stage alkali scrubber will be installed to achieve the emission

standards.

Ventury scrubber will be provided with Incinerator facility and

adequate stack height of 21 meter shall be provided.

Stacks of adequate height & diameters shall be installed to

reduce impacts by maximum dispersion of pollutants in

atmosphere.

D. G.Set (which will be used in case of emergency) will be

provided with adequate height of 11 meter to achieve the norms

prescribed by the board.

Regular changing of scrubbing media will be done and it’s

records shall be maintained on printed logbook by the unit. In

case the emissions exceeds, the corrective measures shall be

immediately taken and records of the same should be

maintained.

Secondary Fugitive

Emissions

Pipelines connected with reactors and scrubbers shall be

installed with minimum number of flanges, joints and valves.

The selection of state-of-the art leak proof valves shall be

ensured.

Reactor and solvent handling pumps shall have mechanical

seals to prevent leakages. Also provide with breather valve to

prevent losses.

The Reactor shall be connected to an efficient condenser

system with cooling/chilling water/brine circulation.

Solvent will be taken from storage tank to reactors through

closed pipe line. Storage tank shall be vented through trap

receiver & condenser operated on cooling water.

The condensers shall be provided with sufficient HTA and

residence time so as to prevent any loss of solvent.

Proper earthing shall be provided were ever solvent handling is

done & Entire plant is flameproof.

Solvent will be stored as per statutory requirement. Solvent will

be kept at a separate specified area with all the safety measures.


341 | P a g e

Enclosures to chemical storage areas, reactors, formulation

areas, chemical loading and transfer areas shall be connected

through the ducts and controlled by means of scrubber installed

for air pollution control.[

More emphasis shall be given for efficient solvent management

/ solvent loss prevention plan.

Vehicular emissions Internal roads shall be paved using concrete or asphalt.

Low emission vehicles shall be preferred for transportation.

Requirement of PUC shall be compulsory for all vehicles

engaged in proposed project activities.

Checking of PUC certificate for validity & emission level in

exhaust of all entering vehicles.

All vehicles shall be maintained in good condition by regular

preventive maintenance to reduce the exhaust level.

9.10.3 EMP for Waste Management


Construction Phase

Construction waste

management

Proper handling & transportation system for construction

wastes & stock piles of earthen materials.

Proper storage of construction wastes, excavated earthen

material/soil and other wastes in their designated storage area.

Reuse of construction waste for PCC works, development of

roads and misc. filling for construction works.

Use of excavated soil for landscaping & gardening/greenbelt

development.

Operation Phase

Hazardous/Non-Hazardous

Solid Waste management

Provision of solid/Hazardous waste collection system &

storage area confirming the guidelines provided by CPCB for

Solid/hazardous waste generation.

Waste salt from MEE, ETP Sludge will be collected for

secure storage, transportation and disposal to nearest TSDF


342 | P a g e

site. Record of hazardous waste generation and disposal shall

be maintained on printed logbook.

Process waste & residue will be collected, stored, transported

and disposed at own incinerator or disposed to nearest

Common Incinerator site or sent to SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch.

Discarded containers will be collected, stored,

decontaminated & detoxified, sold to authorized recycler

agencies/scrap dealer.

Used / spent oil will be collected, stored, transported and

disposed by selling to registered Reprocessor/ refiners or

incinerate in own incineration system.

Spent carbon from ETP and Used rubber hand gloves/pipes

shall be incinerated into own Incineration system and/or sent

to SEPPL, Dahej & Kutch.

Fuel/Material Spill & leakage control/action plan for

prevention of contamination of land

Regular Training of employees engaged in solid waste

management works

9.10.4 EMP for Noise Control


Construction Phase

Noise Noise generating & vibrating equipments like motors, pumps

etc. shall be mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with

rubber padding to reduce vibrations.

Adequate greenbelt shall be developed to help in attenuation

of noise.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to

reduce noise generation.

Ear plugs/muff shall be provided to all construction

workers/employees at place of high noise levels.

All vehicles shall maintain speed limit inside the premises &

loud horns & unusual acceleration of engine shall be


343 | P a g e

prohibited.

Operation Phase

Noise Noise generating equipments like pump, motors, compressors,

blower, turbine/engines, power generator sets/ engines etc.

shall be mounted on sturdy concrete foundations with proper

& suitable rubber padding to reduce vibrations & thereby

noise generation.

The major noise producing equipment such as turbine will be

provided with sound proof container, where ever possible.

Pumps, fans, compressor, etc. will be statically and

dynamically balanced.

Acoustic enclosure for DG set and similar provision like noise

attenuator wherever suitable/possible.

Adequate greenbelt shall be developed and maintained around

high noise generating area as well as plant premises to help in

attenuation of noise

Silencers for Boilers & Turbine shall be provided &/or

attached with various noise generating parts of boiler &

turbine.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to

reduce vibration & noise generation

Use of PPE like ear plugs and ear muffs is made compulsory

near the high noise generating machines.

Moreover, the personnel are provided breaks in their working

hours, with the continuous exposure not increasing three

hours.


344 | P a g e

9.11 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLANT

A detailed Risk Assessment (RA) & Disaster Management Plant (DMP) study was carried out for the

proposed project. The following risks have been covered for the RA& DMP study of the proposed project:

Detail On site emergency plan was prepared, which include

1. Scope

2. Concept of the Plan

3. Details of organization

4. Mode of Emergency

5. Storage of Hazardous Substance

6. Hazard Identification and Risk Evaluation

7. Emergency Management Planning

8. Role and Responsibilities

9. Action plan for responding to Specific Emergencies

A detailed Disaster Management Plan was also carried, which include

1. Role of key Personnel

2. Outside organization during disaster

3. Preliminary Hazard Analysis

4. Safety & mitigation measures

5. Fire protection & fire fighting

6. Hazard Control

7. Health, Safety and Environment Protection


345 | P a g e

9.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY & HOUSEKEEPING

The proponent is very much concerned in terms of health, safety and environment protection. The company

and proponent’s commitment towards safety can be reflected from its ‘Health, Safety & Environment

Policy’ prepared for the past projects.

The company shall engage a qualified Safety Manager and a doctor for regularly checking health of the

employees. Additionally, medical aid shall also be arranged with the help of local hospital. Annual health

check of the employees shall also be carried out and records shall be maintained. Regular training to plant

personnel in safety, firefighting and first aid shall be provided.

The following key safety measures shall be implemented in the proposed project:

1. Safety Training shall be provided to the employees.

2. Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency shall be provided.

3. Emergency Control Room shall be established.

4. Assembly points shall be defined for safe gathering of the employees during the times of emergency.

5. Fire Hydrant System shall be installed.

6. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided.

7. Mock drills shall be periodically conducted and factors like response time shall be evaluated.

8. Fire squad team shall be formed for handling any emergency situation & regular training of squad team

shall be conducted.

9. First Aid Facility and training shall be provided.

10. Personal protective gears and equipments shall be provided to employees.

11. Health check ups shall be organized at regular intervals.

12. Safety / Health records and MSDS shall be maintained.


346 | P a g e

9.13 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The plan for attenuation of the noise and air pollutant level includes design for greenbelt/plantation around

plant boundary, roadside, office buildings and stretches of open land. The vegetation for the attenuation of

air pollutants shall be most needed in the areas where ground level concentrations of the pollutants are to be

highest.

Green belt development plan:

A 25-50m wide green belt shall be proposed on 19,996 Sq Meters of area. Further, avenue plantation will be

undertaken along the roadside of the plant. Total 3000 nos. of trees will be planted within 4 years period.

Extensive afforestation at plant area will be undertaken which will not only act as lung space in the area but

will also improve aesthetics. Multi-layered plantation comprising of medium height trees (7 m to 10 m) and

shrubs (5 m height) are proposed for the green belt. Moreover, in future creepers will be planted along the

boundary wall to enhance its insulation capacity.

9.14 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN

The proponent is actively involved in the improvement of society through its contribution in social welfare

activities & programs. It directly organizes various programs for social welfare & upliftment or indirectly

contributes in such activities conducted by other organizations by providing financial & other aid. The

proponent has carried out ‘Need Assessment Study’ to fulfill the requirements of its social responsibility

under CSR Programs. Owing to the approximate cost for demand of infrastructure and service support for

the year 2015-16, the management of YRPL has approved Rs. 95 lakhs for CSR program in surrounding

villages. The activities mentioned therein shall be carried out within a time frame of 3 years (from the year

2016-17 to 2018-29). Moreover, employment to approx. 170 people is a direct benefit for the domicile

people.

9.15 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMS:

The total project cost for the proposed project will be Rs. 21500 Lacs. The capital cost of environmental

control measures, solid waste management facilities and greenbelt development would be Rs. 1913 Lacs.

The APC, ETP, greenbelt, safety measures and other components of the EMP shall be implemented

alongwith the commissioning of the proposed project. The annual recurring cost of environmental control

for the proposed project has been estimated to be 2290 lacs/annum of the total EMS cost.


347 | P a g e

9.16 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

YRPL will formulate the Environmental Management Division for its proposed unit at Dahej which will be

involving plant level personnel as well as corporate level for interaction with technical & statutory bodies to

deal with environmental requirements/issues at all the levels. Executive Director/Engineer will head the

Environmental Management Cell with subordinates involving Environmental Manager, Environmental

Engineer, Chemist, Operators, etc. The EMC will be provided with well-equipped laboratory for carrying

out analysis of the samples of the water, air etc. The EMC will carry out/oversee the monitoring of the stack

emission, noise level, analysis of the water etc. and keep the regional / local statutory body informed about

the status of pollution control. Proponent will arrange professional training for personnel of EMC at plant

level which shall be provided in area of monitoring and continuous analysis of the pollutants, legal

requirement and environmental management system. The EMC will also act to ensure efficient & proper

implementation of EMP & mitigation measures suggested for control/prevention of pollution,

recycling/reuse of waste & wastewater, conservation of environmental quality, Greenbelt and occupational

health & safety etc.

9.17 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND RESPONSIBILITY

Various measures have been suggested in the EMP for mitigation of impacts. These have to be implemented

according to the suggestions and monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. A large part of the sampling and

measurement activity will be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of

any undesirable changes or trends in the natural environment that could be associated with the plant

facilities. It is the prime responsibility of Head of EMC to ensure that the EMP is implemented & operated

efficiently to prevent/control pollution due to operation of proposed project as well as to improve the

environmental health of the area. It is the responsibility of each personnel of EMC to ensure that the

subordinates are functioning efficiently as per their responsibility to proper implementation of EMP to

practice ideal methodology/procedures for prevention /control of pollution as well as improvement of

environmental health. The activity of Environmental management shall start with the beginning of the

construction work.


348 | P a g e

9.18 CONCLUSION

The proposed project of Yashashvi Rasayan Pvt. Ltd (YRPL). is a greenfield project which intends to

establish a modest industrial unit with capacity of 702 TPM, worth of 215 crore in the Dahej industrial

estate at plot no. Z/96/E, SEZ: II in Vagra taluka of Bharuch district.

The EIA study has been carried out with respect to the TORs awarded by MoEF&CC, New Delhi. All the

impacts likely to have an effect on the environment have been identified and efficient/adequate mitigation

measures have been proposed for the same.

Considering the probability of likely impacts, the proponent has planned adequate mitigation measures and

EMP. Further, the proponent also undertakes CSR activities which shall have beneficial impacts on the

socio-economic environment. Measures like rainwater harvesting, energy conservation and greenbelt

development are also noteworthy. Looking to the overall project scenario, employment potential and allied

development plans; it has been noticed that the proposed project would significantly help in the

improvement of the society and nation at large.

All the relevant safety norms with latest technology have been incorporated in the proposed project. Hazards

and associated risks, safety and security provision associated with the project activities appear to be

acceptable. Hence the project in totality may be considered environmentally safe.


349 | P a g e

CHAPTER – 10

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED


350 | P a g e


351 | P a g e


352 | P a g e


353 | P a g e


354 | P a g e


355 | P a g e


356 | P a g e


357 | P a g e


358 | P a g e


359 | P a g e


360 | P a g e


361 | P a g e


362 | P a g e


363 | P a g e


364 | P a g e

Annexure-I EC of SEZ-II


365 | P a g e


366 | P a g e


367 | P a g e


368 | P a g e


369 | P a g e


370 | P a g e


371 | P a g e


372 | P a g e


373 | P a g e


374 | P a g e

Annexure-II Land Documents


375 | P a g e


376 | P a g e


377 | P a g e


378 | P a g e


379 | P a g e


380 | P a g e


381 | P a g e

Annexure-III Permission of Water Withdrawal


382 | P a g e

Annexure-IV Membership Certificate


383 | P a g e

Annexure-V Commitment of banned pesticides


384 | P a g e

Annexure-VI Questionnaire for Industry Sector

Industry Sector Projects 1

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

I. General Information

A. Name of the Project : Proposed project for manufacturing of

Agro chemical and Organic intermediates at Dahej

1. Existing project/proposed project/

expansion project/modernization project : Proposed

2. If Existing/expansion/

modernization project, whether

environmental clearance

has been obtained : NA

B. Plant Capacity (TPA) :

C. Location

Village Tehsil District State

-

Vagra Bharuch Gujarat

D. Geographical Information

1. Latitude

2. Longitude

3. Elevation above Mean

Sea Level (metres)

4. Total Area envisaged for setting up

of project (in ha.)

5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains,

Coastal plains etc.)

21°40'07.26"N

72°32'21.78"E

25 m

62,526 m2

Plain

702

Note 1 : All information given in the form of annexures should be part of this

file itself. Annexures as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2 : Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No


6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy

loam etc.).

7. Permeability (cm/sec)

E. Alternate sites considered

1. Proposed site will be developed in SEZ-II _______________

2. ____________________________________________________

3. ____________________________________________________

4. ____________________________________________________

F. Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of

environmental considerations

II. Environmental Setting

A. Current land usage of the proposed project site Area (in hectares) .

1. Notified Industrial Area/Estate

2. Agricultural

Irrigated

Unirrigated

3. Homestead

4. Forest

5. Grazing

6. Fallow

8. Mangroves

9. Others (Pl. specify)

Total

B. Please indicate area earmarked for each of the following (in S.meter.)

62,526 m2

7. Marshy

--

3220


1. Plant Facilities

2. Ash Disposal

3. Storage (Fuel)

4. Storage (Water)

5. Storage (Hazardous Waste)

6. Storage (Hazardous Chemicals)

7. Storage (Others)

8. Approach Road(s)

9. Township

10. Green Belt

11. Others (Please specify)

Total

C. Is the proposed site located in a low-lying area ?

Yes No

If yes,

1. Level before filling (above MSL, in metres) Not Applicable

2. Level after filling (above MSL in metres) Not Applicable

Quantity of Fill Material

required (in cum.)

Source

Not Applicable

No

--

2431

--

1140

1835

2080

17568

19996

62526

--

--


D. Proximity to sea/water bodies :

Sea

Other Water bodies like

River/creek/lake etc.

(Please specify)

Distance of site*

boundary (in m)

Distance of plant

facilities (in m)

Arabian Sea- Narmada River-20 Km

* From highest flood line/high tide line

E. Whether any of the following exist within 7 km. of the periphery of the project

site. If so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as

given under the Table.

S.No. Name Area falling within

7 km periphery of

project (ha.)

Aerial Distance

(in km.)

1 National Park/Wildlife

Sanctuary

None

2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant

Reserve / Turtle Nesting

Ground

None

3 Core Zone of Biosphere

Reserve

None

4 Habitat for migratory birds None

5 Lakes/Reservoir/Dams None

6 Stream/Rivers None

7 Estuary/Sea Arabian

Sea

5 Km

8 Mangroves None

9 Mountains/Hills None

10 Notified Archaeological

sites

None

11 Any other Archaeological

sites

None


12 Industries/Thermal Power

Plants

RIL,

ONGC –

OPAL,

13 Defence Installation None

14 Airports None

15 Railway Lines* None

16 National / State

Highways*

SH-206 2 Km

* 0.5 km from Railway lines/National / State Highway should be maintained.

F. Description of the flora/vegetation within 7 km under following headings.

Mentioned in EIA report-Chapter-3, Section-3.10.2

1. Agricultural crops : ______________________________________

2. Commercial crops : _______________________________________

3. Plantation : _______________________________________

4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type :-____________________________

5. Grass Lands : ____________________________________________

6. Endangered species : ______________________________________

7. Endemic species : _________________________________________

8. Others (Please Specify) : -___________________________________

G. Description of fauna (non-domesticated) within 7 km under following headings.

Mentioned in EIA report-Chapter-3, Section-3.10.3

1. Total listing of faunal elements

2. Endemic fauna species

3. Endangered Species

4. Migratory species

5. Route of migratory species of birds and mammals

6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable)


III. Meteorological Parameters

A. Seasonal – Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for one full season except

monsoon should be carried out)

Monitoring period: March-2015 to May-2015

1. Temperature (in 0C)

(a) Maximum-49.4oC (b) Minimum: 16.20C (c) Mean___________

2. Rain fall (in mm) Not Applicable

(a) Maximum_______ (b) Minimum______ (c) Mean___________

3. Mean value of humidity (in %)

4. Inversion occurrence

(a) In percentage (b) Height in meters

5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale)

6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season data

collected at site required as input for air quality modeling)

Mentioned in EIA report, Chapter-3, section; 3.5.4

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount

(in OCTAS)

Wind Speed

in (Km/h)

Predominant

wind

direction

Ambient air

temperature

(in deg K)

Hourly

stability

Mixing depth

(in m)

1.

2.

3.

…..

……

23.

24.

Attach additional sheet as required.

.


IV. Ambient Air Quality Data

[Frequency of Monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB and monitoring

should cover one full season (excluding monsoon)]

A. Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out

March-May-2015

B. Frequency of sampling

Mentioned in Chapter-3 Section 3.4.2

C. Number of samples collected at each site.

Date, Time &

Location

Wind direction &

Speed

24 hourly

Concentration as

monitored (in

g/m3.)

SPM, RPM,

SO2,Nox,CO

Permissible

Standard(As per

EPA/SPCB

consent)

Remarks

(Name of the

instrument

and

sensitivity)

Mentioned in Chapter-3 Section 3.4

D. 24 hourly concentrations (in g/m3)

Mentioned in Chapter-3 Section 3.4.4

Pollutant(s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98%

SPM

RPM

SO2

NOx

CO

E. Specific air pollution issues in the project area.

Mentioned in EIA, Chapter-2, Section: 2.8.1


V. Manufacturing Process details

A. Raw materials (including process chemicals, catalysts, & additives).

Mentioned in EIA, Chapter-2, Section: 2.7

List of raw

materials to

be used at all

stages of

manufacture

‘Physical and

chemical nature

of raw material

‘Quantity

(tonnes/month)

full production

capacity

Source of

materials

Means of

transportation (Source

to storage site) with

justification

B. Brief description of the process :

C. Details of process technology know how/collaboration :

D. Production profile (tonnes/year)

Mentioned In EIA report: Chapter-2, Section: 2.6

Name of Products,

Byproducts and

Intermediate

Products

Existing Proposed activity

(new/modernization/expansion)

Total

A. Main Products

1.

2.

B. By-Products

1.

2.

C. Intermediate

Products

1.

2.


F. Means of transportation of raw material and final products

Mentioned In EIA report: Chapter-2, Section: 2.6.1

Means of Transport Raw material Final Product

( in TPA ) ( in TPA )

1. Road

2. Rail

3. Pipeline

4. Others, Please specify

VI. Water

A. Water Requirement (cum/day)

Mentioned In EIA report: Chapter-2, Section: 2.8.2

Purpose Avg.

Demand

Peak

Demand

Source Type Treated /

untreated/Fresh/

Recycled

Remarks

1. Project

(i) Process

(ii) Cooling water

(iii) DM water

(iv) Dust

Suppression

(v) Drinking

(vi) Green Belt

(vii) Fire Service

(viii) Others

2. Township

(i) Green Belt

(ii) Drinking

(iii) Others

TOTAL


B. Source of Raw Water Supply :

GIDC Water supply line, Attached as Annexure-3in EIA report

S.No. Source Cu.m./hr Cu.m./day

1 Sea

2 River

3 Groundwater

4 Other surface water bodies (Please

specify)

C. Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs) NA

D. Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/Withdrawal rate NA

1. Ground water level (metres)

(i) Premonsoon

(ii) Postmonsoon

(to be obtained from Central/State Ground water authorities)

E. Competing Users of the Water Source :

S.No. Usage Present Consumption

(cu.m/day)

Addition Proposed

as per local plan

Total

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Irrigation

2 Industry

3 Drinking

4 Others

(Please

specify)

Total


F. Physico- chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point

G. Physico- chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/township.

H. Waste Water Management

Mentioned in EIA report, Chapter-2, Section: 2.8.2

1. Description of waste water treatment plan with flow chart

2. Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment

Item Characteristics

Before After

3. Daily discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(a) Plant operation

(b) Workshop

(c) D.M. Plant effluent

(e) Other (specify)

Total

4. Quantity of water recycled

(a) (in %)

(b) (in cum/day)

5. Details of recycling mechanism

6. Mode of final discharge/disposal of treated effluent :

Mode Length (in m.) Quantity(in m3/day)

(i) Open Channel

(ii) Pipeline

(iii) Others

Total

(d) Domestic


7. Point of final discharge :


Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

(i) Green belt within the plant/township

(ii) Agricultural land

(iii) Fallow Land

(iv) Forest Land

(v) River/Stream

(vi) Lake

(vii) Estuary

(viii) Sea

Total

8. Lean season flow rate in case of discharge in a river/stream (cusecs)

NA

9. Downstream users of water (in case of river, reservoir, lake(cusecs)

(a) Human

(b) Irrigation

(c) Industry

(d) Others (Pl. specify)

10. Analysis of river water 100 metres upstream of discharge point and 100

metres downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season)

along with details of aquatic life.

NA

11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due

to discharge ? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted)


VII. Solid Waste Management


1. Details

S.No Source Qty(TPM) Form

(Sludge/Dry/Slurry)

Composition

1 Raw water treatment

plant

2 ETP

3 Process

4 Spent Catalyst

5 Oily Sludge

6 Others (Pl. Specify)

B. If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/radioactive

materials or heavy metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures.

C. What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes?

D. Possible users of Solid Waste (s).

E. Method of disposal of solid waste (s)

Method Qty(TPM)

1. Landfill

2. Incineration

3. Recovery

4. Downstream users


F. In case of landfill: NA

1. Is solid waste amenable for YES NO

landfill

2. Dimensions of landfill

3. Life of landfill years

4. Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures along with design

features

G In case of incineration: NA

1. Details of incinerator

(i) Type

(ii) Size

(iii) Capacity

(iv) Fuel

2. Likely composition and quantum of emissions

S.No. Composition Quantity (in cu.m/hr)

VIII. Noise Pollution Control and Management


A. Source

B. Level at Source (dB)

C. Level at project boundary Capacity (dB)

D. Abatement measures (give source-wise details)


IX. Fuel/Energy Requirements

Mentioned in EIA chapter-2, Section: 2.5.2

A. Total Power Requirement (MW)

Project Township Other(pl.specify) Total

Present (in

existing)

Proposed

Total

B.. Source of Power (MW)

SEB/Grid Captive power plant DG Sets

Present

Proposed

Total

C. Details of Fuel used

S.No. Fuel Daily

Consumption(TPD)

Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Gas

Naphtha

HSD

Fuel Oil

Coal

Lignite

Other (Pl.

specify)

D. Source of Fuel (Distance in km)

1. Port

2. Mine

3. Refinery


E. Mode of Transportation of fuel to site

1. Trucks (numbers/day)

2. Pipeline(length in km.)

3. Railway Wagons (numbers/day )

X. Atmospheric Emissions

A. Flue gas characteristics(SPM, SO2, NOx, CO)


S.No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate (kg/hr) Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM

2 RPM

3 SO2

4 NOx

5 CO

B. Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack

S.No. Range % by weight

1

2

3

4

Micron

1-10 Micron

10-20 Micron

<20 Micron


C. Stack emission Details (All the stacks attached to process units, Boilers,

captive power plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed

activity).


Plant

section

&

units*

Stack

No.

Height

from

ground

level

(m)

Intern

al

Diame

ter

(Top)

(m)

Emissi

on Rate

(kg/hr)

*

Temp. of

Exhaust

Gases

(deg K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Exhaust Gas

Temp Density Specific

Heat

Volu

metric

Flow

(m3)

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

6th

7th

& so

on

*Note: Please indicate the specific section to which the stack is attached. For

e.g.: Process section, D.G. Set, Boiler, Power Plant, incinerator etc.

Emission rate (kg/hr.) for each pollutant (SPM, SO2, NOx etc. should

be specified.

D. Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and

quantities estimated)

E. Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the

air quality modelling)


XI. Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects

only)

Parameter

Existing

Plant

Proposed

Expansion/Modernization

Total

Remarks

1. Land area (ha)

2. Raw water

(m3/day)

3. Power (MW)

4. Waste water

(effluent

generation)

(m3/day)

a. Process

b. Domestic

5. Air emissions

(gms/hr.)

a. SPM

b. CO

c. SO2

d. NOx

e. Others (like

HC, Cl2,

NH3 etc.)

6. Hazardous

Chemical

Storage (give

item-wise)

7. Solid waste

(TPD)

a. Non-

Hazardous

b. Hazardous


XII. Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/toxic substances)

Mentioned in EIA report, Chapter-4, Section: 6.7.1-6.7.5

S.

No

Name Number

of

Storage’s

Capacity

(TPD)

Physical and

Chemical

Composition

Consumpt

ion

(in TPD)

Maximum

Quantity of

storage at

any point of

time

Source of

Supply

Means

of

transpor

-tation

XIII. Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene.


A. What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain

briefly).

B. What provisions have been made/propose to be made to conform to health/safety

requirements. (Explain briefly).

C. Details of personal protective equipment provided/to be provided to the workers.

D. Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/odour nuisance

from different sources.

E. Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and

explosion hazards.

XIV. Pollution Control Aspects

A. Details of Pollution Control Systems :


No Existing Proposed to be installed

i) Air

ii) Water

Iii) Noise

iv) Solid Waste


B. Efficiency of each pollution control equipment/system installed.

1. Existing Units

No. Name of the System

Equipment

Design Efficiency % Present Working

efficiency %

1

2

3

2. Proposed Project

No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

1

2

3

XIV. Green Belt Plan

Mentioned in EIA report, Chapter-8, Section: 8.6

A. Total area of project/township (in ha.)

B. Area already afforested (for existing projects), in ha.

C. Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.)

D. Plant species proposed

1. Indigenous

2. Exotic

E. Width of green belt (minimum, in m.)

1. Along plant boundary

2. Roads and avenues within the plant

3. Ash Dike

4. Township

5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces,

6. Commercial plantations etc.


F. Trees planted & proposed

Nos.

1. Planted

2. Survival rate

3. List of species planted

4. Proposed

5. List of Species

XVI. Construction Phase Management Aspects

A. Estimated duration of construction in months

B. Number of persons to be employed for construction

1. Peak

2. Average

C. What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the

construction workers?

D. How the fuel (kerosene/wood, etc.) requirement of labour force will be met

to avoid cutting of trees from the adjoining areas

E. Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic

diseases.

F. Educational and other social welfare measures proposed.


XVII. Human Settlement:

S.No. Aerial distance from the periphery of the site

Upto 500m

from

periphery

500m to 3000 m from the

periphery

3000m to 7000m

from the periphery

1 Population

2 Number of

Houses

3 Present

Occupational

Pattern

XVIII. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable) Not Applicable

A. Village(s) affected by the project:

S. No. Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income

per annum

B. Population to be displaced

S.No Name of Village Population

Landoustees only Homestead oustees

only

Land and Homestead

oustees

C. Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan.

(i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled

(ii) Facilities proposed at the resettlement site

(iii) Compensation package

(iv) Agency/Authority responsible for their resettlement.


XIX. Expenditure on Environmental Measures

A. Capital cost of the project (as proposed to approved by the funding

agency/financial Institutions

(Rs. Lakhs)

B. Cost of environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

Mentioned in EIA report, Chapter-8, Section: 8.11

S.No. Recurring Cost per annum Capital Cost

1 Air Pollution Control

2 Water Pollution Control

3 Noise Pollution Control

4 Environment Monitoring

and Management

5 Reclamation borrow/mined

area

6 Occupational Health

7 Green Belt

8 Others ( Pl. Specify)

Total

3. Details of organizational set up/cell for environmental management and

monitoring.

4. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programmes

envisaged/being undertaken by the project proponent :

XX. Public Hearing details: Not Applicable

A. Date of Advertisement:

B. Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(with copies)

C. Date of Hearing

D. Panel Present

E. List of public present along with address and occupation

21500


F. Summary/details of public hearing report

S.No.

Issues raised Recommendation of panel Response of Project Proponents

1

2

3

The data and information given in this Performa are true to the best of my knowledge and

belief

Date: Signature of the Applicant with

full name & address.

Place:

Given under the seal of organisation

on behalf of whom the applicant

is signing.


385 | P a g e

Annexure-VII MSDS

SAFETY DATA SHEET

Revision Date 10-Feb-2015 Revision Number 1

1. IdentificationProduct Name 2,5-Dichloroaniline

Cat No. : AC146610000; AC146610010; AC146612500

Synonyms C.I. 37010

Recommended Use Laboratory chemicals.

Uses advised against No Information available

Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

2. Hazard(s) identificationClassification Classification under 2012 OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)

Label Elements None required

Hazards not otherwise classified (HNOC) May form combustible dust concentrations in air

3. Composition / information on ingredients

Component CAS-No Weight %

Benzenamine, 2,5-dichloro- 95-82-9 99

4. First-aid measures

Eye Contact Immediate medical attention is required. Rinse immediately with plenty of water, also underthe eyelids, for at least 15 minutes.

CompanyFisher ScientificOne Reagent LaneFair Lawn, NJ 07410Tel: (201) 796-7100

Entity / Business NameAcros OrganicsOne Reagent LaneFair Lawn, NJ 07410

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Emergency Telephone NumberFor information US call: 001-800-ACROS-01

/ Europe call: +32 14 57 52 11

Emergency Number US:001-201-796-7100 /

Europe: +32 14 57 52 99

CHEMTREC Tel. No.US:001-800-424-9300 /

Europe:001-703-527-3887

Page 1 / 6

______________________________________________________________________________________________2,5-Dichloroaniline Revision Date 10-Feb-2015

Skin Contact Wash off immediately with soap and plenty of water while removing all contaminatedclothes and shoes. Immediate medical attention is required.

Inhalation Remove from exposure, lie down. Move to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Ifnot breathing, give artificial respiration. Immediate medical attention is required.

Ingestion Call a physician immediately. Clean mouth with water.

Most important symptoms/effects No information available.

Notes to Physician Treat symptomatically

5. Fire-fighting measuresSuitable Extinguishing Media Water spray. Carbon dioxide (CO 2). Dry chemical. chemical foam.

Unsuitable Extinguishing Media No information available

Flash Point 139 °C / 282.2 °F

Method - No information available

Autoignition Temperature 540 °C / 1004 °F

Explosion Limits

Upper No data available

Lower No data available

Sensitivity to Mechanical Impact No information available

Sensitivity to Static Discharge No information available

Specific Hazards Arising from the ChemicalDust can form an explosive mixture in air. Containers may explode when heated.

Hazardous Combustion ProductsHydrogen chloride gas Nitrogen oxides (NOx) Carbon monoxide (CO) Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Protective Equipment and Precautions for FirefightersAs in any fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent) and fullprotective gear. Thermal decomposition can lead to release of irritating gases and vapors.

NFPA

6. Accidental release measuresPersonal Precautions Ensure adequate ventilation. Use personal protective equipment.

Environmental Precautions See Section 12 for additional ecological information.

Methods for Containment and CleanUp

Sweep up or vacuum up spillage and collect in suitable container for disposal.

7. Handling and storageHandling Do not breathe dust. Do not breathe vapors or spray mist. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on

clothing. Take precautionary measures against static discharges. Use only in area providedwith appropriate exhaust ventilation. Wash thoroughly after handling.

Storage Keep in a dry place. Keep container tightly closed. Keep away from heat and sources ofignition. Keep cool and protect from sunlight. Store in original container.

______________________________________________________________________________________________

8. Exposure controls / personal protectionExposure Guidelines This product does not contain any hazardous materials with occupational exposure limits

established by the region specific regulatory bodies.

Page 2 / 6

Health0

Flammability1

Instability0

Physical hazardsN/A


9. Physical and chemical propertiesPhysical State Solid

Appearance Beige

Odor Strong

Odor Threshold No information available

pH 6.5 0.66 g/l aq.sol

Melting Point/Range 48 - 51 °C / 118.4 - 123.8 °F

Boiling Point/Range 251 °C / 483.8 °F @ 760 mmHg

Flash Point 139 °C / 282.2 °F

Evaporation Rate No information available

Flammability (solid,gas) No information available

Flammability or explosive limitsUpper No data available


Vapor Pressure <1 mbar @ 20 °C

Vapor Density 5.6 (Air = 1.0)

Relative Density No information available

Solubility No information available

Partition coefficient; n-octanol/water No data available


Decomposition Temperature > 350°C

Viscosity No information available

Molecular Formula C6 H5 Cl2 N

Molecular Weight 162.02

10. Stability and reactivity

Reactive Hazard None known, based on information available

Stability Stable under normal conditions.

Conditions to Avoid Exposure to air. Exposure to light. Incompatible products.

Incompatible Materials Acids, Acid anhydrides, Acid chlorides

Hazardous Decomposition Products Hydrogen chloride gas, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon dioxide(CO2)

Component Quebec Mexico OEL (TWA) Ontario TWAEV

Benzenamine, 2,5-dichloro- TWA: 2 ppmTWA: 10 mg/m3

STEL: 5 ppmSTEL: 20 mg/m3

Engineering Measures Ensure adequate ventilation, especially in confined areas.

Personal Protective Equipment

Eye/face Protection Wear appropriate protective eyeglasses or chemical safety goggles as described byOSHA's eye and face protection regulations in 29 CFR 1910.133 or European StandardEN166.

Skin and body protection Wear appropriate protective gloves and clothing to prevent skin exposure.

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Respiratory Protection Follow the OSHA respirator regulations found in 29 CFR 1910.134 or European StandardEN 149. Use a NIOSH/MSHA or European Standard EN 149 approved respirator ifexposure limits are exceeded or if irritation or other symptoms are experienced.

Page 3 / 6

Hygiene Measures Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety practice.


Hazardous Polymerization No information available.

Hazardous Reactions None under normal processing.

11. Toxicological informationAcute Toxicity

Product Information No acute toxicity information is available for this product

Component InformationComponent LD50 Oral LD50 Dermal LC50 Inhalation

Benzenamine, 2,5-dichloro- 1600 mg/kg ( Rat ) Not listed Not listed

Toxicologically SynergisticProducts

No information available

Delayed and immediate effects as well as chronic effects from short and long-term exposure

Irritation No information available

Sensitization No information available

Carcinogenicity The table below indicates whether each agency has listed any ingredient as a carcinogen.

Component CAS-No IARC NTP ACGIH OSHA Mexico

Benzenamine,2,5-dichloro-

95-82-9 Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed

Mutagenic Effects No information available

Reproductive Effects No information available.

Developmental Effects No information available.

Teratogenicity No information available.

STOT - single exposure None known

STOT - repeated exposure None known

Aspiration hazard No information available

Symptoms / effects,both acute anddelayed


Endocrine Disruptor Information No information available

Other Adverse Effects See actual entry in RTECS for complete information.

12. Ecological informationEcotoxicity .

Component Freshwater Algae Freshwater Fish Microtox Water Flea

Benzenamine, 2,5-dichloro- Not listed Not listed EC50 = 3.39 mg/L 5 minEC50 = 3.63 mg/L 15 minEC50 = 3.80 mg/L 30 min

Not listed

Persistence and Degradability No information available

Bioaccumulation/ Accumulation

______________________________________________________________________________________________

No information available.

Mobility No information available.

Page 4 / 6

13. Disposal considerationsWaste Disposal Methods Chemical waste generators must determine whether a discarded chemical is classified as a


hazardous waste. Chemical waste generators must also consult local, regional, andnational hazardous waste regulations to ensure complete and accurate classification.

14. Transport informationDOT

UN-No UN3442

Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group II

TDG

UN-No UN3442

Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group II

IATA

UN-No 3442

Proper Shipping Name DICHLOROANILINES, SOLID

Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group II

IMDG/IMO

UN-No 3442

Proper Shipping Name DICHLOROANILINES, SOLID

Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group II

15. Regulatory information

International Inventories

Component TSCA DSL NDSL EINECS ELINCS NLP PICCS ENCS AICS IECSC KECL

Benzenamine, 2,5-dichloro- X - X 202-455-2 - X X X X XLegend:X - ListedE - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(e) Consent order under TSCA.F - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(f) Rule under TSCA.N - Indicates a polymeric substance containing no free-radical initiator in its inventory name but is considered to cover the designatedpolymer made with any free-radical initiator regardless of the amount used.P - Indicates a commenced PMN substanceR - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 6 risk management rule under TSCA.S - Indicates a substance that is identified in a proposed or final Significant New Use RuleT - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 4 test rule under TSCA.XU - Indicates a substance exempt from reporting under the Inventory Update Rule, i.e. Partial Updating of the TSCA Inventory Data BaseProduction and Site Reports (40 CFR 710(B).Y1 - Indicates an exempt polymer that has a number-average molecular weight of 1,000 or greater.Y2 - Indicates an exempt polymer that is a polyester and is made only from reactants included in a specified list of low concern reactantsthat comprises one of the eligibility criteria for the exemption rule.

U.S. Federal Regulations

TSCA 12(b) Not applicable

SARA 313 Not applicable

SARA 311/312 Hazardous CategorizationAcute Health Hazard No

Chronic Health Hazard No

Fire Hazard Yes

Sudden Release of Pressure Hazard No

Reactive Hazard No

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Clean Water Act Not applicable

Page 5 / 6

Clean Air Act Not applicable


OSHA Occupational Safety and Health AdministrationNot applicable

CERCLANot applicable

California Proposition 65 This product does not contain any Proposition 65 chemicals

State Right-to-Know Not applicable

U.S. Department of Transportation

Reportable Quantity (RQ): NDOT Marine Pollutant NDOT Severe Marine Pollutant N

U.S. Department of Homeland SecurityThis product does not contain any DHS chemicals.

Other International Regulations

Mexico - Grade No information available

CanadaThis product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products Regulations (CPR) andthe MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR

WHMIS Hazard Class B4 Flammable solid

16. Other informationPrepared By Regulatory Affairs

Thermo Fisher ScientificEmail: [email protected]

Revision Date 10-Feb-2015

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Print Date 10-Feb-2015

Revision Summary This document has been updated to comply with the US OSHA HazCom 2012 Standardreplacing the current legislation under 29 CFR 1910.1200 to align with the GloballyHarmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS)

Page 6 / 6

DisclaimerThe information provided on this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, information and belief at thedate of its publication. The information given is designed only as a guide for safe handling, use, processing, storage,transportation, disposal and release and is not to be considered as a warranty or quality specification. The informationrelates only to the specific material designated and may not be valid for such material used in combination with any othermaterial or in any process, unless specified in the text.

End of SDS

SAFETY DATA SHEET

1. IdentificationProduct Name 2,5-Dichlorophenol

Cat No. : AC113580000; AC113580010; AC113580500; AC113582500

Synonyms 1-Hydroxy-2,5-dichlorobenzene.




2. Hazard(s) identificationClassification This chemical is considered hazardous by the 2012 OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)

Label Elements

Signal WordDanger

Hazard StatementsHarmful if swallowedCauses severe skin burns and eye damageMay cause respiratory irritation

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 1 / 7

Creation Date 22-Sep-2009

Acute oral toxicity Category 4


Skin Corrosion/irritation Category 1

Revision Date 20-May-2015

Serious Eye Damage/Eye Irritation Category 1


Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) Category 3


/ Europe call: +32 14 57 52 11


Europe: +32 14 57 52 99


Europe:001-703-527-3887

Target Organs - Respiratory system.

Revision Number 2

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Precautionary Statements

PreventionWash face, hands and any exposed skin thoroughly after handlingDo not eat, drink or smoke when using this productDo not breathe dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/sprayWear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protectionUse only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area

ResponseImmediately call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician

InhalationIF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing

SkinIF ON SKIN (or hair): Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water/showerWash contaminated clothing before reuse

EyesIF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing

IngestionRinse mouthDo NOT induce vomiting

StorageStore locked upStore in a well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed

DisposalDispose of contents/container to an approved waste disposal plant

Hazards not otherwise classified (HNOC) Toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects



2,5-Dichlorophenol 583-78-8 >95


Eye Contact Rinse immediately with plenty of water, also under the eyelids, for at least 15 minutes.Obtain medical attention.

Skin Contact Wash off immediately with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Obtain medical attention.

Inhalation Move to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention.

Ingestion Do not induce vomiting. Obtain medical attention.

Most important symptoms/effects Causes burns by all exposure routes. Product is a corrosive material. Use of gastriclavage or emesis is contraindicated. Possible perforation of stomach or esophagus shouldbe investigated: Ingestion causes severe swelling, severe damage to the delicate tissueand danger of perforation




Flash Point 100 °C / 212 °F


______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 2 / 7

2,5-Dichlorophenol Revision Date 20-May-2015

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Autoignition Temperature No information available

Explosion Limits

Upper No data available




Specific Hazards Arising from the ChemicalFlammable.

Hazardous Combustion ProductsHydrogen chloride gas Carbon monoxide (CO) Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Protective Equipment and Precautions for FirefightersAs in any fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent) and fullprotective gear.

NFPA


Environmental Precautions See Section 12 for additional ecological information. Avoid release to the environment.Collect spillage.


Sweep up or vacuum up spillage and collect in suitable container for disposal.

7. Handling and storageHandling Ensure adequate ventilation. Wear personal protective equipment. Avoid contact with skin,

eyes and clothing. Avoid dust formation. Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapours/spray.Avoid ingestion and inhalation.

Storage Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed.



______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 3 / 7


Health3


Engineering Measures Ensure adequate ventilation, especially in confined areas. Ensure that eyewash stationsand safety showers are close to the workstation location.

2,5-Dichlorophenol


Flammability0



Instability0

Physical hazardsN/A


______________________________________________________________________________________________


Appearance Beige

Odor No information available


pH No information available

Melting Point/Range 54 - 58 °C / 129.2 - 136.4 °F


Flash Point 100 °C / 212 °F



Flammability or explosive limitsUpper No data available


Vapor Pressure No information available

Vapor Density No information available




Autoignition Temperature No information available

Decomposition Temperature No information available


Molecular Formula C6 H4 Cl2 O

Molecular Weight 163



Stability Stable under normal conditions.

Conditions to Avoid Incompatible products.

Incompatible Materials Acid anhydrides, Acid chlorides, Acids, Oxidizing agents

Hazardous Decomposition Products Hydrogen chloride gas, Carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Hazardous Polymerization Hazardous polymerization does not occur.





2,5-Dichlorophenol 580 mg/kg ( Rat ) Not listed Not listed




Irritation Irritating to eyes, respiratory system and skin




______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 4 / 7


______________________________________________________________________________________________

2,5-Dichlorophenol 583-78-8 Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed

Mutagenic Effects Not mutagenic in AMES Test




STOT - single exposure Respiratory system




Product is a corrosive material. Use of gastric lavage or emesis is contraindicated.Possible perforation of stomach or esophagus should be investigated: Ingestion causessevere swelling, severe damage to the delicate tissue and danger of perforation


Other Adverse Effects The toxicological properties have not been fully investigated. See actual entry in RTECS forcomplete information.

12. Ecological informationEcotoxicity . Do not empty into drains.


2,5-Dichlorophenol Not listed LC50 = 3.3 mg/L/96h(Oryzias latipes)

EC50 = 8.36 mg/L 5 minEC50 = 9.38 mg/L 30 minEC50 = 9.60 mg/L 15 min

Not listed


Bioaccumulation/ Accumulation No information available.

Mobility .

Component log Pow

2,5-Dichlorophenol 3.06



14. Transport informationDOT

UN-No UN2020

Proper Shipping Name CHLOROPHENOLS, SOLID

Proper technical name (2,5-DICHLOROPHENOL)

Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group III

TDG

UN-No UN2020


Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group III

IATA

UN-No UN2020


Hazard Class 6.1

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 5 / 7


______________________________________________________________________________________________

Packing Group III

IMDG/IMO

UN-No UN2020


Hazard Class 6.1

Packing Group III




2,5-Dichlorophenol X X - 209-520-4 - X X X X XLegend:X - ListedE - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(e) Consent order under TSCA.F - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(f) Rule under TSCA.N - Indicates a polymeric substance containing no free-radical initiator in its inventory name but is considered to cover the designatedpolymer made with any free-radical initiator regardless of the amount used.P - Indicates a commenced PMN substanceR - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 6 risk management rule under TSCA.S - Indicates a substance that is identified in a proposed or final Significant New Use RuleT - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 4 test rule under TSCA.XU - Indicates a substance exempt from reporting under the Inventory Update Rule, i.e. Partial Updating of the TSCA Inventory Data BaseProduction and Site Reports (40 CFR 710(B).Y1 - Indicates an exempt polymer that has a number-average molecular weight of 1,000 or greater.Y2 - Indicates an exempt polymer that is a polyester and is made only from reactants included in a specified list of low concern reactantsthat comprises one of the eligibility criteria for the exemption rule.


TSCA 12(b)

Component TSCA 12(b)

2,5-Dichlorophenol Section 4

SARA 313

Component CAS-No Weight % SARA 313 - ThresholdValues %

2,5-Dichlorophenol 583-78-8 >95 0.1

SARA 311/312 Hazardous CategorizationAcute Health Hazard Yes


Fire Hazard No


Reactive Hazard No

Clean Water Act

Component CWA - HazardousSubstances

CWA - ReportableQuantities

CWA - Toxic Pollutants CWA - Priority Pollutants

2,5-Dichlorophenol - - X -





______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 6 / 7


______________________________________________________________________________________________

State Right-to-Know

Component Massachusetts New Jersey Pennsylvania Illinois Rhode Island

2,5-Dichlorophenol - X X - X







WHMIS Hazard Class D1B Toxic materialsD2B Toxic materialsE Corrosive material



Creation Date 22-Sep-2009


Print Date 20-May-2015



End of SDS

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 7 / 7


SAFETY DATA SHEET

Revision Date 10-Feb-2015 Revision Number 1

1. IdentificationProduct Name 2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene

Cat No. : AC209210000; AC209210010; AC209210050; AC209212500

Synonyms 1,4-Dichloro-2-nitrobenzene




2. Hazard(s) identificationClassification This chemical is considered hazardous by the 2012 OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)

Label Elements

Signal WordWarning

Hazard StatementsHarmful if swallowed

Precautionary Statements

PreventionWash face, hands and any exposed skin thoroughly after handlingDo not eat, drink or smoke when using this product

IngestionIF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell




/ Europe call: +32 14 57 52 11


Europe: +32 14 57 52 99


Europe:001-703-527-3887

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Acute oral toxicity Category 4

Page 1 / 6

______________________________________________________________________________________________2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene Revision Date 10-Feb-2015

Rinse mouth

DisposalDispose of contents/container to an approved waste disposal plant

Hazards not otherwise classified (HNOC) None identified



2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene 89-61-2 99


Eye Contact Rinse immediately with plenty of water, also under the eyelids, for at least 15 minutes.Obtain medical attention.

Skin Contact Wash off immediately with soap and plenty of water while removing all contaminatedclothes and shoes. Obtain medical attention.

Inhalation Remove from exposure, lie down. Move to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Ifnot breathing, give artificial respiration. Obtain medical attention.

Ingestion Clean mouth with water. Get medical attention.

Most important symptoms/effects No information available.




Flash Point > 110 °C / > 230 °F



Explosion Limits

Upper 9.20%

Lower 1.50%



Specific Hazards Arising from the ChemicalKeep product and empty container away from heat and sources of ignition.

Hazardous Combustion ProductsHydrogen chloride gas Nitrogen oxides (NOx) Carbon monoxide (CO) Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Protective Equipment and Precautions for FirefightersAs in any fire, wear self-contained breathing apparatus pressure-demand, MSHA/NIOSH (approved or equivalent) and fullprotective gear.

NFPA

______________________________________________________________________________________________


Page 2 / 6

Health2

Flammability0

Instability0

Physical hazardsN/A


Environmental Precautions See Section 12 for additional ecological information.


Soak up with inert absorbent material (e.g. sand, silica gel, acid binder, universal binder,sawdust). Keep in suitable, closed containers for disposal.

7. Handling and storageHandling Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Do not breathe dust. Do not breathe vapors or spray mist.

Storage Keep in a dry, cool and well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed.




Appearance Yellow

Odor Odorless


pH No information available

Melting Point/Range 52.8 - 56 °C / 127 - 132.8 °F


Flash Point > 110 °C / > 230 °F



Flammability or explosive limitsUpper 9.20%

Lower 1.50%

Vapor Pressure <10 mbar @ 20 °C

Vapor Density No information available





Decomposition Temperature > 300°C


Molecular Formula C6 H3 Cl2 N O2

Molecular Weight 192


Engineering Measures Ensure adequate ventilation, especially in confined areas.




______________________________________________________________________________________________


Page 3 / 6




Stability Stable under normal conditions. Stable.

Conditions to Avoid Incompatible products.

Incompatible Materials Strong oxidizing agents, Strong bases

Hazardous Decomposition Products Hydrogen chloride gas, Nitrogen oxides (NOx), Carbon monoxide (CO), Carbon dioxide(CO2)

Hazardous Polymerization No information available.





2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene 1000 mg/kg ( Rat ) 2000 mg/kg ( Rat ) Not listed




Irritation No information available




2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene

89-61-2 Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed Not listed

Mutagenic Effects No information available




STOT - single exposure None known






______________________________________________________________________________________________

Other Adverse Effects The toxicological properties have not been fully investigated. See actual entry in RTECS forcomplete information.

12. Ecological information

Page 4 / 6

Ecotoxicity .



2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene 1.5 - 2.8 mg/L EC50 96 h 6.3 mg/L LC50 96 h 5.537mg/L LC50 96 h

EC50 = 7.82 mg/L 5 minEC50 = 8.38 mg/L 15 minEC50 = 8.78 mg/L 30 min

Not listed


Bioaccumulation/ Accumulation No information available.

Mobility .

Component log Pow

2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene 3.08



14. Transport informationDOT Not regulated

TDG Not regulated

IATA Not regulated

IMDG/IMO Not regulated




2,5-Dichloronitrobenzene X - X 201-923-3 - X X X X -Legend:X - ListedE - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(e) Consent order under TSCA.F - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 5(f) Rule under TSCA.N - Indicates a polymeric substance containing no free-radical initiator in its inventory name but is considered to cover the designatedpolymer made with any free-radical initiator regardless of the amount used.P - Indicates a commenced PMN substanceR - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 6 risk management rule under TSCA.S - Indicates a substance that is identified in a proposed or final Significant New Use RuleT - Indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 4 test rule under TSCA.XU - Indicates a substance exempt from reporting under the Inventory Update Rule, i.e. Partial Updating of the TSCA Inventory Data BaseProduction and Site Reports (40 CFR 710(B).Y1 - Indicates an exempt polymer that has a number-average molecular weight of 1,000 or greater.Y2 - Indicates an exempt polymer that is a polyester and is made only from reactants included in a specified list of low concern reactantsthat comprises one of the eligibility criteria for the exemption rule.


TSCA 12(b) Not applicable

SARA 313 Not applicable

SARA 311/312 Hazardous CategorizationAcute Health Hazard No


Fire Hazard No


Reactive Hazard

______________________________________________________________________________________________

No

Clean Water Act Not applicable

Page 5 / 6






State Right-to-Know Not applicable







WHMIS Hazard Class D1B Toxic materials



Revision Date 10-Feb-2015

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Print Date 10-Feb-2015


Page 6 / 6


End of SDS

SAFETY DATA SHEET- Extended Preparated in accordance with Annex II of REACH Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, and

Regulation (EC) 453/2010 2-ETHYLHEXANOL (OCTANOL)

Revision: 1 Last up date:May 25, 2015 Date issued: January, 2011 Page 1/52

Elaborated by: Technical &Development Department Code: FDS 011

1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATION AND OF THE COMPANY/UNDERTAKING 1.1. Substance Identification

Trade name 2-Ethylhexanol (Octanol) IUPAC name 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Synonym 2-Ethylhexanol, Ethylhexyl Alcohol EC# 203-234-3 CAS # 104-76-7 Molecular Formula C8H18O Molecular weight 130.2279 REACH Registration number 01-2119487289-20-0009 Chemical characterization Organic Mono-constituent substance

1.2. Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against

Main use of 2-ethyl hexanol is that of an intermediate under strictly controlled conditions. Apart from this it is used in various products and processes as functional fluid, process chemical, cleaning agent and other purposes. The detailed uses can be discerned from the list of exposure scenarios below.

SAFETY DATA SHEET-Extedend Preparated in accordance with Annex II of REACH Regulation (EC) 1907/2006, and

Regulation (EC) 453/2010

2-ETHYLHEXANOL (OCTANOL)


This information only concerns the above mentioned product and does not need to be valid if used with other product(s) or in any process. The information is to our best present knowledge correct and complete and is given in good faith but without warranty. It remains the user's own responsibility to make sure that the information is appropriate and complete for his special use of this product. Code: FDS 011

Table 1. Description of identified uses

ES no. ES short title

Identified uses

SU 1 PC PROC AC ERC

Form

ulat

ion

End

use

Con

sum

er

use

ES 1 Manufacture 3 (8, 9) NA 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a,b, 15 NA 1, 4 *

ES 2 Distribution 3 (10) NA 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a,b, 9, 15 NA 1, 2 *

ES 3 Formulation X 3 (10) NA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8a,b, 9, 14, 15 NA 2 *

ES 4 Use in coatings (ind.) X

3 5, 9a,b 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8a,b, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15

NA 4 *

ES 5 Use in coatings (prof.) X

22 5, 9a,b 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8a,8b, 10, 11, 13, 15, 19

NA 8a,d *

ES 6 Dilution of a concentrate (prof.)

X 22 NA 2 5, 8a,b NA 8d #

ES 7 Dilution of a concentrate (cons.)

X 21 NA 2 NA NA 8d #

ES 8 Use in laboratories X 3 NA 10, 15 NA 2, 4 *

ES 9 Use in functional fluids (ind.)

X 3 4, 17, 24

1, 2, 3, 4, 8a,b, 9, 20 NA 7 *

ES 10 Use in functional fluids (prof.)

X 22 4, 17, 24 1, 2, 3, 8a, 9, 20 NA 9a,b *

ES 11 Use in cleaning products

X 22 35 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b, 10, 11, 13 NA 8a,d *

ES 12 Use in oil and gas field drilling

X 3 (2b) 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a,b NA 4 *

1 SU: Sector of use; PC: Product category; PROC: Process category; AC: Article category; ERC: Environmental Release Category 2 Different products categories are covered by this scenario but exposure is determined by the dilution event and not by the type of product * specific ERCs (spERCs) were used in the exposure estimation; see the following chapters # also covers ERC 8a






Uses advised against: No uses advised against.

1.3. Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Name S.C. OLTCHIM S.A Address 1 Uzinei Street, 240050 Ramnicu Valcea,

Romania Phone N° +40 250 701 785

+40 250 701 200 ext.2785, 3001, 3115 FAX N° +40 250 739 760; +40 250 735 030 E-mail of competent person responsible for SDS in the MS or in the EU:

[email protected]

1.4. Emergency telephone number European Emergency N°: 112 Emergency telephone at the company: +40/250/738141-

available 24h/day/365days For Romania- The institution responsible with providing information in case of a health emergency is The National Institute for Public Health, Department for the International Sanitary Regulation and Toxicological Information.

Telephone: 021.318.36.20/extension 235, Working hours: Monday - Friday from 8 a.m. to 3 p

2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 2.1.Classification of the substance according to Regulation (EC) 1272/2008 (CLP/GHS) Acute Tox. 4: H332: Harmful if inhaled. Skin Irrit. 2: H315: Causes skin irritation. Eye Irrit. 2A: H319: Causes serious eye irritation. STOT Single Exp. 3: H335: May cause respiratory irritation. Affected organs: Respiratory tract; Route of exposure: Inhalation






2.2. Labeling according to Regulation (EC) 1272/2008 (CLP/GHS)

Signal word: Warning

Hazard pictogram:

GHS07: exclamation mark Hazard statements: H335: May cause respiratory irritation. H315: Causes skin irritation. H319: Causes serious eye irritation. H332: Harmful if inhaled. Precautionary statements: P233: Keep container tightly closed. P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapours/spray. P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection. P302+P352: IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water. P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. P312: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. P362: Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. 2.3. Other effects The substance does not fulfil the PBT criteria (not PBT) and not the vPvB criteria (not vPvB). 2-Ethylhexanol is a combustible and flammable liquid. In contact with strong oxidizers may cause fire.






____________________________________________________________________________ 3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS Chemical name PBT/

vPvB CAS no/

EC No/REACH No. Classification according

to Reg (EC) No. 1272/2008)

Concentration (%)

2-Ethylhexanol No/No 104-76-7/203-234-3/01-2119487289-20-0009

Acute Tox. 4: H332 Skin Irrit. 2: H315 Eye Irrit. 2A: H319 STOT Single Exp. 3: H335

Min.99.5

Impurities No impurities relevant for classification and labeling. See section 16 for the full text of H-statement declared above 4 . FIRST - AID MEASURES 4.1 Description of first aid measures General Advice: IF exposed or if you feel unwell: Call a Poison Center or doctor/physician. Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in attendance. If inhaled: Remove to fresh air and rest in half upright position. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult give oxygen. Keep person warm and at rest. Call a physician. In case of skin contact: Wash the contaminated skin with plenty of soap or mild detergent and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. If irritation persists after washing, get medical attention. In case of eye contact: Wash the eyes immediately with large amount of water lifting the upper and lower lids, until no evidence of chemical remains at least 15-20 minutes. If irritation persists after washing get medical attention. Contact lenses should not worn with this product. In case of ingestion: Give large amount of water to drink. If large amounts were swallowed, get medical advise. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Administration of gastric lavage is permitted only by qualified medic personnel.






4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed By inhalation: Inhalation of vapor or mist is irritating to the upper respiratory tract. May have narcotic effect. Difficult breathing, coughing, headache, dizziness and drowsiness may occur. May be absorbed into the bloodstream with symptoms similar to ingestion. By skin contact: Causes skin irritation. May be absorbed through skin. By eye contact: Causes irritation, redness and pain. By ingestion: May have narcotic effect. May cause abdominal pain, nausea, headache, dizziness and diarrhea. Large doses may affect kidneys and liver. Chronic effects: Persons with pre-existing skin disorders or eye problems or impaired liver, kidney or respirator function may be more susceptible to the effects of the substance. 4.3 Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed Treat symptomatically and supportively. 5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES 5.1 Extinguishing media Suitable extinguishing media: Dry chemical, foam or carbon dioxide and water spray. Unsuitable extinguishing media: Do not use a solid stream of water (water jet), since the stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water spray to isolate the hazard area and to keep fire-exposed tanks cool. 5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture Exposure hazards: 2-Ethylhexanol is a combustible and flammable liquid. In contact with strong oxidizers may cause fire. Vapor/air mixtures are explosive above 750C. Vapor may flow along surface to distant ignition sources and flash back. Carbon monoxide and dioxide may form when heated to decomposition. In case of large fire and remove the containers if this it is possible. Hazardous combustion products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.






5.3 Advice for firefighters Protection of fire-fighters: Fire-fighters should wear appropriate protective equipment and self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full face-piece operated in positive pressure mode. Clothing for firefighters (including helmets, protective boots and gloves) conforming to European standard EN 469 will provide a basic level of protection for chemical incidents. 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES 6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures For non-emergency personnel: Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel away from entering. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing – wear suitable protective equipment (see section 8). Do not touch or walk through spill material. Shut off all ignition sources. For emergency responders: Ventilate area of leak or spill. Remove all sources of ignition. Persons performing clean-up work should wear adequate personal protective equipment and a self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. Environmental precautions: Prevent from contamination the ground and the surface water by isolating the hazard area. Contain and recover liquid when possible. Keep closed containers and dispose according to all applicable federal, state or local environment regulations 6.3. Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up Methods of cleaning up: Absorb spills with dry sand, earth or similar non-combustible absorbent material then collect into drums for later disposal. For large spills, dike and pump into suitable containers for disposal. Use water spray to reduce vapors and flush area with water. Resulted waste water will be treated in biological treatment plant. Dispose of under valid legal waste regulations.

Special precautions: Do not use combustible materials, such as saw dust to absorb the spills. Do not flush to sewer! Use only non sparkling tools and equipment. 6.4 Reference to other sections Additional advice: Refer to section 8, 13.






7. HANDLING AND STORAGE 7.1. Precautions for safe handling Protective meseaures: Protect containers from physical damage. Use non sparkling tools, electric equipment and venting system. Sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames are prohibited when 2-ethylhexanol is handled. Bounding and grounding are important to prevent the accumulation of static electricity and provide for its safe discharge. Bounding and grounding are required for all equipment. Do not use compressed air or oxygen for filling, discharging or handling. The personel which handling the product must wear protective equipment. Advice on general occupational hygiene: Avoid inhalation or ingestion and contact with skin and eyes. General occupational hygiene measures are required to ensure safe handling of the substance. These measures involve good personal and housekeeping practices (i.e. regular cleaning with suitable cleaning devices), no drinking, eating and smoking at the workplace. Shower and change clothes at end of work shift. Do not wear contaminated clothing at home. 7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities Storage: Store in a tightly closed containers in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from sources of heat, sparks, static electricity, open flame and incompatible substances. Drums must be equipped with self-closing valves, nitrogen blanket. Containers of this material may be hazardous when empty since they retain product residues (vapors, liquid). Storage temperature: do not exceed 490C Incompatible materials: Strong oxidizers, acids and bases. Incompatible materials for storage: Tanks constructed from normal steel are reliable for storing 2-ethylhexanol. If severe demands are imposed on the quality of the product, the tanks should be constructed of stainless steel. Aluminium may be used ONLY if the temperature does not exceed 660C. 7.3. Specific end use(s) Please check the identified uses from Section 1.2. For more information please see the relevant exposure scenario, available via your supplier/given in the Annex I.






8 . EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION 8.1 Control parameters PNEC aqua (freshwater): 0.017 mg/L PNEC aqua (marine water): 0.0017 mg/L PNEC aqua (intermittent releases): 0.17 mg/L PNEC sediment (freshwater): 0.28 mg/kg sediment dw PNEC sediment (marine water): 0.028 mg/kg sediment dw PNEC STP: 10 mg/L mg/L PNEC soil: 0.047 mg/kg soil dw 8.2 Exposure controls Engineering control : A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposure as low as possible. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred because it can control the emissions of the contaminant at its sources, preventing dispersions of it into the general work area. Ventilation equipment should be explosion- proof if explosive concentration of dust, vapor or fume are present. Respiratory protection: Respirator with A filter. Full mask with above mentioned filter according to producers using requirements or self-contained breathing apparatus. Equipment should conform to EN 136 or EN 140 and EN 143. For emergencies or instances where the exposure level are not known, use a full face piece positive pressure air-supplied respirator. Hand protection : Handle with gloves which were inspected prior to use. Use proper glove removal technique (without touching glove's outer surface) to avoid skin contact with this product. The selected protective gloves have to satisfy the specifications of the standard EN 374 derived from it. Recommended material for full contact: nitrile rubber Minimum layer thickness: 0,55 mm Break through time: 480 min Other material recommended for gloves: PVC. Eye / Face protection : Use chemical safety goggles and/or a full face shield where splashing is possible. Equipment for eye protection should be tested and approved under appropriate government standards such as NIOSH (US) or EN 166(EU). Maintain eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area.






Skin protection : Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat apron or coveralls as appropriate, to prevent skin contact. Other precautions: Maintain shower, eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area. 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES General informations Appearance Clear liquid Odor Characteristic Important health, safety and environmental informations pH value at 1g/l water 7 Boiling point 184 °C at 1013 hPa Flash point 77 °C at 1013 hPa Flammability The flammability of a liquid is described by flash point and

boiling point. Explosive properties The substance does not contain any groups associated with

explosivity Oxidizing properties no oxidizing properties Vapor pressure <1 hPa at 20°C Specific gravity (water=1) at 20o C 0,833 Solubility –water 0.9 g/L at 20°C and pH 5.8

-organic solvents miscible with most common solvents Partition coefficient (log Kow) 2.9 at 25°C Dynamic viscosity at 20o C Vapor relative density (air=1) 4,5 Evaporation rate (BuAc=1) 0.01 Viscosity, dinamic 9.845 mPa s (dynamic) at 20 °C Other informations Melting point -89o C Auto flammability 280 o C at 1017 hPa






10 . STABILITY AND REACTIVITY 10.1. Reactivity: See section 10.5. 10.2. Chemical stability: Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage. 10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions: Hazardous reaction with strong oxidizers. 10.4. Conditions to avoid: Heat, sparks, electric equipment & open flame. 10.5. Incompatible materials: Strong oxidizers, acids, alkalies. 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Conclusions Absorbtion no bioaccumulation potential based on study results. Acute toxicity

Oral route: Rat: LD50 = 2047 mg/kg bw (males); GLP, OECD 401 or similar Dermal route: Rabbit, LD50: > 2600 mg/kg bw

Inhalation route: Rat: LC50 (4 h): ≥1400 mg/m³ air (OECD 403) Overall, the acute oral, inhalation, and dermal toxicity of 2-EH is low and does only require classification with regard to inhalative toxicity (aerosol formation conditions) (acute category 4).

Irritation/Corrosion Skin Results of the available studies led to the classification as skin irritant Xi,R38) according to Annex I of 67/548/EEC, corresponding to skin irritation Cat. 2 following 1272/2008/EC (CLP) requirements. Eye Due to the irreversible irritation effects on rabbit eyes, 2-ethylhexanol has to be classified as Xi, R36 according to Annex I of 67/548/EEC and as eye irritant Cat. 2A according to






1272/2008/EC (CLP) criteria. Respiratory tract 2 -EH may cause respiratory irritation at concentrations of 50 ppm or higher. Signs of respiratory irritation of unclear adversity were observed in human experimental studies at 20 ppm (Kiesswetter et al., 2005; van Thriel et al., 2005). Based on the available data on respiratory irritation in humans the test substance has to be classified into specific target organ toxicity category 3 (STOT 3, H335) according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008.

Sensitisation 2-ethilhexanol has not to be classified as skin or respiratory sensitiser according to 67/548/EEC and 1272/2008/EC (CLP) requirements.

Repeated dose toxicity Oral route 90 d, rat, NOAEL 250 mg/kg bw/ day; OECD 408, GLP; BG Chemie 1990) NOAEL: 200 mg/kg bw/day (chronic; mouse) Dermal route: no valid study identified Inhalation route 90 d, rat (male/female), NoAEC 638.4 mg/m³ air (analytical) (male/female) (overall effects) There is currently no need for classification of effects according to 67/548/EEC and 1272/2008/EC (CLP) requirements due to repeated exposure to the test substance.

Mutagenity 2-EH was not genotoxic in vitro using bacterial and mammalian cell test systems. 2-EH was not mutagenic in bacteria (Salmonella typhimurium strains TA100, TA1535, TA1537, and TA98, with or without metabolic activation) or mammalian cells in vitro (HGPRT and TK), and it did not induce chromosome aberration or sister chromatid exchange in mammalian cells.

Carcinogenity 2 -EH was not carcinogenic in two valid long term rodent studies using rats and mice of either sex.

Toxicity for reproduction Due to the lack of toxicity on fertility and development in definite studies with 2-ethylhexanol, there is no need for classification according to reproductive toxicity according to 67/548/EEC and 1272/2008/EC (CLP) requirements.






12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Aquatic Toxicity Short-term toxicity to fish Leuciscus idus melanotus/fresh water/ flow-through LC50 (96 h): 17.1 mg/L Pimephales promelas/fresh water/ flow-through LC50 (96 h): 28.2 mg/L Short term toxicity to fish was moderate Long-term toxicity to fish According to REACH Annex IX, 9.1, Column 2, the test is not required (CSR does not indicate the need for further investigations). Short-term toxicity to aquatic invertebrates Daphnia pulex/freshwater/static EC50 (48 h) 39 mg/L, Toxicity to Daphnia magna was moderate Long-term toxicity to aquatic invertebrates: According to EACH Annex IX, 9.1, Column 2, the test is not required (CSR does not indicate the need for further investigations) Algae and aquatic plants Scenedesmus subspicatus (new name: Desmodesmus subspicatus) (algae)/fresh water/static Toxicity to algae was moderate: EC50 (72 h): 11.5 mg/L test mat. (nominal) based on: biomass EC50 (72 h): 16.6 mg/L test mat. (nominal) based on: growth rate Toxicity to sediment The substance is readily biodegradable, the adsorption potential is low (Log Koc = 1.42), as is the bioconcentration factor (the estimated Log BCF was 1.4). Direct and indirect exposure to sediment is not likely, since the substance is not intentionally applied to sediment. Therefore, no testing is required in accordance with REACH; ANNEX X; No. 9.5.1, column 2. Resulting PNECs PNEC aqua (freshwater): 0.017 mg/L PNEC aqua (marine water): 0.0017 mg/L PNEC aqua (intermittent releases): 0.17 mg/L PNEC sediment (freshwater): 0.28 mg/kg sediment dw PNEC sediment (marine water): 0.028 mg/kg sediment dw PNEC STP: 10 mg/L mg/L PNEC soil: 0.047 mg/kg soil dw






Toxicity to soil macro-organisms The substance is readily biodegradable, and the adsorption potential is low (low Pow and Koc). Direct and indirect exposure to soil is not likely, since the substance is not intentionally applied to soil. Therefore, no testing is required in accordance with REACH; ANNEX X; No. 9.4, column 2. Toxicity to terrestrial plants: The substance is readily biodegradable, and the adsorption potential is low (low Pow and Koc). Direct and indirect exposure to soil is not likely, since the substance is not intentionally applied to soil. Therefore, no testing is required in accordance with REACH; ANNEX X; No. 9.4, column 2. 12.2. Persistence and degradability: Abiotic degradation: substance is readily biodegradable Biodegradation:2-ethylhexanol was readily biodegradable in a MITI-I Test, (equivalent to OECD TG 301-C). This is in line with the observation that the chemical oxygen demand (COD) was reduced by >95% in the Zahn-Wellens test (OECD 302B guideline; reliability 2) within 5 days demonstrating rapid biodegradation. 12.3. Bioaccumulative potential: In accordance with column 2 of Annex IX, the study does not need to be conducted if the substance has a low potential for bioaccumulation. The log Pow of 2.9 for 2-Ethylhexanol (Perstorp, 2010) indicates a low potential for bioaccumulation. In addition the substance is readily biodegradable (NITE, 2002). Therefore and for reasons of animal welfare a fish study is not performed.

Secondary poisoning: No information available. Due to the low log Pow of the substance, bioaccumulation is unlikely. 12.4. Mobility Water: 2-Ethylhexanol will slowly evaporate from the water surface into the atmosphere. 2-Ethylhexanol is readily biodegradable in water. Soil and sediments: The log Pow of 2.9 for 2-Ethylhexanol (Perstorp, 2010) indicates a low potential for bioaccumulation. Low values for Koc calculated with a QSAR tool also point to low absorption to soil. In addition the substance is readily biodegradable (NITE, 2002). 12.5. Results of PBT and vPvB assessment: Based on the available data it is concluded that 2-EH

- is readily biodegradable and does not fulfil the P or vP criterion - is not bioaccumulative and does not fulfil the B or vB criterion - does not fulfil the T criterion

and therefore is evaluated to be not a PBT or vPvB substance.






13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS This section contains generic advice and guidance.

13.1 Waste treatment methods 13.1.1 Product Methods of disposal : The generation of waste should be avoided or minimised wherever possible. Empty containers or liners may retain some product residues. This material and its container must be disposed of in a safe way. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable products via a licensed waste disposal contractor. Disposal of this product, solutions and any by-products should at all times comply with the requirements of environmental protection and waste disposal legislation and any regional local authority requirements. Avoid dispersal of spill material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains and sewers. Waste Code: No waste key number as per the European Waste Types List can be assigned to this product, since such classification is based on the (as yet undetermined) use to which the product is put by the consumer 13.1.2. Packaging Methods of disposal : The generation of waste should be avoided or minimised wherever possible. Waste packaging should be recycled. Incineration or landfill should only be considered when recycling is not feasible. Relevant European legislation regarding waste: Directive 2008/98/EC on waste (Waste framework Directive) Directive 2008/532/EC replacing Decision 94/3/EC establishing a list of wastes pursuant to Article 1(a) of Council Directive 75/442/EEC on waste and Council Decision 94/904/EC establishing a list of hazardous waste pursuant to Article 1(4) of Council Directive 91/689/EEC on hazardous waste Regulation (Ec) No 1013/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council on shipments of waste, with subsequent modifications and additions 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION ADR: 2-Ethylhexanol is not classified under ADR regulations. RID: 2-Ethylhexanol is not classified under RID regulations.






Maritime transport IMDG: 2-Ethylhexanol is not classified under IMDG regulations. Air transport ICAO/IATA: 2-Ethylhexanol is not classified under IATA regulations. Transport aerian ICAO/IATA: Proper shipping name and description Aviation regulated liquid, n.o.s. Hazard Inducer (2-Ethylhexanol) Chemical Name 2-Ethylhexanol UN number 3334 Class of hazard 9 Packaging group no Label no 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION 15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture Relevant information regarding the European legislation EU Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 (REACH) Regulation (EC) no.1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council regarding the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) Regulation Regulation (EC) no.1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the Classification, Labeling and Packaging of substances and mixtures. Directive 2012/18/EU (SEVESO III) of the European Parliament and of the Council on the control of major-accident hazards involving dangerous substances, amending and subsequently repealing Council Directive 96/82/EC Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council on substances that deplete the ozone layer European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR) Regulation referring to the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail (RID International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) EU Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 (REACH) Annex XIV - List of substances subject to authorisation Substances of very high concern (CMR): 2-Ethylhexanol is not listed , it’s not subject to authorisation






Annex XVII - Restrictions on the manufacture, placing on the market and use of certain dangerous substances, mixtures and articles Restrictions on use: no restriction Other EU regulations: 2-Ethylhexanol is a SEVESO substance, not ozone depleting

substance and not a persistent organic pollutant. WGK (Germany): WGK 2 15.2 Chemical safety Assessment Assessment A chemical safety assessment has been carried out for this substance. 16. OTHER INFORMATION 16.1. Full text of H-Statements referred to under sections 2 and 3 H335: May cause respiratory irritation. H315: Causes skin irritation. H319: Causes serious eye irritation. H332: Harmful if inhaled. 16.3. Full text of P-Statements referred to under section 2 P233: Keep container tightly closed. P261: Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapours/spray. P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection. P302+P352: IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water. P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. P304+P340: IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. P312: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. P362: Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. 16.4. Explanations for possible abbreviations mentioned in above sections PBT: Persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic. vPvB: Very persistent and very bioaccumulative.






ES: Exposure Scenario STEL: Short term exposure limit based TWA: Time Weighted Average (TWA) WGK: Wassergefährdungsklasse -Water hazard class, in Germany DNEL: Derived No Effect Level PNEC: Predicted No-Effect Concentration NOAEL - No observed adverse effect level NOAEC - No Observed Adverse Effects Concentration LOAEC- Lowest Observable Adverse Effect Concentration EC50 - concentration of toxic material for which 50% of the tested organisms survive LD50 - lethal dose for 50% of the tested population LC50 - lethal concentration for 50% of the tested population UN - United Nations ADR: European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road RID: International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road IMDG Code: International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code ICAO/IATA: International Civil Aviation Organization/ International Air Transport Association 16.5. Revision: 1 replace previous revision dated January 2011 and the following section were revised: - Section 1.4- the phone number of Romanian Toxicological Call Center was insert - Section.2- the information regarding classification&labeling acording to D67/548/EC were removed; - Section 3- the classification according to D67/548/EC was removed; - Section 8.2- personal protective equipment were revised - Section 13- a list containing wastes regulations was introducted; - Section 15- list containing in force regulations was up-graded. Annex I to SDS- Exposure Scenario

Disclaimer: Oltchim provides the information contained herein in good faith but makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. The information is intended to aid the user in controlling the handling risks; it is not to be construed as a warranty or specification of the product quality. The information may not be or may not altogether be applicable to combinations of the product with other substances or to particular applications. The user is responsible for ensuring that appropriate precautions are taken and for satisfying themselves that the data are suitable and sufficient for the product's intended purpose. In case of any unclarity we advise consulting the supplier or an expert.






ANNEX I- EXPOSURE SCENARIO

1. Exposure Scenario for Manufacture of substance (ES 1)

Exposure Scenario 1: Manufacture of substance Industrial use: SU 3 (SU 8,9) Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOCSPERC 1. ERC 1, ERC4 Workers scenario ESVOC GES 1A (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b, 9, 15 Manufacture of the substance or use as an intermediate or process chemical or extraction agent. Includes recycling/ recovery, material transfers, storage, maintenance and loading (including marine vessel/barge, road/rail car and bulk container), sampling and associated laboratory activities Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 1.1b.v1 Manufacture of the substance or use as an intermediate or process chemical or extraction agent. Includes recycling/ recovery, material transfers, storage, maintenance and loading (including marine vessel/barge, road/rail car and bulk container), sampling and associated laboratory activities Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C Concentration of substance in mixture N/A Amounts used Annual amount (per industrial use) 50000 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 140 t/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 120 m3/second (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release none Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes

STP discharge rate 2 x 103 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default)

Efficacy (substance removal in STP) 88% (calculated by ECETOC TRA)






Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste

Process optimized for highly efficient use of raw materials (very minimal environmental release). Volatile compounds subject to air emission controls. Negligible wastewater emissions as process operates without water contact. Negligible air emissions as process operates in a contained system. Wastewater emissions generated from equipment cleaning with water. Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 1A: Distribution of substance (industrial), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid

Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C

Concentration of substance in mixture Pure substance (up to 100%) Amounts used Not relevant for ECETOC TRA exposure estimates Frequency and duration of use/exposure Frequency and duration Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours Human factors not influenced by risk management

Potentially exposed body parts

Hands No special precautions identified' EI18 Wear gloves PPE15

Exposed skin surface

The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs, with the following values assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (PROC1, 3, 15), 480 cm2 (PROC2, 4, 8B,) or 960 cm2 (PROC8A)

Other given operational conditions affecting workers exposure Setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use

Room size Not relevant for ECETOC TRA exposure estimates

Processing temperature and pressure Assumes use at not more than 20oC above ambient temperature [G15]

Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - General exposures (closed systems) CS15 : Handle substance within a closed system E49 Ensure samples

are collected under containment or extract ventilation. E66 Provide a good standard of general or






controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) E40 Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15 - General exposures (open systems) CS16 : Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur

E54. Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15 - Process sampling CS2 : Ensure samples are collected under containment or extract ventilation. E76 Wear

suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15 Ensure operatives are trained to minimise exposures EI19 - Bulk transfers (closed systems) CS14, CS107 : Handle substance within a closed system.E47 Ensure

material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15

- Clear transfer lines prior to decoupling E39 Remotely vent displaced vapours ENVT17 - Bulk transfers (open systems) CS14, CS108 : Handle substance within a closed system.E47 Ensure

material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15

- Clear transfer lines prior to decoupling E39 Remotely vent displaced vapours ENVT17 - Equipment maintenance CS5 : Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance E65

Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) E40 Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374. PPE15 Deal with spills immediately. C&H13. Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4

- Laboratory activities CS36 : Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) E40 Handle in a fume cupboard or under extract ventilation E83

- Storage CS67: Store substance within a closed system. E84 Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) E40 Avoid dip samples E42

Ventilation For PROC8a only: LEV required

Efficiency rate Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure Close process. No exposure Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]

for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible - Wear suitable coveralls to prevent exposure to the skin [PPE27] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible

PPE to prevent eye exposure - Use suitable eye protection [PPE26], where direct contact (e.g. splashes) with substance is possible

Respiratory protection

Not requiredEstimated workplace exposures are not expected to exceed DNELs when the identified risk management measures are adopted .G8

Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

2. Exposure Scenario for Distribution of substance (ES 2)

Exposure Scenario 2: Distribution of substance






Industrial use: SU 3 (SU 10) Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 3, spERC 1.1b.v1 (specifies ERC 1, 2) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 1A (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b, 9, 15 Loading (including marine vessel/barge, rail/road car and IBC loading) and repacking (including drums and small packs) of substance, including its sampling, storage, unloading and associated laboratory activities Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 3 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 1.1b.v1 Loading (including marine vessel/barge, rail car and IBC loading) and repacking (including drums and small packs), including losses during off-site storage (e.g. terminals) Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C Concentration of substance in mixture N/A Amounts used Annual amount (per industrial use) 200.000 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 1.3 t/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 20 t/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release none Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 1A: Distribution of substance (industrial), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d






Product characteristics Physical state Liquid


Concentration of substance in mixture Pure substance (up to 100%) Amounts used Not relevant for ECETOC TRA exposure estimates Frequency and duration of use/exposure

Frequency and duration Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours on 5 days/week

Human factors not influenced by risk management Potentially exposed body parts Hands


The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs, with the following values assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (PROC1, 3, 15), 480 cm2 (PROC2, 4, 8B, 9) or 960 cm2 (PROC8A)




Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - General exposures (Closed systems) CS15: Handle substance within a closed system. E47 Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 - General exposures (Open systems) CS16: Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation [E66] Clear transfer lines prior to de-coupling E39 - Process sampling [CS2]: Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Avoid dip sampling E42 - Laboratory activities [CS36]: Handle in a fume cupboard or under extract ventilation E83 - Bulk transfers CS14: Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Clear lines transfer lines prior to decoupling E38 Ensure operation is undertaken outdoors E69 - Drum and small pack filling CS6: Fill containers/cans at dedicated fill points supplied with local extract ventilation E51 Clear spills immediately C&H13 Put lids on containers immediately after use E9 - Equipment cleaning and maintenance [CS39]: Apply vessel entry procedures including use of forced supplied air. AP15 Drain down and flush system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance. E55 Transfer via enclosed lines E52 Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4 - Material Storage CS67: Store substance within a closed system. E84 Transfer via enclosed lines. E52 Avoid dip sampling E42

Ventilation For PROC8a only: LEV required






Efficiency rate 90% Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]



Respiratory protection Not required Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

3. Exposure Scenario for Formulation of substance (ES 3)

Exposure Scenario 3: Formulation of substance Industrial use: SU 3 (SU 10) Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 4, spERC 2.2.v1 (specifies ERC 2) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 2 (industrial); PROC1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8a, 8b, 9, 14, 15 Formulation, blending, packing and re-packing of the substance and its mixtures in batch or continuous operations, including storage, materials transfers, mixing, large and small scale packing, maintenance and associated laboratory activities. Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 4 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 2.2.v1 Formulation & packing of mixtures in batch or continuous operations, including storage, materials transfers, large and small scale packing, and maintenance Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C Concentration of substance in mixture N/A Amounts used Annual amount (per site for industrial use) 400 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 1.33 t/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 1.36 t/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Use/release on 300 d/year






Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 2: Formulation and (re-)packing of substances and mixtures (industrial), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid


Concentration of substance in mixture Covers percentage substance in the product up to 100 % (unless stated differently) [G13]

Amounts used Not relevant for ECETOC TRA exposure estimates Frequency and duration of use/exposure

Frequency and duration Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2]

Human factors not influenced by risk management Potentially exposed body parts Hands


The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs, with the following values assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (PROC1, 3, 15), 480 cm2 (PROC2, 4, 5,






8B, 9, 14) or 960 cm2 (PROC8A)

Other given operational conditions affecting workers exposure Setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor use



Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - General exposures (closed systems) CS15: Handle substance within a closed system. E47 Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 - General exposures (open systems) CS16: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur E54 - Batch processes at elevated temperatures CS136: Formulate in enclosed or ventilated mixing vessels E46 Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 - Process sampling CS2: Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Avoid dip sampling. E42 - Laboratory activities CS36: Handle in a fume cupboard or under extract ventilation E83 - Bulk transfers CS14: Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation E66 Clear lines prior to decoupling. E39 Clear spillages immediately C&H13 Remotely vent displaced vapours ENVT17 - Mixing operations (open systems) CS30: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur E54 - Drum and batch transfers CS8: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur E54 Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container. E64 Avoid spillage when withdrawing pump. C&H16 - Production or preparation of articles by tabletting, compression, extrusion or pelletisation CS100: Handle substance within a predominantly closed system provided with extract ventilation E49 - Drum and small package filling CS6: Fill containers/cans at dedicated fill points supplied with local extract ventilation E51 Put lids on containers immediately after use. E9 Clear spills immediately C&H13 - Equipment clean down and maintenance CS39: Apply vessel entry procedures including use of forced supplied air. AP15 Drain down and flush system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance. E55 Transfer via enclosed lines E52 Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4 - Material storage CS67: Store substance within a closed system. E84 Transfer via enclosed lines. E52 Avoid dip sampling E42

Ventilation - For PROC5 and PROC8a only: LEV required


for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible - Wear suitable coveralls to prevent exposure to






the skin [PPE27] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible


Respiratory protection Not required Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

4. Exposure Scenario for Use in coatings (industrial) (ES 4)

Exposure Scenario 4: Use in coatings (industrial) Industrial use: SU 3 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 5, spERC 4.3a.v1 (specifies ERC 4) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 3 (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8a, 8b, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15 Covers the use in coatings (paints, inks, adhesives, etc) including exposures during use (including materials receipt, storage, preparation and transfer from bulk and semi-bulk, application by spray, roller, spreader, dip, flow, fluidised bed on production lines and film formation) and equipment cleaning, maintenance and associated laboratory activities. Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 5 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 4.3a.v1 Covers the use in coatings (paints, inks, adhesives, etc) including exposures during use (including materials transfer from bulk and semi-bulk and spraying, brushing and other manual application tasks); and equipment cleaning Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C


Amounts used Annual amount per site for industrial use) 100 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 333 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 387 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Use/release on 300 d/year Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use






Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes


Efficacy (removal in STP) 88% (calculated by ECETOC TRA)

Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 3: Coatings (industrial application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid




Frequency and duration Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2]

Human factors not influenced by risk management Potentially exposed body parts Hands and forearms


The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in industrial spraying activities (PROC7), the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC1) – 1500 cm2 (PROC7)









Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release General exposures (closed systems) [CS15]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. General exposures (closed systems) [CS15] with sample collection [CS56]. Use in contained systems [CS38]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation [E66]. Film formation - force drying (50 - 100°C). Stoving (>100°C). UV/EB radiation curing [CS94]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Ensure material transfers are under containment or extract ventilation [E66]. Mixing operations (closed systems) [CS29]. General exposures (closed systems) [CS15]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Film formation - air drying [CS95]: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Preparation of material for application [CS96]. Mixing operations (open systems) [CS30]: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Spraying (automatic/robotic) [CS97]: Carry out in a vented booth provided with laminar airflow [E59]. Manual [CS34] Spraying [CS10]: Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) [E40]. Material transfers [CS3]: Clear transfer lines prior to de-coupling [E39]. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Roller, spreader, flow application [CS98]: Minimise exposure by partial enclosure of the operation or equipment and provide extract ventilation at openings [E60]. Dipping, immersion and pouring [CS4]: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely [EI9]. Laboratory activities [CS36]: {Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) [E40]}. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Material transfers [CS3]. Drum/batch transfers [CS8]. Transfer from/pouring from containers [CS22]: Ensure transfer points are supplied with extract ventilation [E73]. Production or preparation or articles by tabletting, compression, extrusion or pelletisation [CS100]: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation

LEV is required for: - PROCs 5, 7, 8a, 10, 13 and - PROC2: for film formation - force drying (50-100°C), stoving (>100°C). UV/EB radiation curing (PROC2) due to elevated temperatures

Efficiency rate 95% (PROC7) and 90% (PROCs 5, 8a, 10, 13) Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation






PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible - Wear suitable coveralls to prevent exposure to the skin [PPE27] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible



For PROC7: open manual industrial spraying (if LEV is not feasible): Wear a respirator conforming to EN140 with Type A filter or better [PPE22]. For all other activities: Not required

Respiratory PPE efficacy 90% Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

5. Exposure Scenario for Use in coatings (professional) (ES 5)

Exposure Scenario 5: Use in coatings (professional) Professional use: SU 22 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 6, spERC 8.3b.v1 (specifies ERC 8a,d) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 3 (professional); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8a, 8b, 10, 11, 13, 15, 19 Covers the use in coatings (paints, inks, adhesives, etc) including exposures during use (including materials receipt, storage, preparation and transfer from bulk and semi-bulk, application by spray, roller, brush, spreader by hand or similar methods, and film formation), and equipment cleaning, maintenance and associated laboratory activities. Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 6 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 8.3b.v1 Covers the use in coatings (paints, inks, adhesives, etc) including exposures during use (including materials transfer and spraying, brushing and other manual application tasks); and equipment cleaning Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C


Amounts used Annual amount (total for EU) 100 t/a Daily amount (Muse) 0.137 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 2.25 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management






Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 3: Coatings (professional application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid




Frequency and duration

PROC11: Indoors: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11] Outdoors: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12]. PROC19: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11] All others: Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless






stated differently) [G2]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in non-industrial spraying activities (PROC11), the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC3) – 1980 cm2 (PROC19)




Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release General exposures (closed systems) [CS15]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Filling / preparation of equipment from drums or containers. [CS45]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container [E64]. General exposures (closed systems) [CS15]. Use in contained systems [CS38]: Handle substance within a closed system [E47]. Preparation of material for application [CS96]: Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container [E64]. Minimise exposure by partial enclosure of the operation or equipment and provide extract ventilation at openings [E60]. Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely [EI9]. Film formation - air drying [CS95]. Outdoor [OC9]: Film formation - air drying [CS95]. Indoor [OC8]: Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) [E40]. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]}. Preparation of material for application [CS96]. Indoor [OC8]: Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) [E40]. Preparation of material for application [CS96]. Outdoor [OC9]: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12]. , or: [G9 ]. Material transfers [CS3]. Drum/batch transfers [CS8]: Minimise exposure by partial enclosure of the operation or equipment and provide extract ventilation at openings (professional use) [E78]. Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container [E64]. Manual [CS34]. Spraying [CS10]. Indoor [OC8]: Carry out in a vented booth [E57] Manual [CS34]. Spraying [CS10]. Outdoor [OC9]: Ensure operation is undertaken outdoors [E69]. Dipping, immersion and pouring [CS4]. Indoor [OC8]: Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely [EI9]. Dipping, immersion and pouring [CS4]. Outdoor [OC9]: Ensure operation is undertaken outdoors [E69]. Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely [EI9]. Laboratory activities [CS36]: Provide a good standard of general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) [E40]. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Hand application - fingerpaints, pastels, adhesives [CS72]. Indoor [OC8]: Ensure doors and windows are






opened [E72]. Hand application - fingerpaints, pastels, adhesives [CS72]. Outdoor [OC9]: Ensure operation is undertaken outdoors [E69]. Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation Local exhaust ventilation is required for: - PROCs 4, 5, 8a, 8b, 10, 11, and 13

Efficiency rate 90% (PROC8b) and 80% (all others) Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]

for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible; - Wear suitable coveralls to prevent exposure to the skin [PPE27] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible For hand application (PROC19): Wear chemically resistant gloves (tested to type EN374) in combination with specific activity training [PPE17]



For roller application or brushing (PROC10, outdoors) and manual spraying (PROC11, outdoors), when LEV is not feasible: Wear a respirator conforming to EN140 with Type A filter or better [PPE22] For all other activities: Not required


6. Exposure Scenario for Dilution of a concentrate to prepare end use mixture (professional) (ES 6)

Exposure Scenario 6: Dilution of a concentrate to prepare end use mixture (professional) Professional use: SU 22 Environmental exposure scenario: ERC 8d






Workers scenario; PROC 5, 8a, 8b Dilution of a concentrate to prepare various end use mixtures at dedicated and non-dedicated facilities, wide dispersive use, concentration in end use mixture < 1% Environmental exposure ERC8d (outdoor use); outdoor use was chosen since many of these concentrates will be used outdoors and to cover maximum environmental release; this also covers indoor use (ERC 8a) Dilution of a concentrate to prepare various end use mixtures at dedicated and non-dedicated facilities, wide dispersive use, concentration in end use mixture < 1% Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C

Concentration of substance in mixture Covers percentage substance in the product up to 25 % [G12]

Amounts used Annual amount (total for EU) 50 t/a Daily amount (Muse) 0.274 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 1.77 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on PROC 5, 8a, 8b: Mixing or blending in batch processes for formulation of mixtures; Transfer of substance or preparation from and to vessels/large containers at dedicated and non-dedicated facilities






Product characteristics Physical state Liquid


Concentration of substance in mixture

Covers percentage substance in the product up to 25 % [G12] If clean-down and maintenance of equipment and disposal of wastes (PROC8a) have to be carried out for 1-4 hours daily and local exhaust ventilation cannot be provided, use only concentrates with up to 5%



PROC8a: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11] PROC 5 and 8b: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in non-industrial spraying activities (PROC11), the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 480 cm2 (e.g. PROC5) – 960 cm2 (PROC8a)



Processing temperature and pressure Assumes use at not more than 20°C above ambient temperature [G15]

Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - Transfer from/pouring from containers (PROC8b): Carefully pour from containers E62 - Clean-down and maintenance of equipment and disposal of wastes (PROC8a): Drain down system prior

to equipment break-in or maintenance E65. Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4

Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation

Local exhaust ventilation is generally not required. If PROC8a activities have to be carried out for 1-4 hours daily, provide local exhaust ventilation

Efficiency rate 80% Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure






- Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]



Respiratory protection Not required

Respiratory PPE efficacy N/A Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

7. Exposure Scenario for Dilution of a concentrate to prepare end use mixture (consumers) (ES 7)

Exposure Scenario 7: Dilution of a concentrate to prepare end use mixture (consumers) Consumer use: SU21 Environmental exposure scenario: ERC 8d Product category: covers many different products with the dilution of the concentrate being more important than the final product category Dilution of a concentrate to prepare various end use mixtures at dedicated and non-dedicated facilities, wide dispersive use, concentration in end use mixture < 1% Environmental exposure ERC8d (outdoor use); outdoor use was chosen since many of these concentrates will be used outdoors and to cover maximum environmental release; this also covers indoor use (ERC 8a) Covers uses as described above Product characteristics Physical state Liquid







Concentration of substance in mixture Covers percentage substance in the product up to 25% [G12]

Amounts used Annual amount (total for EU) 10 t/a Daily amount (Muse) 0.0548 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 0.69 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes STP discharge rate 2 x 103 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Efficacy (substance removal in STP) 88% (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Consumer exposure Based on default assumptions in ConsExpo (v. 4.1) for a similar task (“mixing and loading of liquids” for pest control products) and product-specific data on concentrations of the substance in concentrates Product characteristic Covers liquid concentrate mixtures (preparations) with concentrations of the substance of up to 25%, which are then diluted (concentration in the final product < 1%) Amounts used Covers mixtures (preparations) containing 25% of the substance in amounts of up to 1000 g per event (ConsExpo default amount of 500 g doubled to cover larger package sizes) Frequency and duration of use/exposure Covers the use (dilution event) up to 24 times per year (2 times per months; ConsExpo default multiplied with 4 to cover more frequent uses), each dilution event lasting 1.33 minutes (ConsExpo default) Human factors not influenced by risk management Potentially exposed body parts Fingertips and hand (due to splashes and leakages) Exposed skin surface Not relevant for ConsExpo exposure estimates Other given operational conditions affecting consumers exposure Setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use

Room size 1 m3 (ConsExpo default as a surrogate for the “personal volume” around the user)

Processing temperature and pressure Assumes activities are at ambient temperature (unless






stated differently) [G17] Conditions and measures related to information and behavioural advice to consumers For consumer products containing concentrations >10% give the following advice to end users: - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan. [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Use suitable eye protection and gloves [PPE14] Alternative to recommendation of personal protection equipment: design product in a way that skin and eye contact is impossible Conditions and measures related to personal protection and hygiene None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None

8. Exposure Scenario for Use in laboratories (industrial) (ES 8)

Exposure Scenario 8: Use in laboratories (industrial) Industrial use: SU 3 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 38, spERC 4.24.v1 (specifies ERC 2, 4) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 17 (industrial); PROC 10, 15 Use in laboratory settings Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 38 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 4.24.v1 Use of the substance within laboratory setting, including pilot plants Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C

Concentration of substance Covers percentage substance in the product up to 100% (unless stated differently) [G13]

Amounts used Annual amount (per site for industrial use) 5 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 100 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 133 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Covers use on 20 d/year Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor use


Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil






Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 17: Use as solvent in laboratories handled in small quantities (typically less than 1 litre), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid


Concentration of substance Covers percentage substance in the product up to 100% (unless stated differently) [G13]



Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2] For cleaning (wiping, brushing, flushing, PROC10) activities: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; the following values are assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (PROC15) and 960 cm2 (PROC10)

Other given operational conditions affecting workers exposure Setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor use








Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - General risk management measures applicable to all activities (CS_new): Provide a good standard of

general or controlled ventilation (5 to 10 air changes per hour) (E40); E74 - Ensure ventilation system is regularly maintained and tested; E62 - Carefully pour from containers E50 - Put lids (caps) on containers (bottles) immediately after use

- CS36 Laboratory activities: EI18 – No specific measures identified; E66 - Ensure materials transfers are under containment or extract ventilation;

- CS47 Cleaning [wiping, brushing, flushing]: E66 - Ensure materials transfers are under containment or extract ventilation; Use fume cupboard (BDI 03.03.01.01.01-12000)

- CS47 Cleaning [wiping, brushing, flushing]: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours (OC12); E66 - Ensure materials transfers are under containment or extract ventilation

Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker Ventilation Local exhaust ventilation is not required

Efficiency rate N/A Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17] - Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]





9. Exposure Scenario for Use in functional fluids (industrial) (ES 9)

Exposure Scenario 9: Use in functional fluids (industrial) Industrial use: SU 3 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 31, spERC 7.13a.v1 (specifies ERC 7) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 13 (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b, 9, 20






Use as functional fluids e.g. cable oils, transfer oils, coolants, insulators, refrigerants, hydraulic fluids in industrial equipment including maintenance and related material transfers Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 31 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 7.13a.v1 Use as functional fluids e.g. cable oils, transfer oils, insulators, hydraulic fluids in industrial equipment including maintenance and related material transfers Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C


Amounts used Annual amount (per site for industrial use) 100 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 500 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 4480 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Release on 20 d/year Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 13: Use as functional fluid (industrial application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics






Physical state Liquid





PROC 8a: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12] All other PROCs: Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in industrial spraying activities (PROC7), the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC1) – 960 cm2 (PROC8a)



Processing temperature and pressure

Assumes use at not more than 20°C above ambient temperature [G15] If applicable for PROC4 (see below): Operation is carried out at elevated temperature (> 20°C above ambient temperature) [OC7]

Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - Bulk transfers CS14: Transfer via enclosed lines. E52 Clear lines prior to decoupling E39. - Drum/batch transfers CS8: Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container. E64 Avoid spillage when

withdrawing pump. C&H16 - Filling / preparation of equipment from drums or containers CS45 Use drum pumps or carefully pour

from container E64 - Equipment operation (closed systems) CS15: No specific measures identified EI18 - Equipment operation (open systems) CS16: Minimise exposure by enclosing the operation or equipment

and provide extract ventilation at openings if operation carried out at elevated temperatures E75 - Equipment maintenance CS5: Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance E65.

Transfer via enclosed lines E52. Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4

- Re-work and re-manufacture of articles CS19: Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance E65 Retain drainings in sealed storage pending disposal. ENVT4

- Equipment maintenance CS5: Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance E65 .






Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle. ENVT4 - Material storage CS67: Store substance within a closed system. E84 Ensure dedicated transfer points

are provided. E66 Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation Local exhaust ventilation is required for: PROC4 when used at elevated temperatures of up to 80°C






10. Exposure Scenario for Use in functional fluids (professional) (ES 10)

Exposure Scenario 9: Use in functional fluids (professional) Professional use: SU 22 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 32, spERC 9.13b.v1 (specifies ERC 9a,b) Workers scenario ESVOC GES 13 (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 8a, 9, 20 Use as functional fluids e.g. cable oils, transfer oils, coolants, insulators, refrigerants, hydraulic fluids in industrial equipment including maintenance and related material transfers Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 32 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 9.13b.v1 Use as functional fluids e.g. cable oils, transfer oils, insulators, hydraulic fluids in industrial equipment including maintenance and related material transfers Product characteristics Physical state Liquid








Amounts used Annual amount (total for EU) 10 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 0.014 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 0.227 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 13: Use as functional fluid (professional application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid










Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2] PROC 8a: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in industrial spraying activities (PROC7), the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC1) – 960 cm2 (PROC8a)




Assumes use at not more than 20°C above ambient temperature [G15] If applicable for PROC20 (see below): Operation is carried out at elevated temperature (> 20°C above ambient temperature) [OC7]

Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release - Drum/batch transfers CS8: Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container. E64 Avoid spillage when

withdrawing pump. C&H16 - Transfer from/pouring from containers CS22: Use drum pumps or carefully pour from container. E64

Clear up spills immediately and dispose of waste safely.EI9 - Filling / preparation of equipment from drums or containers. CS45 Carefully pour from containers E62 - Equipment operation (closed systems) CS15 Minimise exposure by partial enclosure of the operation or

equipment and provide extract ventilation at openings E60 No other specific measures identified EI21 - Re-work and re-manufacture of articles CS19 Provide enhanced general ventilation by mechanical

means E48 Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle ENVT4 - Equipment maintenance CS5: Drain down system prior to equipment break-in or maintenance E65.

Retain drain downs in sealed storage pending disposal or for subsequent recycle ENVT4 - Storage CS55: Store substance within a closed system. E47 Ensure dedicated transfer points are

provided. E66 Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation Local exhaust ventilation is required for: - PROC20 when used at elevated temperatures up to 80°C

Efficiency rate 80% Organisational measures to prevent /limit releases, dispersion and exposure - Provide a good standard of general ventilation. Natural ventilation is from windows and doors etc. Controlled ventilation means air is supplied or removed by a powered fan [E1] - Avoid manual contact with wet work pieces [EI17]






- Avoid splashing [C&H15] - Assumes a good basic standard of occupational hygiene is implemented [G1] Conditions and measures related to personal protection, hygiene and health evaluation PPE to prevent dermal exposure - Wear suitable gloves tested to EN374 [PPE15]





11. Exposure Scenario for Use in cleaning products (professional) (ES 11)

Exposure Scenario 11: Use in cleaning products (professional) Professional use: SU 22 Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 9, spERC 8.4b.v1 (specifies ERC 8a,d) Workers scenario: ESVOC GES 4 (professional); PROC 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b, 10, 11, 13 Covers the professional use as a component of cleaning products including pouring/unloading from drums or containers Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 9 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 8.4b.v1 Covers the use as a component of cleaning products for professional use including pouring/unloading from drums or containers; and exposures during cleaning activities Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C


Amounts used Annual amount (total for EU) 100 t/a Daily amount (Muse) 0.137 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 2.27 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Continuous use/release Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default) Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use






Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 4: Cleaning (professional application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid





Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2] PROC8a: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11] PROC8b, 10 and 11: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; exposure of forearms is only assumed in non-industrial spraying activities (PROC11), the following range of values is






assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC3) – 1500 cm2 (PROC11)




Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release Automated process with (semi) closed systems. [CS93]. Use in contained systems [CS38]. No specific measures identified [EI18]. Automated process with (semi) closed systems. [CS93]. Drum/batch transfers [CS8]. Use in contained systems [CS38]. No specific measures identified [EI18]. Filling / preparation of equipment from drums or containers. [CS45].Ensure operation is undertaken outdoors [E69]. Cleaning with low-pressure washers [CS42]. Rolling, Brushing [CS51]. No spraying [CS60]. Limit the substance content in the product to 5 % [OC17Cleaning with high pressure washers [CS44]. Spraying [CS10]. Indoor [OC8]. Limit the substance content in the product to 1 % [OC16 Manual [CS34]. Surfaces [CS48]. Cleaning [CS47]. Spraying [CS10]. Avoid carrying out operation for more than 4 hours [OC12]. Limit the substance content in the product to 25 % [OC24] Ensure doors and windows are opened [E72]. Ad hoc manual application via trigger sprays, dipping, etc. [CS27]. Rolling, Brushing [CS51]. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54]. Cleaning of medical devices [CS74]. Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur [E54].

Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation

Local exhaust ventilation is generally not envisaged. For roller application or brushing (PROC 10): use LEV (if not feasible, use either products containing up to 5% of the substance or durations < 1 h For non-industrial spraying (PROC 11): use LEV together with either products containing up to 5% of the substance or durations < 1 h


for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible - Wear suitable coveralls to prevent exposure to






the skin [PPE27] for activities, where direct contact with substance is possible PROC 11: Wear chemically resistant gloves (tested to EN374) in combination with ‘basic’ employee training [PPE16]



PROC 11: Wear a half mask respirator conforming to EN140, 149 or equivalent [PPE22] (if the technical conditions and measures mentioned above are not feasible) PROC8a (if carried out for more than 1 hour): Wear a half mask respirator conforming to EN140, 149 or equivalent [PPE22]


12. Exposure Scenario for Use in oil and gas field drilling (industrial) (ES 12)

Exposure Scenario 12: Use in oil and gas field drilling (industrial) Industrial use: SU 3 (2a, 2b) Environmental exposure scenario: ESVOC 11, spERC 4.5a.v1 (specifies ERC 4) Workers scenario: ESVOC GES 5 (industrial); PROC 1, 2, 3, 4, 8a, 8b Oil field well drilling and production operations (including drilling muds and well cleaning) including material transfers, on-site formulation, well head operations, shaker room activities and related maintenance. Environmental exposure Based on ESVOC spERC: ESVOC 11 (ECETOC TRA) = spERC 4.5a.v1 Oil field well drilling and production operations (including drilling muds and well cleaning) including material transfers, on-site formulation, well head operations, shaker room activities and related maintenance. Product characteristics Physical state Liquid Vapour pressure of substance < 100 Pa at 20°C

Concentration of substance in mixture Covers percentage substance in the product up to 100% (unless stated differently) [G13]

Amounts used Annual amount (per site for industrial use) 1 t/a Daily amount (per site for industrial use) (Muse) 33.3 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Msafe 38.7 kg/d (calculated by ECETOC TRA) Frequency and duration of use Release on 30 d/year Environment factors not influenced by risk management Flow rate of receiving surface water 18.000 m3/day (ECETOC TRA default)






Other given operational conditions affecting environmental exposure Processing setting (indoor/outdoor) Indoor and outdoor use Processing temperature and pressure Ambient temperature and pressure Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release None Technical onsite conditions and measures to reduce or limit discharges, air emissions and releases to soil Industrial sewage treatment plant No Organizational measures to prevent/limit release from site None Conditions and measures related to municipal sewage treatment plant Municipal sewage treatment plant yes



Sludge treatment technique disposal or recovery Conditions and measures related to external treatment of waste for disposal Dispose of waste solvent or used containers according to local regulations [ENVT12] Conditions and measures related to external recovery of waste None Additional good practice advice (for environment) beyond the REACH CSA None Worker exposure Based on ESVOC GES 5: Use in Oil field drilling and production operations (industrial application), low volatility solvent with DNEL inhalation 10 ppm, DNEL dermal 5 mg/kg/d Product characteristics Physical state Liquid


Concentration of substance in mixture Covers percentage substance in the product up to 100% (unless stated differently) [G13]



Covers daily exposures up to 8 hours (unless stated differently) [G2] PROC 8a: Avoid carrying out operation for more than 1 hour [OC11]



The extent of hand exposure (one hand or both hands, one side or both sides) differs between different PROCs; the following range of values is assumed in ECETOC TRA: 240 cm2 (e.g. PROC1) – 960 cm2 (PROC8a)









Assumes use at not more than 20oC above ambient [G15] PROC4 (if applicable): Operation is carried out at elevated temperature (> 20°C above ambient temperature) [OC7]

Technical conditions and measures at process level (source) to prevent release Drilling mud (re-) formulation (PROC3): Handle substance within a predominantly closed system provided with extract ventilation (E49). Ensure the ventilation system is regularly maintained and tested (E74). Operation of solids filtering equipment - vapour exposures (PROC4): Aerosol generation due to elevated process temperature (OC25). Receptor hood for fumes/vapours. Re-circulation of exhaust air is not recommended. Ensure the ventilation system is regularly maintained and tested (E74). Cleaning of solids filtering equipment (PROC8a): Discharging to/from vessels (non-dedicated): Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur (E54). Ensure the ventilation system is regularly maintained and tested (E74). Treatment and disposal of filtered solids (PROC3): Provide extract ventilation to points where emissions occur (E54). Ensure the ventilation system is regularly maintained and tested (E74). Clean down and Maintenance (PROC8a): Drain or remove substance from equipment prior to break-in or maintenance (E81). General process exposures from enclosed processes (PROC1 and PROC2): Store substance within a closed system. Ensure dedicated transfer points are provided. Avoid dip sampling. Technical conditions and measures to control dispersion from source towards the worker

Ventilation Local exhaust ventilation is required for: - PROC4 when used at elevated temperatures of up to 60°C








- Wear rubber boots [PPE28] for drill floor operations (PROC4)




Material Safety Data Sheet(Data are for Unlabelled Compound)

Section 1 - Product and Company Information

Product Name 3,6-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic-[13

C6] AcidCompany IsoSciences, LLCStreet Address 1017 W Ninth AveCity, State, Zip, Country King of Prussia, PA 19406 USATechnical Phone: 610-337-3762Emergency Phone: 610-337-2591Fax: 610-337-3782Section 2 - Composition/Information on Ingredient

Substance Name 3,6-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic AcidCAS # 1918-00-9Formula C8H6Cl2O3Synonyms 3,6-dichloro-o-Anisic acid; Banlen; Banvel 480; Banvel CST; Banvel herbicide; Banvel IIherbicide; Banvel 4WS; Brush buster; Compound B dicamba; 3,6-Dichloro-o-anisic acid; 2,5-Dichloro-6-methoxybenzoic acid; 3,6-Dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid; Mediben; 2-Methoxy-3,6-dichlorobenzoicacid; Velsicol compound "R"; Velsicol

Section 3 - Hazards Identification

EMERGENCY OVERVIEWHarmful.Harmful if swallowed. Risk of serious damage to eyes. Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.HMIS RATINGHEALTH: 2FLAMMABILITY: 0REACTIVITY: 0NFPA RATINGHEALTH: 2FLAMMABILITY: 0REACTIVITY: 0For additional information on toxicity, please refer to Section 11.

Section 4 - First Aid MeasuresIf inhaled

If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, giveoxygen.In case of skin contact

In case of skin contact, flush with water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing andshoes. Call a physician.In case of eye contact

Flush eyes with water as a precaution. Call a physicianIf swallowed

If swallowed, wash out mouth with water provided person in conscious. Call a physician immediately.

Section 5 - Fire Fighting MeasuresExplosion Hazards

May form explosive mixtures with airAutoignition temperature- no data availableFlammability- no data availableSuitable extinguishing media

Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide.

Special protective equipment for fire-fighters

Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing for fire fighting if necessary.Specific Hazards: Emits toxic fumes under fire conditionsSection 6 - Accidental Release MeasuresIn Case of Leak or Spill

Evacuate arePersonal precautions

Wear self-contained breathing apparatus, rubber boots, and heavy rubber gloves.Environmental precautions

Do not let product enter drains.Methods for cleaning up

Sweep up, place in a bag and hold for waste disposal. Avoid raising dust. Ventilate area and wash spillsite after material pickup is complete.

Section 7 - Handling and StorageHandling

Do not breathe dust. Do not get in eyes, skin or on clothing. Avoid prolonged or repeated exposure.Storage

Keep container tightly closed in a dry and well-ventilated place.

Section 8 - Exposure Controls / Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)Respiratory protection

Use respirators and components tested and approved under appropriate government standards such asNIOSH (US) or CEN (EU). Where risk assessment shows air-purifying respirators are appropriate use adust mask type N95 (US) or type P1 (EN 143) respirator.Hand protection

Use protective gloves.Eye protection

Wear safety glasses with side shields.Hygiene measures

Follow general industrial hygiene practice.

Section 9 - Physical/Chemical Properties

Appearance: SolidMolecular Weight 221 AMU (unlabelled)pH N/ABP/BP Range N/AMP/MP Range 112.0 - 116.0 °CSolubility N/A

Section 10 - Stability and Reactivity

Stable.Materials to Avoid: Strong oxidizing agents.Hazardous Decomposition Products: Carbon monoxide, Carbon dioxide, Hydrogen chloride gas.Hazardous Polymerization: Will not occurSection 11 - Toxicological Information

Skin Contact: May cause skin irritation.Skin Absorption: May be harmful if absorbed through the skin.Eye Contact: Causes severe eye irritation.Inhalation: Material may be irritating to mucous membranes and upper respiratory tract. May be harmful ifinhaled.Ingestion: Harmful if swallowed.SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURETo the best of our knowledge, the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not beenthoroughly investigated.

TOXICITY DATALD50 Oral Rat 1039 mg/kg

LD50 Skin Rat > 1000 mg/kgLD50 Oral Mouse1190 mg/kgLD50 Oral Rabbit 2000 mg/kgLD50 Skin Rabbit > 2000 mg/kgLD50 Oral Guinea pig 3000 mg/kg

CHRONIC EXPOSURE - MUTAGENSpecies: RatRoute: IntraperitonealDose: 17800 UG/KGMutation test: DNA damage DNA damage

Species: RatDose: 200 MG/LCell Type: lymphocyteMutation test: Unscheduled DNA synthesis Unscheduled DNA synthesis

Species: MouseRoute: UnreportedDose: 500 MG/KG 500 MG/KGMutation test: Cytogenetic analysisMutation test: Histidine reversion (Ames)Section 12 - Ecological Information

No data available.

Section 13 - Disposal Considerations

APPROPRIATE METHOD OF DISPOSAL OF SUBSTANCE OR PREPARATIONOnly use a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material. Observe all federal,state, and local environmental regulations.Section 14 - Transport InformationDOT (US)

Proper Shipping Name: Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s.UN#: 3077Class: 9Packing Group: Packing Group IIIHazard Label: Class 9PIH: Not PIHIATA

Proper Shipping Name: Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.sIATA UN Number: 3077Hazard Class: 9Packing Group: IIISection 15 - Regulatory InformationUS Classification and Label Text

Indication of Danger: Harmful.Risk Statements: Harmful if swallowed. Risk of serious damage to eyes. Harmful to aquatic organisms,may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.Safety Statements: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medicaladvice. Wear suitable protective clothing. Avoid release to the environment. Refer to specialinstructions/safety data sheets.UNITED STATES REGULATORY INFORMATIONSARA LISTED: YesDEMINIMIS: 1 %NOTES: This product is subject to SARA section 313 reportingrequirements.DSL Status

NoSARA

Yes

EU Directives Classification

Symbol of Danger: Xn-NIndication of Danger: Harmful. Dangerous for the environment.R: 22-41-52/53Risk Statements: Harmful if swallowed. Risk of serious damage to eyes. Harmful to aquatic organisms,may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment.S: 26-61Safety Statements: In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medicaladvice. Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special instructions/safety data sheets.

CANADA REGULATORY INFORMATION

WHMIS Classification: This product has been classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the CPR,and the MSDS contains all the information required by the CPR.DSL: NoNDSL: NoSection 16 - Other Information

DISCLAIMERFor Research & Development use only. Not for drug, household or other uses.WARRANTYThe above information is believed to be correct but does not claim to be all-inclusive and shall only beused as a guide. The information in this document is based on the current state of our knowledge and isapplicable to the cited product only in regard to appropriate safety measures and precautions. It does notrepresent any guarantee of the properties of the product. IsoSciences, LLC shall not be held liable for anydamage resulting from handling or from contact with the above product.

MSDS # 1005 Carbon Dioxide Page 1 of 6Pub # 310-408

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETSECTION 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

PRODUCT NAME: Carbon DioxideCHEMICAL NAME: Carbon Dioxide FORMULA: CO2

SYNONYMS: Carbonic Anhydride, Carbonic Acid Gas, Carbon AnhydrideMANUFACTURER: Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.

7201 Hamilton BoulevardAllentown, PA 18195-1501

PRODUCT INFORMATION: 1 - 800 - 752 - 1597MSDS NUMBER: 1005 REVISION: 5REVISION DATE: March 1993 REVIEW DATE: March1994

SECTION 2. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

CONCENTRATION: Carbon dioxide is sold as pure product > 99%.CAS NUMBER: 124-38-9EXPOSURE LIMITS: OSHA: PEL-TWA = 5000 ppm ACGIH: TLV-TWA = 5000 ppm NIOSH: Noneestablished

SECTION 3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

EMERGENCY OVERVIEWCarbon dioxide is a nonflammable liquefied compressed gas packaged in cylinders under its ownvapor pressure of 838 psig at 70 °F (21.1 °C). High concentrations can cause rapid suffocation andcan also increase respiration and heart rate. Contact with liquid may cause frostbite. Avoidbreathing gas. Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be required by rescue workers.

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS800 - 523 - 9374 Continental U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico610 - 481 - 7711 other locations

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:INHALATION: Carbon dioxide is an asphyxiant. Concentrations of 10% or more can produceunconsciousness or death.EYE CONTACT: Contact with liquid or cold vapor can cause freezing of tissue.SKIN CONTACT: Contact with liquid or cold vapor can cause frostbite.

EXPOSURE INFORMATION:ROUTE OF ENTRY: InhalationTARGET ORGANS: Central nervous systemEFFECT: Asphyxiation (suffocation). Overexposure may cause damage to retinal ganglion

cells and central nervous system.


SYMPTOMS: Headache, sweating, rapid breathing, increased heartbeat, shortness of breath,dizziness, mental depression, visual disturbances, and shaking.CHRONIC EFFECTS: None established.

MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: NoneCARCINOGENICITY: Carbon dioxide is not listed by NTP, OSHA or IARC.

SECTION 4. FIRST AID

INHALATION: Persons suffering from overexposure should be moved to fresh air. If victim is notbreathing, administer artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Obtainprompt medical attention.EYE CONTACT: Contact with liquid or cold vapor can cause freezing of tissue. Gently flush eyeswith lukewarm water. Obtain medical attention immediately.SKIN CONTACT: Contact with liquid or cold vapor can cause frostbite. Immediately warmaffected area with lukewarm water not to exceed 107 °F.NOTES TO PHYSICIAN: There is no specific antidote. Treatment for overexposure should bedirected at the control of symptoms and the clinical condition.

SECTION 5. FIRE AND EXPLOSION

FLASH POINT: AUTOIGNITION: FLAMMABLE LIMITS:Not Applicable Nonflammable

Nonflammable

EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Carbon dioxide is nonflammable and does not support combustion.Carbon dioxide is an extinguishing agent for class B and C fires. Use extinguishing mediaappropriate for the surrounding fire.HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: None known.FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Evacuate personnel from danger area. Carbon dioxide isnonflammable. If possible, without risk, remove cylinders from fire area or cool with water. Selfcontained breathing apparatus (SCBA) may be required for rescue workers.UNUSUAL HAZARDS: Upon exposure to intense heat or flame, cylinder will vent rapidly and orrupture violently. Most cylinders are designed to vent contents when exposed to elevatedtemperatures. Pressure in a container can build up due to heat and it may rupture if pressure reliefdevices should fail to function.

SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Evacuate all personnel from affected area. Increase ventilation to release area and monitoroxygen level. Use appropriate protective equipment (SCBA). If leak is from cylinder or cylindervalve call the Air Products emergency telephone number. If leak is in user’s system close cylindervalve and vent pressure before attempting repairs.

SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

STORAGE: Cylinders should be stored upright in a well-ventilated, secure area, protected from theweather. Storage area temperatures should not exceed 125 °F (52 °C). Storage should be awayfrom heavily traveled areas and emergency exits. Avoid areas where salt or other corrosivematerials are present. Valve protection caps and valve outlet seals should remain on cylinders notconnected for use. Separate full from empty cylinders. Avoid excessive inventory and storagetime. Use a first-in first-out system. Keep good inventory records.HANDLING: Use a suitable hand truck for cylinder movement. Never attempt to lift a cylinder byits valve protection valve cap. Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of thecylinder. Do not


allow any part of the cylinder to exceed 125 °F (52 °C). High temperature may cause damage tocylinder and/or premature failure of pressure relief device which will result in venting of cylindercontents. If user experiences any difficulty operating cylinder valve discontinue use and contactsupplier. Never insert an object (e.g., wrench, screwdriver, pry bar, etc.) into valve cap openings.Doing so may damage valve causing a leak to occur. Use an adjustable strap wrench to removeover-tight or rusted caps.Only the proper CGA connections should be used, never use adapters. Use piping and equipmentadequately designed to withstand pressures to be encountered. If liquid product is being usedensure steps have been taken to prevent entrapment of liquid in closed systems. The use ofpressure relief devices may be necessary. Use a check valve or other protective apparatus in anyline or piping from the cylinder to prevent reverse flow.Carbon dioxide is compatible with all common materials of construction. Pressure requirementsshould be considered when selecting materials and designing systems.Use a “FULL”, “IN USE”, and “EMPTY” tag system on cylinders. This will reduce the chances ofinadvertently connecting or operating the wrong cylinder.SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Always store and handle compressed gases in accordance withCompressed Gas Association, Inc. (ph. 703-979-0900) pamphlet CGA P-1, Safe Handling ofCompressed Gases in Containers. Local regulations may require specific equipment for storage oruse.CAUTION: Compressed gas cylinders shall not be refilled except by qualified producers ofcompressed gases. Shipment of a compressed gas cylinder which has not been filled by the owneror with the owner’s written consent is a violation of federal law.

SECTION 8. PERSONAL PROTECTION / EXPOSURE CONTROL

ENGINEERING CONTROLS: Provide ventilation and/or local exhaust to prevent accumulation ofcarbon dioxide concentrations above 5000 ppm.RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:

Emergency Use: Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or positive pressure airlinewith mask and escape pack are to be used in oxygen deficient atmosphere. Air purifyingrespirators will not provide protection.

EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses are recommended when handling, connecting, ordisconnecting cylinders, and when pressurizing systemsOTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Safety shoes and leather work gloves when handlingcylinders.

SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

APPEARANCE, ODOR AND STATE: Colorless and odorless. A slightly acid gas. It is felt by someto have a slight pungent odor and biting taste.MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 44.01GAS DENSITY (at 70 F (21.1 C) and 1 atm): 0.1144 lb/ft3 (1.832 kg/m3)VAPOR PRESSURE (at 70 F (21.1 C)): 838 psigSPECIFIC GRAVITY (Air =1): 1.522SPECIFIC VOLUME (at 70 F (21.1 C) and 1 atm): 8.74 ft3/lb (0.5457 m3/kg)BOILING POINT: -109.3 °F (-78.5 °C)TRIPLE POINT (At 60.4 psig): -69.9 °F (-56.6 °C)SOLUBILITY IN WATER (Vol./Vol. at 68 F (20 C)): 0.90


SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

STABILITY: StableCONDITIONS TO AVOID: NoneINCOMPATIBILITY (Materials to Avoid): NoneREACTIVITY:

HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: NoneHAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur

SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Carbon dioxide is an asphyxiant. It initially stimulates respiration and then causes respiratorydepression. High concentrations result in narcosis. Symptoms in humans are as follows:

CONCENTRATION EFFECT1% Slight increase in breathing rate2% Breathing rate increases to 50% above normal. Prolonged exposure

can cause headache and tiredness.3% Breathing increases to twice the normal rate and becomes labored.

Weak narcotic effect. Impaired hearing, headache, increase in bloodpressure and pulse rate.

4-5% Breathing increases to approximately four times the normal rate,symptoms of intoxication become evident and slight choking may befelt.

5-10% Characteristic sharp odor noticeable. Very labored breathing,headache, visual impairment and ringing in the ears. Judgment may beimpaired, followed within minutes by loss of consciousness.

50-100% Unconsciousness occurs more rapidly above 10% level. Prolongedexposure to high concentrations may eventually result in death fromasphyxiation.

SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

No adverse ecological effects are expected. No adverse ecological effects are expected. Carbondioxide does not contain any Class I or Class II ozone depleting chemicals. Carbon dioxide is notlisted as a marine pollutant by DOT (49 CFR 171).

SECTION 13. DISPOSAL

UNUSED PRODUCT / EMPTY CYLINDER: Return cylinder and unused product to supplier. Do notattempt to dispose of unused product. Ensure cylinder valve is properly closed, valve outlet caphas been reinstalled, and valve protection cap is secured before shipping cylinder.WASTE DISPOSAL METHODS: For emergency disposal, secure the cylinder and slowly dischargegas to the atmosphere in a well ventilated area or outdoors. Small amounts may be disposed of byreacting with a mild base.

SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

DOT SHIPPING NAME: Carbon dioxideHAZARD CLASS: 2.2 (Nonflammable Gas)IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN1013


PRODUCT RQ: NoneSHIPPING LABEL(s): Nonflammable gasPLACARD (when required): Nonflammable gasSPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION: Cylinders should be transported in a secure upright positionin a well ventilated truck. Never transport in passenger compartment of a vehicle.

SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS:ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA):

CERCLA: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980requires notification to the National Response Center of a release of quantities of hazardoussubstances equal to or greater than the reportable quantities (RQ’s) in 40 CFR 302.4.

CERCLA Reportable Quantity: None.SARA TITLE III: Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986SECTION 302/304: Requires emergency planning on threshold planning quantities (TPQ) andrelease reporting based on reportable quantities (RQ) of EPA's extremely hazardous substances(40 CFR 355).

Extremely Hazardous Substances: NoneThreshold Planning Quantity (TPQ): None

SECTIONS 311/312: Require submission of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) andchemical inventory reporting with identification of EPA defined hazard classes. The hazardclasses for this product are:

IMMEDIATE HEALTH: Yes PRESSURE: YesDELAYED HEALTH: No REACTIVITY: No

FLAMMABLE: NoSECTION 313: Requires submission of annual reports of release of toxic chemicals thatappear in 40 CFR 372.

Carbon dioxide does not require reporting under Section 313

40 CFR Part 68 - Risk Management for Chemical Accident Release Prevention: Requires thedevelopment and implementation of risk management programs at facilities that manufacture,use, store, or otherwise handle regulated substances in quantities that exceed specifiedthresholds.

Carbon dioxide is not listed as a regulated substance.TSCA - TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT: Carbon dioxide is listed on the TSCA inventory.

OSHA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION:29 CFR 1910.119: Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals. Requiresfacilities to develop a process safety management program based on Threshold Quantities(TQ) of highly hazardous chemicals.

Carbon dioxide is not listed in Appendix A as a highly hazardous chemical.

STATE REGULATIONS:CALIFORNIA:

Proposition 65: This product does NOT contain any listed substances which theState of California requires warning under this statute.SCAQMD Rule: VOC = Not applicable


SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION

HAZARD RATINGS:NFPA RATINGS: HMIS RATINGS:

HEALTH: 1 HEALTH: 0FLAMMABILITY: 0 FLAMMABILITY: 0REACTIVITY: 0 REACTIVITY: 0SPECIAL: SA**Compressed Gas Association recommendation to designate simple asphyxiant.

Revision information: New format with additional sections added. Reformatted September 1998.

1

v1.6 6/25/2015

SAFETY DATA SHEET

SECTION 1: PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION

Potassium Hydroxide Solution 45-50%

Product Name: Caustic Potash, Liquid

Identified Uses: Chemical manufacturing, fertilizer, batteries, soaps

Company Information:

ASHTA Chemicals Inc.

P.O. Box 858

Ashtabula Ohio 44005

Phone: (440) 997-5221

Fax: (440) 998-0286

24-hour Emergency Phone: CHEMTREC: (800) 424-9300

SECTION 2: HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION

GHS Classification in accordance with 29 CFR 1910 (OSHA HCS)

GHS label elements, including precautionary statements:

Signal Word: Danger

Pictogram(s):

Hazard Statements H290 May be corrosive to metals.

H302 Harmful if swallowed.

H314 Causes severe skin burns and eye damage

H318 Causes serious eye damage.

H402 Harmful to aquatic life.

Precautionary Statements P234 Keep only in original container.

P264 Wash skin thoroughly after handling.

P270 Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

P273 Avoid release to the environment.

P280 Wear protective gloves/eye protection/face protection.

P301 + P312 + P330 IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTER or doctor/ physician if you

2

v1.6 6/25/2015

feel unwell. Rinse mouth.

P301 + P330 + P331 IF SWALLOWED: Rinse mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting.

P303 + P361+ P353 IF ON SKIN (or hair): Remove/ Take off immediately all contaminated

clothing. Rinse SKIN with water/ shower.

P305 + P351 + P338 +

P310

IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact

lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Immediately

call a POISON CENTER or doctor/ physician.

P304 + P340 + P310 IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position

comfortable for breathing. Immediately

call a POISON CENTER or doctor/ physician.

P363 Wash contaminated clothing before reuse.

P390 Absorb spillage to prevent material damage.

P405 Store locked up.

P406 Store in corrosive resistant stainless steel container with a resistant inner

liner.

P501 Dispose of contents/container to an approved waste disposal plant.

SECTION 3: COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Synonyms: CHEMICAL NAME: Potassium Hydroxide Solution

TRADE NAME: Potash Liquor

SYNONYMS: Caustic Potash Liquid, Potassium Hydrate, Lye, KOH

CONCENTRATION: 45-50%

C.A.S: 1310-58-3

WHMIS: D1B, E

CHEMICAL FORMULA: KOH (in aqueous solution)

CHEMICAL FAMILY: Alkali

SECTION 4 FIRST AID MEASURES

Description of first aid measures:

Move out of dangerous area. Consult a physician. Show this safety data sheet to the doctor in

attendance.

If inhaled

If breathed in, move person into fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give humidified air. Give oxygen

but only by a certified physician. If breathing stops, provide artificial respiration. Get medical

attention immediately.

In case of skin contact

Immediately take off all contaminated clothing. Wash off IMMEDIATELY with plenty of water for

at least 15-20 minutes. Get medical attention. Wash clothing separately before reuse.

Destroy or thoroughly clean contaminated shoes.

In case of eye contact

Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contact lenses, if

present and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Call a physician or poison control center immediately.

3

v1.6 6/25/2015

If ingested

Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Rinse mouth with water. Give plenty of

water to drink. Consult a physician.

SECTION 5 FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

Flash Point: None.

Extinguishing Media: Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or

carbon dioxide.

Auto Ignition Temp: Non-combustible.

Special Fire Fighting Procedures: Wear self-contained breathing apparatus and full protective

clothing. In case of fire and/or explosion do not breathe fumes.

Move containers from fire area if you can do so without risk.

Use water spray to cool unopened containers.

Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazards: Not combustible, however the product can react with metals

such as aluminum, tin, zinc to form flammable and explosive

hydrogen gas.

Fire-Fighting Measures: Potassium hydroxide does not burn or support combustion.

Use extinguishing agents compatible with potassium

hydroxide and appropriate for the surrounding fire. If water is

used, care should be taken, since it can generate heat and cause

spattering if applied directly to potassium hydroxide.

SECTION 6 ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

Environmental Precautions:

Do not discharge into drains, water courses or onto the ground.

Containment and Cleaning:

Cleanup personnel must wear proper protective equipment. Completely contain spilled material with

dikes, sandbags, etc., and prevent run-off into ground or surface waters or sewers. Recover as much

material as possible into containers for disposal. Remaining material may be neutralized with dilute

hydrochloric or acetic acid. Neutralization products, both liquid and solid, must be recovered for

disposal.

Waste Control Procedures: All disposals of this material must be done in accordance with federal, state and local regulations.

Waste characterization and compliance with disposal regulations are the responsibilities of the waste

generator.

SECTION 7: HANDLING AND STORAGE

Precautions to be taken for handling and storage: Storage tanks should be contained in a diked area that has sufficient capacity to hold the contents of

the tank. This area should be free of potential contact with acids, organics, and reactive metals.

Keep container tightly closed. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated place. Store in corrosive resistant

container with a resistant inner liner. Store away from incompatible materials. Store at temperatures

not exceeding 40°C/104°F. Compatible storage materials may include, but not be limited to, the

4

v1.6 6/25/2015

following: nickel and nickel alloys, steel, plastics, plastic or rubber-lined steel, FRP, or Derakane

vinyl ester resin. Do not allow material to freeze.

Precautions for repair: Equipment: Only personnel trained and qualified in handling this product should prepare

equipment for maintenance. Wash thoroughly with water.

Other Precautions: Spillage can be slippery.

SECTION 8: EXPOSURE CONTROL/PERSONAL PROTECTION

Principal Component: Potassium hydroxide, water

Occupational Exposure Limits:

Regulatory Limits:

ACGIH TLV = 2 mg/m3 (ceiling)

OSHA PEL = none

15 Minute STEL = none

NIOSH IDLH = none

Exposure Controls: Eye Protection: Chemical splash goggles and face shield.

Respiratory Protection: None is normally required, however, if misting or heavy vapor

formation should occur, a NIOSH approved mist respirator

should be worn.

Other Protection: Rubber boots. Rubbers over leather shoes are not

recommended. Rubber apron, rainwear or disposal tyvek suit

with hard hat should be worn.

Ventilation Recommended: Provide adequate ventilation to meet TLV requirements.

Glove Type Recommended: Rubber, nitrile, neoprene, PVL.

Additional Information: Safety eyewash/shower stations must be available in the work

area.

Appropriate Engineering Controls: Good general ventilation should be used. Ventilation rates should be matched to conditions. If

applicable, use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation, or other engineering controls to

maintain airborne levels below recommended exposure limits. If exposure limits have not been

established, maintain airborne levels to an acceptable level. Eye wash facilities and emergency

shower must be available when handling this product.

SECTION 9: PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Information on basic physical and chemical properties:

Appearance Colorless, viscous liquid.

Odor No odor

Odor Threshold Not available

pH >14

Boiling point 45% KOH Solution: 132.2°C (270°F)

50% KOH Solution: 143.3°C (290°F)

5

v1.6 6/25/2015

Flash point No data available

Evaporation rate Slightly less than water

Flammability Not flammable

Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits Not flammable

Explosive properties Not flammable

Autoignition Temperature No data available

Water solubility 100%

Physical State Liquid at room temperature

Decomposition Temperature No data available

Molecular Weight 56.1

Freeze/Solidification 45% KOH Solution: -28.8°C (-20°F)

50% KOH Solution: 8.9°C (48°F)

Specific Gravity (water = 1) 45% KOH Solution: 1.457 at 15.6°C (60°F)

50% KOH Solution: 1.516 at 15.6°C (60°F)

Density Liquid (pounds per gallon) 45% KOH Solution:12.2 lbs/gal

50% KOH Solution:12.5 lbs/gal

Vapor Density No data available

Vapor Pressure 45% KOH Solution: 39mm Hg at 140°F (60°C)

50% KOH Solution: 27 mm Hg at 140°F (60°C)

Partition Coefficient: n-octanol/water No data available

SECTION 10: STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

Stability: Stable under normal conditions.

Conditions to avoid: Exposure to air can form potassium carbonate.

Incompatibility: Organic chemicals, nitrocarbons, halocarbons and metals or

alloys mentioned above. Oxidizing agents. Acids. Phosphorus.

Aluminum. Zinc. Tin. Initiates or catalyzes violent

polymerization of acetaldehyde, acrolein or acrylonitrile.

Hazardous decomposition products: Flammable hydrogen gas may be generated when KOH and

certain metals react.

Polymerization: Hazardous polymerization WILL NOT occur.

Additional Information: Trichlorethylene will react to form dichloracetylene, which is

spontaneously flammable.

SECTION 11: TOXICOGICAL INFORMATION

Information on likely routes of exposure:

Skin Contact: Major potential hazard - contact with the skin can cause severe burns with deep

ulcerations. Contact with solution or mist can cause multiple burns with temporary loss of hair at burn

site. Solutions may not cause immediate pain or irritation upon skin contact. Prolonged or repeated

contact with dilute solutions may cause drying and cracking of skin and possible skin damage.

6

v1.6 6/25/2015

Skin Absorption: It can penetrate to deeper layers of skin and corrosion will continue until removed. The

severity of injury depends on the concentration and the duration of exposure.

Eye Contact: Major potential hazard – Liquid in the eye can cause severe destruction and blindness.

These effects can occur rapidly affecting all parts of the eye. Mist or dust can cause irritation with high

concentrations causing destructive burns.

Inhalation: By analogy with sodium hydroxide, inhalation of solution mist is expected to cause mild

irritation at 2 mg/m3. More severe burns and tissue damage in the upper respiratory tract can occur at

higher concentrations. Pneumonitis can result from severe exposures.

Ingestion: Ingestion of potassium hydroxide can cause severe burning and pain in lips, mouth, tongue,

throat and stomach. Severe scarring of the throat can occur after swallowing. Death can result from

ingestion.

Information on toxicological effects:

Irritancy: A study with a 10% solution showed severe tissue damage when

applied to skin for 4 hours.

Sensitization: Not available

Carcinogenicity: One study was identified relative to potassium hydroxide and

carcinogenicity. Mice painted with a 3 to 6% aqueous potassium

hydroxide solution for 46 weeks developed skin tumors. This

study was conducted in 1925 and the adequacy of the test and its

design are unknown. No conclusions can be drawn from this

study Potassium hydroxide is not listed on the IARC, OSHA or

NTP carcinogen lists.

Teratogenicity & Mutagenicity: Not available

Reproductive Toxicology : Not available

Toxicological Synergism : Not available

Product Species Test Results:

LD50: there are several different numbers published:

205 mg/kg (rat oral) (1975)


273 mg/kg (male rat oral) (1987)


LC50: Fresh water mosquito fish: 80.0 mg/L (24 Hours, static)

SECTION 12: ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

Ecological Information:

Persistence and degradability: No data is available on the degradability of this product.

Bioaccumulative potential: No data available for this product.

Mobility in soil: Not available.

Other adverse effects: No other adverse environmental effects (e.g. ozone

7

v1.6 6/25/2015

depletion, photochemical ozone creation potential,

endocrine disruption, global warming potential) are

expected from this component.

Aquatic Toxicity: May cause shifts in water pH outside the range of pH 5 -

10. This change may be toxic to aquatic organisms.

Biodegradability:

Not biodegradable (Biodegradability term pertains to an organic material capable of decomposition

as a result of attack by microorganisms). However, potassium hydroxide will be neutralized by

acidity present in natural environment.

SECTION 13: DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

Collect and reclaim or dispose in sealed containers at licensed waste disposal site if possible. Do not

allow this material to drain into sewers/water supplies. Do not contaminate ponds, waterways or

ditches with chemical or used container. Dispose of contents/container in accordance with

local/regional/national/international regulations. Empty containers or liners may retain some product

residues.

SECTION 14: TRANSPORT INFORMATION

Shipping:

Usual Shipping Containers: Tank car, Tank truck, ABS Drums.

Usual Shelf Life: Sealed containers, unlimited.

Storage/Transport Temperatures: Ambient.

Suitable Storage:

Materials/Coatings: Steel, plastic, polyethylene (when dry).

Unsuitable: Aluminum or galvanized containers.

D.O.T. Information: UN number: 1814

Class: 8

Packing group: II

Proper shipping name: Potassium hydroxide, solution

Reportable Quantity (RQ): 1000 lbs (100% basis)

Marine pollutant: No

Poison Inhalation Hazard: No

SECTION 15 REGULATORY INFORMATION

SARA 302 Components

SARA 302: Not listed.

SARA 313 Components

SARA 313: Not regulated.

SARA 311/312 Hazards

EPCRA reporting quantities: TPQ = 500 lbs (as solution), 10,000 pounds (as solid).

8

v1.6 6/25/2015

Massachusetts Right To Know Components

Potassium Hydroxide CAS#: 1310-58-3

Pennsylvania Right To Know Components

Water CAS#: 7732-18-5


New Jersey Right To Know Components

Water CAS#: 7732-18-5


California Prop. 65 Components

This product does not contain any chemicals known to state of California to cause cancer, birth

defects, or any other reproductive harm.

OSHA PSM TPQ: Not listed

Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA):

CAS# 1310-58-3 is listed on the TSCA inventory.

Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation Liability Act: (CERCLA)

CAS# 1310-58-3 is listed on the CERCLA list.

SECTION 16 OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA Rating:

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity Hazard: 0

HMIS Rating:

Health hazard: 3

Chronic Health Hazard:

Flammability: 0

Physical Hazard 0

This information is drawn from recognized sources believed to be reliable. ASHTA Chemicals, Inc.

Makes no guarantees or assumes any liability in connection with this information. The user should

be aware of changing technology, research, regulations, and analytical procedures that may require

changes herein. The above data is supplied upon the condition that persons will evaluate this

information and then determine its suitability for their use. Only U.S.A regulations apply to the

above.

Version 1.0 For the new GHS SDS Standard Revision Date: 12/15/2014

Version 1.1 Hazard and precautionary statements Revision Date: 2/4/2015

Version 1.2 Updated graphics Revision Date: 3/9/2015

Version 1.3 UN#, ICC GHS Edits Revision Date: 5/20/2015

Version 1.4 Edits in Section 9 Revision Date: 5/21/2015

Version 1.5 Edits to Section 5 Revision Date: 6/2/2015

Version 1.6 Additions to Section 9 Revision Date: 6/25/2015

Delasco Dermatologic Lab & Supply, Inc.608 13th Ave., Council Bluffs, IA 51501 1-712-323-3269

www.delasco.com [email protected] Date prepared: December 2010

The statements herein are offered for informational purposes only and are intended to be followed only by persons having related technical skills and at their own discretion and risk. Since conditions and manner of use are outside our control, we make no warranties, express or implied, and assume no liability in connection with any use of this information.

Product: Dinitrochlorobenzene CAS: 97-00-7Chemical Name / Formula: 1-chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene (C6H3CIN2O4)

Physical Description: Acetone formula is liquid form, petrolatum formula is petrolatum form.

Special Hazards: Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin, and if swallowed. Causes burns. Danger of cumulative effects.

Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazards: Acetone formula is highly flammable. DNCB can have container explosions under fire conditions. Emits toxic fumes under fire conditions.

Reactivity: Avoid strong bases and strong oxidizing bases. Reacts violently with hydrazine hydrate.

Hazardous Decomposition Products: Carbon monoxide. Carbon dioxide. Nitrogen oxides. Hydrogen chloride gas.

Spill or Leak Procedures Action: Evacuate area. Wear self-contained breathing apparatus, rubber boots and heavy rubber gloves. Sweep up, place in a bag and hold for waste disposal. Avoid raising dust. Ventilate area and wash spill site after material pickup is complete. Disposal Method: Contact a licensed professional waste disposal service to dispose of this material. Dissolve or mix the material with a combustible solvent and burn in a chemical incinerator equipped with an after burner and scrubber. To be performed in compliance with all current local, state and federal regulations. Threshold Limit Value: Not available First Aid Procedures Skin: In case of skin contact, flush with copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Seek medical attention. Eyes: In case of contact with eyes, flush with copious amounts of water for at least 15 minutes. Assure adequate flushing by separating the eyelids with fingers. Seek medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, wash out mouth with water, provided person is conscious. Seek medical attention immediately. Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, perform CPR. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Seek medical attention.Storage recommendations: Keep tightly closed.

Special Protection InformationRespirator, chemical-resistant gloves, safety goggles, use in a chemical fume hood, near a safety shower/eye wash.

Special Handling PrecautionsDo not breathe dust. Do not get in eyes, on skin or on clothing. Avoid prolonged or repeated exposure.

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETDinitrochlorobenzene (DNCB)

Hydrogen, compressed Safety Data Sheet P-4604 This SDS conforms to U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1200, Hazard Communication.

Date of issue: 01/01/1980 Revision date: 06/03/2015 Supersedes: 04/28/2015

EN (English US) SDS ID: P-4604

1/9

This document is only controlled while on the Praxair, Inc. website and a copy of this controlled version is available for download. Praxair cannot assure the integrity or accuracy of any version of this document after it has been downloaded or removed from our website.

SECTION: 1. Product and company identification

1.1. Product identifier

Product form : Substance

Name : Hydrogen, compressed

CAS No : 1333-74-0

Formula : H2

Other means of identification : Dihydrogen, parahydrogen, refrigerant gas R702, water gas


Use of the substance/mixture : Industrial use. Use as directed.


Praxair, Inc. 39 Old Ridgebury Road Danbury, CT 06810-5113 - USA T 1-800-772-9247 (1-800-PRAXAIR) - F 1-716-879-2146 www.praxair.com

1.4. Emergency telephone number

Emergency number : Onsite Emergency: 1-800-645-4633 CHEMTREC, 24hr/day 7days/week — Within USA: 1-800-424-9300, Outside USA: 001-703-527-3887 (collect calls accepted, Contract 17729)

SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture

GHS-US classification

Flam. Gas 1 H220 Compressed gas H280

2.2. Label elements

GHS-US labeling

Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) :

GHS02

GHS04

Signal word (GHS-US) : DANGER

Hazard statements (GHS-US) : H220 - EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS H280 - CONTAINS GAS UNDER PRESSURE; MAY EXPLODE IF HEATED OSHA-H01 - MAY DISPLACE OXYGEN AND CAUSE RAPID SUFFOCATION. CGA-HG04 - MAY FORM EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR CGA-HG08 - BURNS WITH INVISIBLE FLAME.

Precautionary statements (GHS-US) : P202 - Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood P210 - Keep away from Heat, Open flames, Sparks, Hot surfaces. - No smoking P271+P403 - Use and store only outdoors or in a well-ventilated place. P377 - Leaking gas fire: Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely P381 - Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so CGA-PG05 - Use a back flow preventive device in the piping. CGA-PG10 - Use only with equipment rated for cylinder pressure. CGA-PG12 - Do not open valve until connected to equipment prepared for use. CGA-PG06 - Close valve after each use and when empty. CGA-PG02 - Protect from sunlight when ambient temperature exceeds 52°C (125°F).



EN (English US) SDS ID: P-4604 2/9


2.3. Other hazards

Other hazards not contributing to the classification

: None.

2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US)

No data available

SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1. Substance

Name : Hydrogen, compressed

CAS No : 1333-74-0

Name Product identifier %

Hydrogen (CAS No) 1333-74-0 99.5 - 100

3.2. Mixture

Not applicable

SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1. Description of first aid measures

First-aid measures after inhalation : Immediately remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, qualified personnel may give oxygen. Call a physician.

First-aid measures after skin contact : Adverse effects not expected from this product.

First-aid measures after eye contact : Immediately flush eyes thoroughly with water for at least 15 minutes. Hold the eyelids open and away from the eyeballs to ensure that all surfaces are flushed thoroughly. Contact an ophthalmologist immediately. Get immediate medical attention.

First-aid measures after ingestion : Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.

4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed

No additional information available

4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

None.

SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1. Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media : Carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder, water spray, fog.

5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Fire hazard : EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS. The hydrogen flame is nearly invisible. Hydrogen has a low ignition energy; escaping hydrogen gas may ignite spontaneously. A fireball forms if the gas cloud ignites immediately after release. Hydrogen forms explosive mixtures with air and oxidizing agents.

Explosion hazard : EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS. Forms explosive mixtures with air and oxidizing agents.

Reactivity : No reactivity hazard other than the effects described below.

5.3. Advice for firefighters

Firefighting instructions : If venting or leaking gas catches fire, do not extinguish flames. Flammable vapors may spread from leak, creating an explosive reignition hazard. Vapors can be ignited by pilot lights, other flames, smoking, sparks, heaters, electrical equipment, static discharge, or other ignition sources at locations distant from product handling point. Explosive atmospheres may linger. Before entering an area, especially a confined area, check the atmosphere with an appropriate device. Evacuate all personnel from the danger area. Use self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) and protective clothing. Immediately cool containers with water from maximum distance. Stop flow of gas if safe to do so, while continuing cooling water spray. Remove ignition sources if safe to do so. Remove containers from area of fire if safe to do so. On-site fire brigades must comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.156 and applicable standards under 29 CFR 1910 Subpart L—Fire Protection.

Protection during firefighting : Compressed gas: asphyxiant. Suffocation hazard by lack of oxygen.





Special protective equipment for fire fighters : Standard protective clothing and equipment (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus) for fire fighters.

Specific methods : Use fire control measures appropriate for the surrounding fire. Exposure to fire and heat radiation may cause gas containers to rupture. Cool endangered containers with water spray jet from a protected position. Prevent water used in emergency cases from entering sewers and drainage systems. Stop flow of product if safe to do so. Use water spray or fog to knock down fire fumes if possible.

SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

General measures : DANGER: EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS. Forms explosive mixtures with air and oxidizing agents. See section 5. Evacuate personnel to a safe area. Appropriate self-contained breathing apparatus may be required. Approach suspected leak area with caution. Remove all sources of ignition. if safe to do so. Reduce gas with fog or fine water spray. Stop flow of product if safe to do so. Ventilate area or move container to a well-ventilated area. Flammable gas may spread from leak. Before entering the area, especially a confined area, check the atmosphere with an appropriate device.

6.1.1. For non-emergency personnel


6.1.2. For emergency responders


6.2. Environmental precautions

Prevent waste from contaminating the surrounding environment. Prevent soil and water pollution. Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Contact supplier for any special requirements.

6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up


6.4. Reference to other sections

See also sections 8 and 13.

SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1. Precautions for safe handling

Precautions for safe handling : Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. Use only non-sparking tools. Use only explosion-proof equipment. Wear leather safety gloves and safety shoes when handling cylinders. Protect cylinders from physical damage; do not drag, roll, slide or drop. While moving cylinder, always keep in place removable valve cover. Never attempt to lift a cylinder by its cap; the cap is intended solely to protect the valve. When moving cylinders, even for short distances, use a cart (trolley, hand truck, etc.) designed to transport cylinders. Never insert an object (e.g., wrench, screwdriver, pry bar) into cap openings; doing so may damage the valve and cause a leak. Use an adjustable strap wrench to remove over-tight or rusted caps. Slowly open the valve. If the valve is hard to open, discontinue use and contact your supplier. Close the container valve after each use; keep closed even when empty. Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container. High temperatures may damage the container and could cause the pressure relief device to fail prematurely, venting the container contents. For other precautions in using this product, see section 16.





7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Storage conditions : Store only where temperature will not exceed 125°F (52°C). Post “No Smoking or Open Flames” signs in storage and use areas. There must be no sources of ignition. Separate packages and protect against potential fire and/or explosion damage following appropriate codes and requirements (e.g., NFPA 30, NFPA 55, NFPA 70, and/or NFPA 221 in the U.S.) or according to requirements determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Always secure containers upright to keep them from falling or being knocked over. Install valve protection cap, if provided, firmly in place by hand when the container is not in use. Store full and empty containers separately. Use a first-in, first-out inventory system to prevent storing full containers for long periods. For other precautions in using this product, see section 16. OTHER PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORAGE, AND USE: When handling product under pressure, use piping and equipment adequately designed to withstand the pressures to be encountered. Never work on a pressurized system. Use a back flow preventive device in the piping. Gases can cause rapid suffocation because of oxygen deficiency; store and use with adequate ventilation. If a leak occurs, close the container valve and blow down the system in a safe and environmentally correct manner in compliance with all international, federal/national, state/provincial, and local laws; then repair the leak. Never place a container where it may become part of an electrical circuit.

7.3. Specific end use(s)

None.

SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1. Control parameters

Hydrogen, compressed (1333-74-0)

ACGIH Not established

USA OSHA Not established

Hydrogen (1333-74-0)

ACGIH Remark (ACGIH) Simple asphyxiant

USA OSHA Not established

8.2. Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls : Use an explosion-proof local exhaust system. Local exhaust and general ventilation must be adequate to meet exposure standards. MECHANICAL (GENERAL): Inadequate - Use only in a closed system. Use explosion proof equipment and lighting.

Eye protection : Wear safety glasses with side shields.

Respiratory protection : An air-supplied respirator must be used while working with this product in confined spaces. The respiratory protection used must conform with OSHA rules as specified in 29 CFR 1910.134. Select per OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 and ANSI Z88.2.

Thermal hazard protection : None necessary.

Other information : Consider the use of flame resistant anti-static safety clothing. Wear safety shoes while handling containers.

SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties

Physical state : Gas

Appearance : Colorless gas.

Molecular mass : 2 g/mol

Color : Colorless.

Odor : Odorless.

Odor threshold : No data available

pH : Not applicable.

Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) : No data available

Relative evaporation rate (ether=1) : Not applicable.

Melting point : -259.2 °C (-434.56°F)





Freezing point : No data available

Boiling point : -252.9 °C (-422.97°F)

Flash point : No data available

Critical temperature : -239.9 °C (-399.82°F)

Auto-ignition temperature : 566 °C (1051°F)

Decomposition temperature : No data available

Flammability (solid, gas) : No data available

Vapor pressure : Not applicable.

Relative vapor density at 20 °C : No data available

Relative density : No data available

Density : 0.089 g/l (0.0056 lb/ft3) (at STP = 0°C and 1atm)

Relative gas density : 0.07

Solubility : Water: 1.6 mg/l

Log Pow : Not applicable.

Log Kow : Not applicable.

Viscosity, kinematic : Not applicable.

Viscosity, dynamic : Not applicable.

Explosive properties : Not applicable.

Oxidizing properties : None.

Explosion limits : 4 - 77 vol %

9.2. Other information

Gas group : Compressed gas

Additional information : BURNS WITH INVISIBLE FLAME.

SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1. Reactivity

No reactivity hazard other than the effects described below.

10.2. Chemical stability

Stable under normal conditions.

10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions

Can form explosive mixture with air. May react violently with oxidants.

10.4. Conditions to avoid

Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. – No smoking.

10.5. Incompatible materials

Oxidizing agents. Lithium. Halogens.

10.6. Hazardous decomposition products

Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous decomposition products should not be produced.

SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1. Information on toxicological effects

Acute toxicity : Not classified

Hydrogen, compressed ( \f )1333-74-0

LC50 inhalation rat (ppm) > 15000 ppm/1h


LC50 inhalation rat (ppm) > 15000 ppm/1h





Skin corrosion/irritation : Not classified

pH: Not applicable.

Serious eye damage/irritation : Not classified

pH: Not applicable.

Respiratory or skin sensitization : Not classified

Germ cell mutagenicity : Not classified

Carcinogenicity : Not classified

Reproductive toxicity : Not classified

Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) : Not classified

Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure)

: Not classified

Aspiration hazard : Not classified

SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1. Toxicity

Ecology - general : No ecological damage caused by this product.

12.2. Persistence and degradability


Persistence and degradability No ecological damage caused by this product.


Persistence and degradability No ecological damage caused by this product.

12.3. Bioaccumulative potential


BCF fish 1 (no bioaccumulation expected)

Log Pow Not applicable.

Log Kow Not applicable.

Bioaccumulative potential No ecological damage caused by this product.


BCF fish 1 (no bioaccumulation expected)

Log Pow Not applicable.


Bioaccumulative potential No ecological damage caused by this product.

12.4. Mobility in soil


Mobility in soil No data available.

Ecology - soil No ecological damage caused by this product.



Ecology - soil No ecological damage caused by this product.

12.5. Other adverse effects

Effect on ozone layer : None.

Effect on the global warming : No known effects from this product.

SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1. Waste treatment methods

Waste disposal recommendations : Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Contact supplier for any special requirements.





SECTION 14: Transport information

In accordance with DOT

Transport document description : UN1049 Hydrogen, compressed, 2.1

UN-No.(DOT) : UN1049

Proper Shipping Name (DOT) : Hydrogen, compressed

Transport hazard class(es) (DOT) : 2.1 - Class 2.1 - Flammable gas 49 CFR 173.115

Hazard labels (DOT) : 2.1 - Flammable gas

DOT Special Provisions (49 CFR 172.102) : N89 - When steel UN pressure receptacles are used, only those bearing the “H” mark are authorized.

Additional information

Emergency Response Guide (ERG) Number : 115 (UN1049)

Other information : No supplementary information available.

Special transport precautions : Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver's compartment. Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency. Before transporting product containers: - Ensure there is adequate ventilation. - Ensure that containers are firmly secured. - Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking. - Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug (where provided) is correctly fitted. - Ensure valve protection device (where provided) is correctly fitted.

Transport by sea

UN-No. (IMDG) : 1049

Proper Shipping Name (IMDG) : HYDROGEN, COMPRESSED

Class (IMDG) : 2 - Gases

MFAG-No : 115

Air transport

UN-No. (IATA) : 1049

Proper Shipping Name (IATA) : Hydrogen, compressed

Class (IATA) : 2

Civil Aeronautics Law : Gases under pressure/Gases flammable under pressure

SECTION 15: Regulatory information

15.1. US Federal regulations


Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory

SARA Section 311/312 Hazard Classes Sudden release of pressure hazard Fire hazard

All components of this product are listed on the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) inventory.

This product or mixture does not contain a toxic chemical or chemicals in excess of the applicable de minimis concentration as specified in 40 CFR §372.38(a) subject to the reporting requirements of section 313 of Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 and 40 CFR Part 372.

15.2. International regulations

CANADA






Listed on the Canadian DSL (Domestic Substances List)



EU-Regulations


Listed on the EEC inventory EINECS (European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances)

15.2.2. National regulations


Listed on the AICS (Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances) Listed on IECSC (Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances Produced or Imported in China) Listed on the Korean ECL (Existing Chemicals List) Listed on NZIoC (New Zealand Inventory of Chemicals) Listed on PICCS (Philippines Inventory of Chemicals and Chemical Substances)

15.3. US State regulations

Hydrogen, compressed(1333-74-0)

U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Carcinogens List No

U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Developmental Toxicity

No

U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Reproductive Toxicity - Female

No

U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Reproductive Toxicity - Male

No

State or local regulations U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List

California Proposition 65 - This product does not contain any substances known to the state of California to cause cancer and/or reproductive harm


U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Carcinogens List




Non-significant risk level (NSRL)

No No No No


U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List

SECTION 16: Other information

Revision date : 6/3/2015 12:00:00 AM





Other information : When you mix two or more chemicals, you can create additional, unexpected hazards. Obtain and evaluate the safety information for each component before you produce the mixture. Consult an industrial hygienist or other trained person when you evaluate the end product. Before using any plastics, confirm their compatibility with this product. Praxair asks users of this product to study this SDS and become aware of the product hazards and safety information. To promote safe use of this product, a user should (1) notify employees, agents, and contractors of the information in this SDS and of any other known product hazards and safety information, (2) furnish this information to each purchaser of the product, and (3) ask each purchaser to notify its employees and customers of the product hazards and safety information. The opinions expressed herein are those of qualified experts within Praxair, Inc. We believe that the information contained herein is current as of the date of this Safety Data Sheet. Since the use of this information and the conditions of use are not within the control of Praxair, Inc., it is the user's obligation to determine the conditions of safe use of the product. Praxair SDSs are furnished on sale or delivery by Praxair or the independent distributors and suppliers who package and sell our products. To obtain current SDSs for these products, contact your Praxair sales representative, local distributor, or supplier, or download from www.praxair.com. If you have questions regarding Praxair SDSs, would like the document number and date of the latest SDS, or would like the names of the Praxair suppliers in your area, phone or write the Praxair Call Center (Phone: 1-800-PRAXAIR/1-800-772-9247; Address: Praxair Call Center, Praxair, Inc., P.O. Box 44, Tonawanda, NY 14151-0044). PRAXAIR and the Flowing Airstream design are trademarks or registered trademarks of Praxair Technology, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.

NFPA health hazard : 0 - Exposure under fire conditions would offer no hazard beyond that of ordinary combustible materials.

NFPA fire hazard : 4 - Will rapidly or completely vaporize at normal pressure and temperature, or is readily dispersed in air and will burn readily.

NFPA reactivity : 0 - Normally stable, even under fire exposure conditions, and are not reactive with water.

HMIS III Rating

Health : 0 Minimal Hazard - No significant risk to health

Flammability : 4 Severe Hazard

Physical : 3 Serious Hazard

SDS US (GHS HazCom 2012) - Praxair

This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product.

p. 1

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y

Pe rs o n a lPro t e c t io n

2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetMethyl alcohol MSDS

Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: Methyl alcohol

Catalog Codes: SLM3064, SLM3952

CAS#: 67-56-1

RTECS: PC1400000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol

CI#: Not applicable.

Synonym: Wood alcohol, Methanol; Methylol; WoodSpirit; Carbinol

Chemical Name: Methanol

Chemical Formula: CH3OH

Contact Information:

Sciencelab.com, Inc.14025 Smith Rd.Houston, Texas 77396

US Sales: 1-800-901-7247International Sales: 1-281-441-4400

Order Online: ScienceLab.com

CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:1-800-424-9300

International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887

For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients

Composition:

Name CAS # % by Weight

Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Methyl alcohol: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 15800mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 64000 ppm 4 hours [Rat].

Section 3: Hazards Identification

Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS:Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: ClassifiedPOSSIBLE for human. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to eyes. The substance may betoxic to blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS),optic nerve. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure to ahighly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.

Section 4: First Aid Measures

p. 2

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly cleanshoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medicalattention.

Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion:If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data

Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 464°C (867.2°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 12°C (53.6°F). OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in presence of open flames andsparks, of heat.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Explosive in the form of vapor when exposed to heat or flame. Vapor may travel considerable distance to source of ignitionand flash back. When heated to decomposition, it emits acrid smoke and irritating fumes. CAUTION: MAY BURN WITH NEARINVISIBLE FLAME

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Forms an explosive mixture with air due to its low flash point. Explosive when mixed with Choroform + sodium methoxide anddiethyl zinc. It boils violently and explodes.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

p. 3

Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container.

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk.Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilledmaterial. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Callfor assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on theMSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respectivethreshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoidinhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling thisproduct.

Exposure Limits:TWA: 200 from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] STEL: 250from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from NIOSH SKIN TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) [Canada] Consultlocal authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical state and appearance: Liquid.

Odor: Alcohol like. Pungent when crude.

Taste: Not available.

Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mole

Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.

Boiling Point: 64.5°C (148.1°F)

Melting Point: -97.8°C (-144°F)

Critical Temperature: 240°C (464°F)

p. 4

Specific Gravity: 0.7915 (Water = 1)

Vapor Pressure: 12.3 kPa (@ 20°C)

Vapor Density: 1.11 (Air = 1)

Volatility: Not available.

Odor Threshold: 100 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -0.8

Ionicity (in Water): Non-ionic.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water.

Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water, hot water.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Heat, ingnition sources, incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, metals, acids.

Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Can react vigorously with oxidizers. Violent reaction with alkyl aluminum salts, acetyl bromide, chloroform + sodium methoxide,chromic anhydride, cyanuirc chlorite, lead perchlorate, phosphorous trioxide, nitric acid. Exothermic reaction with sodiumhydroxide + chloroform. Incompatible with beryllium dihydride, metals (potassium and magnesium), oxidants (bariumperchlorate, bromine, sodium hypochlorite, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide), potassium tert-butoxide, carbon tetrachloride, alkalimetals, metals (aluminum, potassium magnesium, zinc), and dichlormethane. Rapid autocatalytic dissolution of aluminum,magnesium or zinc in 9:1 methanol + carbon tetrachloride - sufficiently vigorous to be rated as potentially hazardous. Mayattack some plastics, rubber, and coatings.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.

Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 15800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):64000 4 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human. Causes damage to the following organs: eyes. May cause damage to thefollowing organs: blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system(CNS), optic nerve.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available.

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:

p. 5

Passes through the placental barrier. May affect genetic material. May cause birth defects and adverse reproductiveeffects(paternal and maternal effects and fetotoxicity ) based on animal studies.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:

Section 12: Ecological Information

Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 29400 mg/l 96 hours [Fathead Minnow].

BOD5 and COD: Not available.

Products of Biodegradation:Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise.

Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the product itself.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation:Methanol in water is rapidly biodegraded and volatilized. Aquatic hydrolysis, oxidation, photolysis, adsorption to sediment, andbioconcentration are not significant fate processes. The half-life of methanol in surfact water ranges from 24 hrs. to 168 hrs.Based on its vapor pressure, methanol exists almost entirely in the vapor phase in the ambient atmosphere. It is degraded byreaction with photochemically produced hydroxyl radicals and has an estimated half-life of 17.8 days. Methanol is physicallyremoved from air by rain due to its solubility. Methanol can react with NO2 in pollulted to form methyl nitrate. The half-life ofmethanol in air ranges from 71 hrs. (3 days) to 713 hrs. (29.7 days) based on photooxidation half-life in air.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations

Waste Disposal:Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.

Section 14: Transport Information

DOT Classification: CLASS 3: Flammable liquid.

Identification: : Methyl alcohol UNNA: 1230 PG: II

Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information

Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Methyl alcohol Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Methyl alcoholIllinois chemical safety act: Methyl alcohol New York release reporting list: Methyl alcohol Rhode Island RTK hazardoussubstances: Methyl alcohol Pennsylvania RTK: Methyl alcohol Minnesota: Methyl alcohol Massachusetts RTK: Methylalcohol Massachusetts spill list: Methyl alcohol New Jersey: Methyl alcohol New Jersey spill list: Methyl alcohol Louisianaspill reporting: Methyl alcohol California Directors List of Hazardous Substances (8CCR 339): Methyl alcohol TennesseHazardous Right to Know : Methyl alcohol TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol SARA 313 toxic chemical notification andrelease reporting: Methyl alcohol CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Methyl alcohol: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)

Other Regulations:OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). EINECS: This product is on theEuropean Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances.

Other Classifications:

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-1B: Material causing immediate andserious toxic effects (TOXIC). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). Class D-2B: Material causingother toxic effects (TOXIC).

p. 6

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R23/24/25- Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed. R39- Danger of very seriousirreversible effects. R39/23/24/25- Toxic: danger of very serious irreversible effects through inhalation, in contact with skin andif swallowed. S7- Keep container tightly closed. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S36/37- Wear suitableprotective clothing and gloves. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the labelwhere possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: h

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.):

Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information

References:-SAX, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -Material safetydata sheet emitted by: la Commission de la SantÃ© et de la SÃ©curitÃ© du Travail du QuÃ©bec. -Hawley, G.G.. TheCondensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. LOLI, HSDB, RTECS, HAZARDTEXT,REPROTOX databases

Other Special Considerations: Not available.

Created: 10/10/2005 08:23 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assumeno liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40) Safety Data Sheet P-4622 according to U.S. Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR 1910.1200, Hazard Communication.


EN (English US) SDS ID: P-4622

1/9


SECTION: 1. Product and company identification

1.1. Product identifier

Product form : Substance

Name : Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40)

CAS No : 74-87-3

Formula : CH3Cl

Other means of identification : methylchloride, halocarbon 40, monochoromethane


Use of the substance/mixture : Industrial use. Use as directed.


Praxair, Inc. 39 Old Ridgebury Road Danbury, CT 06810-5113 - USA T 1-800-772-9247 (1-800-PRAXAIR) - F 1-716-879-2146 www.praxair.com

1.4. Emergency telephone number

Emergency number : Onsite Emergency: 1-800-645-4633 CHEMTREC, 24hr/day 7days/week — Within USA: 1-800-424-9300, Outside USA: 001-703-527-3887 (collect calls accepted, Contract 17729)

SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1. Classification of the substance or mixture

Classification (GHS-US)

Flam. Gas 1 H220 Liquefied gas H280 Acute Tox. 4 (Inhalation:gas) H332 Carc. 2 H351 STOT RE 2 H373

2.2. Label elements

GHS-US labeling

Hazard pictograms (GHS-US) :

GHS02

GHS04

GHS07

GHS08

Signal word (GHS-US) : DANGER

Hazard statements (GHS-US) : H220 - EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS H280 - CONTAINS GAS UNDER PRESSURE; MAY EXPLODE IF HEATED H332 - HARMFUL IF INHALED H351 - SUSPECTED OF CAUSING CANCER H373 - MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO ORGANS(LUNG, KIDNEYS, LIVER, CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM) THROUGH PROLONGED OR REPEATED EXPOSURE CGA-HG04 - MAY FORM EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES WITH AIR CGA-HG01 - MAY CAUSE FROSTBITE.

Precautionary statements (GHS-US) : P201 - Obtain special instructions before use P202 - Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood P210 - Keep away from Heat, Open flames, Sparks, Hot surfaces. - No smoking P260 - Do not breathe gas P262 - Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. P271+P403 - Use and store only outdoors or in a well-ventilated place.





P280+P284 - Wear protective gloves, protective clothing, eye protection, respiratory protection, and/or face protection. P377 - Leaking gas fire: Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely P381 - Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so P405 - Store locked up P501 - Dispose of contents/container in accordance with container supplier/owner instructions CGA-PG05 - Use a back flow preventive device in the piping. CGA-PG12 - Do not open valve until connected to equipment prepared for use. CGA-PG06 - Close valve after each use and when empty. CGA-PG02 - Protect from sunlight when ambient temperature exceeds 52°C (125°F).

2.3. Other hazards

Other hazards not contributing to the classification

: Contact with liquid may cause cold burns/frostbite.

2.4. Unknown acute toxicity (GHS-US)

No data available

SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1. Substance

Name Product identifier %

Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40) (Main constituent)

(CAS No) 74-87-3 100

3.2. Mixture

Not applicable

SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1. Description of first aid measures

First-aid measures after inhalation : Immediately remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, qualified personnel may give oxygen. Call a physician.

First-aid measures after skin contact : For exposure to liquid, immediately warm frostbite area with warm water not to exceed 105°F (41°C). Water temperature should be tolerable to normal skin. Maintain skin warming for at least 15 minutes or until normal coloring and sensation have returned to the affected area. In case of massive exposure, remove clothing while showering with warm water. Seek medical evaluation and treatment as soon as possible.

First-aid measures after eye contact : Immediately flush eyes thoroughly with water for at least 15 minutes. Hold the eyelids open and away from the eyeballs to ensure that all surfaces are flushed thoroughly. Contact an ophthalmologist immediately.

First-aid measures after ingestion : Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.

4.2. Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed


4.3. Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

Obtain medical assistance.

SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1. Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media : Carbon dioxide, Dry chemical, Water spray or fog. Use extinguishing media appropriate for surrounding fire.

5.2. Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Fire hazard : EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS. If venting or leaking gas catches fire, do not extinguish flames. Flammable vapors may spread from leak, creating an explosive reignition hazard. Vapors can be ignited by pilot lights, other flames, smoking, sparks, heaters, electrical equipment, static discharge, or other ignition sources at locations distant from product handling point. Explosive atmospheres may linger. Before entering an area, especially a confined area, check the atmosphere with an appropriate device.

Explosion hazard : EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS. Forms explosive mixtures with air and oxidizing agents.

Reactivity : No reactivity hazard other than the effects described in sub-sections below.





5.3. Advice for firefighters

Firefighting instructions : DANGER! Toxic, flammable liquid and gas under pressure Evacuate all personnel from the danger area. Use self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) and protective clothing. Immediately cool containers with water from maximum distance. Stop flow of gas if safe to do so, while continuing cooling water spray. Remove ignition sources if safe to do so. Remove containers from area of fire if safe to do so. On-site fire brigades must comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.156 and applicable standards under 29 CFR 1910 Subpart L—Fire Protection.

Special protective equipment for fire fighters : Standard protective clothing and equipment (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus) for fire fighters.

Other information : Containers are equipped with a pressure relief device. (Exceptions may exist where authorized by DOT.).

SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1. Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

General measures : DANGER: Flammable liquid and gas under pressure. Forms explosive mixtures with air. Immediately evacuate all personnel from danger area. Use self-contained breathing apparatus where needed. Remove all sources of ignition if safe to do so. Reduce vapors with fog or fine water spray, taking care not to spread liquid with water. Shut off flow if safe to do so. Ventilate area or move container to a well-ventilated area. Flammable vapors may spread from leak and could explode if reignited by sparks or flames. Explosive atmospheres may linger. Before entering area, especially confined areas, check atmosphere with an appropriate device.

6.1.1. For non-emergency personnel


6.1.2. For emergency responders


6.2. Environmental precautions

Prevent waste from contaminating the surrounding environment. Prevent soil and water pollution. Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Contact supplier for any special requirements.

6.3. Methods and material for containment and cleaning up


6.4. Reference to other sections

See also sections 8 and 13.

SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1. Precautions for safe handling

Precautions for safe handling : Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking. Use only non-sparking tools. Use only explosion-proof equipment. Wear leather safety gloves and safety shoes when handling cylinders. Protect cylinders from physical damage; do not drag, roll, slide or drop. While moving cylinder, always keep in place removable valve cover. Never attempt to lift a cylinder by its cap; the cap is intended solely to protect the valve. When moving cylinders, even for short distances, use a cart (trolley, hand truck, etc.) designed to transport cylinders. Never insert an object (e.g., wrench, screwdriver, pry bar) into cap openings; doing so may damage the valve and cause a leak. Use an adjustable strap wrench to remove over-tight or rusted caps. Slowly open the valve. If the valve is hard to open, discontinue use and contact your supplier. Close the container valve after each use; keep closed even when empty. Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container. High temperatures may damage the container and could cause the pressure relief device to fail prematurely, venting the container contents. For other precautions in using this product, see section 16.





7.2. Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Storage conditions : Store only where temperature will not exceed 125°F (52°C). Post “No Smoking or Open Flames” signs in storage and use areas. There must be no sources of ignition. Separate packages and protect against potential fire and/or explosion damage following appropriate codes and requirements (e.g., NFPA 30, NFPA 55, NFPA 70, and/or NFPA 221 in the U.S.) or according to requirements determined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Always secure containers upright to keep them from falling or being knocked over. Install valve protection cap, if provided, firmly in place by hand when the container is not in use. Store full and empty containers separately. Use a first-in, first-out inventory system to prevent storing full containers for long periods. For other precautions in using this product, see section 16. OTHER PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORAGE, AND USE: When handling product under pressure, use piping and equipment adequately designed to withstand the pressures to be encountered. Never work on a pressurized system. Use a back flow preventive device in the piping. Gases can cause rapid suffocation because of oxygen deficiency; store and use with adequate ventilation. If a leak occurs, close the container valve and blow down the system in a safe and environmentally correct manner in compliance with all international, federal/national, state/provincial, and local laws; then repair the leak. Never place a container where it may become part of an electrical circuit.

7.3. Specific end use(s)

None.

SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1. Control parameters

Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40) (74-87-3)

ACGIH ACGIH TLV-TWA (ppm) 50 ppm

ACGIH ACGIH TLV-STEL (ppm) 100 ppm

USA OSHA OSHA PEL (TWA) (ppm) 100 ppm

USA OSHA OSHA PEL (Ceiling) (ppm) 200 ppm

8.2. Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls : Use an explosion-proof local exhaust system. Local exhaust and general ventilation must be adequate to meet exposure standards. MECHANICAL (GENERAL): Inadequate - Use only in a closed system. Use explosion proof equipment and lighting. A canopy-type, forced-draft fume hood is preferred.

Eye protection : Wear safety glasses when handling cylinders; vapor-proof goggles and a face shield during cylinder changeout or whenever contact with product is possible. Select eye protection in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.133.

Skin and body protection : Wear metatarsal shoes and work gloves for cylinder handling, and protective clothing where needed. Wear neoprene gloves during cylinder changeout or wherever contact with product is possible. Select per OSHA 29 CFR 1910.132, 1910.136, and 1910.138.

Respiratory protection : When workplace conditions warrant respirator use, follow a respiratory protection program that meets OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134, ANSI Z88.2, or MSHA 30 CFR 72.710 (where applicable). Use an air-supplied or air-purifying cartridge if the action level is exceeded. Ensure that the respirator has the appropriate protection factor for the exposure level. If cartridge type respirators are used, the cartridge must be appropriate for the chemical exposure (e.g., an organic vapor cartridge). For emergencies or instances with unknown exposure levels, use a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA).

Thermal hazard protection : Wear cold insulating gloves when transfilling or breaking transfer connections.

SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1. Information on basic physical and chemical properties

Physical state : Gas

Appearance : Colorless gas.

Molecular mass : 50.5 g/mol

Color : Colorless.

Odor : Ethereal.





Odor threshold : < 0.01 ppm

pH : Not applicable.

Relative evaporation rate (butyl acetate=1) : No data available

Relative evaporation rate (ether=1) : Not applicable.

Melting point : -98 °C

Freezing point : No data available

Boiling point : -24.2 °C

Flash point : Not applicable.

Critical temperature : 143.1 °C

Auto-ignition temperature : 632 °C

Decomposition temperature : No data available

Flammability (solid, gas) : 10.7 - 17.4 vol %

Vapor pressure : 490 kPa

Critical pressure : 6679 kPa

Relative vapor density at 20 °C : No data available

Relative density : 1

Specific gravity / density : 0.921 g/cm³ (at 20 °C)

Relative gas density : 1.8

Solubility : Water: 6310 mg/l

Log Pow : 0.91

Log Kow : Not applicable.

Viscosity, kinematic : Not applicable.

Viscosity, dynamic : Not applicable.

Explosive properties : Not applicable.

Oxidizing properties : None.

Explosive limits : No data available

9.2. Other information

Gas group : Liquefied gas

Additional information : Gas/vapor heavier than air. May accumulate in confined spaces, particularly at or below ground level.

SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1. Reactivity

No reactivity hazard other than the effects described in sub-sections below.

10.2. Chemical stability

Stable under normal conditions.

10.3. Possibility of hazardous reactions

May occur.

10.4. Conditions to avoid

Avoid temperature above 752°F (400°C).

10.5. Incompatible materials

May react with aluminium. Reaction with aluminum may form pyrophoric trimethyl aluminum or aluminum alkyls. Oxidizing agents. Magnesium. Zinc. Potassium. Sodium. Aluminum chloride. Ethylene. Moisture. Rubber.

10.6. Hazardous decomposition products

Carbon dioxide. Carbon monoxide. Chlorine. On heating/burning: release of toxic and corrosive gases/vapors hydrogen chloride : formation of small quantities of phosgene.





SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1. Information on toxicological effects

Acute toxicity : Inhalation:gas: HARMFUL IF INHALED.

Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40) ( \f )74-87-3

LD50 oral rat 1800 mg/kg

LC50 inhalation rat (mg/l) 5300 mg/m³ (Exposure time: 4 h)

LC50 inhalation rat (ppm) 8300 ppm/4h

ATE US (oral) 1800.000 mg/kg body weight

ATE US (gases) 2566.500 ppmV/4h

Skin corrosion/irritation : Not classified

pH: Not applicable.

Serious eye damage/irritation : Not classified

pH: Not applicable.

Respiratory or skin sensitization : Not classified

Germ cell mutagenicity : Not classified

Carcinogenicity : SUSPECTED OF CAUSING CANCER.


IARC group 3 - Not classifiable

Reproductive toxicity : Not classified

Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) : Not classified

Specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure)

: MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO ORGANS(LUNG, KIDNEYS, LIVER, CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM) THROUGH PROLONGED OR REPEATED EXPOSURE.

Aspiration hazard : Not classified

SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1. Toxicity

Ecology - general : No known ecological damage caused by this product.


LC50 fish 1 550 mg/l (Exposure time: 96 h - Species: Lepomis macrochirus [static])

12.2. Persistence and degradability


Persistence and degradability The substance is biodegradable. Unlikely to persist.

12.3. Bioaccumulative potential


Log Pow 0.91


Bioaccumulative potential Not expected to bioaccumulate due to the low log Kow (log Kow < 4). Refer to section 9.

12.4. Mobility in soil



Ecology - soil Because of its high volatility, the product is unlikely to cause ground or water pollution.

12.5. Other adverse effects

Other adverse effects : May cause pH changes in aqueous ecological systems.

Effect on ozone layer : None.

Global warming potential [CO2=1] : 13





Effect on the global warming : Contains Fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto protocol.

SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1. Waste treatment methods

Regional legislation (waste) : U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - Basis for Listing - Appendix VII. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - Constituents for Detection Monitoring. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - Hazardous Constituents - Appendix VIII to 40 CFR 261. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - List for Hazardous Constituents. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - Part 268 Appendix III - Halogenated Organic Compounds (HOCs). U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - Phase 4 LDR Rule - Universal Treatment Standards. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - TSD Facilities Ground Water Monitoring. U.S. - RCRA (Resource Conservation & Recovery Act) - U Series Wastes - Acutely Toxic Wastes & Other Hazardous Characteristics.

Waste disposal recommendations : Do not attempt to dispose of residual or unused quantities. Return container to supplier.

SECTION 14: Transport information

In accordance with DOT

Transport document description : UN1063 Methyl chloride, 2.1

UN-No.(DOT) : UN1063

Proper Shipping Name (DOT) : Methyl chloride

Department of Transportation (DOT) Hazard Classes

: 2.1 - Class 2.1 - Flammable gas 49 CFR 173.115

Hazard labels (DOT) : 2.1 - Flammable gas

DOT Special Provisions (49 CFR 172.102) : N86 - UN pressure receptacles made of aluminum alloy are not authorized. T50 - When portable tank instruction T50 is referenced in Column (7) of the 172.101 Table, the applicable liquefied compressed gases are authorized to be transported in portable tanks in accordance with the requirements of 173.313 of this subchapter.

Additional information

Emergency Response Guide (ERG) Number : 115

Other information : No supplementary information available.

Special transport precautions : Avoid transport on vehicles where the load space is not separated from the driver's compartment. Ensure vehicle driver is aware of the potential hazards of the load and knows what to do in the event of an accident or an emergency. Before transporting product containers: - Ensure there is adequate ventilation. - Ensure that containers are firmly secured. - Ensure cylinder valve is closed and not leaking. - Ensure valve outlet cap nut or plug (where provided) is correctly fitted. - Ensure valve protection device (where provided) is correctly fitted.

Transport by sea

UN-No. (IMDG) : 1063

Proper Shipping Name (IMDG) : METHYL CHLORIDE (REFRIGERANT GAS R 40)

Class (IMDG) : 2 - Gases

MFAG-No : 115

Air transport

UN-No.(IATA) : 1063

Proper Shipping Name (IATA) : Methyl chloride

Class (IATA) : 2

Civil Aeronautics Law : Gases under pressure/Gases flammable under pressure





SECTION 15: Regulatory information

15.1. US Federal regulations


Listed on the United States TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act) inventory Listed on United States SARA Section 313

EPA TSCA Regulatory Flag T - T - indicates a substance that is the subject of a Section 4 test rule under TSCA.

SARA Section 311/312 Hazard Classes Immediate (acute) health hazard Delayed (chronic) health hazard Sudden release of pressure hazard Fire hazard

SARA Section 313 - Emission Reporting 1.0 %

15.2. International regulations

CANADA



EU-Regulations


Listed on the EEC inventory EINECS (European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances)

15.2.2. National regulations


Listed on the AICS (Australian Inventory of Chemical Substances) Listed on IECSC (Inventory of Existing Chemical Substances Produced or Imported in China) Listed on the Japanese ENCS (Existing & New Chemical Substances) inventory Listed on the Korean ECL (Existing Chemicals List) Listed on NZIoC (New Zealand Inventory of Chemicals) Listed on PICCS (Philippines Inventory of Chemicals and Chemical Substances) Japanese Poisonous and Deleterious Substances Control Law Japanese Pollutant Release and Transfer Register Law (PRTR Law) Listed on the Canadian IDL (Ingredient Disclosure List)

15.3. US State regulations

Methyl chloride (Refrigerant gas R 40)(74-87-3)

U.S. - California - Proposition 65 - Carcinogens List No


Yes


No


Yes

State or local regulations U.S. - Massachusetts - Right To Know List U.S. - New Jersey - Right to Know Hazardous Substance List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) - Environmental Hazard List U.S. - Pennsylvania - RTK (Right to Know) List

SECTION 16: Other information

Revision date : 3/6/2015 12:00:00 AM





Other information : When you mix two or more chemicals, you can create additional, unexpected hazards. Obtain and evaluate the safety information for each component before you produce the mixture. Consult an industrial hygienist or other trained person when you evaluate the end product. Before using any plastics, confirm their compatibility with this product. Praxair asks users of this product to study this SDS and become aware of the product hazards and safety information. To promote safe use of this product, a user should (1) notify employees, agents, and contractors of the information in this SDS and of any other known product hazards and safety information, (2) furnish this information to each purchaser of the product, and (3) ask each purchaser to notify its employees and customers of the product hazards and safety information. The opinions expressed herein are those of qualified experts within Praxair, Inc. We believe that the information contained herein is current as of the date of this Safety Data Sheet. Since the use of this information and the conditions of use are not within the control of Praxair, Inc., it is the user's obligation to determine the conditions of safe use of the product. Praxair SDSs are furnished on sale or delivery by Praxair or the independent distributors and suppliers who package and sell our products. To obtain current SDSs for these products, contact your Praxair sales representative, local distributor, or supplier, or download from www.praxair.com. If you have questions regarding Praxair SDSs, would like the document number and date of the latest SDS, or would like the names of the Praxair suppliers in your area, phone or write the Praxair Call Center (Phone: 1-800-PRAXAIR/1-800-772-9247; Address: Praxair Call Center, Praxair, Inc., P.O. Box 44, Tonawanda, NY 14151-0044). PRAXAIR and the Flowing Airstream design are trademarks or registered trademarks of Praxair Technology, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.

NFPA health hazard : 2 - Intense or continued exposure could cause temporary incapacitation or possible residual injury unless prompt medical attention is given.

NFPA fire hazard : 4 - Will rapidly or completely vaporize at normal pressure and temperature, or is readily dispersed in air and will burn readily.

NFPA reactivity : 1 - Normally stable, but can become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressures or may react with water with some release of energy, but not violently.

HMIS III Rating

Health : 2 Moderate Hazard - Temporary or minor injury may occur

Flammability : 4 Severe Hazard

Physical : 2 Moderate Hazard

SDS US (GHS HazCom 2012) - Praxair

This information is based on our current knowledge and is intended to describe the product for the purposes of health, safety and environmental requirements only. It should not therefore be construed as guaranteeing any specific property of the product.

Material Safety Data Sheet

Nitric Acid 1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION Product Name: Nitric Acid Synonyms/Generic Names: Aqua Fortis, Azotic acid, Hydrogen nitrate. Product Use: Industrial, Manufacturing or Laboratory use Manufacturer: Columbus Chemical Industries, Inc. N4335 Temkin Rd. Columbus, WI. 53925 For More Information Call: 920-623-2140 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY CALL: CHEMTREC (Monday – Friday 8:00-4:30) (24 Hours/Day, 7 Days/Week) 800-424-9300 2. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Weight % Component CAS # EINECS# / ELINCS# Classification*

68 - 70% Nitric Acid 7697-37-2 231-714-2 O; R8 -C; R35, **

*Symbol and R phrase according to EC Annex1 ** Subject to the reporting requirements of SARA Title III Section 313 3. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION Clear, colorless to yellow solution with caustic odor.

R35 – Causes severe burns. R8 – Contact with combustible material may cause fire. S1/2, S23, S26, S36, S45

Created on 11/29/2005 5:06:00 PM Page 1 of 7

Routes of Entry: Skin, eyes, inhalation and ingestion. Ingredients found on carcinogen lists: INGREDIENT NAME NTP STATUS IARC STATUS OSHA LIST ACGIH Nitric Acid Not Listed Not Listed Not Listed Not Listed 4. FIRST AID INFORMATION Inhalation: Inhalation of mists can cause corrosive action on mucous membranes. Symptoms include

burning, choking, coughing, wheezing, laryngitis, shortness of breath, headache or nausea. Move casualty to fresh air and keep at rest. May be fatal if inhaled, may cause delayed pulmonary edema. Get medical attention.

Eyes: Contact rapidly causes severe damage. Symptoms include eye burns, watering eyes. Permanent

damage to cornea may result. In case of eye contact, rinse with plenty of water and seek medical attention immediately.

Skin: Severe and rapid corrosion from contact. Extent of damage depends on duration of contact. Symptoms include burning, itching, redness, inflammation and/or swelling of exposed tissues.

harmful if absorbed through skin. Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and wash using soap. Get medical attention immediately.

Ingestion: Do Not Induce Vomiting! Severe and rapid corrosive burns of the mouth, gullet and gastrointestinal tract will result if swallowed. Symptoms include burning, choking, nausea, vomiting and severe pain. Wash out mouth with water and give a glass of water or milk. Get medical attention immediately. 5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES FLAMMABLE PROPERTIES: Flash Point: Not Flammable Flash Point method: Not Applicable Autoignition Temperature: Not Applicable Upper Flame Limit (volume % in air): Not Applicable Lower Flame Limit (volume % in air): Not Applicable Extinguishing Media: Product is not flammable. Use appropriate media for adjacent fire. Use flooding quantities of water to cool containers, keep away from common metals. Special fire-fighting procedures: Wear self-contained, approved breathing apparatus and full protective

clothing, including eye protection and boots. Material can react violently with water (spattering and misting) and react with metals to produce flammable hydrogen gas.

Hazardous combustion products: Emits toxic fumes under fire conditions. (See also Stability and

Reactivity section). Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Strong Oxidizer! Contact with organic material may cause fire.

Material will react with metals to produce flammable hydrogen gas.


6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES Personal precautions: See section 8 for recommendations on the use of personal protective equipment. Environmental precautions: Cleanup personnel need personal protection from inhalation and skin/eye

contact. Evacuate and ventilate the area. Prevent spillage from entering drains. Cautiously add water to spill, taking care to avoid splashing and spattering. Neutralize diluted spill with soda ash or lime. Absorb neutralized spill with vermiculite or other inert absorbent material, then place in a suitable container for disposal. Clean surfaces thoroughly with water to remove residual contamination. Any release to the environment may be subject to federal/national or local reporting requirements. Dispose of all waste or cleanup materials in accordance with local regulations. Containers, even when empty, will retain residue and vapors.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE Normal handling: See section 8 for recommendations on the use of personal protective equipment. Use

with adequate ventilation. Wash thoroughly after using. Keep container closed when not in use. Storage: Store in cool, dry well ventilated area. Keep away from incompatible materials (see section 10 for

incompatibilities). Drains for storage or use areas for this material should have retention basins for pH adjustment and dilution of spills.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION Occupational exposure controls: (consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits) Chemical name Regulatory List Value and type Nitric Acid UK OES 5 mg/m3 TWA STEL 10 mg/m3 (10 minutes) USA OSHA PEL 5 mg/m3 TWA STEL 10 mg/m3 (15 minutes) USA ACGIH 5 mg/m3 TLV USA NIOSH 5 mg/m3 REL STEL 10 mg/m3 (15 minutes) USA OSHA - IDLH 25 ppm VME France 5 mg/m3 TWA 8 hr VLE France (STEL) 10 mg/m3 (15 minutes) TWA: Time Weighted Average over 8 hours of work. TLV: Threshold Limit Value over 8 hours of work. REL: Recommended Exposure Limit STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit during x number of minutes. IDLH: Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health Ventilation: Provide local exhaust, preferably mechanical. Respiratory protection: If necessary use an approved respirator with acid vapor cartridges. Eye protection: Wear chemical safety glasses with a face shield for splash protection.


Skin and body protection: Wear neoprene or rubber gloves, apron and other protective clothing appropriate to the risk of exposure.

Other Recommendations: Provide eyewash stations, quick-drench showers and washing facilities

accessible to areas of use and handling. Have supplies and equipment for neutralization and running water available.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES Appearance: Clear, colorless to slight brown liquid Physical state: Liquid Odor: Acrid, suffocating odor Odor Threshold: Unknown Specific Gravity: 1.4200 pH: 1 Melting Point/Freezing Point: -42°C (-44°F) Boiling Point/Range: 122°C (252°F) Flammability: Not Flammable (See section 5)

Flash point: Not Flammable (See section 5) Evaporation Rate (Butyl Acetate =1): Not Available Explosive Limits: Not Explosive (See section 5) Vapor Pressure (at 25ºC): 10 mmHg Vapor Density (air =1): 2.5 Solubility: Completely soluble in water Partition coefficient/n-octanol/water: -2.3 @ 25 ºC % Volatile: Not Available Autoignition Temperature: See section 5 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY Stability: Stable Conditions to avoid: Uncontrolled addition of water, contact with combustible materials. Incompatibility: Moisture, bases, organic material, metals, hydrogen sulfide, carbides, alcohols, organic

solvents, carbides, cyanides, sulfides. Hazardous decomposition products: Oxides of nitrogen. Hazardous polymerization: Will not occur. 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION Acute Effects: See section 4 for symptoms of exposure and effects. Likely routes of exposure are skin, eyes

and inhalation. Target organs: Teeth, eyes, skin, respiratory system. Acute Toxicity Data: Nitric acid LC50 (rat): 0.8 mg/L


Chronic Effects: Not Available Teratogenicity: None found

Mutagenicity: None found Embryotoxicity: None found Synergistic Products/Effects: Not Available 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION Ecotoxicity (aquatic and terrestrial): Aquatic fish; LC50 (96 hrs): 72 mg/l (Gambusia affinis) Persistence and Degradability: Not Available Bioaccumulative Potential: Not Available Mobility in Soil: Not Available Other Adverse Effects: Not Available 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS RCRA:

Hazardous waste? Yes RCRA ID number: DOO2 Waste Residues: Carefully dilute with water, neutralize per spill procedures in section 6. Neutralized

material may be flushed to sewer (REGULATIONS PERMITTING!) or disposed of through a licensed contractor. Users should review their operations in terms of the applicable federal/nation or local regulations and consult with appropriate regulatory agencies before discharging or disposing of waste material.

Product containers: Containers, if thoroughly cleaned, preferably by rinsing three times and handling the

rinse water as waste residues, may be disposed of or recycled as non-hazardous waste. Users should review their operations in terms of the applicable federal/national or local regulations and consult with appropriate regulatory agencies before discharging or disposing of waste material.

The information offered in section 13 is for the product as shipped. Use and/or alterations to the product may significantly change the characteristics of the material and alter the waste classification and proper disposal methods. 14. TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION

DOT: UN2031, Nitric Acid, 8, pg II TDG: UN2031, Nitric Acid, 8, pg II PIN: Not Available IDMG: UN2031, Nitric Acid, 8, pg II Marine Pollutant: No IATA/ICAO: UN2031, Nitric Acid, 8, pg II


RID/ADR: Class 8, Item 2(b), corrosive 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION TSCA Inventory Status: All ingredients are listed on the TSCA inventory. Federal and State Regulations: Pennsylvania RTK: Nitric Acid Massachusetts RTK: Nitric Acid

SARA 302/304/311/312 extremely hazardous substances: Nitric Acid SARA 313 toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Nitric Acid CERCLA: Hazardous Substances: Nitric Acid 1000 lbs California Proposition 65: No. WHMIS Canada: Class E - corrosive liquid. DSCL (EEC): R35 – Causes severe burns, R8 - Contact with combustible material may

cause fire. HMIS (U.S.A.)

Health Hazard 3 Fire Hazard 0 Reactivity 2

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.) Flammability

0 Health 4 0 Reactivity

OX

Specific hazard

Protective Equipment:

ADR (Europe):


TDG (Canada):

DSCL (Europe):

1. OTHER INFORMATION Current Issue Date: November 30, 2005 Previous Issue Date: N/A Prepared by: Sherry Brock (920) 623-2140 Disclaimer: Columbus Chemical Industries, Inc. (“Columbus”) believes that the information herein is factual but is not intended to be all inclusive. The information relates only to the specific material designated and does not relate to its use in combination with other materials or its use as to any particular process. Because safety standards and regulations are subject to change and because Columbus has no continuing control over the material, those handling, storing or using the material should satisfy themselves that they have current information regarding the particular way the material is handled, stored or used and that the same is done in accordance with federal, state and local law. COLUMBUS MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COMPLETENESS OR CONTINUING ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR WITH RESPECT TO FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE.


Section 1 - Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name : O-DICHLOROBENZENESynonyms: 1,2-dichlorobenzene; ortho-Dichlorobenzene; ODCBCAS No.: 95-50-1(ODCB)Molecular Weight: 147.00Chemical Formula: C6H4Cl2

Section 2 - Composition, Information on IngredientsIngredient CAS No Percent Hazardous--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------o-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 > 99% Yesp-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 0 - 0.16% Yes

Section 3 - Hazardous IdentificationEmergency Overview--------------------------DANGER! ASPIRATION MAY CAUSE LUNG DAMAGE. VAPORS CAUSE IRRITATION TO EYESAND RESPIRATORY TRACT. LIQUID CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION AND SEVERE EYEIRRITATION. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, INHALED OR ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN.AFFECTS LIVER, KIDNEYS AND BLOOD. COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. POSSIBLECANCER HAZARD. CONTAINS P-DICHLOROBENZENE WHICH MAY CAUSE CANCER BASEDON ANIMAL DATA. Risk of cancer depends upon duration and level of exposure.

SAF-T-DATA(tm) Ratings (Provided here for your convenience)-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Health Rating: 2 - Moderate (Poison)Flammability Rating: 2 - ModerateReactivity Rating: 0 - NoneContact Rating: 3 - SevereLab Protective Equip: GOGGLES & SHIELD; LAB COAT & APRON; VENT HOOD; PROPER GLOVESStorage Color Code: Red (Flammable)-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Potential Health Effects----------------------------------

Inhalation:Causes irritation to the respiratory tract. Can cause headache, nausea, swelling around the eyes, runny nose,loss of appetite and weight loss. Higher concentrations may cause drowsiness, central nervous systemdepression, kidney and liver damage, unconsciousness, and death.Ingestion:Toxic! A liver and kidney poison. May cause systemic poisoning with/symptoms paralleling inhalation. May bean aspiration hazard if swallowed.Skin Contact:Skin contact causes irritations and possibly burns if contact is repeated or prolonged. May be absorbed throughthe skin.Eye Contact:Vapors cause irritation, redness, and pain. Contact with liquid may cause burning of the eyes and tissue damage.Chronic Exposure:Chronic exposure may damage blood, liver and kidneys. p-Dichlorobenzene is a possible carcinogen. Prolongedor repeated skin exposure may cause dermatitis and blisters. Prolonged or repeated exposure through any routemay cause symptoms paralleling acute inhalation.Aggravation of Pre-existing Conditions:Persons with pre-existing skin problems, kidney or liver damage may be more susceptible to the affects of thismaterial.

Section 4 - First Aid MeasuresInhalation:Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Getmedical attention.Ingestion:Aspiration hazard. If swallowed, vomiting may occur spontaneously, but DO NOT INDUCE. If vomitingoccurs, keep head below hips to prevent aspiration into lungs. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. Call a physician immediately.Skin Contact:Immediately flush skin with plenty of soap and water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminatedclothing and shoes. Get medical attention. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.Eye Contact:Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lower and upper eyelids occasionally.Get medical attention immediately.

Section 5 - Fire Fighting MeasuresFire:Flash point: 66C (151F) CCAutoignition temperature: 648C (1198F)Flammable limits in air % by volume:lel: 2.2; uel: 9.2Combustible.Explosion:Above flash point, vapor-air mixtures are explosive within flammable limits noted above.Fire Extinguishing Media:Water spray, dry chemical, alcohol foam, or carbon dioxide. Water spray may be used to keep fire exposedcontainers cool.Special Information:In the event of a fire, wear full protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained breathing apparatuswith full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode. Combustion by-productsinclude phosgene and hydrogen chloride gases.

Section 6 - Accidental Release MeasuresVentilate area of leak or spill. Remove all sources of ignition. Wear appropriate personal protective equipmentas specified in Section 8. Isolate hazard area. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from entering.Contain and recover liquid when possible. Use non-sparking tools and equipment. Collect liquid in anappropriate container or absorb with an inert material (e. g., vermiculite, dry sand, earth), and place in achemical waste container. Do not use combustible materials, such as saw dust. Do not flush to sewer! USRegulations (CERCLA) require reporting spills and releases to soil, water and air in excess of reportablequantities. The toll free number for the US Coast Guard National Response Center is (800) 424-8802.

Section 7 - Handling and StorageKeep in a tightly closed container. Store in a cool, dry, ventilated area away from sources of heat or ignition.Protect against physical damage. Store separately from reactive or combustible materials, and out of directsunlight. Containers of this material may be hazardous when empty since they retain product residues (vapors,liquid); observe all warnings and precautions listed for the product.

Section 8 - Exposure Controls, Personal ProtectionAirborne Exposure Limits:-OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL):50 ppm Ceiling limitfor p-Dichlorobenzene: 75 ppm (TWA)-ACGIH Threshold Limit Value (TLV):25 ppm (TWA) 50 ppm (STEL), listed as A4, Not classifiable as a human carcinogenfor p-Dichlorobenzene: 10 ppm (TWA), listed as A3, animal carcinogen.Ventilation System:A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposures below the AirborneExposure Limits. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred because it can control the emissions of thecontaminant at its source, preventing dispersion of it into the general work area. Please refer to the ACGIHdocument, Industrial Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices, most recent edition, for details.Personal Respirators (NIOSH Approved):If the exposure limit is exceeded, a full facepiece respirator with organic vapor cartridge and dust/mist filtermay be worn up to 50 times the exposure limit or the maximum use concentration specified by the appropriateregulatory agency or respirator supplier, whichever is lowest. For emergencies or instances where the exposurelevels are not known, use a full-facepiece positive-pressure, air-supplied respirator. WARNING: Air purifyingrespirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres. This compound possibly exists in bothparticulate and vapor phase. A dust/mist prefilter should be used for the particulate.Skin Protection:Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat, apron or coveralls, as appropriate, toprevent skin contact.Eye Protection:Use chemical safety goggles and/or a full face shield where splashing is possible. Maintain eye wash fountainand quick-drench facilities in work area.

Section 9 - Physical and Chemical PropertiesAppearance:Colorless to yellowish liquid.Odor:Pleasant odor.Solubility:Practically insoluble in water.Specific Gravity:1.30 @ 20C/4CpH:No information found.% Volatiles by volume @ 21C (70F):No information found.Boiling Point:180C (356F)Melting Point:-17.6C (0F)Vapor Density (Air=1):5.1Vapor Pressure (mm Hg):1.2 @ 20C (68F)Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1):< 1

Section 10 - Stability and ReactivityStability:Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage.Hazardous Decomposition Products:May emit oxides of carbon and hydrogen chloride gas when heated to decomposition. May produce carbonmonoxide, carbon dioxide, hydrogen chloride and phosgene when heated to decomposition.Hazardous Polymerization:Will not occur.Incompatibilities:Strong oxidizers, aluminum or aluminum alloys.Conditions to Avoid:Heat, flames, ignition sources and incompatibles.

Section 11 - Toxicological InformationOral rat LD50: 500 mg/kg. Investigated as a tumorigen, mutagen, reproductive effector.--------\Cancer Lists\------------------------------------------------------

---NTP Carcinogen---Ingredient Known Anticipated IARC Category------------------------------------ ----- ----------- -------------o-Dichlorobenzene (95-50-1) No No 3p-Dichlorobenzene (106-46-7) No Yes 2B

Section 12 - Ecological InformationEnvironmental Fate:When released into the soil, this material may biodegrade to a moderate extent. When released into the soil, thismaterial may leach into groundwater. When released into the soil, this material may evaporate to a moderateextent. When released into water, this material may biodegrade to a moderate extent. When released into water,this materialmay evaporate to a moderate extent. Although this material has a relatively short half-life in water, it can alsoreadily be adsorbed to sediment and persist for decades. When released into water, this material is expected tohave a half-life between 10 and 30 days. This material has an experimentally-determined bioconcentrationfactor (BCF) of greater than 100. This material may bioaccumulate to some extent. When released into the air,this material may be moderately degraded by reaction with photochemically produced hydroxyl radicals. Whenreleased into the air, this material may be removed from the atmosphere to a moderate extent by wet deposition.When released into air, this material is expected to have a half-life between 10 and 30 days.Environmental Toxicity:For o-Dichlorobenzene:96 Hr EC50 Selenastrum capricornutum: 91.6 mg/L;96 Hr LC50 Pimephales promelas: 9.47 mg/L [flow-through]; 96 Hr LC50 Pimephales promelas: 5.8 mg/L[static];96 Hr LC50 Brachydanio rerio: 5.2 mg/L [flow-through];96 Hr LC50 Lepomis macrochirus: 5.6 mg/L [static];24 Hr EC50 Daphnia magna: 1.7 mg/L

Microtox data for o-Dichlorobenzene:5 min EC50 Photobacterium phosphoreum: 4.76 mg/L;15 min EC50 Photobacterium phosphoreum: 4.98 mg/L;30 min EC50 Photobacterium phosphoreum: 5.99 mg/L

Section 13 - Disposal Considerations

Whatever cannot be saved for recovery or recycling should be handled as hazardous waste and sent to a RCRAapproved waste facility. Processing, use or contamination of this product may change the waste managementoptions. State and local disposal regulations may differ from federal disposal regulations. Dispose of containerand unused contents in accordance with federal, state and local requirements.

Section 14 - Transport InformationDomestic (Land, D.O.T.)-----------------------Proper Shipping Name: O-DICHLOROBENZENEHazard Class: 6.1UN/NA: UN1591Packing Group: IIIInformation reported for product/size: 4L

International (Water, I.M.O.)-----------------------------Proper Shipping Name: ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENEHazard Class: 6.1UN/NA: UN1591Packing Group: IIIInformation reported for product/size: 4L

International (Air, I.C.A.O.)-----------------------------Proper Shipping Name: ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENEHazard Class: 6.1UN/NA: UN1591Packing Group: IIIInformation reported for product/size: 4L

Section 15 - Regulatory Information--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 1\---------------------------------Ingredient TSCA EC Japan Australia----------------------------------------------- ---- --- ----- ---------o-Dichlorobenzene (95-50-1) Yes Yes Yes Yesp-Dichlorobenzene (106-46-7) Yes Yes Yes Yes

--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 2\-----------------------------------Canada--

Ingredient Korea DSL NDSL Phil.----------------------------------------------- ----- --- ---- -----o-Dichlorobenzene (95-50-1) Yes Yes No Yesp-Dichlorobenzene (106-46-7) Yes Yes No Yes

--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 1\-----------------SARA 302- ------SARA 313------

Ingredient RQ TPQ List Chemical Catg.----------------------------------------- --- ----- ---- --------------o-Dichlorobenzene (95-50-1) No No Yes Nop-Dichlorobenzene (106-46-7) No No Yes No

--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 2\-----------------RCRA- -TSCA-

Ingredient CERCLA 261.33 8(d)----------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------o-Dichlorobenzene (95-50-1) 100 U070 Nop-Dichlorobenzene (106-46-7) 100 U072 No

Chemical Weapons Convention: No TSCA 12(b): Yes CDTA: YesSARA 311/312: Acute: Yes Chronic: Yes Fire: Yes Pressure: NoReactivity: No (Mixture / Liquid)

WARNING:THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A CHEMICAL(S) KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSECANCER.

Section 16 - Additional InformationNot Regulated

p. 1

0 3 1

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

1

Material Safety Data SheetSodium Hydroxide, 50% MSDS


Product Name: Sodium Hydroxide, 50%

Catalog Codes: SLS3127, SLS4549

CAS#: Mixture.

RTECS: Not applicable.

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Sodium hydroxide; Water


Synonym: Sodium Hydroxide, 50% Solution

Chemical Name: Not applicable.

Chemical Formula: Not applicable.









Composition:


Sodium hydroxide 1310-73-2 50

Water 7732-18-5 50

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Sodium hydroxide LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available.


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightlyhazardous in case of inhalation (lung sensitizer). Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucousmembranes of eyes, mouth and respiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may producesevere irritation of respiratory tract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure canresult in death. Inflammation of the eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterizedby itching, scaling, reddening, or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to lungs. Repeated or prolonged exposure to thesubstance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged contact with spray mist may produce chronic eyeirritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spray mist may produce respiratory tract irritation

p. 2

leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection. Repeated exposure to a highly toxic material may produce generaldeterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately. Finish by rinsing thoroughly with running water to avoid apossible infection.




Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek medicalattention.

Ingestion:If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention immediately.



Flammability of the Product: Non-flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: Not applicable.

Flash Points: Not applicable.

Flammable Limits: Not applicable.

Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not applicable.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Non-explosive in presence of open flames and sparks, of shocks.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions: Not applicable.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Not available.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Sodium hydroxide reacts to form explosive products with ammonia + silver nitrate. Benzene extract of allyl benzenesulfonateprepared from allyl alcohol, and benzene sulfonyl chloride in presence of aquesous sodium hydroxide, under vacuumdistillation, residue darkened and exploded. Sodium Hydroxde + impure tetrahydrofuran, which can contain peroxides, cancause serious explosions. Dry mixtures of sodium hydroxide and sodium tetrahydroborate liberate hydrogen explosively at230-270 deg. C. Sodium Hydroxide reacts with sodium salt of trichlorophenol + methyl alcohol + trichlorobenzene + heat tocause an explosion. (Sodium hydroxide)

p. 3


Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Ifnecessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid.

Large Spill:Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal.Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of acetic acid. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration levelabove TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product. In case of insufficient ventilation,wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis,moisture.

Storage: Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.


Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respectivethreshold limit value.

Personal Protection:Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots.


Exposure Limits:Sodium hydroxide STEL: 2 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] TWA: 2 CEIL: 2 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [UnitedStates] CEIL: 2 (mg/m3) from NIOSHConsult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Odorless.

Taste: Alkaline. Bitter. (Strong.)

Molecular Weight: Not applicable.

Color: Clear Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Basic.

Boiling Point: 140°C (284°F)

Melting Point: 12°C (53.6°F)

Critical Temperature: Not available.

p. 4


Vapor Pressure: The highest known value is 2.3 kPa (@ 20°C) (Water).

Vapor Density: The highest known value is 0.62 (Air = 1) (Water).


Odor Threshold: Not available.

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: Not available.

Ionicity (in Water): Not available.


Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water.




Conditions of Instability: Excess heat, incompatible materials, water/moisture

Incompatibility with various substances:Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, metals, acids, alkalis. Slightly reactive with water

Corrosivity:Extremely corrosive in presence of aluminum, brass. Corrosive in presence of copper, of stainless steel(304), of stainlesssteel(316). Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Hygroscopic. Much heat is evolved when solid material is dissolved in water. Therefore cold water and caution must beused for this process. Generates considerable heat when a sodium hydroxide solution is mixed with an acid Sodiumhydroxide solution and octanol + diborane during a work-up of a reaction mixture of oxime and diborane in tetrahyrofuranis very exothermic, a mild explosion being noted on one occassion. Reactive with water, acids (mineral, non-oxidizing, e.g.hydrochloric, hydrofluoric acid, muriatic acid, phosphoric), acids (mineral, oxidizing e.g. chromic acid, hypochlorous acid, nitricacid, sulfuric acid), acids (organic e.g. acetic acid, benzoic acid, formic acid, methanoic acid, oxalic acid), aldehydes (e.g.acetaldehyde, acrolein, chloral hydrate, foraldehyde), carbamates (e.g. carbanolate, carbofuran), esters (e.g. butyl acetate,ethyl acetate, propyl formate), halogenated organics (dibromoethane, hexachlorobenzene, methyl chloride, trichloroethylene),isocyanates (e.g. methyl isocyanate), ketones (acetone, acetophenone, MEK, MIBK), acid chlorides, strong bases, strongoxidizing agents, strong reducing agents, flammable liquids, powdered metals and metals (i.e aluminum, tin, zinc, hafnium,raney nickel), metals (alkali and alkaline e.g. cesium, potassium, sodium), metal compounds (toxic e.g. berylium, leadacetate, nickel carbonyl, tetraethyl lead), mitrides (e.g. potassium nitride, sodium nitride), nitriles (e.g. acetonitrile, methylcyanide), nitro compounds (organic e.g. nitrobenzene, nitromethane), acetic anhydride, hydroquinone, chlorohydrin,chlorosulfonic acid, ethylene cyanohydrin, glyoxal, hydrosulfuric acid, oleum, propiolactone, acylonitrile, phorosous pentoxide,chloroethanol, chloroform-methanol, tetrahydroborate, cyanogen azide, 1,2,4,5 tetrachlorobenzene, cinnamaldehyde. Reactswith formaldehyde hydroxide to yield formic acid, and hydrogen. (Sodium hydroxide)

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Very caustic to aluminum and other metals in presence of moisture.



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation.

Toxicity to Animals:LD50: Not available. LC50: Not available.

Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

p. 5

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant,permeator), of eye contact (corrosive), of ingestion, .


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Investigation as a mutagen (cytogenetic analysis), but no data available.(Sodium hydroxide)

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: May be harmful if absorbed through skin. Causes severe skin irritation and burns. Maycause deep penetrating ulcers of the skin. Eyes: Causes severe eye irritation and burns. May cause chemical conjunctivitisand corneal damage. Inhalation: Harmful if inhaled. Causes severe irritation of the respiratory tract and mucous membraneswith coughing, burns, breathing difficulty, and possible coma. Irritation may lead the chemical pneumonitis and pulmonaryedema. Causes chemical burns to the respiratory tract and mucous membranes. Ingestion: May be fatal if swallowed. Maycause severe and permanent damage to the digestive tract. Causes


Ecotoxicity: Not available.




Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation: Not available.




DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Sodium hydroxide, solution (Sodium hydroxide) UNNA: UN1824 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Sodium hydroxide Illinois chemical safety act: Sodium hydroxide NewYork release reporting list: Sodium hydroxide Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Sodium hydroxide PennsylvaniaRTK: Sodium hydroxide Minnesota: Sodium hydroxide Massachusetts RTK: Sodium hydroxide New Jersey: Sodium hydroxideLouisiana spill reporting: Sodium hydroxide TSCA 8(b) inventory: Sodium hydroxide; Water CERCLA: Hazardous substances.:Sodium hydroxide: 1000 lbs. (453.6 kg);

Other Regulations: OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).


WHMIS (Canada):

p. 6

CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 1

Personal Protection:


Health: 3

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 1

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Face shield.


References: Not available.


Created: 10/09/2005 06:32 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


MSDS # 1087 Sulfur Dioxide Page 1 of 6Pub # 320-749

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETSECTION 1. PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

PRODUCT NAME: Sulfur DioxideCHEMICAL NAME: Sulfur Dioxide FORMULA: SO2

SYNONYMS: Sulfurous oxide, Sulfurous Anhydride, Sulfur oxide

MANUFACTURER: Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.7201 Hamilton BoulevardAllentown, PA 18195-1501

PRODUCT INFORMATION: (800) 752-1597

MSDS NUMBER: 1087 REVISION: 5REVISION DATE: July 1997

SECTION 2. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS

Sulfur dioxide is sold as pure product >99%.CAS NUMBER: 7446-09-5EXPOSURE LIMITS:

OSHA: PEL = 5 ppm ACGIH: TWA/TLV = 2 ppm NIOSH: IDLH = 100 ppm

SECTION 3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

EMERGENCY OVERVIEW

Sulfur Dioxide is a nonflammable, colorless, irritating, liquefied compressed gas packaged in cylindersunder its own vapor pressure (35 psig at 70°F). It has a suffocating odor, detectable at 3-5 ppm, andleaves an acidic taste in the mouth (0.3-1 ppm). It is a toxic, corrosive gas that can cause severechemical burns if inhaled or upon skin contact. When entering release area wear Self ContainedBreathing Apparatus (SCBA) if concentrations are unknown or exceed exposure limits. Fully protectivesuits are required in large releases. Reaction with water will produce heat and form a very corrosive acid.

EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS(800) 523-9374 Continental U.S., Canada, and Puerto Rico(610) 481-7711 other locations

ACUTE POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS:ROUTES OF EXPOSURE:EYE CONTACT: Irritation and/or burns to the cornea that may lead to vision impairment or loss.INHALATION: Corrosive and irritating to the respiratory tract and mucous membranes. Excessiveexposure to concentrations above the exposure limits may result in chemical pneumonitis(inflammation), pulmonary hemorrhage (bleeding) and edema fluid buildup.


SKIN CONTACT: Chemical burn similar to one that is caused by an inorganic acid. POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS OF REPEATED EXPOSURE:

ROUTE OF ENTRY: Inhalation, eye or skin contact.TARGET ORGANS: Airway, lungs, eyes, and skin.SYMPTOMS: Burning/irritation in the eyes. Coughing, irritation in the throat and nasal tract. Irritationand/or burns of exposed areas.

MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY OVEREXPOSURE: Asthma, emphysema, or otherrespiratory diseases.CARCINOGENICITY: This product is not listed as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen by NTP, IARC, orOSHA.

SECTION 4. FIRST AID MEASURES

EYE CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Get immediatemedical attention.INHALATION: Move exposed personnel to uncontaminated area. If not breathing, administer artificialrespiration. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Obtain prompt medical attention and continue withadministration of oxygen. If airway obstruction occurs the placement of an artificial airway by anemergency medical technician may be necessary.SKIN CONTACT: Immediately flush with large amounts of water. Remove contaminated clothing,including shoes, after flushing has begun. Applications of ice water compresses for 30 minutes afterflushing may help limit extent of burn.NOTES TO PHYSICIAN: Bronchospasm may be treated with the use of a bronchodilator such asalbuterol and an anticholinergic inhalant such as Atrovent.

SECTION 5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

FLASH POINT: AUTOIGNITION: FLAMMABLE RANGE:Not applicable Not applicable NonflammableEXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Product is nonflammable. Use extinguishing media appropriate forsurrounding fire.SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS: Evacuate all personnel from area. If possible without risk,move cylinders away from fire area. Keep cylinders cool with water spray until well after fire is out.Runoff from fire fighting may be contaminated; check pH. Cylinders exposed to high heat or flame mayvent rapidly and may rupture violently. Most cylinders are designed to vent contents when exposed toelevated temperatures found in fire situations.UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Upon exposure to intense heat or flame, cylinder willvent rapidly and/or rupture violently. Most cylinders are designed to vent contents when exposed toelevated temperatures. Pressure in a cylinder can build up due to heat and it may rupture if pressurerelief devices should fail to function.HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: None known.

SECTION 6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES

STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Evacuate immediate area. If spill issmall, ventilate area or remove cylinder to an outdoor location. Use appropriate protective equipment. Ifspill is large, evacuate all personnel from affected area. Increase ventilation to release area. Useappropriate protective equipment. Materials that are contacted by releasing product must bedecontaminated. Regardless of spill size, shut off source of leak if possible. Isolate any leaking cylinder.If leak is from container, pressure relief device or its valve, contact your supplier. If leak is in user’ssystem, close cylinder valve, safely vent pressure and purge with inert gas before attempting repairs.


SECTION 7. HANDLING AND STORAGE

STORAGE: Store cylinders in a well-ventilated, secure area, protected from the weather. Cylindersshould be stored upright with valve outlet seals and valve protection caps in place. Do not allow storagetemperature to exceed 125 °F (52 °C). Storage should be away from heavily traveled areas andemergency exits. Avoid areas where salt or other corrosive materials are present. Valve protection capsand valve outlet seals should remain on cylinders not connected for use. Full and empty cylinders shouldbe segregated. Use a first-in first-out inventory system to prevent full containers from being stored for longperiods of time. Visually inspect stored cylinders on a routine basis, at least weekly, for any indication ofleakage or other problems.HANDLING: Do not drag, roll, slide or drop cylinder. Use a suitable hand truck designed for cylindermovement. Never attempt to lift a cylinder by its cap. Secure cylinders at all times while in use. Use apressure reducing regulator or separate control valve to safely discharge gas from cylinder. Use a check valveto prevent reverse flow into cylinder. Use piping and equipment adequately designed to withstand pressuresto be encountered. Never apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the cylinder. Once cylinder hasbeen connected to process, open cylinder valve slowly and carefully. If user experiences any difficultyoperating cylinder valve, discontinue use and contact supplier. Never insert an object (e.g., wrench,screwdriver, etc.) into valve cap openings. Doing so may damage valve causing a leak to occur. Use anadjustable strap-wrench to remove over-tight or rusted caps.Most metals are corroded by this product in the presence of moisture. Systems should be kept free ofmoisture. Purge system with dry inert gas (e.g. helium or nitrogen) before this product is introduced andwhen system is out of service. Carbon steel, stainless steel, Monel, or copper are suitable materials ofconstruction for use when no moisture is present. Hastelloy, platinum or gold offer good resistance tocorrosion when moisture is present. Kel-F or teflon are the preferred gasket materials. Pressurerequirements should be considered when selecting materials and designing systems.Use a “FULL”, “IN USE”, and “EMPTY” tag system on cylinders. This reduces the chances of inadvertentlyconnecting or operating the wrong cylinder.SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS: Always store and handle compressed gas cylinders in accordance withCompressed Gas Association, Inc. (telephone 703-412-0900) pamphlet CGA P-1, Safe Handling ofCompressed Gases in Containers. Local regulations may require specific equipment for storage or use.

SECTION 8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION

ENGINEERING CONTROLS:VENTILATION: Provide good ventilation and/or local exhaust to prevent accumulation ofconcentrations above exposure limits.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:Emergency Use: Use SCBA or positive pressure air line with mask and escape pack in areaswhere concentration is unknown or above the exposure limits.

EYE PROTECTION: Safety glasses and face shield.SKIN PROTECTION:

General Use: Leather gloves, safety shoes, and safety glasses for handling cylinders. Acidresistant gloves and splash suit when connecting, disconnecting, or opening cylinders.Emergency Use: Totally encapsulated chemical resistant suit.

CAUTION: Contact with cold, evaporating liquid on gloves or suit may cause cryogenic burns or frostbite.Cold temperatures may also cause embrittlement of PPE material resulting in breakage and exposure.

SECTION 9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

APPEARANCE, ODOR AND STATE: Colorless gas with sharp, suffocating, acidic odor.MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 64.1 BOILING POINT (At 1 atm): 13.9 °F


SPECIFIC GRAVITY (also called vapor density) (Air =1): 2.25FREEZING POINT / MELTING POINT ( At 1 atm): -103.92 °FVAPOR PRESSURE (At 70 F (21.1 C)): 35 PSIGGAS DENSITY (At 70 F (21.1 C) and 1 atm): 0.168 lb/ft3

SECTION 10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY

CHEMICAL STABILITY: Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID: Cylinders should not be exposed to temperatures in excess of 125 °F (52 °C).INCOMPATIBILITY (Materials to Avoid): Moisture, brass, zinc, and zinc alloysREACTIVITY:

A) HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: NoneB) HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur

SECTION 11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION

LC50 (Inhalation): 2520 ppm (1 hr. rat)LD50 (Oral): Not availableLD50 (Dermal): Not availableCARCINOGENICITY: No dataSKIN CORROSIVITY: Can cause chemical burns similar to those caused by inorganic acids.ADDITIONAL NOTES TO PHYSICIAN: Sulfur Dioxide is toxic, causing severe irritation of the upperrespiratory tract upon inhalation, and irritation of the eyes and the skin on contact. Inhalation of highconcentrations can cause inflammation (chemical pneumonitis) and fluid build-up (pulmonary edema) inthe lungs or spasm of the larynx which can result in death.

SECTION 12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

AQUATIC TOXICITY: Sulfur dioxide is not listed as a marine pollutant by DOT (49 CFR 171).MOBILITY: Not availablePERSISTENCE AND BIODEGRADABILITY: Not availablePOTENTIAL TO BIOACCUMULATE: Not availableREMARKS: Do not release large amounts of this product to the atmosphere. It does not contain anyClass I or Class II ozone depleting chemicals.

SECTION 13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS

UNUSED PRODUCT / EMPTY CONTAINER: Return container and unused product to supplier. Do notattempt to dispose of residual or unused quantities. Ensure cylinder valve is properly closed, valve outletseal has been reinstalled, and valve protection cap is secured before shipping cylinder.DISPOSAL INFORMATION: Small amounts of this product may be disposed of by slowly dischargingthe gas into a scrubber or other suitable vessel containing approximately 20 percent sodium hydroxide,potassium hydroxide, or other alkali and water. It is necessary to place a reverse-flow check-valve or trapin the discharge line to prevent the caustic solution from drawing back through the lines.

SECTION 14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION

DOT SHIPPING NAME: Sulfur DioxideHAZARD CLASS: 2.3IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN 1079


SHIPPING LABEL(s): Poison Gas (Primary), CorrosivePLACARD (When required): Poison GasSPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION: Cylinders should be transported in a secure upright position in awell-ventilated truck. Never transport in passenger compartment of a vehicle. Ensure cylinder valve isproperly closed, valve outlet cap has been reinstalled, and valve protection cap is secured beforeshipping cylinder.CAUTION: Compressed gas cylinders shall not be refilled except by qualified producers of compressedgases. The filling and shipping of a compressed gas cylinder without the written consent of the cylinder’sowner is in violation of federal law (49 CFR 173.301).NAERG #: 125

SECTION 15. REGULATORY INFORMATION

U.S. FEDERAL REGULATIONS:EPA - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

CERCLA: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980(40 CFR Parts 117 and 302)

Reportable Quantity (RQ): NoneSARA TITLE III: Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act

SECTIONS 302/304: Emergency Planning and Notification (40 CFR Part 355)Extremely Hazardous Substances: Sulfur dioxide is listed.Threshold Planning Quantity (TPQ): 500 lbs.Reportable Quantity (RQ): 500 lbs.

SECTIONS 311/312: Hazardous Chemical Reporting (40 CFR Part 370)IMMEDIATE HEALTH: Yes PRESSURE: YesDELAYED HEALTH: No REACTIVITY: Yes

FIRE: NoSECTION 313: Toxic Chemical Release Reporting (40 CFR Part 372)

This product does not require reporting under Section 313.CLEAN AIR ACT:

SECTION 112 (r): Risk Management Programs for Chemical Accidental Release (40 CFR PART 68)

This product is listed as a regulated substance.Threshold Planning Quantity (TPQ): 5,000 lbs.

TSCA: Toxic Substance Control ActThis product is listed on the TSCA inventory.

OSHA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION:29 CFR Part 1910.119: Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals

This product is listed in Appendix A as a highly hazardous chemical.Threshold Planning Quantity (TPQ): 1000 lbs.

STATE REGULATIONS:CALIFORNIA:Proposition 65: Sulfur dioxide is not a listed substance which the State of California requires warningunder this statute.


SECTION 16. OTHER INFORMATION

NFPA RATINGS: HMIS RATINGS:HEALTH: 3 HEALTH: 1FLAMMABILITY: 0 FLAMMABILITY: 0REACTIVITY: 0 REACTIVITY: 0

This Material Safety Data Sheet was reformatted in September 1998.

p. 1

0 3 2

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


3

0

2

Material Safety Data SheetSulfuric acid MSDS


Product Name: Sulfuric acid

Catalog Codes: SLS2539, SLS1741, SLS3166, SLS2371,SLS3793

CAS#: 7664-93-9

RTECS: WS5600000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Sulfuric acid


Synonym: Oil of Vitriol; Sulfuric Acid

Chemical Name: Hydrogen sulfate

Chemical Formula: H2-SO4









Composition:


Sulfuric acid 7664-93-9 95 - 98

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Sulfuric acid: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 2140 mg/kg [Rat.]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 510 mg/m2 hours [Rat]. 320 mg/m 2 hours [Mouse].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion,of inhalation. Liquid or spray mist may produce tissue damage particularly on mucous membranes of eyes, mouth andrespiratory tract. Skin contact may produce burns. Inhalation of the spray mist may produce severe irritation of respiratorytract, characterized by coughing, choking, or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death. Inflammation ofthe eye is characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is characterized by itching, scaling, reddening,or, occasionally, blistering.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2 (Suspected forhuman.) by ACGIH. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTALTOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular system, upper respiratory tract,eyes, teeth. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated or prolonged

p. 2

contact with spray mist may produce chronic eye irritation and severe skin irritation. Repeated or prolonged exposure to spraymist may produce respiratory tract irritation leading to frequent attacks of bronchial infection. Repeated exposure to a highlytoxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.


Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.




Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.







Products of Combustion:Products of combustion are not available since material is non-flammable. However, products of decompostion include fumesof oxides of sulfur. Will react with water or steam to produce toxic and corrosive fumes. Reacts with carbonates to generatecarbon dioxide gas. Reacts with cyanides and sulfides to form poisonous hydrogen cyanide and hydrogen sulfide respectively.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Combustible materials

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of oxidizing materials.


Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Metal acetylides (Monocesium and Monorubidium), and carbides ignite with concentrated sulfuric acid. White Phosphorous +boiling Sulfuric acid or its vapor ignites on contact. May ignite other combustible materials. May cause fire when sulfuric acidis mixed with Cyclopentadiene, cyclopentanone oxime, nitroaryl amines, hexalithium disilicide, phorphorous (III) oxide, andoxidizing agents such as chlorates, halogens, permanganates.

p. 3

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:M i x t u r e s o f s u l f u r i c a c i d a n d a n y o f t h e f o l l o w i n g c a n e x p l o d e : p - n i t r o t o l u e n e , p e n t a s il v e r trihydroxydiaminophosphate, perchlorates, alcohols with strong hydrogen peroxide, ammonium tetraperoxychromate,mercuric nitrite, potassium chlorate, potassium permanganate with potassium chloride, carbides, nitro compounds, nitrates,carbides, phosphorous, iodides, picratres, fulminats, dienes, alcohols (when heated) Nitramide decomposes explosivelyon contact with concentrated sulfuric acid. 1,3,5-Trinitrosohexahydro-1,3,5-triazine + sulfuric acid causes explosivedecompositon.


Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Ifnecessary: Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate.

Large Spill:Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water sprayto reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal.Neutralize the residue with a dilute solution of sodium carbonate. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentrationlevel above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep container dry. Do not ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Never add water to this product.In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and showthe container or the label. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, reducingagents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture. May corrode metallic surfaces. Store in ametallic or coated fiberboard drum using a strong polyethylene inner package.

Storage:Hygroscopic. Reacts. violently with water. Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Do notstore above 23°C (73.4°F).



Personal Protection:Face shield. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves. Boots.


Exposure Limits:TWA: 1 STEL: 3 (mg/m3) [Australia] Inhalation TWA: 1 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] Inhalation TWA: 1 STEL: 3(mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] Inhalation TWA: 1 (mg/m3) from NIOSH [United States] Inhalation TWA: 1(mg/m3) [United Kingdom (UK)]Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.


p. 4

Physical state and appearance: Liquid. (Thick oily liquid.)

Odor: Odorless, but has a choking odor when hot.

Taste: Marked acid taste. (Strong.)


Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Acidic.

Boiling Point:270°C (518°F) - 340 deg. C Decomposes at 340 deg. C

Melting Point: -35°C (-31°F) to 10.36 deg. C (93% to 100% purity)



Vapor Pressure: Not available.







Solubility:Easily soluble in cold water. Sulfuric is soluble in water with liberation of much heat. Soluble in ethyl alcohol.




Conditions of Instability:Conditions to Avoid: Incompatible materials, excess heat, combustible material materials, organic materials, exposure to moistair or water, oxidizers, amines, bases. Always add the acid to water, never the reverse.

Incompatibility with various substances:Reactive with oxidizing agents, reducing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, alkalis, moisture.

Corrosivity:Extremely corrosive in presence of aluminum, of copper, of stainless steel(316). Highly corrosive in presence of stainlesssteel(304). Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Hygroscopic. Strong oxidizer. Reacts violently with water and alcohol especially when water is added to the product.Incompatible (can react explosively or dangerously) with the following: ACETIC ACID, ACRYLIC ACID, AMMONIUMHYDROXIDE, CRESOL, CUMENE, DICHLOROETHYL ETHER, ETHYLENE CYANOHYDRIN, ETHYLENEIMINE, NITRICACID, 2-NITROPROPANE, PROPYLENE OXIDE, SULFOLANE, VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE, DIETHYLENE GLYCOLMONOMETHYL ETHER, ETHYL ACETATE, ETHYLENE CYANOHYDRIN, ETHYLENE GLYCOL MONOETHYL ETHERACETATE, GLYOXAL, METHYL ETHYL KETONE, dehydrating agents, organic materials, moisture (water), Acetic anhydride,Acetone, cyanohydrin, Acetone+nitric acid, Acetone + potassium dichromate, Acetonitrile, Acrolein, Acrylonitrile, Acrylonitrile+water, Alcohols + hydrogen peroxide, ally compounds such as Allyl alcohol, and Allyl Chloride, 2-Aminoethanol, Ammoniumhydroxide, Ammonium triperchromate, Aniline, Bromate + metals, Bromine pentafluoride, n-Butyraldehyde, Carbides, Cesiumacetylene carbide, Chlorates, Cyclopentanone oxime, chlorinates, Chlorates + metals, Chlorine trifluoride, Chlorosulfonicacid, 2-cyano-4-nitrobenzenediazonium hydrogen sulfate, Cuprous nitride, p-chloronitrobenzene, 1,5-Dinitronaphthlene +

p. 5

sulfur, Diisobutylene, p-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, 1,3-Diazidobenzene, Dimethylbenzylcarbinol + hydrogen peroxide,Epichlorohydrin, Ethyl alcohol + hydrogen peroxide, Ethylene diamine, Ethylene glycol and other glycols, , Ethylenimine,Fulminates, hydrogen peroxide, Hydrochloric acid, Hydrofluoric acid, Iodine heptafluoride, Indane + nitric acid, Iron, Isoprene,Lithium silicide, Mercuric nitride, Mesityl oxide, Mercury nitride, Metals (powdered), Nitromethane, Nitric acid + glycerides,p-Nitrotoluene, Pentasilver trihydroxydiaminophosphate, Perchlorates, Perchloric acid, Permanganates + benzene, 1-Phenyl-2-methylpropyl alcohol + hydrogen peroxide, Phosphorus, Phosphorus isocyanate, Picrates, Potassium tert-butoxide,Potassium chlorate, Potassium Permanganate and other permanganates, halogens, amines, Potassium Permanganate +Potassium chloride, Potassium Permanganate + water, Propiolactone (beta)-, Pyridine, Rubidium aceteylene carbide, Silverpermanganate, Sodium, Sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, Steel, styrene monomer, toluene + nitric acid, Vinyl acetate,Thalium (I) azidodithiocarbonate, Zinc chlorate, Zinc Iodide, azides, carbonates, cyanides, sulfides, sulfites, alkali hydrides,carboxylic acid anhydrides, nitriles, olefinic organics, aqueous acids, cyclopentadiene, cyano-alcohols, metal acetylides,Hydrogen gas is generated by the action of the acid on most metals (i.e. lead, copper, tin, zinc, aluminum, etc.). Concentratedsulfuric acid oxidizes, dehydrates, or sulfonates most organic compounds.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity:Non-corrosive to lead and mild steel, but dillute acid attacks most metals. Attacks many metals releasing hydrogen. Minorcorrosive effect on bronze. No corrosion data on brass or zinc.



Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 2140 mg/kg [Rat.]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 320 mg/m3 2 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Classified 1 (Proven for human.) by IARC, + (Proven.) by OSHA. Classified A2 (Suspectedfor human.) by ACGIH. May cause damage to the following organs: kidneys, lungs, heart, cardiovascular system, upperrespiratory tract, eyes, teeth.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Extremely hazardous in case of inhalation (lung corrosive). Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant,permeator), of eye contact (corrosive), of ingestion, .


Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:Mutagenicity: Cytogenetic Analysis: Hamster, ovary = 4mmol/L Reproductive effects: May cause adverse reproductive effectsbased on animal data. Developmental abnormalities (musculoskeletal) in rabbits at a dose of 20 mg/m3 for 7 hrs.(RTECS)Teratogenecity: neither embryotoxic, fetoxic, nor teratogenetic in mice or rabbits at inhaled doses producing some maternaltoxicity

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Causes severe skin irritation and burns. Continued contact can cause tissue necrosis.Eye: Causes severe eye irritation and burns. May cause irreversible eye injury. Ingestion: Harmful if swallowed. May causepermanent damage to the digestive tract. Causes gastrointestial tract burns. May cause perforation of the stomach, GIbleeding, edema of the glottis, necrosis and scarring, and sudden circulatory collapse(similar to acute inhalation). It mayalso cause systemic toxicity with acidosis. Inhalation: May cause severe irritation of the respiratory tract and mucousmembranes with sore throat, coughing, shortness of breath, and delayed lung edema. Causes chemical burns to the repiratorytract. Inhalation may be fatal as a result of spasm, inflammation, edema of the larynx and bronchi, chemical pneumonitis,and pulmonary edema. Cause corrosive action on mucous membranes. May affect cardiovascular system (hypotension,depressed cardiac output, bradycardia). Circulatory collapse with clammy skin, weak and rapid pulse, shallow respiration, andscanty urine may follow. Circulatory shock is often the immediate cause of death. May also affect teeth(changes in teeth andsupporting structures - erosion, discoloration). Chronic Potential Health Effects: Inhalation: Prolonged or repeated inhalationmay affect behavior (muscle contraction or spasticity), urinary system (kidney damage), and cardiovascular system, heart(ischemic heart leisons), and respiratory system/lungs(pulmonary edema, lung damage), teeth (dental discoloration, erosion).Skin: Prolonged or repeated skin contact may cause dermatitis, an allergic skin reaction.

p. 6


Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 49 mg/l 48 hours [bluegill/sunfish].






Waste Disposal:Sulfuric acid may be placed in sealed container or absorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or a similar material. It may alsobe diluted and neutralized. Be sure to consult with local or regional authorities (waste regulators) prior to any disposal. Wastemust be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.


DOT Classification: Class 8: Corrosive material

Identification: : Sulfuric acid UNNA: 1830 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Sulfuric acid New York release reporting list: Sulfuric acid RhodeIsland RTK hazardous substances: Sulfuric acid Pennsylvania RTK: Sulfuric acid Minnesota: Sulfuric acid MassachusettsRTK: Sulfuric acid New Jersey: Sulfuric acid California Director's List of Hazardous Substances (8 CCR 339): Sulfuric acidTennessee RTK: Sulfuric acid TSCA 8(b) inventory: Sulfuric acid SARA 302/304/311/312 extremely hazardous substances:Sulfuric acid SARA 313 toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Sulfuric acid CERCLA: Hazardous substances.:Sulfuric acid: 1000 lbs. (453.6 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS D-1A: Material causing immediate and serious toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). CLASS E: Corrosive liquid.

DSCL (EEC):R35- Causes severe burns. S2- Keep out of the reach of children. S26- In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately withplenty of water and seek medical advice. S30- Never add water to this product. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell,seek medical advice immediately (show the label where possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 3

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 2

p. 7

Personal Protection:


Health: 3

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 2

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Face shield.


References:-Material safety data sheet emitted by: la Commission de la Santé et de la Sécurité du Travail du Québec. -The Sigma-AldrichLibrary of Chemical Safety Data, Edition II. -Hawley, G.G.. The Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., VanNostrand Reinold, 1987.


Created: 10/09/2005 11:58 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


p. 1

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetToluene MSDS


Product Name: Toluene

Catalog Codes: SLT2857, SLT3277

CAS#: 108-88-3

RTECS: XS5250000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Toluene

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Toluol, Tolu-Sol; Methylbenzene; Methacide;Phenylmethane; Methylbenzol

Chemical Name: Toluene

Chemical Formula: C6-H5-CH3 or C7-H8









Composition:


Toluene 108-88-3 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Toluene: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 636 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 14100 mg/kg[Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 49000 mg/m 4 hours [Rat]. 440 ppm 24 hours [Mouse].


Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator).

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Notavailable. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS).Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage.


p. 2

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention.


Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek medical attention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. If large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar,tie, belt or waistband.




Auto-Ignition Temperature: 480°C (896°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 4.4444°C (40°F). (Setaflash) OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1.1% UPPER: 7.1%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Risks of explosion of the product inpresence of static discharge: Not available.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, insoluble in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use water spray or fog.


Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Toluene forms explosive reaction with 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethyl-2,4-imidazolididione; dinitrogen tetraoxide; concentrated nitricacid, sulfuric acid + nitric acid; N2O4; AgClO4; BrF3; Uranium hexafluoride; sulfur dichloride. Also forms an explosive mixturewith tetranitromethane.


Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

p. 3

Large Spill:Toxic flammable liquid, insoluble or very slightly soluble in water. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition.Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container.Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance ondisposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with localauthorities.


Precautions:Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratoryequipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin andeyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents.






Exposure Limits:TWA: 200 STEL: 500 CEIL: 300 (ppm) from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 50 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]SKIN TWA: 100 STEL: 150 from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 375 STEL: 560 (mg/m3) from NIOSH [United States] Consultlocal authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Sweet, pungent, Benzene-like.



Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not applicable.


Melting Point: -95°C (-139°F)

Critical Temperature: 318.6°C (605.5°F)


p. 4




Odor Threshold: 1.6 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in oil; log(oil/water) = 2.7


Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water, diethyl ether, acetone.

Solubility:Soluble in diethyl ether, acetone. Practically insoluble in cold water. Soluble in ethanol, benzene, chloroform, glacial aceticacid, carbon disulfide. Solubility in water: 0.561 g/l @ 25 deg. C.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources (flames, sparks, static), incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents.


Special Remarks on Reactivity:Incompatible with strong oxidizers, silver perchlorate, sodium difluoride, Tetranitromethane, Uranium Hexafluoride. FrozenBromine Trifluoride reacts violently with Toluene at -80 deg. C. Reacts chemically with nitrogen oxides, or halogens to formnitrotoluene, nitrobenzene, and nitrophenol and halogenated products, respectively.




Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 636 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 14100 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50): 44024 hours [Mouse].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: A4 (Not classifiable for human or animal.) by ACGIH, 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC.May cause damage to the following organs: blood, kidneys, the nervous system, liver, brain, central nervous system (CNS).

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Published Lethal Dose: LDL [Human] - Route: Oral; Dose: 50 mg/kg LCL [Rabbit] - Route: Inhalation; Dose: 55000ppm/40min

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:Detected in maternal milk in human. Passes through the placental barrier in human. Embryotoxic and/or foetotoxic in animal.May cause adverse reproductive effects and birth defects (teratogenic). May affect genetic material (mutagenic)

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:

p. 5

Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Causes mild to moderate skin irritation. It can be absorbed to some extent throughthe skin. Eyes: Cauess mild to moderate eye irritation with a burning sensation. Splash contact with eyes also causesconjunctivitis, blepharospasm, corneal edema, corneal abraisons. This usually resolves in 2 days. Inhalation: Inhalationof vapor may cause respiratory tract irritation causing coughing and wheezing, and nasal discharge. Inhalation of highconcentrations may affect behavior and cause central nervous system effects characterized by nausea, headache, dizziness,tremors, restlessness, lightheadedness, exhilaration, memory loss, insomnia, impaired reaction time, drowsiness, ataxia,hallucinations, somnolence, muscle contraction or spasticity, unconsciousness and coma. Inhalation of high concentration ofvapor may also affect the cardiovascular system (rapid heart beat, heart palpitations, increased or decreased blood pressure,dysrhythmia, ), respiration (acute pulmonary edema, respiratory depression, apnea, asphyxia), cause vision disturbancesand dilated pupils, and cause loss of appetite. Ingestion: Aspiration hazard. Aspiration of Toluene into the lungs may causechemical pneumonitis. May cause irritation of the digestive tract with nausea, vomiting, pain. May have effects similar to thatof acute inhalation. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Inhalation and Ingestion: Prolonged or repeated exposure via inhalationmay cause central nervous system and cardiovascular symptoms similar to that of acute inhalation and ingestion as well liverdamage/failure, kidney damage/failure (with hematuria, proteinuria, oliguria, renal tubular acidosis), brain damage, weightloss, blood (pigmented or nucleated red blood cells, changes in white blood cell count), bone marrow changes, electrolyteimbalances (Hypokalemia, Hypophostatemia), severe, muscle weakness and Rhabdomyolysis. Skin: Repeated or prolongedskin contact may cause defatting dermatitis.


Ecotoxicity:Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 313 mg/l 48 hours [Daphnia (daphnia)]. 17 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Blue Gill)]. 13 mg/l 96 hours [Fish(Blue Gill)]. 56 mg/l 24 hours [Fish (Fathead minnow)]. 34 mg/l 96 hours [Fish (Fathead minnow)]. 56.8 ppm any hours [Fish(Goldfish)].









Identification: : Toluene UNNA: 1294 PG: II



Federal and State Regulations:California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause cancer,birth defects or other reproductive harm, which would require a warning under the statute: Toluene California prop. 65 (nosignificant risk level): Toluene: 7 mg/day (value) California prop. 65 (acceptable daily intake level): Toluene: 7 mg/day (value)California prop. 65: This product contains the following ingredients for which the State of California has found to cause birthdefects which would require a warning under the statute: Toluene Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Toluene Illinois

p. 6

toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Toluene Illinois chemical safety act: Toluene New York release reporting list:Toluene Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Toluene Pennsylvania RTK: Toluene Florida: Toluene Minnesota: TolueneMichigan critical material: Toluene Massachusetts RTK: Toluene Massachusetts spill list: Toluene New Jersey: Toluene NewJersey spill list: Toluene Louisiana spill reporting: Toluene California Director's List of Hazardous Substances.: Toluene TSCA8(b) inventory: Toluene TSCA 8(d) H and S data reporting: Toluene: Effective date: 10/04/82; Sunset Date: 10/0/92 SARA 313toxic chemical notification and release reporting: Toluene CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Toluene: 1000 lbs. (453.6 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects(VERY TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R20- Harmful by inhalation. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S25- Avoidcontact with eyes. S29- Do not empty into drains. S33- Take precautionary measures against static discharges.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0



Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/10/2005 08:30 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


p. 1

0 0 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


0

0

0

A

Material Safety Data SheetWater MSDS


Product Name: Water

Catalog Codes: SLW1063

CAS#: 7732-18-5

RTECS: ZC0110000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Water

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Dihydrogen oxide

Chemical Name: Water

Chemical Formula: H2O









Composition:


Water 7732-18-5 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Not applicable.


Potential Acute Health Effects:Non-corrosive for skin. Non-irritant for skin. Non-sensitizer for skin. Non-permeator by skin. Non-irritating to the eyes. Non-hazardous in case of ingestion. Non-hazardous in case of inhalation. Non-irritant for lungs. Non-sensitizer for lungs. Non-corrosive to the eyes. Non-corrosive for lungs.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Non-corrosive for skin. Non-irritant for skin. Non-sensitizer for skin. Non-permeator by skin. Non-irritating to the eyes.Non-hazardous in case of ingestion. Non-hazardous in case of inhalation. Non-irritant for lungs. Non-sensitizer for lungs.CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available.DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available.


Eye Contact: Not applicable.

p. 2

Skin Contact: Not applicable.

Serious Skin Contact: Not available.

Inhalation: Not applicable.

Serious Inhalation: Not available.

Ingestion: Not Applicable







Products of Combustion: Not available.

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not applicable.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances: Not Applicable



Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards: Not available.


Small Spill: Mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container.

Large Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.


Precautions: No specific safety phrase has been found applicable for this product.

Storage: Not applicable.


Engineering Controls: Not Applicable

Personal Protection: Safety glasses. Lab coat.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill: Not Applicable

Exposure Limits: Not available.



p. 3

Odor: Odorless.



Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): 7 [Neutral.]

Boiling Point: 100°C (212°F)

Melting Point: Not available.


Specific Gravity: 1 (Water = 1)







Dispersion Properties: Not applicable

Solubility: Not Applicable




Conditions of Instability: Not available.

Incompatibility with various substances: Not available.

Corrosivity: Not available.

Special Remarks on Reactivity: Not available.




Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Eye contact.

Toxicity to Animals:LD50: [Rat] - Route: oral; Dose: > 90 ml/kg LC50: Not available.

Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Non-corrosive for skin. Non-irritant for skin. Non-sensitizer for skin. Non-permeator by skin. Non-hazardous in case ofingestion. Non-hazardous in case of inhalation. Non-irritant for lungs. Non-sensitizer for lungs. Non-corrosive to the eyes. Non-corrosive for lungs.


p. 4

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans: Not available.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans: Not available.





Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The product itself and its products of degradation are not toxic.





DOT Classification: Not a DOT controlled material (United States).

Identification: Not applicable.

Special Provisions for Transport: Not applicable.


Federal and State Regulations: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Water

Other Regulations: EINECS: This product is on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances.


WHMIS (Canada): Not controlled under WHMIS (Canada).

DSCL (EEC):This product is not classified according to the EU regulations. Not applicable.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 0

Fire Hazard: 0

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: a


Health: 0

Flammability: 0

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

p. 5

Protective Equipment:Not applicable. Lab coat. Not applicable. Safety glasses.




Created: 10/10/2005 08:33 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM


p. 1

3 2 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y


2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetXylenes MSDS


Product Name: Xylenes

Catalog Codes: SLX1075, SLX1129, SLX1042, SLX1096

CAS#: 1330-20-7

RTECS: ZE2100000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Xylenes

CI#: Not available.

Synonym: Xylenes; Dimethylbenzene; xylol;methyltoluene

Chemical Name: Xylenes (o-, m-, p- isomers)

Chemical Formula: C6H4(CH3)2









Composition:


Xylenes 1330-20-7 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Xylenes: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 4300 mg/kg [Rat]. 2119 mg/kg [Mouse]. DERMAL(LD50): Acute: >1700 mg/kg [Rabbit].


Potential Acute Health Effects: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion,of inhalation.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Not available. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance may be toxic to blood, kidneys, liver,mucous membranes, bone marrow, central nervous system (CNS). Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance canproduce target organs damage.


Eye Contact:

p. 2

Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15minutes. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Remove contaminatedclothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse. Get medical attention.


Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention if symptoms appear.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. Seek medicalattention.

Ingestion:Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconsciousperson. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.




Auto-Ignition Temperature: 464°C (867.2°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 24°C (75.2°F). (Tagliabue.) OPEN CUP: 37.8°C (100°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1% UPPER: 7%


Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Slightly explosive in presence of openflames and sparks, of heat.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog. Cool containing vessels with water jet in order to prevent pressure build-up, autoignition or explosion.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards: Vapors may travel to source of ignition and flash back.

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Vapors may form explosive mixtures with air. Containers may explode when heated. May polymerize explosively when heated.An attempt to chlorinate xylene with 1,3-Dichloro-5,5-dimethyl-2,4-imidazolidindione (dichlorohydrantoin) caused a violentexplosion


Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth,sand or other non-combustible material. Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined

p. 3

areas; dike if needed. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDSand with local authorities.


Precautions:Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do notbreathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratoryequipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoid contact with skin andeyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, acids.






Exposure Limits:TWA: 100 (ppm) [Canada] TWA: 435 (mg/m3) [Canada] TWA: 434 STEL: 651 (mg/m3) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States]TWA: 100 STEL: 150 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] Consult local authorities for acceptable exposure limits.



Odor: Sweetish.



Color: Colorless. Clear

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.


Melting Point: -47.4°C (-53.3°F)






Odor Threshold: 1 ppm

p. 4

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in oil; log(oil/water) = 3.1


Dispersion Properties: Not available.

Solubility:Insoluble in cold water, hot water. Miscible with absolute alcohol, ether, and many other organic liquids.




Conditions of Instability: Heat, ignition sources, incompatibles

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, acids.


Special Remarks on Reactivity: Store away from acetic acid, nitric acid, chlorine, bromine, and fluorine.




Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Dermal contact. Eye contact. Inhalation.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 2119 mg/kg [Mouse]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): >1700 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):5000 4 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: 3 (Not classifiable for human.) by IARC. May cause damage to the following organs: blood,kidneys, liver, mucous membranes, bone marrow, central nervous system (CNS).

Other Toxic Effects on Humans: Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant, permeator), of ingestion, of inhalation.

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals:Lowest Lethal Dose: LDL [Human] - Route: Oral; Dose: 50 mg/kg LCL [Man] - Route: Oral; Dose: 10000 ppm/6H

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:Detected in maternal milk in human. Passes through the placental barrier in animal. Embryotoxic and/or foetotoxic in animal.May cause adverse reproductive effects (male and femael fertility (spontaneous abortion and fetotoxicity)) and birth defectsbased animal data.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:Acute Potential Health Effects: Skin: Causes skin irritation. Can be absorbed through skin. Eyes: Causes eye irritation.Inhalation: Vapor causes respiratory tract and mucous membrane irritation. May affect central nervous system and behavior(General anesthetic/CNS depressant with effects including headache, weakness, memory loss, irritability, dizziness, giddiness,loss of coordination and judgement, respiratory depression/arrest or difficulty breathing, loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting,shivering, and possible coma and death). May also affects blood, sense organs, liver, and peripheral nerves. Ingestion: Maycause gastrointestinal irritation including abdominal pain, vomiting, and nausea. May also affect liver and urinary system/kidneys. May cause effects similar to those of acute inhalation. Chronic Potential Health Effects: Chronic inhalation may affectthe urinary system (kidneys) blood (anemia), bone marrow (hyperplasia of bone marrow) brain/behavior/Central Nervoussystem. Chronic inhalation may alsocause mucosal bleeding. Chronic ingestion may affect the liver and metabolism (loss ofappetite) and may affect urinary system (kidney damage)

p. 5











Identification: : Xylenes UNNA: 1307 PG: III



Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Xylenes Illinois chemical safety act: Xylenes New York acutely hazardoussubstances: Xylenes Rhode Island RTK hazardous substances: Xylenes Pennsylvania RTK: Xylenes Minnesota: XylenesMichigan critical material: Xylenes Massachusetts RTK: Xylenes Massachusetts spill list: Xylenes New Jersey: Xylenes NewJersey spill list: Xylenes Louisiana spill reporting: Xylenes California Director's List of Hazardous Substances: Xylenes TSCA8(b) inventory: Xylenes SARA 302/304/311/312 hazardous chemicals: Xylenes SARA 313 toxic chemical notification andrelease reporting: Xylenes CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Xylenes: 100 lbs. (45.36 kg)



WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects(VERY TOXIC).

DSCL (EEC):R10- Flammable. R21- Harmful in contact with skin. R36/38- Irritating to eyes and skin. S2- Keep out of the reach of children.S36/37- Wear suitable protective clothing and gloves. S46- If swallowed, seek medical advice immediately and show thiscontainer or label.

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0


p. 6


Health: 2

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:





Created: 10/11/2005 12:54 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM
